Skip to main content

Full text of "CSUF Course Catalogs 1959-2007"

See other formats


Cal State Fill I eft Oil 









DC, 

I I cs 


i yrn p 

L _i the possibilities. At Cal State Fullerton, you will quickly discover 


that this large, dynamic and diverse university — a microcosm of our international community — provides 
an exceptional learning environment on a very personal level. You can take advantage of close mentoring 

relationships with outstanding professors 
who take pride in shaping a successful 
student experience, whether it’s in the 
classroom, collaborating on a research 
project, or planning an internship. Our 
expanded facilities, upgraded classrooms 
and new technology provide access to 
a wealth of resources. You will also discover 
a wide network of support services that 
help ensure student success and offer 
a rich and rewarding college experience. 


Strong partnerships with our surrounding communities, in both public and private sectors, provide real-life 
connections for our students to develop essential skills in teamwork, leadership and citizenship. In fact, 
the majority of our alumni live and work in Southern California. Many have become leaders in business, 
industry, government, politics, education and the arts. Their contributions to the communities they serve — 
internationally, as well as locally — are continuing testimony to our success. 


Your future is full of infinite possibilities. I am proud to say that our entire university community 
is committed to providing the support, encouragement and challenging opportunities to make 
your dreams and goals a reality. 

Milton A. Gordon 


PRESIDENT 



r^r 

' z 1 




is preeminent at California State University, Fullerton. 


We aspire to combine the best qualities of teaching and research universities where actively engaged 


students, faculty and staff work in close collaboration to expand knowledge. Our affordable undergraduate 



and graduate programs provide students the best of current practice, theory and research and integrate 


professional studies with preparation in the arts and sciences. Through experiences in and out of 


the classroom, students develop the habit of intellectual inquiry, prepare for challenging professions, 



strengthen relationships to their communities and contribute productively to society. We are a 


comprehensive, regional university with a global outlook, located in Orange County, a technologically 


rich and culturally vibrant area of metropolitan Los Angeles. Our expertise and diversity serve as 


a distinctive resource and catalyst for partnerships with public and private organizations. We strive 


to be a center of activity essential to the intellectual, cultural and economical development of our region. 


the possibilities. At Cal State Fullerton, you will quickly discover 
that this large, dynamic and diverse university — a microcosm of our international community — provides 
an exceptional learning environment on a very personal level. You can take advantage of close mentoring 

relationships with outstanding professors 
who take pride in shaping a successful 
student experience, whether it’s in the 
classroom, collaborating on a research 
project, or planning an internship. Our 
expanded facilities, upgraded classrooms 
and new technology provide access to 
a wealth of resources. You will also discover 
a wide network of support services that 
help ensure student success and offer 
a rich and rewarding college experience. 

Strong partnerships with our surrounding communities, in both public and private sectors, provide real-life 
connections for our students to develop essential skills in teamwork, leadership and citizenship. In fact, 
the majority of our alumni live and work in Southern California. Many have become leaders in business, 
industry, government, politics, education and the arts. Their contributions to the communities they serve — 
internationally, as well as locally — are continuing testimony to our success. 

Your future is full of infinite possibilities. I am proud to say that our entire university community 
is committed to providing the support, encouragement and challenging opportunities to make 
your dreams and goals a reality. 

Milton A. Gordon 




1 

■ 


PRESIDENT 





is preeminent at California State University, Fullerton. 


We aspire to combine the best qualities of teaching and research universities where actively engaged 


students, faculty and staff work in close collaboration to expand knowledge. Our affordable undergraduate 



and graduate programs provide students the best of current practice, theory and research and integrate 
professional studies with preparation in the arts and sciences. Through experiences in and out of 
the classroom, students develop the habit of intellectual inquiry, prepare for challenging professions, 


strengthen relationships to their communities and contribute productively to society. We are a 


comprehensive, regional university with a global outlook, located in Orange County, a technologically 


rich and culturally vibrant area of metropolitan Los Angeles. Our expertise and diversity serve as 


a distinctive resource and catalyst for partnerships with public and private organizations. We strive 


to be a center of activity essential to the intellectual, cultural and economical development of our region. 


President’s Message 1 

Academic Calendars 6 

The California State University 8 

California State University, Fullerton 12 

University Advisory Board 12 

Mission and Goals 13 

Accreditations and Associations 13 

Mission Viejo Campus 15 

Students of the University 15 

The Faculty 16 

CSUF Foundation 16 

CSUF Alumni 16 

Community Support Groups 17 

University Administration v 19 

COLLEGES 

College of the Arts 26 

College of Business and Economics 28 

College of Communications 32 

College of Engineering and Computer Science 34 

College of Human Development and Community Service 38 

College of Humanities and Social Sciences 40 

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics 42 

ACADEMIC DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS 

Accounting 46 

Afro-Ethnic Studies 52 

American Studies 55 

Anthropology 59 

Art 66 

Asian American Studies 78 

Asian Studies 82 

Biological Science 84 

Business Administration Degrees 92 

Chemistry and Biochemistry 100 

Chicana and Chicano Studies 107 

Child and Adolescent Studies 110 

Communications 113 

Comparative Religion 122 

Computer Science 128 

Counseling 134 

Criminal Justice 138 

Economics 142 

Educational Leadership 148 

Elementary, Bilingual and Reading Education 151 

Engineering Division 161 

Engineering: Civil and Environmental 165 

Engineering: Electrical 172 

Engineering: Mechanical 179 

English and Comparative Literature 185 


Environmental Studies 193 

Finance 195 

Foreign Languages and Literatures 199 

Geography 218 

Geological Sciences 223 

Gerontology 229 

History 233 

Human Services 241 

Information Systems and Decision Sciences 245 

International Business Program 253 

Kinesiology and Health Promotion 256 

Latin American Studies Program 268 

Liberal Studies Program 271 

Linguistics 274 

Management 278 

Marketing 282 

Mathematics 285 

Military Science Program 293 

Music 296 

Nursing 311 

Philosophy 317 

Physics 322 

Political Science 327 

Psychology 334 

Public Administration 342 

Radio/TV/Film 345 

Reading 347 

Russian and East European Studies Program 351 

Science Education Program 352 

Secondary Education 356 

Sociology 362 

Special Education 368 

Speech Communication 374 

Theatre and Dance 384 

Women’s Studies 395 

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS 

Academic Affairs 400 

Vice President for Academic Affairs 400 

Academic Advisement Center 401 

Academic Programs 401 

Academic Senate 401 

Admissions and Records 401 

Analytical Studies 401 

Classroom Technology and Support Center 402 

Distance Education 402 

Faculty Affairs and Records 402 

Faculty Development Center 402 

Graduate Studies 403 

Grants and Contracts 403 


CONTENTS 


Information Technology 403 

International Programs 403 

Library 403 

University Extended Education 404 

Freshmen Programs 

Fullerton First Year Program 405 

COMPASS Program 406 

Live ‘n’ Learn Program 406 

Honors Programs 

Dean’s Honor List 407 

University Honors Program 407 

University Honors and Scholars Center 407 

Admission with Distinction 408 

Honors at Graduation 408 

Honor Societies 408 

President’s Scholars Program 409 

Honors Courses 409 

Research Centers 

California Desert Studies Center 411 

Center for Business Studies 411 

Center for California Public Archaeology 411 

Center for Children Who Stutter 412 

Center for Collaboration for Children 412 

Center for Demographic Research 412 

Center for Economic Education 412 

Center for Entertainment and Tourism 412 

Center for Ethnographic Cultural Analysis 413 

Center for Excellence in Science and 

Mathematics Education 413 

Center for Governmental Studies 413 

Center for Insurance Studies 413 

Center for International Business 413 

Center for Molecular Structure 413 

Center for Nonprofit Sector Research 414 

Center for Public Policy 414 

Center for the Study of Emerging Markets 414 

Center for the Study of Religion in American Life 414 

Center for Successful Aging 414 

Centers for Lifespan Development 415 

Cognitive Development Center 415 

Developmental Research Center 415 

Decision Research Center 415 

Family Business Council 415 

Institute for Economic and Environmental Studies 415 

Institute for Molecular Biology and Nutrition 415 

Institute of Gerontology 415 

Ocean Studies Institute/Southem California Marine Institute . 415 

Real Estate and Land Use Institute 416 

Small Business Institute 416 

Social Science Research Center 416 

South Central Coastal Information Center 416 

Sport and Movement Institute 416 

Tucker Wildlife Sanctuary 416 

Twin Studies Center 416 

STUDENT AFFAIRS 

Student Affairs 418 

Vice President for Student Affairs 418 

Academic Appeals 418 


Assistant Deans for Student Affairs 418 

Career Planning and Placement Center 419 

Counseling and Psychological Services 420 

Disabled Student Center 420 

Education Enhancement Programs 420 

Enrollment Management/University Outreach 420 

Financial Aid 421 

Guardian Scholars Program « 421 

Honors and Scholars Support Services 421 

Housing and Residence Life 421 

International Education and Exchange 421 

Student Academic Services 422 

Educational Opportunity Program 422 

Intensive Learning Experience 422 

MESA Engineering Program (MEP) 422 

Student Diversity Program 422 

Student Retention Services 422 

Student Support Services 423 

Testing Services 423 

Student Affairs Research Center 423 

Student Health and Counseling Center 423 

University Learning Center 423 

Women’s Center/Adult Reentry 424 

Student Life 426 

Dean of Students Office w 426 

Student Leadership Institute 426 

Volunteer and Service Center 426 

Student Information and Referral Center 427 

New Student Orientation 427 

Titan Welcome Week 427 

New Student Information Center 427 

Campus Tours 427 

Student Organization Area 427 

Judicial Affairs 427 

Associated Students 427 

Associated Students Government 427 

Associated Students Productions 427 

Association for Intercultural Awareness 428 

Camp Titan 428 

Departmental Association Council 428 

Children’s Center 429 

Legal Information and Referral 429 

Titan Student Union 429 

Associated Students Recreation Sports 429 

Intercollegiate Athletics 432 

Coaches 432 

Conference Memberships 432 

Men’s Intercollegiate Athletics 432 

Women’s Intercollegiate Athletics 433 

Athletic Academic Services 434 

Resources 435 

Anthropology Museum 435 

Art Gallery 435 

Center for Internships and Cooperative Education 436 

Chicano Resource Center 436 

Daily Titan 436 

Dining and Vending Services 436 

Foreign Language Laboratory 436 

Fullerton Arboretum 436 


CONTENTS 


Grand Central Art Center 437 

Herbarium 437 

Mathematics Tutoring Center 437 

Opportunity Center for Science and Mathematics Students 437 

Oral History Program 437 

Reading Clinic 437 

Speech, Language and Hearing Clinic 438 

Theatre and Dance Department Productions 438 

Titan Communications 438 

Titan Shops 438 

Undergraduate Reading Lab 439 

University Mentor Program 439 

Writing Center 440 

ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT 

Academic Advisement Policy 442 

General Education Courses and Electives 442 

Advisement in the Major 442 

College Advisement Offices 442 

Academic Advisement Center 443 

Undeclared Majors 443 

Choosing an Undergraduate Major 443 

Departmental Academic Advisement 443 

Preprofessional Programs 443 

Health Professions 444 

Teaching Careers 444 

Answers to Your Questions 445 

ADMISSIONS 

Undergraduate Students 448 

Freshmen Requirements 448 

High School Honors Courses 449 

Transfer Requirements , 449 

Health Screening 450 

Test Scores 450 

TOEFL Requirement 451 

Placement Test Requirements 451 

English Placement Test (EPT) 451 

Entry Level Mathematics (ELM) Test 451 

Residency Determination 452 

Application Procedures 454 

How to Apply for Admission 454 

Impacted Programs 455 

Graduate and Postbaccalaureate Students 455 

Application Filing Periods 456 

Hardship Petitions 456 

Admission Requirements 457 

First-Time Freshmen 457 

Undergraduate Transfer Students 458 

International Students 459 

American Language Program 460 

Cancellation of Admission 460 

Transfer Credits 461 

REGISTRATION 

Registration Information 466 

Fee Information 468 

Financial Aid 471 


UNIVERSITY REGULATIONS 

Enrollment Regulations 478 

Class Attendance 479 

Grading System 480 

Administrative Grading Symbols 481 

Student Records 482 

Challenge Exams 483 

Repetition of Courses 483 

Grade Changes 483 

Academic Dishonesty 484 

Transcripts 485 

Stop-Out Policy 486 

Leave of Absence 486 

Withdrawal from the University 487 

Retention, Probation and Disqualification 487 

Student Conduct 487 

Parking 489 

Public Safety Department 489 

Student Rights 490 

Nondiscrimination Policy 490 

Sexual Harassment 491 

Privacy Rights 491 

GRADUATE REGULATIONS 

Graduate Admission 494 

Application Procedures 494 

All-University Master’s Degree Requirements 497 

Writing Requirement 497 

Graduate Academic Standards 499 

Graduate Enrollment Policies 501 

Leave of Absence 501 

Transfer Credit 502 

Theses and Projects 504 

Graduate Student Checklist 507 

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

Degree Listing 510 

Graduation Requirements for the Bachelor’s Degree 511 

General Education Requirements 515 

General Education Certification Policy 516 

California Articulation Number (CAN) 516 

General Education Goals 517 

General Education Courses 521 

Teaching Credential Programs 528 

University Extended Education 532 

International Education 534 

Course Numbering Code 537 

B.A. Special Major Program 539 

Library Course 539 

University Studies Course 539 

EMERITI 542 

FACULTY AND ADMINISTRATION 557 

INDEX 596 

CREDITS 606 

MAP 607 


5 


CONTENTS 





)mp)i 


\, 


Q15 


022 


023 


019 


012 


020 


02 013 14 
10O O4 ° 14 Ol6 
09 

06 


021 


017 


1 California State University, Bakersfield 

2 California State University, Channel Islands 

3 California State University, Chico 

4 California State University, Dominguez Hills 

5 California State University, Fresno 

6 California State University, Fullerton 

7 California State University, Hayward 

8 Humboldt State University 

9 California State University, Long Beach 

10 California State University, Los Angeles 

11 California Maritime Academy 

12 ^California State University, Monterey Bay 

13 California State University, Northridge 

14 California Stale. Polytechnic University. Pomona 

15 California State University, Sacramento 

16 California State University, San Bernardino 

17 San Diego State University 

18 San Francisco State University 

19 San Jose State Univerj 

20 California Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispc 

21 California State University, San Marcos 
State University 

23 California State University, Stanislaus 


THE CSU 


The individual California State Colleges were brought together as a system by the Donahoe 
Higher Education Act of 1960. In 1972 the system became The California State University and 
Colleges, and in 1982 the system became The California State University. Today the campuses of 
the CSU include comprehensive and polytechnic universities and, since July 1995, the California 
Maritime Academy, a specialized campus. 

The oldest campus — San Jos£ State University — was founded in 1857 and became the first 
institution of public higher education in California. The most recently opened campus — 
California State University, Monterey Bay, began admitting students in the fall of 1995. A new 
new site has been conveyed and a 23rd campus, CSU Channel Islands, is being formally 
established in Ventura County with plans to open in 2002. 

Responsibility for The California State University is vested in the Board of Trustees, whose 
members are appointed by the governor. The trustees appoint the chancellor, who is the chief 
executive officer of the system, and the presidents, who are the chief executive officers of the 
respective campuses. 

The trustees, the chancellor and the presidents develop system wide policy, with actual imple- 
mentation at the campus level taking place through broadly based consultative procedures. The 
Academic Senate of The California State University, made up of elected representatives of the 
faculty from each campus, recommends academic policy to the Board of Trustees through the 
chancellor. 

Academic excellence has been achieved by The California State University through a distin- 
guished faculty, whose primary responsibility is superior teaching. While each campus in the 
system has its own unique geographic and curricular character, all campuses, as multipurpose 
institutions, offer undergraduate and graduate instruction for professional and occupational 
goals, as well as broad liberal education. All the campuses require for graduation a basic program 
of general education requirements, regardless of the type of bachelors degree or major field 
selected by the student. 

The CSU offers more than 1,600 bachelors and master’s degree programs in some 240 subject 
areas. Many of these programs are offered so that students can complete all upper-division and 
graduate requirements by part-time late afternoon and evening study. In addition, a variety of 
teaching and school service credential programs are available. A limited number of doctoral 
degrees are offered jointly with the University of California and with private institutions in 
California. 

Enrollments in fall 1999 totaled nearly 359,719 students, who were taught by over 20,600 
faculty. The system awards more than half of the bachelor’s degrees and 30 percent of the master’s 
degrees granted in California. Some 1 .94 million persons have graduated from CSU campuses 
since 1960. 



THE CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY 

Campuses of The California State 
University 

Trustees and Officers of The California 
State University 

Office of the Chancellor 


9 


THE CSU 


CAMPUSES - THE CALIFORNIA STATE 
UNIVERSITY 

California State University, Bakersfield 

9001 Stockdale Highway 
Bakersfield, CA 93311-1099 
Dr. Tom4s A. Arciniega, President 
(661) 664-2011 
www.csuci.edu • quarter system 

California State University, 

Channel Islands 

One University Drive 
Camarillo, CA 93012 
Dr. Richard R. Rush, President 
(805) 437-8424 

www.csuci.edu • semester system 

California State University, Chico 

400 West First Street 
Chico, CA 95929-0150 
Dr. Manuel A. Esteban, President 
(530) 898-6116 

www.csuchico.edu • semester system 

California State University, 

Dominguez Hills 

1000 East Victoria Street 
Carson, CA 90747-0005 
Dr. James E. Lyons, Sr., President 
(310) 243-3300 

www.csudh.edu • semester system 

California State University, Fresno 

5241 North Maple Avenue 
Fresno, CA 93740 
Dr. John D. Welty, President 
(559) 278-4240 

www.csufresno.edu • semester system 

California State University, Fullerton 

800 N. State College Boulevard 
Fullerton, CA 92834-9480 
Dr. Milton A. Gordon, President 
(714) 278-2011 

www.fullerton.edu • semester system 

California State University, Hayward 

25800 Carlos Bee Boulevard. 

Hayward, CA 94542 
Dr. Norma Rees, President 
(510) 885-3000 

www.csuhayward.edu • quarter system 


Humboldt State University 

Areata, CA 95521-8299 

Dr. Alistair W McCrone, President 

(707) 826-3011 

www.humboldt.edu • semester system 

California State University, Long Beach 

1250 Bellflower Boulevard 
Long Beach, CA 90840-01 15 
Dr. Robert C. Maxson, President 
(562) 985-4111 

www.csulb.edu • semester system 

California State University, Los Angeles 

5151 State University Drive 
Los Angeles, CA 90032 
Dr. James M. Rosser, President 
(323) 343-3000 

www.calstatela.edu • quarter system 

California Maritime Academy 

200 Maritime Academy Drive 
Vallejo, CA 94590 
Dr. William B. Eisenhardt, President 
(707) 645-1000 

www.csum.edu • semester system 

California State University, Monterey Bay 

100 Campus Center 
Seaside, CA 93955-8001 
Dr. Peter P Smith, President 
(831) 582-3330 

www.monterey.edu • semester system 

California State University, Northridge 

18111 Nordhoff Street 
Northridge, CA 91330 
Dr. Jolene Koester, President 
(818) 677-1200 
www.csun.edu • semester system 

California State Polytechnic University, 
Pomona 

3801 W. Temple Avenue 
Pomona, CA 91768 
Dr. Bob Suzuki, President 
(909) 869-7659 

www.csupomona.edu • quarter system 

California State University, Sacramento 

6000 J Street 
Sacramento, CA 95819 
Dr. Donald R. Gerth, President 
(916) 278-6011 
www.csus.edu • semester system 


California State University, 

San Bernardino 

5500 University Parkway 
San Bernardino, CA 92407-2397 
Dr. Albert K. Kamig, President 
(909) 880-5000 
www.csusb.edu • quarter system 

San Diego State University 

5500 Campanile Drive 
San Diego, CA 92182 
Dr. Stephen L. Weber, President 
(619) 594-5200 
www.sdsu.edu • semester system 

San Francisco State University 

1600 Holloway Avenue 
San Francisco, CA 94132 
Dr. Robert A. Corrigan, President 
(415) 338-1111 
www.sfsu.edu • semester system 

San Jos£ State University 

One Washington Square 
San Jose, CA 95192-0001 
Dr. Robert L. Caret, President 
(408) 924-1000 
www.sjsu.edu • semester system 

California Polytechnic State University, 
San Luis Obispo 

San Luis Obispo, CA 93407 
Dr. Warren J. Baker, President 
(805) 756-1111 

www.calpoly.edu • quarter system 

California State University, San Marcos 

333 S. Twin Oaks Valley Road 
San Marcos, CA 92096-0001 
Dr. Alexander Gonzalez, President 
(760) 750-4000 

www.csusm.edu • semester system 

Sonoma State University 

1801 East Cotati Avenue 
Rohnert Park, CA 94928-3609 
Dr. Ruben Arminana, President 
(707) 664-2880 

wvr-w.sonoma.edu • semester system 

California State University, Stanislaus 

801 West Monte Vista Avenue 
Turlock, CA 95382-0299 
Dr. Marvalene Hughes, President 
(209) 667-3122 

www.csustan.edu • 4-1-4 system 


THE CSU 


TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS OF THE 
CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY 

Ex Officio Trustees 

The Honorable Gray Davis 

Governor of California 

State Capitol, Sacramento, CA 95814 

The Honorable Cruz Bustamante 
Lieutenant Governor of California 
State Capitol, Sacramento, CA 95814 

The Honorable Robert Hertzberg 

Speaker of the Assembly 

State Capitol, Sacramento, CA 95814 

The Honorable Delaine Eastin 

State Superintendent of Public Instruction 

721 Capitol Mall, Sacramento CA 95814 

Dr. Charles B. Reed 

Chancellor of the California State University 
400 Golden Shore, 

Long Beach, CA 90802-4210 

Officers of the Trustees 

The Honorable Gray Davis 
President 

Laurence K. Gould, Jr. 

Chairman 

Dee Dee Myers 
Vice Chairman 

Richard P West 
Treasurer 

Christine Helwick 
Secretary 


Appointed Trustees 

Appointments are for a term of eight 
years, except for student trustee, an alumni 
trustee, and a faculty trustee, whose terms 
are for two years. Terms expire in the year in 
parentheses. Names are listed in order of 
appointment to the board. 

Roberta Achtenberg (2007) 

William D. Campbell (2003) 

Daniel Cartwright (2002) 

Martha C. Fallgatter (2003) 

Debra S. Farar (2006) 

Robert Foster (2006) 

Murray L. Galinson (2007) 

Harold Goldwhite (2001) 

Laurence K. Gould, Jr. (2002) 

William Hauck (2001) 

Shailesh J. Mehta (2005) 

Neel I. Murarka (2001) 

Dee Dee Myers (2004) 

Ralph R. Pesqueira (2004) 

Frederick W Pierce IV (2000) 

Ali C. Razi (2001) 

Anthony M. Vitti (2005) 

Stanley T. Wang (2002) 

Correspondence with trustees should 
be sent: 

do Trustees Secretariat 
The California State University 
400 Golden Shore, Suite 134 
Long Beach, California 90802-4275 


OFFICE OF THE CHANCELLOR 

The California State University 
400 Golden Shore 
Long Beach, CA 90802-4210 
(562) 951-4000 

Dr. Charles B. Reed 
Chancellor - CSU System 

Dr. David S. Spence 
Executive Vice Chancellor and 
Chief Academic Officer 

Dr. Charles W Lindahl 
Associate Vice Chancellor 
Academic Affairs 

Ms. Jackie McClain 
Vice Chancellor 
Human Resources 

Mr. Richard P West 
Executive Vice Chancellor and 
Chief Business Officer 

Dr. Douglas X. Patifto 
Vice Chancellor 
University Advancement 

Ms. Christine Helwick 
General Counsel 


11 


THE CSU 



r 

r 


r 


r 







\ \ V 






CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, 
FULLERTON 


GOVERNANCE 

Governance on the campus at California State University, Fullerton is the responsibility of the 
president and his administrative staff. Working closely with the president are a number of faculty 
and student groups that initiate, review, and/or recommend for approval, various university 
programs, policies and procedures. Although the president is vested with the final authority for 
all university activities, maximum faculty and staff participation in campus decision-making and 
governance has become traditional. Students also are actively involved, with student representatives 
included on almost all university, college and departmental committees and policymaking bodies. 

UNIVERSITY ADVISORY BOARD 

The California State University, Fullerton University Advisory Board consists of community 
leaders interested in the development and welfare of the university. The board advises the 
president on a number of matters, particularly those affecting university and community 
relations. Members are appointed by the president for terms of four years. 


Governance 

Dr. Arnold Miller, Chair 

President 

Fullerton 

University Advisory Board 

Technology Strategy Group 


Mission and Goals 


Peggy Hammer 

Placentia 

Accreditations and Associations 


Rudy Hanley 

Santa Ana 

Academic Freedom and Responsibility 

President, CEO 


History of the University 

OCTFCU 


Environment of the University 

Victor K. Hausmaninger 

Irvine 

The Campus and Its Buildings 

C.PA., Managing Partner 

Hausmaninger Benoe Lang &r Alford 


CSUF Mission Viejo Campus 

Students of the University 

Jack B. Lindquist 

Irvine 

President and CEO 


The Faculty 

Lindquist Group, Inc. 


Outstanding Professor Award 

Frederick T. Mason 

Fullerton 

California State University, Fullerton 

Attorney at Law 


Foundation 

William J. McGarvey,Jr. 

Fullerton 

Cal State Fullerton Alumni 

Director of Community Relations 
Anderson, Lynn & Cottrell, CPAs Inc. 


Community Support Groups 


Loren C. Pannier 

Senior Vice President, Investor Relations 
Carl Karcher Enterprises, Inc. 

Anaheim 


Frank Quevedo 

Vice President, Equal Opportunity 

So. California Edison Co. 

Rosemead 


John M. Rau 

President 

David Industries 

Orange 


Ruth Schermitzler 

Brea 


Irene E. Ziebarth 

Attorney at Law 

Newport Beach 


12 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 


MISSION AND GOALS 

Mission Statement 

Learning is preeminent at California State 
University, Fullerton. We aspire to combine 
the best qualities of teaching and research 
universities where actively engaged students, 
faculty and staff work in close collaboration 
to expand knowledge. 

Our affordable undergraduate and graduate 
programs provide students the best of current 
practice, theory, and research and integrate 
professional studies with preparation in the 
arts and sciences. Through experiences in and 
out of the classroom, students develop the 
habit of intellectual inquiry, prepare for chal- 
lenging professions, strengthen relationships 
to their communities and contribute produc- 
tively to society. 

We are a comprehensive, regional univer- 
sity with a global outlook, located in Orange 
County, a technologically rich and culturally 
vibrant area of metropolitan Los Angeles. Our 
expertise and diversity serve as a distinctive 
resource and catalyst for partnerships with 
public and private organizations. We strive to 
be a center of activity essential to the intellec- 
tual, cultural and economic development of 
our region. 

Goals 

■ To ensure the preeminence of learning. 

■ To provide high-quality programs that 
meet the evolving needs of our students, 
community and region. 

■ To enhance scholarly and creative activity. 

■ To make collaboration integral to our 
activities. 

■ To create an environment where all stu- 
dents have the opportunity to succeed. 

■ To increase external support for university 
programs and priorities. 

■ To expand connections and partnerships 
with our region. 

■ To strengthen institutional effectiveness, 
collegial governance and our sense of 
community. 


ACCREDITATIONS AND ASSOCIATIONS 

California State University, Fullerton, is 
accredited by the Western Association of 
Schools and Colleges. WASC maintains an 
office on the Mills College campus. Questions 
about accreditation may be addressed to. 
Western Association of Schools and Colleges 
Box 9990 
Mills College 

Oakland, CA 94613-0990 
Phone: (510) 632-5000 
E-mail: WASCSR@wasc.mills.edu 

Other accreditation and association recog- 
nition includes: 

Accreditation Board for Engineering and 
Technology 

Accrediting Council on Education in 
Journalism and Mass Communications 

Association to Advance Collegiate School 
of Business 

AACSB Accounting Accreditation 
American Chemical Society 

American Speech-Language-Hearing 
Association 

California Commission on Teacher 
Credentialing 

California on Accreditation of Allied Health 
Education Programs (CAAHEP) 

Computer Sciences Accreditation Commission 

NAFSA: Association of International 
Educators 

National Association of Schools of Art 
and Design 

National Association of Schools of Dance 
National Association of Schools of Music 

National Association of Schools of Public 
Affairs and Administration 

National Association of Schools of Theatre 

National Council for Accreditation 
of Teacher Education 

National League for Nursing 

Southern California Consortium on 
International Studies 

Universities Field Staff International 
Western Association of Graduate Schools 


ACADEMIC FREEDOM 
AND RESPONSIBILITY 

The Academic Senate of California State 
University, Fullerton endorses the 1990 
Statement of Professional Ethics (University 
Policy Statement 230.000). 

HISTORY OF THE UNIVERSITY 

In 1957, Cal State Fullerton became the 
12th State College in California to be autho- 
rized by the Legislature. The following year 
a site was designated in northeast Fullerton. 

It was purchased in 1959, when Dr. William 
B. Langsdorf was appointed as founding pres- 
ident, the first staff was selected and plans for 
opening the new college were made. Orange 
County State College started classes for 452 
full- and/or part-time students in September, 
1959, using leased quarters for its administra- 
tive offices on the Fullerton Union High 
School campus and for its classrooms at 
Fullerton’s Sunny Hills High School. In the 
fall of 1960, the college opened classes on its 
own campus, where it occupied 12 tempo- 
rary buildings. The name changed to Orange 
State College in July 1962, to California State 
College at Fullerton in July 1964, to 
California State College, Fullerton in July 
1968 and to California State University, 
Fullerton in June 1972. The first permanent 
building, the six-story Letters and Science 
Building (now known as McCarthy Hall), 
was occupied in 1963. 

Today, there is much dramatic evidence of 
additional, rapid growth. Several new build- 
ings have been completed, and enrollment 
has climbed to more than 28,850. Since 1963 
the curriculum has expanded to include 
lower-division work and many graduate 
programs, as well as numerous credential 
and certificate programs. 

The Donahoe Higher Education Act of 
1960 established the California State Colleges 
as a system under an independent Board 
of Trustees, redefined the functions of the 
State Colleges, and related them to both the 
community colleges and the University of 
California system. 

In May 1971, Dr. L. Donald Shields, who 
had served as acting president for seven 
months, was appointed the second president 
of Cal State Fullerton. Dr. Miles D. McCarthy 
became acting president in January 1981; 

Dr. Jewel Plummer Cobb took office as the 
third president in October 1981, and 
Dr. Milton A. Gordon was appointed the 
fourth president in August 1990. 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 


THE FACULTY 

Central to the effectiveness of any institu- 
tion of higher learning is the quality and 
dedication of its individual faculty members 
to teaching and scholarship. 

In the fall of 1999 there were 660 full- 
time faculty and administrators and 1,051 
part-time faculty members teaching on the 
campus. Almost all the full-time faculty had 
some previous college or university teaching 
experience before coming to Fullerton. 
Faculty members also have a wide variety 
of scholarly experiences and creative activi- 
ties. Eighty-three percent of the tenured 
and tenure track faculty have earned their 
doctoral degrees. 

Criteria for selection to the faculty include 
mastery of knowledge in an academic spe- 
cialty, demonstrated skill and experience in 
teaching, and continuing interest in scholarly 
study and research. Retention and promotion 
criteria also include service to the university 
and community. 

Information concerning the faculty and 
other personnel may be obtained from the 
Office of Faculty Affairs and Records. 

OUTSTANDING PROFESSOR AWARD 

Each year the university selects a faculty 
member to receive the CSUF Outstanding 
Professor Award. This individual becomes the 
campus nominee for the statewide 
Outstanding Professor Award, an honor con- 
ferred annually on two system faculty by the 
Trustees of the California State University. 

Below are the names of all professors who 
have received the CSUF Outstanding 
Professor Award. Those with an asterisk were 
also honored with the statewide award. 


Year 

Name 

Subject 

1963-64 

Donald Stanley Tull 

Marketing 

1964-65 

Miles Duffield 

Biology 


McCarthy* 


1965-66 

Giles Tyler Brown 

History’ 

1966-67 

Gustave Bording 

French/ 


Mathieu 

German 

1967-68 

Norman Townsend- 

Economics 


Zellner 


1968-69 

John Brown Mason 

Political 



Science 

1969-70 

No award given 


1970-71 

Loh Seng Tsai 

Psychology’ 

1971-72 

Richard C. Gilbert 

Mathematics 

1972-73 

Herbert C. 

Quantitative 


Rutemiller 

Methods 

1973-74 

Fred M. Johnson 

Physics 


1974-75 

Willis E. McNelly* 

English 

1975-76 

Donald E. Lagerberg 

Art 

1976-77 

Sidney Klein 

Economics 

1977-78 

Charles G. Bell 

Political 

Science 

1978-79 

Bruce H. Weber 

Chemistry 

1979-80 

Michael H. Horn 

Zoology 

1980-81 

Donald A. Sears 

Linguistics 

English and 

1981-82 

Joyce E. Pickersgill 

Economics 

1982-83 

Carl C. Wamser 

Chemistry 

1983-84 

Corinne S. Wood 

Anthropology 

1984-85 

Maria C. Linder 

Chemistry 

1985-86 

Charles C. Lambert 

Zoology 

1986-87 

Glenn M. Nagel 

Chemistry 

1987-88 

Harris S. Shultz* 

Mathematics 

1988-89 

Warren A. Beck 

History 

1989-90 

Roger Nanes 

Physics 

1990-91 

Gerald F Corey 

Human 

Services/ 

Counseling 

1991-92 

Michael H. Bimbaum 

Psychology 

1992-93 

David L. Pagni* 

Mathematics 

1993-94 

Keith O. Boyum 

Political 

Science 

1994-95 

Carol P Barnes 

Elementary 

and 

Bilingual 

Education 

1995-96 

Mario Martell 

Mathematics 

1996-97 

Frank G. 

Cummings III 

Art 

1997-98 

John A. Olmsted 

Chemistry 

1998-99 

George A. 

Marcoulides 

Management 

Science/ 

Information 

Systems 

1999-00 

Jane V. Hall 

Economics 

2000-01 

Hallie Yopp Slowik 

Elementary’ 
Bilingual and 
Reading 
Education 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, 
FULLERTON FOUNDATION 

The California State University, Fullerton 
Foundation was established and incorporated 
as a not-for-profit corporation in October 
1959. The Foundation is an auxiliary organi- 
zation of the university established to provide 
essential student, faculty and staff services 
that cannot be provided from state appropria- 
tions. It supplements the program and 
activities of the university in appropriate 
ways by assisting the university in fulfilling its 
purposes and in serving the people of the 


State of California, especially those in the 
immediate Fullerton area. 

The Foundation assists the university by 
developing and administering research and 
educational grants and contracts; conducting 
retail operations including bookstore, food 
service and vending on campus; and adminis- 
tering various educationally-related functions 
and programs, such as the Tucker Wildlife 
Sanctuary and the university’s affordable 
housing program. 

The Foundation’s overall policies are 
administered by a Board of Directors com- 
posed of members of the university faculty, 
administration and students, as well as 
prominent community leaders. 

Board of Directors 

Chair, Robert F Clark, Jr # 

Vice Chair, Ted Bremner# 

Secretary, Ron Rangel# 

Treasurer, Pearl Cheng (ex-officio) 

Executive Director, William M. Dickerson 
(ex officio) 

Judith Anderson (ex officio) 

Pearl Chang 
Clare Carlson# 

Gary Del Fium# 

Milton A. Gordon (ex officio) 

Willie Flagan (ex officio) 

Robert Hall# 

Kolf Jayaweera 
David Palmer# 

Robert Palmer (ex offico) 

Stu Ross (ex officio) 

Ephraim Smith (ex officio) 

ASI president plus two additional student 
members 

Academic Senate chair plus three additional 
faculty members 

Administrative Officers 

William M. Dickerson, Executive Director 
Pearl Cheng, Director, Finance & 
Administration 

CAL STATE FULLERTON 
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION 

The Cal State Fullerton Alumni Association 
provides graduates with opportunities for 
continued affiliation with their alma mater 
and fellow alumni through unique network- 
ing, educational and social activities. 
Membership also provides graduates with 
a variety of valuable benefits such as access 


# Community Member 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 


to all 23 CSU campus libraries, invitations to 
special members-only events, discounts at 
the Titan Bookstore, discounts on athletic 
and cultural events tickets, AAA membership 
discount, group insurance programs and 
more. The most important benefit of being 
a member of the alumni association, 
however, is the opportunity to be part of 
a strong Cal State Fullerton alumni network. 

The George G. Golleher Alumni House is 
the focal point of alumni activity on campus 
where alumni engage in a variety of activi- 
ties — everything from pre-game barbecues to 
alumni weddings. 

The Student Alumni Association is 
a unique student organization that not only 
offers ways to get involved in campus life, 
but links students to CSUF alumni. In addi- 
tion to social events and service projects, 
Student Alumni Association members have 
career development opportunities by net- 
working with alumni. 

For more information on Alumni 
Association programs and services, please 
contact (714) CSU-ALUM or visit our Web 
site at www.fullerton.edu/alumni. 

COMMUNITY SUPPORT GROUPS 

California State University, Fullerton wel- 
comes and encourages the development and 
activities of volunteer organizations commit- 
ted to enriching university life. The expertise 
and efforts of its dedicated volunteers are 
most appreciated for they enhance the uni- 
versity’s academic excellence. In addition to 
their involvement in the programs of their 
own organizations, support group members 
are invited to participate in university events. 

Cal State Fullerton^ volunteer organizations 
form the Coordinating Council of Support 
Groups, which coordinates communication 
between the organizations and the university. 
Further information about support groups 
may be obtained from the Office of the Vice 
President for Academic Affairs, McCarthy 
Hall-133, at (714) 278-2615. 

Art Alliance 

The Art Alliance encourages excellence in 
the arts, particularly through the educational 
curriculum of the university’s An Department. 
Organized in 1967, the alliance assists in 
financing gallery exhibitions, participates in 
the acquisition of campus art works, and 
annually awards scholarships and graduate 
research grants. Art Alliance members host 


special exhibit tours and receptions, informal 
talks by faculty members, and trips to 
museums and artists’ studios. 

Association of the Friends and Docents 
of the Anthropology Museum 

Anthropology majors, alumni and inter- 
ested members of the community make up 
association membership. The group takes an 
active role in presenting exhibits, providing 
tours and conducting the activities of the 
museum. 

Continuing Learning Experience 

For more than two decades. Continuing 
Learning Experience has offered an extensive 
range of courses for retiree members who 
look to the university and the Ruby 
Gerontology Center as focal points for their 
lifelong learning. CLE is a nationally recog- 
nized, self-supported organization that draws 
strength from its own board of trustees and a 
sophisticated management structure. 

For an annual membership fee that 
includes parking, CLE members savor the 
university setting and student privileges. 
Members enjoy a rich variety of classes, study 
groups, discussion forums and trips of edu- 
cational interest. Outstanding lecture series 
are also open to the community. In addition, 
both PC and Macintosh-based computer 
classes are available in the CLE SeniorNet 
Learning Center. 

The CLE office is housed in the Ruby 
Gerontology Center, a research and confer- 
ence facility built with private funds in large 
part from CLE members. 

Emeriti 

Cal State Fullerton’s retired faculty and 
staff members belong to the Emeriti, which 
is dedicated to keeping its members involved 
and knowledgeable about current campus 
life. While providing opportunities to be 
involved in faculty governance, curricular 
programs and campus activities, the organi- 
zation also offers renewal of friendships 
between its members and awards two student 
scholarships each year. Through affiliation 
with the systemwide CSU emeriti organiza- 
tion, California State University Emeritus and 
Retired Faculty Association, emeriti concerns 
are presented to all branches of the govern- 
ment and the Chancellor’s Office 


Friends of the Fullerton Arboretum 

Friends of the Fullerton Arboretum 
support the 26-acre botanical garden located 
on the northeast comer of campus. The 
Friends coordinate the work of the many 
volunteers needed to maintain the gardens, 
programs and events. Friends host tours of 
the arboretum and Heritage House museum, 
a tum-of-the-century residence listed in the 
National Register of Historic Places and the 
Inventory of California Historic Sites. Through 
plant sales, gift shop and events, the Friends 
contribute operating monies for the arboretum 
and fund student scholarships. 

Music Associates 

In support of the Music Department, 
Music Associates fund student scholarship; 
an annual awards contest recognizing excel- 
lence in vocal, instrumental and piano 
performance; and purchases of equipment 
and instruments to enhance Cal State 
Fullerton’s music program. Associates attend 
campus performances and co-sponsor one 
of the biggest holiday events on campus, 
the “Christmas Carol Candlelight Dinner 
and Concert” featuring the University Singers. 
The Associates also hold an annual spring 
scholarship luncheon. 

Patrons of the Library 

Community members, alumni and faculty 
and staff members interested in maintaining 
the quality of the Poliak Library belong to 
Patrons of the Library. The group sponsors 
exhibits and operates a book sale center in 
conjunction with the Emeriti. Funds raised 
through book sales, dues and donations 
support the augmentation of library holdings 
and facilities. 

President’s Associates 

The generous members of the President’s 
Associates provide financial support to the 
region’s most promising students, The 
President’s Scholars and a host of other pro- 
grams and projects at Cal State Fullerton. 
This premier support group also provides the 
president with resources for universitywide 
program needs such as student scholarships, 
faculty research grants and recognition 
awards for faculty, students and staff. 

Through their gifts, President’s Associates 
play a significant role in preserving and 
enhancing Cal State Fullerton now and for 
future generations. 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 


■ LIBRARY 

Richard C. Pollard, University Librarian 

Patricia L. Bril, Associate University Librarian 
Carol Bednar, Chair, Technical Services 

m MISSION VIEJO CAMPUS 

George Giacumakis, Director, Mission Viejo Campus 

Nadine Dillon, Coordinator, Cashiering and Registration, 

Mission Viejo Campus 

Lynne McVeigh, Assistant Dean for Student Affairs, Mission Viejo 
Campus 

Greg Yorba, Librarian, Mission Viejo Campus 

Marilyn Conklin, Administrative Analyst, Mission Viejo Campus 

ADMINISTRATION 

Willie J. Hagan, Vice President for Administration and 
Acting Vice President for University Advancement 
Naomi Goodwin, Assistant Vice President 

William C. Barrett, Associate Vice President for Administration and 
Acting Vice President for Administration 

Thomas H. Whitfield, Director, Environmental Health & Safety 
Joe Ferrer, Director, Parking and Transportation 

Welson Badal, System Administrator, Divisional Information 
Technology 

(Vacant), Director, University Risk Management 

■ FACILITIES MANAGEMENT 

Jay W Bond, Associate Vice President, Facilities Management 
(Vacant), Facility Planner 

Michael C. Smith, Director, Design & Construction Services 
Willem H. van der Pol, Director, Physical Plant 

m HUMAN RESOURCES 

David J. Losco, Executive Director, Human Resources 
Rosamaria Gomez-Amaro, Director, Affirmative Action 
Robin Innes, Director, Employee Training & Development 
(Vacant), Director, Human Resource Operations 

■ PUBLIC SAFETY 

Judith D. King, Chief of Police/Director, Public Safety 
Willie J. Glen, Lieutenant 

■ FOUNDATION 

William M. Dickerson, Executive Director, Foundation 

Shou-Yinn (Pearl) Cheng, Director, Finance and Administration 
Jerry C. Olson, Director, Titan Shops 
Anthony Lynch, Director, Campus Dining 


EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT 

Judith Anderson, Executive Vice President 
Angela Gee, Executive Assistant 

■ GOVERNMENTAL AND COMMUNITY RELATIONS 

Owen Holmes, Director, State and Federal Relations 
Karon Kaelin, Director, Community Relations 

■ PUBLIC AFFAIRS 

Janet McNeill, Associate Vice President for Communications 
and Marketing 

STUDENT AFFAIRS 

Robert L. Palmer, Vice President for Student Affairs 

Charles W. Buck, Associate Vice President for Student Affairs 
Silas H. Abrego, Associate Vice President for Student Affairs 
Kandy S. Mink, Assistant Vice President for Student Affairs 
Loydene Keith, Dean of Students 
Harvey McKee, Executive Director, Associated Students 
(Vacant), Director, Budget and Human Resources 

Ryan Alcantara, Acting Director, Honors and Scholars 
Support Services 

John Easterbrook, Director, Intercollegiate Athletics 

Maryalyce Jeremiah, Senior Associate Director, Intercollegiate 
Athletics 

James Case, Director, Career Planning and Placement Center 
Shirley St. Peter, Director, Counseling and Psychological Services 
Paul K. Miller, Director, Disabled Student Services 

Charles Moore, Director, Enrollment Management / 

University Outreach 

Deborah McCracken, Director, Financial Aid 

Judy Mandel, Director, Guardian Scholars Program 

Darlene Stevenson, Director, Housing and Residence Life 

Robert Ericksen, Director, International Education and Exchange 

Jeremiah Moore, Director, Student Academic Services 

(Vacant), Director, Student Affairs Research Center 

Thom Sloan, Director, Student Health and Counseling Service 

Kurt Borstig, Director, Titan Student Union 

Sheryl Fontaine, Director, University Learning Center 

Barbara McDowell, Director, Women's Center/Adult Reentry 

UNIVERSITY ADVANCEMENT 

Willie J. Hagan, Acting Vice President for University Advancement 

Justin Gehrls, Executive Assistant to Vice President for 
University Advancement 

Nina Wingrove, Assistant to Vice President for University 
Advancement 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 


Larry Zucker, Senior Associate Vice President, University 
Marketing & Major Events 

Mary Jacobsen, Associate Vice President, Advancement 

Barbara Esmark, Associate Vice President, Leadership 
& Planned Gifts 

Patty Boggs, Executive Director, Alumni Relations 

Lori Bachand, Associate Director, Alumni Relations 

Gail Tucker, Special Events Coordinator 

Karen Bushman, Director of Advancement Systems & Services 

Kathleen Costello, Executive Director, Center for Nonprofit 
Sector Research 

(Vacant), Director of Development, Athletics 
Erika Marchal, Director of Annual Giving, Athletics 
Sheila Faris-Penn, Advancement Technologies 
Lisa Gallaway, Director of Development 
Carlos Leija, Director of Development 

Robert May, Director of Development, Leadership & Planned Gifts 
Diana Morgan, Director, Advancement Programs 
(Vacant), Senior Director of Development, College of the Arts 
Darlene Wamer-Zivich, Assistant Director, College of the Arts 
Stefanie McCombie, Director of University Major Events 
Tara Gallivan-Garcia, Director, Major Events Finance 

COLLEGE OF THE ARTS 

Jerry Samuelson, Dean 

Joseph Arnold, Associate Dean 

Craig Haggett, Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

ART DEPARTMENT 

Larry Johnson, Chair 

MUSIC DEPARTMENT 

Gordon Paine, Chair 

THEATRE DEPARTMENT 

Susan Hallman, Chair 

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 

Anil K. Puri, Dean 

Thomas Johnson, Associate Dean, Academic Programs 
Katrin Harich, Associate Dean, Administration 
Robert Miyake, Assistant Dean, Academic Advisement 
Ray Murillo, Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

ACCOUNTING DEPARTMENT 

Betty Chavis, Chair 

ECONOMICS DEPARTMENT 

David Wong, Chair 


FINANCE DEPARTMENT 

John Erickson, Chair 

INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND DECISION SCIENCES 

Barry Pasternack, Chair 

MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT 

Ghasem Manoochehri, Chair 

MARKETING DEPARTMENT 

Irene Lange, Chair 

COLLEGE OF COMMUNICATIONS 

Rick D. Pullen, Dean 

Fred Zandpour, Associate Dean 

Peggy Garcia Bockman, Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

COMMUNICATIONS DEPARTMENT 

Wendell Crow, Chair 

SPEECH COMMUNICATION DEPARTMENT 

Robert Emry, Chair 

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 

R.D. Rocke, Dean (Acting) 

David R. Falconer, Associate Dean 

Rory Mendoza Seidman, Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

COMPUTER SCIENCE DEPARTMENT 

Ning Chen, Chair 

■ DIVISION OF ENGINEERING 

Jesa H. Kreiner, Division Chair 

CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 

Chandrasekhar Putcha, Head 

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 

David Cheng, Head 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 

Hossein Moini, Head 

COLLEGE OF HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 
AND COMMUNITY SERVICE 

Judith V Ramirez, Acting Dean 
(Vacant), Associate Dean 
Nancee L. Buck, Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

■ DIVISION OF CHILD, FAMILY AND 
COMMUNITY SERVICES 

(Vacant), Division Chair 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 


CHILD AND ADOLESCENT STUDIES DEPARTMENT 

COMPARATIVE RELIGION DEPARTMENT 

Diana Guerin, Chair 

Benjamin Hubbard, Chair 

COUNSELING DEPARTMENT 

ENGLISH AND COMPARATIVE LITERATURE DEPARTMENT 

(Vacant) Chair 

Joseph Sawicki, Chair 

HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT 

FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES DEPARTMENT 

Mikel Garcia, Chair 

Curtis Swanson, Chair 

NURSING DEPARTMENT 

GEOGRAPHY DEPARTMENT 

Christine Latham, Chair 

William Lloyd, Chair 

■ SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 

HISTORY DEPARTMENT 

Mickey L.Y. Hollis, Acting Associate Dean 

William W Haddad, Chair 

EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP DEPARTMENT 

PHILOSOPHY DEPARTMENT 

Louise Adler, Chair 

J. Michael Russell, Chair 

ELEMENTARY, BILINGUAL & READING EDUCATION 

■ POLITICAL SCIENCE AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE DIVISION 

DEPARTMENT 

Alan Saltzstein, Chair 

Andrea Guillaume, Chair 

Ruth Yopp-Edwards, Chair 

PSYCHOLOGY DEPARTMENT 


David Perkins, Chair 

SECONDARY EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 

Victoria Costa, Chair 

SOCIOLOGY DEPARTMENT 


Ronald Hughes, Chair 

SPECIAL EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 

Belinda Dunnick Karge, Chair 

ASIAN STUDIES PROGRAM 


William W Haddad, Coordinator 

■ DIVISION OF KINESIOLOGY AND HEALTH PROMOTION 

Roberta Rikli, Division Chair 

ASIAN AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAM 


Craig Ihara, Coordinator 

MILITARY SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Major Christian Taddeo, Coordinator 

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES PROGRAM 


Robert Voeks, Coordinator 

COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 

Thomas Klammer, Dean 

GERONTOLOGY PROGRAM 

Ray Young, Associate Dean 

Eric Solberg, Coordinator 

Angela Della Volpe, Associate Dean 

LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAM 

Michael Paul Wong, Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

Ronald Harmon, Coordinator 

AFRO-ETHNIC STUDIES DEPARTMENT 

LIBERAL STUDIES PROGRAM 

Wacira Gethaiga, Chair 

Bradley Starr, Coordinator 

AMERICAN STUDIES DEPARTMENT 

LINGUISTICS PROGRAM 

Jesse Battan, Chair 

Franz Muller-Gotama, Coordinator 

ANTHROPOLOGY DEPARTMENT 

RUSSIAN AND EAST EUROPEAN STUDIES PROGRAM 

Susan Parman, Chair 

Roshanna Sylvester, Coordinator 

CHICANA AND CHICANO STUDIES DEPARTMENT 

WOMEN’S STUDIES PROGRAM 

Isaac Cardenas, Chair 

Sandra Sutphen, Coordinator 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 


COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS 

Kolf O. Jayaweera, Dean 

David Fromson, Associate Dean 

Rochelle Woods, Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE DEPARTMENT 

C. Eugene Jones, Chair 

CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY DEPARTMENT 

John Olmsted, Chair 

GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES DEPARTMENT 

John Foster, Chair 

MATHEMATICS DEPARTMENT 

James O. Friel, Chair 

PHYSICS DEPARTMENT 

Mark Shapiro, Chair 

SCIENCE EDUCATION PROGRAM 

Gaylen Carlson, Acting Coordinator 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 



24 



25 


4 



DEAN 

Jerry Samuelson 

ASSOCIATE DEAN 

Joseph Arnold 

ASSISTANT DEAN, STUDENT AFFAIRS 

Craig Haggett 

DEAN S OFFICE 

Visual Arts 199 
(714) 278-3256 


“M ore than anything else, the 
excellence of our programs can be 
seen in our people — the faculty, staff, 
students and graduates. Their 
presence is perhaps the strongest 
recommendation to be made 
for pursuing the arts at 



The learning opportunities within the College of the Arts are based on a commitment 
to artistic and academic excellence. We provide an environment that encourages individual 
achievement for performers, artists and scholars. 

Within the broader university liberal arts environment, the College of the Arts offers 
intensive programs in Art, Music, Theatre and Dance. We are also committed to the 
enhancement of artistic awareness of all students. 

We extend a warm welcome to you, and we promise that with your perseverance, 
we will do everything possible to further your goals and objectives in whatever field 
of the arts you choose. 

Academic advisement is available through the departments. Faculty advisors are 
available to assist students with career decisions and degree requirements. 

Several scholarships are available to students in the College of the Arts. Inquiries 
should be made to the respective department offices. 


Cal State Fullerton 

Dean Jerry Samuelson 

College of the Arts 


26 


COLLEGE OF THE ARTS 



Theatre Arts, Bachelor of Arts 


PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Art, Bachelor of Arts 
Art History 
General Studio Art 
Teaching 

Art, Bachelor of Fine Arts 
Ceramics 
Crafts 

Creative Photography 
Drawing and Painting 
Entertainment Art/Animation 
Graphic Design 
Illustration 
Printmaking 
Sculpture 
Art, Minor 
Art, Master of Arts 
Design 

Drawing and Painting (including 
Printmaking) 

Sculpture 

Crafts (including Ceramics, Glass, Wood, 
Jewelry/Metalsmithing) 

Design (including Graphic Design, 
Illustration, Exhibition Design, 
Creative Photography) 

Art History 

Art, Master of Fine Arts 

Drawing, Painting and Printmaking 
Sculpture 

Ceramics (including Glass) 

Crafts (including Jewelry/Metalsmithing 
and Woodworking) 

Design (including Graphic Design, 
Illustration and Exhibition Design) 
Creative Photography 
Dance, Bachelor of Arts 
Museum Studies, Certificate 


Music, Bachelor of Arts 
Liberal Arts 
Music Education 
Music History and Theory 
Music, Bachelor of Music 
Commercial Music 
Composition 
Instrumental 
Keyboard 
Voice 

Accompanying 
Music, Minor 
Music, Master of Arts 

Music History and Literature 
Music Education 
Music, Master of Music 
Performance 
Theory-Composition 


Liberal Arts 

Production/Performance 

Acting 

Directing 

Entertainment Studies 
Playwriting 

Technical Production/Design 
Teaching 

Theatre, Bachelor of Fine Arts 
Musical Theatre 
Theatre Arts, Master of Arts 
Theatre Arts, Master of Fine Arts 
Acting 
Directing 

Design and Technical Production 



27 


COLLEGE OF THE ARTS 



DEAN 

Anil Puri 

ASSOCIATE DEAN, ADMINISTRATION 

Katrin R. Harich 

ASSISTANT DEAN, 

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

Thomas W. Johnson 

ASSOCIATE DEANS 

Robert Miyake, Academic Advisement 
Ray Murillo, Student Affairs 

DEAN S OFFICE 

Langsdorf Hall 700 
(714) 278-2592 

“ Welcome to the nationally accredited 
College of Business and Economics — 
home of the second largest 
undergraduate business program 
in the United States. The college 
leads the region in meeting the needs 
of its diverse student body and 
provides the latest skills for business 
success in today's global economy .” 

Dean Anil K. Puri 

College of Business 
and Economics 



Programs of study in the College of Business and Economics equip men and 
women with the intellectual and professional tools needed to assume responsible 
positions in business, industry, education, government and social service. The 
College offers a broad exposure to business and economics. Behavioral and quantita- 
tive sciences are studied in both theoretical and applied contexts. Mathematics is 
used as a key tool in the analysis of complex problems and in the interpretation of 
data. Emphasis is placed on effective oral and written communication. Students are 
made aware of the need for imaginative, innovative solutions to business problems 
that encompass human needs and ethical objectives. 

The College provides the opportunity to develop technical expertise in a chosen 
discipline at a beginning professional level acceptable to prospective employers. 

Eight concentrations are offered within the business administration major, as well 
as an economics major, an international business major and a business education 
credential program. 

The College of Business and Economics offers the only undergraduate and 
graduate programs in Orange County accredited by the American Assembly of 
Collegiate Schools of Business. In addition, our Accounting program is one of only 
four programs in the state of California that is nationally accredited by the American 
Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business as a separate program. Accreditation 
assures a rigorous course of study covering the full spectrum of business administra- 
tion. It also indicates a well-qualified faculty, high standards for students, access 
to computing and an extensive library system. 


COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 



PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Accountancy, Master of Science 
Business Administration, Bachelor of Arts 
Accounting 
Business Economics 

Entertainment and Tourism 
Management 

Finance 

Information Systems 
Management 
Management Science 
Marketing 

Business Administration, Minor 
Business Administration, (M B. A) 
Accounting 
Business Economics 
E-Commerce 
Finance 

Information Systems 
International Business 
Management 
Management Science 
Marketing 

Economics, Bachelor of Arts 
Economics, Minor 
Economics, Master of Arts 
Information Systems, Minor 
International Business, Bachelor of Arts 
Chinese 
French 
German 
Japanese 
Portuguese 
Spanish 

Management Science, Master of Science 
Information Systems 
Logistics 

Operations Research 
Statistics 

Taxation, Master of Science 

MISSION STATEMENT 

The Mission of the College of Business 
and Economics, California State University, 
Fullerton is to serve the educational needs of 
the region and state through undergraduate, 
graduate and outreach programs. Specifically, 


the College will provide high-quality, afford- 
able business education to a large and diverse 
group of undergraduates. For the working 
adults who form the core of the graduate 
student population, the College will provide 
high-quality, well-focused professional busi- 
ness education. The College will reach out 
to the community through workshops, 
certificates, in-house training, consulting and 
other forms of non-traditional education; 
community-based research and other 
research services are a part of this effort. 

The College will support research that con- 
tributes to the intellectual capital of the 
Colleges faculty, the university and society. 
This Mission, taken as a whole, should be 
seen as having interrelated parts that work 
together and support the entire educational 
enterprise. 

Mission: Undergraduate Education 

Undergraduate business education is the 
College’s major focus. Undergraduate pro- 
grams must prepare students to think 
critically and provide them with the range of 
skills required to meet the challenges of a 
changing world environment.To achieve this 
mission, the College will: 

■ Provide an integrated, competency-based 
undergraduate education that develops 
contemporary, applied computing exper- 
tise, an understanding of the interplay of 
domestic and international operations on 
functional areas, and the ability to 
manage ethically in a changing world 
environment; 

■ Prepare undergraduate students to pursue 
entry and mid-level positions in the func- 
tional areas and specialized professions, 
entrepreneurship and graduate education. 

Mission: Graduate Education 

Graduate business education is built on a 
sound undergraduate foundation enriched by 
advanced theoretical knowledge and contem- 
porary professional expertise. With this edu- 
cation, graduate students will develop a 
global managerial perspective. To achieve 
this mission, the College will: 

■ Emphasize advanced professional educa- 
tion that strengthens the ability to com- 
municate ideas effectively within an 
increasingly complex environment, to 
manage ethically in a changing social 
milieu using contemporary management 
practices, and to develop attitudes that 
foster global competitiveness; 


■ Prepare graduate students to assume lead- 
ership roles of increasing responsibility in 
business, government, and not-for-profit 
organizations. 

Mission: Community Outreach 

Community outreach supports and com- 
plements the Colleges education functions 
and links the College to its environment. 

It is the Colleges and faculty’s opportunity to 
offer distinctive services to special clientele: 
individuals, businesses, government, etc. 

This mission encompasses the College’s 
efforts to weave lasting relationships with 
local government, industry and professional 
organizations and to retain and build on its 
diversity through recruitment of underrepre- 
sented faculty and students. To fulfill this 
mission, the College will: 



■ Create client-focused educational oppor- 
tunities and provide research services 
through the College’s centers and insti- 
tutes; 

■ Disseminate relevant research produced 
through the efforts of the faculty and the 
College’s centers and institutes through- 
out the region in public forums and the 
media; 


29 


COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 


■ Support faculty working collaboratively 
with local government agencies, busi- 
nesses and professional organizations; and 

■ Ensure both a diverse student body and 
a diverse faculty through targeted recruit- 
ment, retention and development efforts. 

Mission: Enhanced Intellectual Capital 

The College’s intellectual capital is the 
foundation on which the education mission 
rests. Therefore, faculty must be nurtured in 
their efforts to continuously build on their 
existing research and teaching strengths. To 
achieve a higher level of faculty development, 
the College will: 

■ Support and encourage the theoretical 
and applied research activities of the 
faculty whether accomplished individu- 
ally or as a collaborative endeavor, either 
within a discipline or as an interdiscipli- 
nary activity; 

■ Encourage applied research as it affects 
Orange County and/or supports and 
enhances the educational mission of the 
university; 

■ Aid and nurture faculty research efforts 
through various types of intramural 
grants and assist in their efforts for extra- 
mural grants; 

■ Support and encourage faculty seeking 
leadership roles within professional and 
academic organizations at all levels; 

■ Create an environment that supports 
teaching excellence, educational innova- 
tion, and curriculum development; and 

■ Promote an atmosphere that encourages 
a free intellectual exchange of ideas in an 
environment of academic freedom. 

PREPARATION FOR UNDERGRADUATE 
DEGREE PROGRAMS 

Algebra and geometry are necessary for 
many required business courses. The equiva- 
lent of three years of high school mathemat- 
ics, including a second course in algebra, is 
the prerequisite for the required Math 135 
Business Calculus. Students without the nec- 
essary background should enroll in Math 115 
College Algebra. 


Proficiency in written English is essential 
to all college courses. Students should plan to 
take the written English component of 
General Education as soon as possible and 
take the English Writing Proficiency (EWP) 
examination while juniors. 

Business students are encouraged to take 
courses in sociology, psychology, anthropol- 
ogy, speech communication, political science, 
history, philosophy, geography and foreign 
languages. Many courses in these fields may 
be used to meet general education require- 
ments. For the international business degree, 
intermediate level competency in a foreign 
language, equivalent to Foreign Language 
204 courses, is prerequisite to the required 
concentration courses. It is strongly recom- 
mended that students planning to major in 
international business complete a minimum 
of three years of foreign language study while 
in high school. 

BUSINESS ADVISING CENTER 

Langsdorf Hall, Room 700 

Undergraduate Program Advising 

The Business Advising Center serves busi- 
ness administration, economics and interna- 
tional business majors. Information is 
available on admissions, curriculum and 
graduation requirements, as well as on regis- 
tration and grading procedures, residence 
and similar academic matters. Transfer stu- 
dents should see an adviser immediately 
regarding transfer credit. For information 
on general education, consult the Academic 
Advisement Center. 

Graduate Program Advising 

The graduate adviser (in the Business 
Advising Center) provides academic advising 
for the graduate programs in accountancy, 
business administration, management science 
and taxation. Information is available on 
admissions, curriculum and graduation 
requirements, as well as on registration pro- 
cedures, residence and similar academic 
matters. For information on admission, cur- 
riculum and graduation requirements for the 
M.A. in Economics, see the graduate program 
adviser in the Economics Department. 
Students should also consult the faculty 
advisers for the programs in accountancy, 
management science and taxation. 


TRANSFER CREDIT FOR BUSINESS 
AND ECONOMICS COURSES 

Students should see an adviser as soon as 
possible regarding transfer credit. College- 
level courses successfully completed at 
another college or university may be applied 
toward the requirements of the CBE subject 
to the approval of the appropriate depart- 
ment chair. Lower division courses com- 
pleted at an appropriately accredited 
institution with a grade of M C” or better that 
are equivalent in content and level may be 
considered. Upper-division transfer courses 
will be considered if the course is (a) equiva- 
lent in content and level, (b) completed with 
a grade of W C” or better, and (c) taught in an 
American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of 
Business accredited program. Exceptions 
require thorough documentation evidencing 
the above standards. Lists of approved equiv- 
alent courses from local community colleges 
are available in the Business Advising Center. 
All other courses are subject to approval by 
the department chair concerned. In these 
cases, the student must supply catalog 
descriptions, course outlines and textbook 
titles. Courses taken in the extension division 
of another university, or by correspondence, 
are generally not acceptable. 

INTERNSHIPS AND 
COOPERATIVE EDUCATION 

Students may earn academic credit, first- 
hand work experience and financial remu- 
neration as well. Opportunities exist in 
accounting and auditing; cost-benefit analysis 
and econometrics; finance and real estate; 
insurance and banking; management and 
industrial relations; marketing, sales and 
advertising; and business data systems. For 
more information, consult the internship 
adviser in your department or in the Center 
for Internships and Cooperative Education. 

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS 

Chapters of the following national honor 
societies have been established on campus 
with membership open to qualified students: 
Beta Alpha Psi (accounting), Beta Gamma 
Sigma (business). Financial Management 
Association Honor Society (finance), Omega 


COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 


Rho (MS/IS), Phi Kappa Phi (all-campus). 

Pi Sigma Epsilon (marketing). In addition 
there are the following clubs which students 
are encouraged to join: Accounting Society, 
Association Internationale des Estudiantes en 
Sciences Economiques et Commerciales 
(AIESEC), American Marketing Association, 
Association of Information Technology 
Professionals (AITP), Business Inter-Club 
(BICC), Delta Sigma Pi (business fraternity), 
Economics Association, Finance Association, 
Society for the Advancement of Management 
(SAM), Trans-Pacific Leadership Program, 
Xicano Business. 

CBE GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS 

Stephen J. Barres Leadership Award 

Day Runner, Inc. Graduate Fellowship 
Business 

Richard Glassman Scholarship 

Irvine Company Scholarship 

J.C. Penny Scholarship 

La Puerta de Opportunidad Scholarship 

National Electronics Distributors Association, 
Southern California Chapter Scholarship 

Outstanding Student Award 

Theodore H. Smith Outstanding Graduate 
Student Award 

Frank P Stanek Continuing Junior 
Scholarship 

Francisco J. Valle Scholarship 
Yokohama Tire Corporation 


See also awards listed under each depart- 
ment. For additional information on awards 
and scholarships available to business stu- 
dents, contact the Office of the Dean, 
Langsdorf Hall 700. 

COMPUTER FACILITIES 

The CSUF Computer Center in the 
Library and the CBE Satellite Computer 
Laboratories in Langsdorf Hall are available 
for student use. Computer facilities are gen- 
erally available evenings and weekends 
during the school year. 

INFORMATION ON THE 
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

Information on degrees is located in the 
following department and program listings: 

Accounting: 

Accountancy, M.S. 

Taxation, M S. 

Business Administration: 

Business Administration, B.A. 

Business Administration, Minor 

Business Administration, M.B.A. 

Economics: 

Economics, B.A. 

Economics, Minor 

Economics, M.A. 

International Business: 

International Business, B.A. 

Management Science/Information Systems 

Management Science, M.S. 


31 


COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 


DEAN 



Rick D. Pullen 

ASSOCIATE DEAN 

Fred Zandpour 

ASSISTANT DEAN, STUDENT AFFAIRS 

Peggy Garcia Bockman 

DEAN S OFFICE 

College Park Building, Suite 450 
(714) 278-3355 


“The College of Communications 
provides an excellent learning 
environment with nationally 
recognized faculty and modem 
laboratory facilities. Students are 
welcomed into a supportive 
environment that consists of 
computerized writing, editing and 
graphics labs; television studios; 
a speech and hearing clinic; a 
presentation lab , and a newspaper 
and magazine production complex.” 

Dean Rick D. Pullen 

College of Communications 



The College of Communications is committed to advancing a democratic 
society by preparing students to function in a wide variety of communication 
professions. With a strong tradition in the liberal arts and social sciences, the 
academic programs of the College share a common theoretical base which 
identifies the elements of human communication and the principles governing 
their use in all communicative processes essential to contemporary' society, 
namely, the spoken and written word and visual images. Specialized programs 
in advertising, communication theory and process, intercultural, interpersonal, 
organizational communication, communication studies, communicative disor- 
ders, journalism, photocommunications, public relations, entertainment and 
tourism, and television-film make up the basic curricula of the College. These 
programs of study lead to traditional academic degrees for undergraduates and 
graduates, to state credentials and licenses, to professional certification, and to 
entry into graduate and professional degree programs. 

Undergraduate students may call their department office for the name of 
their adviser, who will assist in developing a program of study. University 
policy requires students to see an adviser each of their first two semesters and 
every' year thereafter. Three critical times for advising are before registering for 
the first semester, when selecting electives for the study plan, and two semes- 
ters before graduation for a graduation check. 

Graduate students should make contact with their department graduate 
adviser to arrange for advising prior to entry into the masters degree pro- 
grams. 


COLLEGE OF COMMUNICATIONS 




PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Advertising, Minor 

Communications, Bachelor of Arts 
Advertising 
Entertainment Studies 
Journalism 

Photocommunications 
Public Relations 
Television-Film 

Communications, Master of Arts 
Advertising 
Journalism 
Public Relations 
Television-Film 

Communicative Disorders, Bachelor 
of Arts 

Communicative Disorders, Master of Arts 

Journalism, Minor 

Speech Communication, Bachelor of Arts 

Speech Communication, Minor 

Speech Communication, Master of Arts 

Student Organizations 

The College of Communications supports 
a large number of student organizations and 
activities that provide a wide variety of pre- 
professional opportunities for academic 
advancement. They include: the Advertising 
Club; National Student Speech-Language- 
Hearing Association; Association of Speech 
Communication Students, Broadcast 
Production Association, Communications 
Week, Daily Titan; Debate (forensics); 
International Association of Business 
Communicators; Latino Communications 
Society; National Press Photographers 
Association; Photography Club; Public 
Relations Student Society of America, Society 
of Professional Journalists; and Women in 
Communication, Inc. 

Accreditation 

The Department of Communications is 
accredited by the Accrediting Council on 
Education in Journalism and Mass 
Communications. The Communicative 
Disorders program in the Department of 
Speech Communication is accredited by the 
American Speech- Language -Hearing 
Association. 


Internships 

A wide variety of student internships are 
available throughout Southern California. In 
the Department of Communications, students 
are required to complete an internship, 
unless specifically waived from doing so, nor- 
mally as the culminating undergraduate expe- 
rience. The Speech Communications 
internship is normally taken some time in the 
junior or senior year. 

Scholarships and Awards 

Some $30,000 in scholarships and awards 
is presented annually to students in the 
College of Communications. Among the 
sponsors of scholarships are the Advertising 
Club of Orange County, the Business/ 
Professional Advertising Association of 
Orange County, the Hearst Foundation, the 
Orange County chapter of the Public 
Relations Society of America, and the Los 


Angeles Times. Awards annually are pre- 
sented to students who excel in academic 
and pre-professional activities in the two 
departments. 

Facilities 

The College of Communications is 
equipped with modern laboratory facilities 
including a state-of-the-art speech and 
hearing clinic; photography studio; teaching 
labs for writing and graphics with more then 
200 upgraded and networked workstations; 
television and sound studios and control 
rooms; video and audio production, post- 
production, storage and streaming facilities; 
film editing laboratory; a daily newspaper 
newsroom and production area; Internet 
radio; dedicated multi-media network and 
quality video-on-demand and multicasting 
facilities. 



33 


COLLEGE OF COMMUNICATIONS 


DEAN 


R.D. Rocke (Acting) 

ASSOCIATE DEAN 

David Falconer 

ASSISTANT DEAN, STUDENT AFFAIRS 

Rory Mendoza Seidman 

DEAN S OFFICE 

Computer Science 502 
(714) 278-3362 


“Our school is committed to 
providing students with a thorough 
preparation in fundamental principles 
and helping them gain the practical 
experience to apply their knowledge 
to real-world projects. By blending 



The curricula of the College of Engineering and 
Computer Science are designed to prepare students for 
careers in engineering and computer science, and for 
further study and specialization in graduate work. The 
faculty of the college is actively involved not only in 
instruction and scholarship but also in the advisement 
of students on topics relating to the planning of career 
and program goals. Cooperative education and internship 
programs are available. 


theory and practice, we prepare our 
students for success in exciting and 


rewarding careers in engineering and 


computer science. ” 

Acting Dean R. D. Rocke 

College of Engineering 
and Computer Science 


34 


COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 


PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Computer Science, Bachelor of Science 
Computer Science, Minor 
Computer Science, Master of Science 
Civil Engineering, Bachelor of Science 
Civil Engineering, Master of Science 

Concentration in Environmental 
Engineering 

Electrical Engineering, Bachelor 
of Science 

Electrical Engineering, Master of Science 
Option in Systems Engineering 
Engineering, Bachelor of Science 
Option in Engineering Science 
Engineering, Master of Science 
Option in Engineering Science 
Mechanical Engineering, Bachelor 
of Science 

Mechanical Engineering, Master 
of Science 

ENGINEERING 

Engineering is the application of scientific 
principles to the solution of practical prob- 
lems. Engineers are professionals who 
employ the empirical art and techniques of 
engineering to the benefit of the society. 
Throughout the ages, human progress has 
been able to flourish due to the brilliant 
minds of engineers. Historical works, such 
as the Egyptian pyramids, the Roman aque- 
ducts, and the Greek and Persian monu- 
ments, are examples of engineering ingenuity. 
In the contemporary world, the technological 
breakthroughs, such as computers, lasers, 
and robots, have become reality due to the 
creativity and imagination of engineers. 

People-made wonders, such as the Hoover 
Dam, the Golden Gate Bridge, the Empire 
State Building, and the Gateway Arch on the 
Mississippi River, are examples of engineering 
ingenuity. Great inventors like Leonardo da 
Vinci, Galileo, James Watt, and Thomas 
Edison had exceptional engineering minds. 

Engineers need a firm knowledge of the 
sciences and mathematics and must be able 
to analyze complex situations involving 
people, money, machines and information 
in order to create workable and economical 
designs. Engineers often work with others 
in a team to develop systems and products. 
The increasing technological complexity 
of modem society offers both opportunities 


as well as challenges to the engineering 
graduates of the future. 

Engineers are employed in practically 
every field of human endeavor. This includes 
manufacturing, construction, education, 
government, health care, and business. 

As society becomes increasingly more tech- 
nological, an engineering education provides 
a background for careers which will extend 
well into the 21st century. There is a real 
need for more engineering professionals, 
and so there are tremendous opportunities 
for everyone, including women and under- 
represented minorities, in this field. 

The College of Engineering and Computer 
Science has developed a reputation for excel- 
lence in its undergraduate and graduate 
engineering and computer science programs. 
The college is committed to providing the 
student with a solid preparation in the funda- 
mental principles of engineering as an 
applied science, as well as the practical 
experience to use these principles in the 
solution of engineering problems. 

At CSUF students who are pursuing the 
bachelor’s degrees in engineering are affiliated 
with one of the college’s three engineering 
departments: civil and environmental, electri- 
cal, or mechanical engineering. These pro- 
grams are accredited by the Accreditation 
Board for Engineering and Technology 
(ABET). 

Each engineering degree program incor- 
porates the following three curricular areas: 

■ Mathematics and basic science courses 
such as physics and chemistry; 

■ Engineering topics courses such as ther- 
modynamics, materials science, and elec- 
trical circuits, which provide a bridge 
between basic math/science and engineer- 
ing practice and engineering design 
courses in which a system, component, 
process or structure is devised to meet 

a specific need; 

■ General education courses in the arts, 
humanities, and social sciences. 

Each undergraduate program prepares 
students for entry into the engineering pro- 
fession or for further study and specialization 
in graduate study. 


COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Computer Science deals with all phases 
of information including its representation, 
storage, structure, display and the processes 
by which it is transformed and used. 

Computer science professionals create 
new systems such as an inventory control 
system for a large manufacturer, or a naviga- 
tional system for a new space computer, or 
a decision support system for the manage- 
ment of a bank. These people use their 
technical skills to convert specific needs into 
specialized programs, procedures, and 
systems that will actually do the job. 



Students who pursue the Bachelor of 
Science in Computer Science degree at CSUF 
are prepared for careers in a variety of fields 
in business, government and industry. The 
curriculum, which is accredited by the 
Computing Sciences Accreditation Board 
(CSAB), emphasizes fundamental concepts 
exemplified by various types of programming 
languages, computer architectures, operating 
systems and data structures. 

The computer science program focuses 
on several curricular objectives that are 
designed to provide the student with the 
foundations of the discipline and the oppor- 
tunity for specialization. The department 


35 


COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 


faculty are highly versed in the discipline 
through education and work experience. 

The Computer Science Building houses 
five large computer science laboratories with 
an extensive range of computers and related 
equipment for student use. The building pro- 
vides ample space for a full range of state-of- 
the-art systems and equipment that include 
parallel systems, computer networks, super- 
minicomputers, and high-resolution color 
graphics. 

UNDERGRADUATE STUDENT 
ADVISEMENT 

Undergraduate students should call the 
department office of their major to arrange 
for advising and approval of their study 
plans. The College of Engineering and 
Computer Science has a policy of mandatory 
advising. Each undergraduate student must 
see an advisor at least once per year. 

Students interested in programs in the 
college, but without a declared major should 
contact either the Engineering Division Office 
or the Computer Science Department Office 
for advisement. 

GRADUATE STUDENT ADVISEMENT 

Graduate students should consult the 
graduate adviser in their major department 
before registering for the first semester. No 
more than nine units may be completed 
before an approved study plan is filed. 

PROGRAM IN GENERAL EDUCATION 

Because of high unit requirements for the 
Bachelor of Science in Engineering, these 
programs have modified requirements for 
general education. Students should consult 
the department for requirements. 

Majors in the College of Engineering and 
Computer Science should take mathematics 
and other courses in related fields early. 
General education courses normally should 
be scheduled throughout the students 
program of study. 


MESA ENGINEERING PROGRAM (MEP) 

The MESA Engineering Program (MEP) is 
an academic support program designed to 
recruit, retain and graduate students. MESA 
serves educationally disadvantaged students, 
to the extent possible by law, and emphasizes 
participation by students from groups with 
low eligibility rates for four-year colleges. 

MESA 

The goal of the Mathematics, Engineering, 
Science Achievement (MESA) program is to 
create opportunities for educationally disad- 
vantaged students, especially those from 
groups with low college acceptance rates, to 
prepare for and enter colleges and universi- 
ties in majors such as engineering, computer 
science and other mathematics-based scien- 
tific fields. 

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS 

There are 14 active student organizations 
in the college. These are student branches of 
American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE), 
American Society of Mechanical Engineers 
(ASME), Association for Computing 
Machinery (ACM), Institute of Electrical and 
Electronics Engineers (IEEE), Society of 
Mexican-American Engineers and Scientists 
(MAES), National Society of Black Engineers 
(NSBE), Society of Automotive Engineers 
(SAE), California Chi Chapter of Tau Beta Pi, 
Society for the Advancement of Materials and 
Process Engineering (SAMPE), Society of 
Women Engineers (SWE), Society of Hispanic 
Professional Engineers (SHPE), Instruments 
Society of America (ISA), International 
Society for Pharmaceutical Engineering and 
Medical Device Professionals (ISPE) and 
Society of Manufacturing Engineers (SME). 
These 14 societies form the college’s Interclub 
Council. 


COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 


37 


,r.c 


LECjP o 









DEAN 

Judith V Ramirez (Acting) 

ASSOCIATE DEAN 

Vacant 

ASSISTANT DEAN, STUDENT AFFAIRS 

Nancee Buck 

DEAN’S OFFICE 

Education Classroom Building 324 
(714) 278-3311 



“Our college offers programs 
that prepare students for professional 
fields of the greatest human concern 
in our richly diverse society: the 
education and development of our 
children, and the physical and 
mental health of all members of our 
community. I welcome you to the 
College of Human Development and 
Community Service family and the 
opportunity to make a lasting 
contribution to the world in 


The College of Human Development and Community Service provides students 
with an education that contributes to their intellectual, personal and professional 
development. The College offers programs that prepare students for professional 
fields of the greatest human concern in our richly diverse society: the education and 
development of our children, and the physical and mental health of all members 
of our community. Programs in the college lead to traditional academic degrees at 
the baccalaureate and graduate levels, as well as to a variety of specific certificates, 
credentials and licenses. 

The College of Human Development and Community Service is organized into 
the following instructional units: the Division of Child, Family and Community 
Services, which is comprised of the departments of Child and Adolescent Studies, 
Counseling, Human Services and Nursing; the School of Education, which includes 
the departments of Educational Leadership; Elementary, Bilingual and Reading; 
Secondary Education, and Special Education, and the Division of Kinesiology 
and Health Promotion. The Military Science Program is also part of the College. 


which we live. ” 


Acting Dean Judith V. Ramirez 

College of Human Development 
and Community Service 


COLLEGE OF HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND COMMUNITY SERVICE 


PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Child and Adolescent Development, 

Bachelor of Science 

Child and Adolescent Development, 

Minor 

Counseling, Master of Science 

Education, Master of Science 

Bilingual/Bicultural Education 
(Spanish-English) 

Elementary Curriculum and 
Instruction 

Reading 

Educational Administration 

Secondary Education 

Special Education 

Teaching English to Speakers of 
Other Languages (For further 
information refer to the 
Department of Foreign Languages 
and Literatures section of this 
catalog.) 

Health Promotion, Minor 

Health Science, Bachelor of Science 

Human Services, Bachelor of Science 


Human Services, Minor 
Kinesiology, Bachelor of Science 
Kinesiology, Minor 
Kinesiology, Master of Science 
Military Science, Minor 

Second Lieutenant Commission, 

U.S. Army 

Nursing, Bachelor of Science 
Nursing, Master of Science 
Nursing Administration 
Nurse Anesthetist 
Teaching Credentials 

See Teaching Credential Programs 
section of this catalog. 

COLLEGE OF HDCS COURSES 

410 Theory and Methods of Service 
Integration (3) (Formerly 500) 

Prerequisite: Child/Adolescent Studies 
210 or Human Services 201 or consent of 
instructor. Interdisciplinary study of current 
services systems; changing environment of 
children/family systems; methods of negotiat- 
ing collaboration at the policy level, provid- 


ing integrated services at the client/worker 
level, and planning community-based ser- 
vices; outcomes-based funding and evalua- 
tion. Fieldwork required. 

411 Practicum in Services Integration (3) 
(Formerly 501) 

Prerequisite: HDCS 410. Techniques and 
practices in needs assessment and program 
evaluation in integrated services serving chil- 
dren and families. Includes design and evalu- 
ation of systems for collaborative practice. 



39 


COLLEGE OF HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND COMMUNITY SERVICE 


DEAN 

Thomas Klammer 

ASSOCIATE DEAN 

Ray Young 

ASSOCIATE DEAN, 

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

Angela Della Volpe 

ASSISTANT DEAN, 

STUDENT AFFAIRS 

Michael Paul Wong 

DEAN S OFFICE 

Humanities 211 
(714) 278-3528 

“Students new to the College of 
Humanities and Social Sciences are 
often surprised at how friendly and 
helpful our faculty are. Classes are 
“student friendly, ” and students 
discover many opportunities for 
involvement with their teachers in 
research, in service learning, and 
in producing student-faculty 
research journals. Our faculty 
make a really positive difference 
in students’ lives.” 

Dean Thomas Klammer 

College of Humanities 
and Social Sciences 



The College of Humanities and Social Sciences is composed of 14 departments, 9 cross- 
disciplinary programs and 8 special study centers. These units offer programs of study leading 
to 27 different minors, bachelor’s degrees in 21 disciplines, 2 post-baccalaureate certificates, and 
master’s degrees in 19 areas. Some of these programs represent traditional areas of intellectual 
inquiry; others focus on emerging topics of study, and still others are professionally oriented. 

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences is of central importance to the university’s 
mission of fostering free inquiry and critical thinking. The College sees itself as having a unique 
role in offering a curriculum that examines and evaluates discourses on cultural diversity and the 
human condition. This curriculum contributes to the development of socio-civic goals that 
uphold and safeguard human dignity. Through a commitment to humanistic scholarship, the 
College enables students to comprehend a wide range of experience and diverse vision of human 
life and self-understanding. Through a commitment to analytic and empirical studies, the College 
promotes scientific understanding of humankind and society. Through collaborative investiga- 
tion of these philosophical and theoretical foundations, faculty and students of the College 
promote the ideals of a liberal education, thereby affirming enlightened cultural criticism, inquiry 
into the nature of knowledge, and the exploration and integration of holistic perspectives and 
learning experiences. Thus, the College has a central role in the development and maintenance 
of a variety of General Education courses to enrich and provide coherence in the learning 
experience of all students in the university. 

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences is dedicated to making learning preeminent 
through excellence in teaching and research and by having a curriculum that reflects an apprecia- 
tion of past and current cultures within a global context. The College is also dedicated to serving 
the community through professional programs, applied research, internships and service learning 
programs and the training of students to disseminate knowledge produced through humanistic 
and scientific inquiry. Through the accomplishment of this common mission, the unique and 
different programs offered by the College of Humanities and Social Sciences are united. Graduates 
often pursue further education in graduate and professional schools. All are well prepared to 
lead intellectually rewarding lives of responsible citizenship in a wide variety of careers. 


40 


COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 


Academic advisement is provided by each 
of the departments and programs within the 
college. In addition, the College maintains 
an academic advisement office in Humanities 
211 H to assist students and to provide 
general coordination of advisement within 
the College. 

Numerous academic student organizations 
within the College of Humanities and Social 
Sciences provide opportunities for students to 
develop and practice leadership. The colleges’ 
Student Advisory Council helps to coordinate 
student activities, serves as a forum for 
student opinion, promotes student-faculty 
collaboration, and advises the Dean regarding 
the educational needs of students in the 
college. Co-curricular learning experiences 
are facilitated and coordinated through the 
Assistant Dean for Student Affairs. 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Afro-Ethnic Studies (Option in B.A. 

Ethnic Studies) 

Afro-Ethnic Studies, Minor 
American Studies, Bachelor of Arts 
American Studies, Master of Arts 
American Studies, Minor 
Anthropology, Bachelor of Arts 
Anthropology, Master of Arts 
Anthropology, Minor 
Asian American Studies (Option in B.A. 
Ethnic Studies) 

Asian American Studies (Minor) 

Asian Studies, Minor 
Chicano Studies (Option in B.A. Ethnic 
Studies) 

Chicano Studies, Minor 
Christian Studies, Minor 
Comparative Literature, Bachelor of Arts 
Comparative Literature, Master of Arts 
Criminal Justice, Bachelor of Arts. 
Criminal Justice, Minor 
English, Bachelor of Arts 
English, Master of Arts 
English, Minor 

Environmental Studies, Master of Science 
Environmental Sciences 
Environmental Policy and Planning 
Environmental Education and 
Communication 
Ethnic Studies, Bachelor of Arts 
French, Bachelor of Arts 
French, Master of Arts 
French, Minor 


Geography, Bachelor of Arts 
Urban Geography 
Environmental Analysis 
Geography, Master of Arts 
Geography, Minor 
German, Bachelor of Arts 
German, Master of Arts 
German, Minor 
Gerontology, Master of Science 
Gerontology, Minor 
Gerontology, Certificate 
History, Bachelor of Arts 
History, Master of Arts 
History, Minor 

Human Services, Bachelor of Science 
International Politics, Minor 
Japanese, Bachelor of Arts 
Japanese, Minor 
Jewish Studies, Minor 
Latin American Studies, Bachelor of Arts 
Latin American Studies, Minor 
Liberal Studies, Bachelor of Arts 
Linguistics, Bachelor of Arts 
Linguistics, Master of Arts 
Applied Linguistics 
Anthropological Linguistics 
Analysis of Special Language 
Structures 

Communication and Semantics 
Disorders of Communication 
Linguistics, Minor 
Philosophy, Bachelor of Arts 

Social, Moral and Legal Philosophy 
for the Professions 
Philosophy, Minor 
Political Science, Bachelor of Arts 
Public Administration 
Political Science, Master of Arts 
Political Science, Minor 
Portuguese, Minor 
Psychology, Bachelor of Arts 
Psychology, Master of Arts 
Psychology, Master of Science 
Clinical 

Psychology, Minor 

Public Administration, Bachelor of Arts 
Public Administration (M PA.) 

Criminal Justice 
Human Resources 
Public Finance 
Urban Management 


Public Administration, Minor 
Religious Studies, Bachelor of Arts 
Religious Studies, Minor 
Russian and East European Area Studies, 
Bachelor of Arts 
Sociology, Bachelor of Arts 

Deviance and Socio-Legal Studies 

Education 

Family 

Gerontology 

Social Work 

Sociology of Class, Race and Gender 



Sociology, Master of Arts 
Sociology, Minor 
Spanish, Bachelor of Arts 
Spanish, Master of Arts 
Spanish, Minor 

Teachers of English as a Second Language 
(Certificate) 

Teaching English to Speakers of Other 
Languages-TESOL (Concentration in 
M.S. Education) 

Womens Studies, Bachelor of Arts 
Women’s Studies, Minor 

HUMANITIES COURSE 

350 British Life and Culture (3) 

Interdisciplinary introduction to British 
culture and civilization. Takes a social, histor- 
ical and cultural approach to contemporary 
British society. Examines traditions and insti- 
tutions to help understand 20th Century 
British life. Related field trips. Team-taught. 
Offered only as part of the CSUF London 
semester. 


41 


COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 



CO LIEGE Of 

Ik 


J 


/prm 

j 




S) (~'| ^ 


r- p- 


7“ 

r 


nc_ 'wbtth tinsixl £:> 


DEAN 

Kolf O. Jayaweera 

ASSOCIATE DEAN 

David Fromson 

ASSISTANT DEAN, STUDENT AFFAIRS 

Rochelle Woods 

DEAN'S OFFICE 

McCarthy Hall 166 
(714) 278-2638 



“We provide a complete 
educational experience to all 
students through student- 
centered , inquiry-based instruction 
in the classroom and the laboratory. 
We view research experience for 
students as an essential and 
necessary component in the 
learning of science. " 

Dean Kolf O. Jayaweera 

College of Natural Sciences 
and Mathematics 


The curricula of the College of Natural Sciences and 
Mathematics are designed to prepare students for careers in sci- 
entific, mathematical, and other technical fields; for further study 
and specialization in advanced graduate work; and for entry into 
professional schools of medicine and other health-related disci- 
plines. The faculty of the college is actively involved not only 
in instruction and scholarship but also in the advisement of stu- 
dents in the college on topics relating to the planning of career 
and program goals. Cooperative education internship programs 
are available in each of the College’s Departments. 

The College sponsors a variety of professional and educa- 
tional programs at which students and faculty have an 
opportunity to meet with their counterparts. 


42 


COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS 



PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Biological Science, Bachelor of Science 
Biology, Master of Science 
Biochemistry, Bachelor of Science 
Biotechnology, Minor 
Chemistry, Bachelor of Arts 
Chemistry, Bachelor of Science 
Chemistry, Minor 
Chemistry, Master of Science 
Geology, Bachelor of Science 
Geology, Minor 
Geology, Master of Science 
Mathematics, Bachelor of Arts 
Mathematics, Minor 
Mathematics for Teacher Education, 
Minor 

Mathematics, Master of Arts 
Physics, Bachelor of Science 
Physics, Minor 
Physics, Master of Science 
Science, M.A.T.S. 

RECOMMENDED PREPARATION 

For a career in mathematics or science, 
a sound foundation is essential. High school 
preparation should include: 

■ At least three, preferably four, years of 
mathematics 

■ Chemistry and/or physics, preferably 
both 

■ Two or three years of foreign language. 

Community college preparation should 
include at the minimum: 

■ College writing 

■ Calculus 

■ College chemistry 

■ First course in the major. 

QUALIFYING EXAMINATIONS 

Enrollment in introductory courses is 
restricted to those who are adequately pre- 
pared, as shown by performance on qualify- 
ing examinations. In addition, the Entry 
Level Mathematics (ELM) examination is 
required of all students unless exempt. 


UNDERGRADUATE 
STUDENT ADVISEMENT 

Undergraduate students should call the 
department office of their major to arrange 
for advising and approval of their study plan. 
University policy requires students to see an 
adviser each of their first two semesters and 
every year thereafter. Most departments 
prefer to advise their majors more frequently. 

Students interested in programs in the 
College, but without a declared major should 
call the Office of the Dean for advisement. 

ADVISEMENT FOR 
HEALTH PROFESSIONS 

It is important for any student interested 
in a career in the health professions to seek 
advisement at the Health Professions Office 
prior to registering for the first semester. 

GRADUATE STUDENT 
ADVISEMENT 

Graduate students should consult the 
graduate adviser in their major department 
before registering for the first semester. No 
more than nine units may be completed 
before an approved study plan is filed. 

SCHOLARSHIPS AND AWARDS 

General 

Diefenderfer Award: made annually to an 
outstanding woman or minority student. 

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics’ 
Scholarship for Scholastic Achievement 

Jewel Plummer Cobb Scholarship for 

Scholastic Achievement: awarded to an 
outstanding, under-represented science 
major. 

Health Professions 

Miles McCarthy Health Professions Award: 
annual award to the outstanding graduate 
from the program for the health profes- 
sions . 

Kenneth Goodhue-Mc Williams Award: for 
outstanding contributions to community 
service by a health professions student 


Chemistry and Biochemistry 

American Chemical Society Award: recog- 
nizes a graduating senior Chemistry- 
Biochemistry major for exemplary 
academic achievement. 

American Institute of Chemists Award: made 
to a graduating senior who has demon- 
strated outstanding scholarship and 
undergraduate research. 

The Lyle Wallace Award: for service to the 
Department of Chemistry and 
Biochemistry. 

The Hypercube Scholar Award recognizes a 
graduating senior for accomplishments 
in molecular modeling/computational 
chemistry. 



Other awards made by the Department 
of Chemistry and Biochemistry are the 
Freshman Chemistry Award, and the 
Undergraduate Awards for Achievement 
in Organic Chemistry nd in Analytical 
Chemistry. 

Biology 

Rachel Carson Award: a commemoration 
of the ideals of Rachel Carson. 

Friends of the Arboretum, David L. 

Walkington Scholarship: for an outstand- 
ing biology student who has chosen 
Botany for a career. 

Dr. and Mrs. Donald B. Bright Environmental 
Scholarship: for students interested in 
careers in Environmental Biology. 


43 


COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS 


Geology 

Department of Geological Sciences: for out- 
standing graduating senior students for 
service and scholarship. 

Margaret Skillman Woyski Scholarship: for a 
woman Geology major for outstanding 
academic achievement and teaching. 

Mathematics 

Department of Mathematics recognizes 
excellent academic achievement by both 
undergraduate and graduate students in a 
number of awards, including the Outstanding 
Teaching Award, the Outstanding Math 
Scholar, The Math Club Scholarship and the 
Lila B. Hromadka Award. 

Physics 

The Dan Black Scholarship provides 
support to a junior Physics major based on 
need and promise, and is renewable for the 
senior year. 

The Department of Physics honors the 
memory of Edward Lee Cooperman, and a 
scholarship in his name goes to an outstand- 
ing student. The Constance Beech Eiker- 
Raymond V Adams Creativity Award is given 
to a student who developed an outstanding 
set of instructional laboratory experiments. 
The Dr. Robert W Kedzie Award recognizes 
the most improved Physics major. 

FUNDED RESEARCH OPPORTUNITIES 

Beckman Scholars Program 

Funded by the Arnold and Mabel 
Beckman Foundation, gives four outstanding 
students in Biology; Chemistry' or 
Biochemistry, research support for one acade- 
mic year and two summers. 

MARC (Minority Access to Research 
Careers) 

This NIH-supported program develops six 
exceptional scholars and prepares them for 
success in PhD programs. 


MSD (Minority Student Development) 
Program 

This NIH-funded program supports the 
research of 25 undergraduate and graduate 
students who work in labs of 14 faculty. 

REU (Research Experience for 
Undergraduates) Program 

Provides students interested in research, 
who might not otherwise have the opportu- 
nity because of economic constraints, to carry 
out the research during the summer months. 

M1RT (Minority International Research 
Training) Program 

NIH-sponsored program that provides 
minority students with the opportunity to 
carry out research during the summer at lab- 
oratories in England. 

Bridges-to-the-Doctorate Program 

NIH-funded program facilitates admission 
of our masters-level minority research stu- 
dents to PhD programs at UC Riverside, UC 
San Diego, USC and UCI. 

RECOMMENDED PROGRAM 
IN GENERAL EDUCATION 

Majors in the College of Natural Sciences 
and Mathematics should take mathematics 
and other courses in related fields early in 
their academic careers. General education 
courses normally should be scheduled 
throughout the study sequence. 

Because of high unit requirements for the 
Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, this 
program has modified requirements for 
general education. Students should consult 
the department for particulars. 


COLLEGE NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS 






















DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Betty Chavis 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Langsdorf Hall 630 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Business 
Administration 

Concentration in Accounting 
Master of Science in Accountancy 
Master of Science in Taxation 
Master of Business Administration 
Concentration in Accounting 

FACULTY 

Helen Andrus, Betty Chavis, Don Cram, 
Mary Fleming, Paul Foote, Clyde Hardman, 
Mahamood Hassan, A. Jay Hirsch, Gerald 
Hoth,Vijay Karan, K.J. Kim, Andrew Luzi, 
Robert McCabe, Robert Miller, Christopher 
Petruzzi, Shirish Seth, Khim Sim, Ephraim 
Smith, Randy Swad, Iris Stuart, Kim 
Tarantino. 

ADVISERS 

The Business Advising Center, Langsdorf 
Hall 731, provides information on admis- 
sions, curriculum and graduation require- 
ments; registration and grading procedures; 
residence and similar academic matters. In 
addition, the Accounting Department Chair 
provides advising on curriculum content and 
career opportunities in Accounting, the CPA 
Examination, and Taxation. 


MISSION STATEMENT 

The Accounting Department’s mission is to provide a strong regional presence for accounting 
education, to insure continuous faculty improvement, and to promote interaction with business 
and professional communities. 

DEPARTMENT OBJECTIVES 

Undergraduate Education 

To provide a competency based education in accounting that qualifies accounting majors 
for entry-level accounting positions in private industry, government, public accounting or for 
not-for-profit organizations. The undergraduate education also will provide a foundation for 
advancement through professional certification and success in graduate studies. 

Graduate Education 

To provide advanced professional education that strengthens the skills of graduate students 
in both general and technical competencies and enhances the student’s ability to enter or 
continue in leadership roles and develop increased professional responsibilities in private 
industry, government, public accounting or not-for-profit organizations. 

Educational Support 

To serve the educational needs of the College of Business and Economics as well as other 
colleges and departments of the University by teaching various accounting subjects as may 
be required or requested within the resource constraints of the Department. 

Enhanced Intellectual Capital 

To enhance the intellectual capacity of its faculty by encouraging and supporting fundamental 
and applied research as well as faculty development activities. This includes support of active 
participation and leadership in local, regional and national academic and professional accounting 
organizations. 

Community Outreach 

To support student and alumni activities and encourage outreach activities that address 
accounting needs of the local, regional and global communities. This includes developing strong 
ongoing relationships with local and regional employers and supporters of an enhanced academic 
environment. 

International Learning Opportunities in Accounting 

The Department of Accounting includes an integrated international perspective in all its 
introductory courses at both the undergraduate and graduate levels. In addition, a graduate 
class in international accounting is offered for all interested students. 

INTRODUCTION 

Accounting is often referred to as “the language of business.” Very generally, the accounting 
process is concerned with recording, classifying, reporting and interpreting the economic data 
of an organization. These data are important to users, who may include managers, investors and 
other interested groups. Accounting helps in decision-making processes by showing how money 
has been spent and where commitments have been made, by judging performance and by showing 
the implications of following different courses of action. Reliable information in a dynamic busi- 
ness environment is necessary for sound decisions concerning the allocation of scarce resources. 
Thus accounting plays a very significant part in our social and economic systems. 


46 


ACCOUNTING 


Programs in accounting are designed for 
students who are interested in careers in public 
accounting, industry, government, or service 
organizations, and for students who intend to 
work for advanced degrees in accounting in 
preparation for teaching and research. 

Credential Information 

The Department of Accounting offers 
courses which may be included in the Single 
Subject Waiver Program in Business. Further 
information on the requirements for teaching 
credentials is contained in the Teacher 
Credential Programs section of this catalog. 

Awards in Accounting 

Accounting Advisory Association Awards: 

GPA Award 

Communications Award 
Community Service Award 
Outstanding Student Award 
Beta Alpha Psi Award 
Accounting Society Award 



Other Awards 

AICPA Minority Students Scholarship 
American Society of Women Accountants, 
Orange County Chapter 
Amy Vanasse Memorial Award 
Awards from various CPA review firms 
Construction Financial Management 
Association Award 
California Society of CPAs 
Cynthia A. Brown Memorial Scholarship 
Financial Executive Award 


Institute of Internal Auditors Award 
Institute of Management Accountants Award 
Tax Executives Institute, Inc. Award 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

See “Business Administration Degrees, 
Accounting Concentration ” 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN 
ACCOUNTANCY 

The Master of Science in Accountancy 
program provides the conceptual under- 
standing and technical competence for 
a career in professional accounting. Employ- 
ment opportunities include public account- 
ing, industrial accounting and government. 
The program encompasses both a theoretical 
foundation and technical skills. Emphasis is 
placed on the development of a professional 
attitude and the capacity to deal accounting 
policy and ethics issues. Graduates should 
be prepared for entry-level positions, and 
for potential advancement in the profession. 

The M S. in Accountancy program is 
scheduled especially for students who are 
employed full time. Courses are offered 
during the late afternoon and evening. Most 
students enroll on a part-time basis, taking 
two courses (6 units) per semester. 

The curriculum is designed for students 
with an undergraduate degree in business 
administration with a concentration in 
accounting. In addition to six units of 
required accounting courses, there are 12 
units of accounting electives and nine units 
outside accounting, and a terminal research- 
project course. Students not holding an 
undergraduate degree in accounting or busi- 
ness may apply; qualified candidates will be 
admitted to postbaccalaureate-unclassified 
standing or conditionally classified standing 
as explained in the Admissions section below. 

Cal State Fullerton has the only account- 
ing program in Orange County accredited by 
the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools 
of Business at both the undergraduate and 
graduate level. This assures a rigorous 
program, a well-qualified faculty, high stan- 
dards for students, and access to an extensive 
library system and computing facilities. The 
qualifications of the M.S. in Accountancy 
faculty include advanced degrees in account- 
ing, taxation and law; practical experience; 
and professional standing as CPAs, CMAs, and 
attorneys. 


Most graduate courses in the College of 
Business and Economics require “classified 
CBE status” and are open only to students 
with classified standing in the M B A., M.S. 
in Accountancy, M.S. in Taxation, M.S. in 
Management Science, or M.A. in Economics 
programs. 

Admission 

Students meeting the following require- 
ments will be admitted to postbaccalaureate- 
unclassified standing. 

1. Acceptable bachelor’s degree from an 
institution accredited by a regional 
accrediting association, or equivalent. 

2. Grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the 
last 60 semester units attempted and in 
good standing at the last college attended. 

N ote : Postbaccalaureate-unclassified 
students may enroll in undergraduate courses 
(100 through 400 level) but generally are 
ineligible for graduate business courses (500 
level). Such students may wish to take under- 
graduate courses which are necessary to meet 
the requirements for classified standing (see 
below). Upon completing the requirements, 
the student may file an “Application for 
Postbaccalaureate/Graduate Change of 
Academic Objective” requesting admission 
to the M.S. in Accountancy program. Admission 
to the university as a postbaccalaureate - 
unclassified student does not constitute 
admission to the M.S. in Accountancy 
program, does not confer priority, nor does 
it guarantee future admission. Students plan- 
ning to apply for admission to the M.S. in 
Accountancy program should confer with the 
graduate adviser in the College of Business 
and Economics. 

Students meeting the following depart- 
mental requirements may be admitted to 
the M.S. in Accountancy program with 
conditional classified standing: 

3. Combination of GPA and score on the 
Graduate Management Admission Test 
(GMAT) sufficient to yield a score of at 
least 1000 according to one of the follow- 
ing formulas. Due to limited facilities and 
resources in the College of Business and 
Economics, a higher score may be 
required of all applicants. 

A. If overall undergraduate GPA is at 
least 2.7 and GMAT is at least 450, 
then score = (GPA x 200) + GMAT. 


47 


ACCOUNTING 


B. If overall undergraduate GPA is below 
2.7 or GMAT is below 450, then score 
= (GPA x 200) + GMAT - 50. 

4. A score in the top 50 percent on the 
verbal, analytical and quantitative areas 
of the GMAT. Students who do not reach 
this level are required to complete a 
department approved course(s). 

5. For international students a TOEFL score 
of 570. A student scoring between 550 
and 570 may be admitted conditionally 
depending upon an evaluation of the 
entire application File. The student may 
be required to complete a department 
approved course(s). 

Conditionally classified students may take 
a limited number of graduate courses (500 
level) subject to the approval of the graduate 
adviser of the College of Business and 
Economics. Students may take whatever 
courses are necessary to fulfill requirement 
4 (below) while enrolled as conditionally 
classified students. In addition, a maximum 
of 9 units (three courses) from the M.S. in 
Accountancy curriculum may be taken while 
in conditionally classified standing. 

Students meeting the following additional 
requirements will be advanced to classified 
standing. Such students are eligible to take 
graduate courses for which they qualify. 

6. A bachelor’s degree with a major in busi- 
ness administration and a concentration 
in accounting which meets the require- 
ments staled in this catalog for such 
degrees. The degree must include calcu- 
lus and computer information systems 
equivalent to passing Mathematics 135, 
Business Calculus (3 units) and Info 
Sys/Decision Sciences 265 Introduction to 
Computing and Application Software (3) 
with grades of at least C. Courses in the 
major are to be no more than seven years 
old, and courses in the accounting con- 
centration no more than five years old. 
Courses in the major (including the 
accounting concentration) must have at 
least a 3.0 (B) GPA; courses with grades 
lower than C must be repeated with at 
least a C grade. Any deficiencies must be 
made up by taking additional course 
work. Applicants with a bachelor’s 
degree in a field other than Business 
Administration may meet this require- 
ment by completing the courses 

in calculus and computer information 
systems (above) with grades of at least C, 


courses in the accounting concentration, 
and also the Foundation Courses within 
the curriculum of the Master of Business 
Administration (27 units, including 
Accounting 510; Business Admin 590; 
Economics 515; Finance 517; Management 
515, 516, 518; Information Systems/ 
Decision Sciences 513, and Marketing 
519). Both the accounting concentration 
courses and the MBA Foundation Courses 
must have at least a 3.0 (B) GPA; account- 
ing concentration courses and Foundation 
Courses with grades lower than C must be 
repeated with at least a C grade. 

7. Approval of study plan. 

Curriculum 

The curriculum requires 30 semester units 
of course work beyond the baccalaureate 
degree. At least 24 of the 30 units required 
for the degree must be at the graduate level. 

A 3.0 GPA (B) is required in study plan courses 
and overall applicable course work. Any study 
plan course with a grade lower than C must 
be repeated with at least a C grade. 

Required Courses (6 units) 

Accounting 502 Seminar in Accounting 
Theory (3) 

Accounting 505 Seminar in Auditing (3) 

OR Accounting 52 1 Seminar in 
Administrative Accounting (3) 

Electives in Accounting (12 units) 

Four courses (12 units) to be selected in 
consultation with and approved by the student’s 
program adviser. At least one course but not 
more than two must be tax-related (denoted 
by an asterisk in the list below) for a maximum 
of six units in tax-related courses. 

Accounting 503 Seminar in Contemporary 
Accounting Problems (3) 

Accounting 505 Seminar in Auditing (3) 

Accounting 506 Seminar in Professional 
Accounting Communications (3) 

Accounting 507 Seminar in Accounting 
Information Systems (3) 

Accounting 508 Seminar in Tax Planning (3)* 
Accounting 518 Seminar in International 
Accounting (3) 

Accounting 52 1 Seminar in Administrative 
Accounting (3) 

Accounting 572 Seminar in Taxation of 
Corporations and Shareholders (3)* 


Accounting 573 Seminar in Taxation of 
Property Transactions (3)* 

Accounting 574 Seminar in Taxation of 
International Business Operations (3)* 

Accounting 575 Seminar in Estate, Gift, 
Inheritance Taxes and Estate Planning (3)* 

Accounting 576 Seminar in State and Local 
Taxation (3)* 

Accounting 577 Seminar in Taxation of 
Employee Compensation (3)* 

Accounting 578 Seminar in Taxation of 
Partnerships (3)* 

Tax Course 

Other Electives (9) 

Three courses (9 units) at the 400- or 
500-level in business or related areas, to be 
selected in consultation with, and approved 
by the student’s adviser. Accounting courses 
may not be used to satisfy this requirement. 

Terminal Evaluation 

Accounting 597 Project (3) 

MASTER OF BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

See “Business Administration Degrees, 
Accounting Concentration.” 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN TAXATION 

The Master of Science in Taxation program 
provides the conceptual understanding and 
technical competence for a career in taxation. 
Employment opportunities include the tax 
departments of CPA and law firms, as well as 
corporations and government tax agencies. 
For those already employed in this field, the 
M.S. in Taxation program should meet the 
continuing education requirements of profes- 
sional associations and licensing boards. 

The M.S. in Taxation program is scheduled 
especially for students who are employed full 
time. Courses are offered during the late 
afternoon and evening. Most students enroll 
on a part-time basis, taking two courses 
(6 units) per semester. 

The curriculum is designed for students 
with an undergraduate degree in business 
administration or accounting. In addition to 
six required courses in the field of taxation, 
there are three electives and a terminal, 
research-project course. Students not holding 
an undergraduate degree in accounting or 
business may apply; qualified candidates will 
be admitted to post-baccalaureate-unclassified 


ACCOUNTING 


standing or conditionally classified standing 
as explained in the Admissions section, below. 

Cal State Fullerton is the only university 
in Orange County accredited by the American 
Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business at 
both the undergraduate and graduate level. 
This assures a rigorous program, a well-quali- 
fied faculty, high standards for students, and 
access to an extensive library system and 
computing facilities. The qualifications of the 
M.S. in Taxation faculty include advanced 
degrees in taxation, accounting, and law; 
practical tax experience; and professional 
standing as CPAs and attorneys. 

Most graduate courses in the College of 
Business and Economics require “classified 
CBE status" and are open only to students 
with classified standing in the M B A., M.S. 
in Accountancy, M.S. in Taxation, M.S. in 
Management Science, or M.A. in Economics 
programs. 

Admission 

Students meeting the following require- 
ments will be admitted to post-baccalaureate- 
unclassified standing: 

1. Acceptable bachelor’s degree from an 
institution accredited by a regional 
accrediting association, or equivalent. 

2. Grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the 
last 60 semester units attempted and in 
good standing at the last college attended. 

Note: Postbaccalaureate unclassified 
students may enroll in undergraduate courses 
(100 through 400 level) but are generally 
ineligible for graduate business courses (500 
level). Such students may wish to take under- 
graduate courses which are necessary to meet 
the requirements for classified standing (see 
below). Upon completing the requirements, 
the student may file an “Application for 
Postbaccalaureate/Graduate Change of 
Academic Objective” requesting admission 
to the M.S. in Taxation program. Admission 
to the university as a postbaccalaureate- 
unclassified student does not constitute 
admission to the M.S. in Taxation program, 
does not confer priority, nor does it guarantee 
future admission. Students planning to apply 
for admission to the M.S. in Taxation program 
should confer with the graduate adviser in 
the College of Business and Economics. 

Students meeting the following depart- 
mental requirements will be admitted to the 
M.S. in Taxation program with conditionally 
classified standing: 


3. Combination of GPA and score on the 
Graduate Management Admission Test 
(GMAT) sufficient to yield a score of at 
least 1000 according to one of the follow- 
ing formulas. Due to limited facilities and 
resources in the College of Business and 
Economics, a higher score may be 
required of all applicants. 

A. If overall undergraduate GPA is at 
least 2.7 and GMAT is at least 450, 
then score = (GPA x 200) + GMAT. 

B. If overall undergraduate GPA is below 
2.7 or GMAT is below 450, then 
score = (GPA x 200) + GMAT - 50. 

4. A score in the top 50 percent on the 
verbal, analytical and quantitative areas 
of the GMAT. Students who do not reach 
this level are required to complete a 
department approved course(s). 

5. For international students a TOEFL score 
of 570. A student scoring between 550 
and 570 may be admitted conditionally 
depending upon an evaluation of the 
entire application file. The student may 
be required to complete a department 
approved course(s). 

Conditionally classified students may take 
a limited number of graduate courses (500 
level) subject to the approval of the graduate 
adviser of the College of Business and 
Economics. Students may take whatever 
courses are necessary to fulfill requirement 
4 (below) while enrolled as conditionally 
classified students. In addition, a maximum 
of 9 units (three courses) from the M.S. in 
Taxation curriculum may be taken while in 
conditionally classified standing. 

Students meeting the following additional 
requirements will be advanced to classified 
standing. Such students are eligible to take 
graduate courses for which they qualify. 

6. A bachelor’s degree with a major in busi- 
ness administration which meets the 
requirements stated in this catalog for 
such degrees, and Accounting 308, 
Concepts of Federal Income Tax 
Accounting (or an equivalent course or 
work experience). The degree must 
include calculus and computer informa- 
tion systems equivalent to passing 
Mathematics 135, Business Calculus (3 
units) and Info Sys/Decision Sciences 265 
Introduction to Computing and Applica- 
tion Software (3) with grades of at least 

C. Courses in the major are to be no 


more than seven years old and must 
have at least a 3.0 (B) GPA; courses 
with grades lower than C must be 
repeated with at least a C grade. 

Applicants with a bachelors degree in 
a field other than Business Administration 
may meet this requirement by completing 
the courses in calculus and computer 
information systems (above) with grades 
of at least C, Accounting 308 with a 
grade of at least C, and also the following 
foundation courses within the curriculum 
of the Master of Business Administration 
(12 units, including Accounting 510; 
Economics 515; Finance 517; Manage- 
ment 515. The MBA foundation courses 
must have at least a 3.0 (B) GPA; Foundation 
Courses with grades lower than C must 
be repeated with at least a C grade. 

7. Approval of study plan. 

Curriculum 

The curriculum requires 30 semester units 
of course work beyond the baccalaureate 
degree. At least 21 of the 30 units required 
for the degree must be at the graduate level. 

A 3.0 GPA (B) is required in study plan courses 
and over-all applicable course work. Any 
study plan course with a grade lower than 
C must be repeated with at least a C grade. 

Required Tax Course 

Accounting 470 Tax Research, Practice and 
Procedures (3) 

Electives in Taxation and Related Fields 

Five courses (15 units) to be selected in 
consultation with, and approved by, the 
student’s program adviser. 

Available courses include but are not 
limited to: 

Accounting 408 Problems in Taxation (3) 
Accounting '508 Seminar in Tax Planning (3) 

Accounting 572 Seminar in Taxation of 
Corporations and Shareholders (3) 

Accounting 573 Seminar in Taxation of 
Property Transactions (3) 

Accounting 574 Seminar in Taxation of 
International Business Operations (3) 

Accounting 575 Seminar in Estate, Gift, 
Inheritance Taxes and Estate Planning (3) 

Accounting 576 Seminar in State and Local 
Taxation (3) 

Accounting 577 Seminar in Taxation of 
Employee Compensation (3) 


ACCOUNTING 


Accounting 578 Seminar in Taxation of 
Partnerships (3) 

Other Electives 

Courses are to be selected in consultation 
with, and approved by, the student’s adviser. 

One course (3 units) in either economics 
or political science and two courses (6 units) 
in either business or non-business fields. 

Note: recommended courses in economics 
and political science include Poli Sci 42 1 , 
519, 528. 

Terminal Evaluation 

Accounting 597 Project (3) 

ACCOUNTING COURSES 

Courses are designated as ACCT in the 
class schedule. 

201 A Financial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: none. Accounting concepts 
and techniques essential to the administration 
of a business enterprise: analyzing and 
recording financial transactions; accounting 
valuation and allocation practices; prepara- 
tion, analysis and interpretation of financial 
statements; international accounting issues. 
(Not open to freshmen) 

20 IB Managerial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 201 A. 

Introduction to managerial accounting; product 
costing; budgetary control and responsibility 
accounting; analysis and techniques for aiding 
management planning and control decisions; 
basic income tax concepts for planning busi- 
ness transactions. (Not open to freshmen) 

301 A, B Intermediate Accounting (3, 3) 

Prerequisites for 301 A: Accounting 20 IB, 
a passing score on the accounting qualifying 
examination, and completion of all lower- 
division business administration core courses 
with grades of at least C in each course. 
Corequisite: Business Admin 301. Prerequisite 
for 30 IB: A grade of C or better in Accounting 
301 A; Business Admin 301. Accounting 
theory; preparation of income statements, 
balance sheets and statements of changes in 
financial position; present value and amount 
concepts; assets, liabilities and stockholders 
equity; price-level accounting; pensions; 
leases; earnings per share; financial statement 
analysis; accounting changes and error analysis. 


302 Cost Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 20 IB, a passing 
score on the accounting qualifying examina- 
tion, and completion of all lower-division 
business administration core courses with 
grades of at least C in each course, or a grade 
of C or better in 301 A. Corequisite: Business 
Admin 301. Accounting information for 
management of manufacturing enterprises; 
cost records; cost behavior and allocation; 
product costing and inventory valuation; 
flexible budgeting; standard costs; responsi- 
bility accounting; cost planning and control; 
and operating decision analysis. 

307 Accounting Information Systems (3) 
(Formerly 407) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 20 IB and com- 
pletion of all lower-division business admin- 
istration core courses with a grade of C or 
better in each course. Corequisite: Business 
Admin 301. The organization and implemen- 
tation of computer-bases for the collection, 
organization, and presentation of accounting 
information with an emphasis on enterprise 
resource planning systems. 

308 Concepts of Federal Income Tax 
Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 20 IB, a passing 
score on the accounting qualifying examina- 
tion, and completion of all lower-division 
business administration core courses with 
grades of at least C in each course, or a grade 
of C or better in 301 A. Corequisite: Business 
Admin 301. Provisions, legislative history 
and implications of the federal income tax. 

358 Principles of Taxation (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 201 A or instructor 
permission. The federal tax system, federal 
income taxation relating to federal tax 
system, federal income taxation relating to 
individuals, corporations, partnerships, and 
fiduciaries. Federal estate and gift taxes. 

Not open to accounting majors. 

401 Advanced Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 30 IB with 
a grade of C or better, Business Admin 301. 
Business combinations; meaning, usefulness 
and methodology of consolidated financial 
statements; investments in non-subsidiary 
affiliates and corporate joint ventures; consol- 
idated financial statements for overseas units 
of U.S.-based multinational companies; trans- 
lations of foreign currencies. 


402 Auditing (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 30 IB and 302 
with grades of C or better, Business Admin 
301. The auditing standards and procedures 
used by financial and operational auditors. 
Management information and computer 
systems, internal control, audit evidence, 
professional responsibilities and legal liabilities, 
standards of reporting financial information. 

403 Accounting for Governmental & 
Nonprofit Entities (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 30 IB with grade 
of C or better, Business Admin 301. Fund 
accounting as applied to governmental and 
nonprofit entities; state and federal govern- 
ments, municipalities, hospitals and universi- 
ties. Budgets, tax levies, revenues and appro- 
priations, expenditures and encumbrances, 
various types of funds, and accounting 
statements. 

408 Problems in Taxation (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 308 with a grade 
of C or better, Business Admin 301. Federal 
income tax as it applies to corporations, part- 
nerships, fiduciaries, and federal estate and 
gift taxes as they apply to taxable transfers. 

460 Seminar in Financial Statement 
Analysis (3) 

Prequisite: Accounting 30 IB, Business 
Admin 301, Manag Sci/Info Sys 36 IB. 
Analysis of demand and supply forces under- 
lying the provision of financial statements; 
distributional, cross-sectional and time series 
properties of financial statement numbers; 
financial decision-making processes and the 
uses of financial statement information for 
decision making. 

470 Tax Research, Practice and 
Procedures (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 308 with a grade 
of C or better. Business Admin 301. The 
methodology of tax research including case 
studies; the management of a tax practice; 
administration procedures governing tax con- 
troversies; rights and obligations of taxpayers 
and tax practitioners. 

495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 30 IB (may be 
taken concurrently), Accounting 302, 

Business Admin 301, a concentration in 
accounting, consent of the department intern- 
ship adviser, and at least junior standing, 2.5 


ACCOUNTING 


GPA and one semester in residence at the 
university. Planned and supervised work 
experience. May be repeated for credit up 
to a total of six units. Credit/No Credit only 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, senior 
standing, approval of department chair. Open 
to qualified undergraduate students desiring 
to pursue directed independent inquiry. May 
be repeated for credit. Not open to students 
on academic probation. 

502 Seminar in Accounting Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 30 IB, classified 
CBE status. The effects of professional, gov- 
ernmental, business, and social forces on the 
evolution of accounting theory. 

503 Seminar in Contemporary 
Accounting Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: classified M S. in Accounting 
status. Current issues in financial reporting 
including pronouncements by the Financial 
Accounting Standards Board and the Securities 
and Exchange Commission. Coverage of 
topics will change as new issues in account- 
ing emerge. 

505 Seminar in Auditing (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 402 and classi- 
fied CBE status. Auditing theory and prac- 
tices; professional ethics; auditing standards; 
Securities and Exchange Commission and 
stock exchange regulations; auditors legal 
liability; statement trends and techniques. 

506 Seminar in Professional Accounting 
Communications (3) 

Prerequisite: classified M S. in Accounting 
status. Compilation and composition of 
accounting reports and client presentations 
relating to accountants’ working papers, client 
engagement letters, management advisory 
reports and prospectuses. 

507 Seminar in Accounting Information 
Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 307, or equivalent. 
Case studies of computer based accounting 
systems used by organizations such as uni- 
versities, banks, industrial corporations and 
CPA firms. Emphasis on accounting informa- 
tion, reports and internal controls. 


508 Seminar in Tax Planning (3) 

Prerequisites. Accounting 308 and classi- 
fied CBE status. Substantive provisions of 
federal law; tax planning from a corporate 
viewpoint; case studies of the effect of federal 
tax law on business decisions. 

510 Financial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: classified CBE status. 
Accumulation, organization, and interpreta- 
tion of financial and quantitative data rele- 
vant to the activities of corporate business 
enterprise. 

511 Seminar in Managerial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 20 IB or 510, 
and classified CBE status. Accounting infor- 
mation for management decisions; elements 
of manufacturing, distribution and service 
costs; cost systems; standard costs; cost 
reports; cost analysis. 

518 Seminar in International Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 20 IB or 511 
and classified CBE status. Comparative 
analysis of accounting principles and prac- 
tices outside the United States; international 
financial accounting standards, current 
problems of international financial reporting, 
accounting planning and control for interna- 
tional operations; multinational companies. 

521 Seminar in Administrative 
Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 302 or 5 1 1 ; 
classified CBE status. Integrative aspects of 
accounting, financial, and quantitative data 
for managerial decision-making, long-term, 
short-term profit planning; budgetary 
control, cost analysis; financial analysis and 
planning; taxation; and transfer pricing. 

572 Seminar in Taxation of Corporations 
and Shareholders (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classi- 
fied CBE status. Federal taxation relating to 
corporations; organizing, distributions, 
liquidations and reorganizations. 

573 Seminar in Taxation of Property 
Transactions (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classi- 
fied CBE status, or consent of instructor. 
Federal taxation relating to sales, exchanges 
and other transfers. 


574 Seminar in Taxation of International 
Business Operations (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classi- 
fied CBE status. Federal taxation relating to 
U.S. citizens and corporations with foreign 
source income and of foreign persons with 
U.S. source income; planning for foreign 
operations. 

575 Seminar in Estate, Gift, Inheritance 
Taxes and Estate Planning (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified 
CBE status. Federal and California death 
taxes and the planning of personal estates. 

576 Seminar in State and Local 
Taxation (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified 
CBE status. Application of interstate income 
allocations; multi-state tax compact, separate 
apportionment accounting; foreign country 
sourced income. Also, California taxes as 
applied to businesses and individuals. 

577 Seminar in Taxation of Employee 
Compensation (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified 
CBE status. Federal taxation relating to 
employee compensation including pensions 
and profit sharing, stock options, ESOPs, 
IRAs, Keoghs, maximum tax 5-year averag- 
ing, death benefits, group term life, etc. 

578 Seminar in Taxation of Partnerships (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified 
CBE status. Federal taxation relating to part- 
nerships, estates, trusts and other special 
entities. 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisite: classified CBE status. Directed 
independent inquiry. Not open to students 
on academic probation. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: classified CBE status, approval 
of department chair and Associate Dean. May 
be repeated for credit. Not open to students 
on academic probation. 


ACCOUNTING 



INTRODUCTION 

Afro-Ethnic Studies is a multidisciplinary approach to understanding the black experience 
as it relates to life in America as part of a world community. In addition to degree programs 
in Afro-Ethnic Studies, the department provides course work in Ethnic Studies in general 
(e.g. Intercultural Socialization) and other specific ethnic groups (e.g. American Indian). 

The B.A. in Ethnic Studies (Afro-Ethnic Studies) requires a minimum of 120 units, which 
includes courses for the option, General Education, all University requirements, and free elec- 
tives. The option consists of 30 units: 101 or 107, 190 and a minimum of 24 units in upper- 
division courses. Students majoring in the Afro-Ethnic Studies program acquire a special 
preparation in and sensitivity to life in America as a part of a world community. The program 
is multi-disciplinary in nature in that all aspects of Afro-Ethnic Studies affect and are affected 
by other programs. 

Graduates from the Afro-Ethnic Studies program go into careers in teaching, community 
development, community leadership, social work, urban research, law, civil service, industrial 
relations and a variety of comparable fields. Many have gone into graduate work in this field and 
some have entered more traditional disciplines where a general knowledge of social sciences and 
humanities is a prerequisite. 

INTERNATIONAL LEARNING OPPORTUNITIES IN AFRO-ETHNIC STUDIES 

The major in Afro-Ethnic Studies features courses in which non-African American issues are 
examined. Some of these courses are Introduction to Ethnic Studies, Intracultural Socialization 
Patterns, and African Diaspora. The department encourages its students to study abroad, espe- 
cially in Zimbabwe where they learn in a majority black environment. Most course credits from 
the University of Zimbabwe, in addition to other centers in Europe, Australia and Latin America, 
are applied to the major, making international study attractive. 

DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Wacira Gethaiga 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Humanities 313 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Ethnic Studies 

Option in Afro-Ethnic Studies 

Minor in Afro-Ethnic Studies 

FACULTY 

Wacira Gethaiga, Carl Jackson, J. Owens 

Smith, Julie Stokes 

ADVISER 

All programs: Wacira Gethaiga 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ETHNIC STUDIES IN AFRO-ETHNIC STUDIES 

Lower-Division Courses (6 units required) 

Afro 101 Introduction to Ethnic Studies (3) 

OR Afro 107 Introduction to Afro-American Studies (3) 

Afro 190 Survey of American History with Emphasis on Ethnic Minorities (3) 

Upper-Division Courses (24 units minimum) 

Core Courses (15 units required) 

(To be selected from the following courses) 

Afro 309 The Black Family (3) 

Afro 311 Intracultural Socialization Patterns (3) 

Afro 317 Black Politics (3) 

Afro 320 Black American Intellectual Thought (3) 

Afro 335 History of Racism (3) 

Afro 346 African Experience (3) 

Afro 381 African Literature (3) 


52 


AFRO-ETHNIC STUDIES 



Afro 322 Psychology of the Afro-American (3) Afro 190 Survey of American History with 

Af at a i /">\ Emphasis on Ethnic Minorities (3) 

Afro 424 Afro-Amencan Literature (3) r 


Upper-Division Electives (9 units minimum) 

Afro 301 Afro-American Culture (3) 

Afro 310 Black Women in America (3) 

Afro 312 American Indian Women (3) 

Afro 314 Pan-African Dance <Sr Movement (3) 

Afro 32 1 Minority Community Development 
Planning (3) 

Afro 325 African-American Religion (3) 

Afro 385 Schools and Minority Groups (3) 

Afro 430 A Social Psychological Study in 
Ethnic Minority Behavior (3) 


Upper-Division Courses (15 units) 

Afro 301 Afro-American Culture (3) 

Afro 309 The Black Family (3) 

Afro 310 Black Women in America (3) 

Afro 311 Intracultural Socialization 
Patterns (3) 

Afro 312 American Indian Women (3) 

Afro 314 Pan-African Dance & Movement (3) 
Afro 317 Black Politics (3 

Afro 320 Black American Intellectual 
Thought (3) 


Afro 437 American Indian Religions and 
Philosophy (3) 

Afro 460 Afro-American Music 
Appreciation (3) 

Afro 463 Seminar in Black Music (3) 
Afro 499 Independent Study (1-3) 


Afro 32 1 Minority Community Development 
Planning (3) 

Afro 325 African-American Religion (3) 

Afro 335 History of Racism (3) 

Afro 346 The African Experience (3) 

Afro 381 African Literature (3) 



Afro 385 Schools and Minority 
Groups (3) 

Afro 422 Psychology of the 
Afro-American (3) 

Afro 424 Afro-American 
Literature (3) 

Afro 430 A Social Psychological 

Study in Ethnic Minority 
Behavior (3) 

Afro 463 Seminar in Black 
Music (3) 

Afro 499 Independent 
Study (1-3) 


Upper-Division Writing Requirement 
(3 units) 

English 301 Advanced College Writing (3) 

MINOR IN AFRO-ETHNIC STUDIES 

Students interested in the Afro-Ethnic 
Studies minor are required to take a 
minimum of 2 1 units. This includes six units 
of lower-division courses and fifteen units of 
upper-division courses. 

Lower-Division Courses (6 units) 

Afro 101 Introduction to Ethnic Studies (3) 

OR Afro 107 Introduction to Afro- 
American Studies (3) 


AFRO-ETHNIC STUDIES COURSES 

Courses are designated as AFRO in the 
class schedule. 

101 Introduction to Ethnic Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education Category III.C.l. The perspective 
through which people of color have come to 
see themselves in terms 
of their own heroes, culture and contributions 
to societies in which they live and world 
society in general. (Same as Asian American 
Studies 101, Chicano Studies 101, Women’s 
Studies 101) 


103 Oral and Effective Communications 
Skills Development (3) 

A Basic English language elements course 
in composition writing structure, basic 
grammar, sentence faults, manuscript 
mechanics, and punctuation, paragraph, 
topic development, essay format, logic and 
diction. Lastly, library assignments, research 
paper construction, summaries, thesis state- 
ment development, indexing and glossary 
terms. 

107 Introduction to Afro-American 
Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education Category III.C.l. The aims and 
objectives of Afro-American studies. The 
basic terms and references that give substance 
to Afro-American studies. 

108 Linguistics and Minority Dialects (3) 

(Same as Linguistics 108) 

190 Survey of American History with 
Emphasis on Ethnic Minorities (3) 

(Same as History 190 and Chicano 
Studies 190) 

301 Afro-American Culture (3) 

African cultural characteristics in the New 
World and contemporary events, including 
art, ideas, dance and literature. 

309 The Black Family (3) 

The American social conditions that 
shaped the black family from the African 
cultural patterns to the family that exists 
today. The roles of poverty, racism and 
discrimination. 

310 Black Women in America (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education Category III.C.l. Issues in the 
study of black women in America, including 
social, political, economic and intellectual 
development. Historical and contemporary 
issues as they affect black American women 
will be investigated. 

(Same as Women’s Studies 310) 


AFRO-ETHNIC STUDIES 


311 Intracultural Socialization Patterns (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education Category III.C.l. Patterns of role 
learning as they vary within subpopulations; 
changes over time in the values, attitudes, 
and goals of both the general culture and of 
subcultures; stereotypes and realities; under- 
standing and dealing with cultural variation 
as well as cultural “norms.” (Same as Human 
Services 311) 

312 American Indian Women (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education Category III.C.l. The female role 
in American Indian tribal lifestyles. Labor 
divisions, leadership, political and social activ- 
ities from a number of tribes. Historical and 
contemporary issues, as they affect American 
Indian women. 

314 Pan- African Dance and Movement (3) 

Theory and practice of movement of 
African and Haitian peoples. Movement 
(dance) as quasi -language in perpetuating 
the life style of African cultures and cultures 
of African descent. 

317 Black Politics (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 100 or 
consent of instructor. Blacks’ struggle for 
political equality and relief from political 
oppression. Public policies concerning 
blacks’ freedoms, liberties and property 
rights. (Same as Political Science 317) 

320 Black American Intellectual 
Thought (3) 

A study of the black American intellectual 
from slavery to contemporary times, with 
special emphasis on black contributions to 
American political and social thought as 
well as their contributions in America’s 
social development. 

321 Minority Community Development 
Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: Afro-Ethnic Studies 317 or 
permission of instructor. This course is an 
interdisciplinary approach to the study of 
political and economic development in 
minority communities. Emphasis is placed 
on conceptualizing problems and planning 
and designing problem-solving models to 
resolve them. 


322 Psychology of the Afro-American (3) 
(Formerly 422) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education Category III.C.l. Black identity 
and the life styles that have risen from racism. 
The socioeconomic, political, and cultural con- 
ditions which have fostered the blackness 
concept and the psychological devices used by 
blacks to survive. (Same 
as Psych 322) 

325 African-American Religion (3) 

African-American belief systems and 
denominations. A study of folk beliefs among 
Blacks, African-American religious groups, 
and the role of the Black Church in politics 
and social change in the Black community. 

335 History of Racism (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education Category III.C.l. An investigation 
into the historical roots and current expres- 
sions of racism. Course focuses on how racism 
manifests itself through individual, social, 
political, economic and religious institutions 
and proposes methods of combating it. 

346 The African Experience (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education Category III.C.l. Prerequisite: 
junior/senior standing. African history from 
the origin of the black man and traditional 
African civilization through the African dias- 
pora to the institutional realities of Africa 
today. Not available for credit to students 
who have completed History 355. 

381 African Literature (3) 

(Same as English 381 and Comparative 
Literature 381) 

385 Schools and Minority Groups (3) 

Prerequisite: junior/senior standing. 
Focuses on the ways in which the constraints 
of formal schooling affect the behaviors and 
attitudes of ethnic minority group members. 
Emphasizes the role of the community and 
family in school readiness and the psycho- 
logical consequences of schooling. 

Research and Writing in Ethnic Studies (3) 

(Same as Asian American 400) 


424 Afro-American Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: junior/senior standing. 

The literary contributions by major black 
American authors. Contemporary black 
writers and the recurring themes of protest 
and quest for identity. Not available for grad- 
uate degree credit. (Same as English 424) 

430 A Social Psychological Study in 
Ethnic Minority Behavior (3) 

Prerequisites: junior/senior standing. 

The social psychological problems that ethnic 
minorities face such as stress-related prob- 
lems in mental health. Society’s reactions 
to these problems among these groups. 

437 American Indian Religions and 
Philosophy (3) 

Prerequisite: junior/senior standing or 
consent of instructor. Examination of 
American Indian religious and philosophic 
perspectives. Survey of religious interpreta- 
tions and thought in various facets of belief 
ranging from traditional Indian religion to 
Christianity. Contemporary religious activities 
will be highlighted. Not available for graduate 
degree credit. (Same as Comparative 
Religion 437) 

450 African History Since 1935 (3) 

(Same as History 450) 

457 West African and the African 
Diaspora (3) 

(Same as History 457) 

460 Afro-American Music Appreciation (3) 

Prerequisite: junior/senior standing. Black 
music in America; the sociological conditions 
that help produce various forms of black 
music. (Same as Music 460) 

463 Seminar in Black Music (3) 

Prerequisite: junior/senior standing or 
consent of instructor. In-depth appreciation 
of Black American musical performance 
practices and musical styles such as 
Spirituals, Ragtime, Blues, Jazz, Gospel, and 
Rhythm & Blues through lecture, discussion, 
and demonstration. (Same as Music 463) 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing and accep- 
tance of the subject by department chair and 
instructor directing the study. 


AFRO-ETHNIC STUDIES 



DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Jesse Battan 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Education Classroom 622 


INTRODUCTION 

American studies gives students a thorough understanding of the past and present nature of 
American civilization. Three central features of our approach are: (1) an emphasis on the analysis 
of culture — that shared system of beliefs, behaviors, symbols, and material objects through 
which Americans give meaning to their lives; (2) examination of dominant culture patterns as 
well as the diversity of cultures in America; and (3) an interdisciplinary perspective that uses 
both the social sciences and humanities. 

Besides providing a rich liberal arts education, training in the major develops skills in writing 
and analysis and strengthens the ability to recognize connections among complex materials and 
diverse phenomena. American studies graduates enter careers in business, communications, 
government service, law, social services, and teaching. The major is also a fine background for 
graduate work in the field or in related fields. 

Teaching Credential 

Because American Studies is interdisciplinary, the major may be effectively combined with 
subject matter studies necessary for either the multiple subject teaching credential (K-8) or single 
subject credential (7-12) in social science. Undergraduates are encouraged to work with the 
Center for Careers in Teaching (714-278-7130) as early as possible in their academic careers 
to plan efficient course selections for general education, the major and electives. With careful 
planning, it may be possible to enter the credential program in the senior year of the bachelor’s 
degree. Postgraduate students should contact the Admission to Teacher Education office in the 
School of Education (714-278-341 1) to obtain information on attending an overview presentation. 

Awards in American Studies 

The David Jon Vaca Memorial Scholarship of $500 is awarded every semester to an under- 
graduate major in American studies based on need and academic achievement. The Susan 
Flinkingshelt Memorial Award is given annually in recognition of outstanding services to the 
American studies department and student association. The Earl James Weaver Graduate Student 
Essay Prize of $250 is awarded annually for the best graduate paper in American studies. 


PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in American Studies 
Minor in American Studies 
Master of Arts in American Studies 

FACULTY 

Allan Axelrad, Jesse Battan, Wayne 
Hobson, John Ibson, Karen Lystra, Terri 
Snyder, Michael Steiner, Pamela Steinle, Leila 
Zenderland 

ADVISERS 

Undergraduate: All full-time faculty 
within the department 

Graduate: Pamela Steinle 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN AMERICAN STUDIES 

The American Studies degree requires a minimum of 120 units which includes courses for 
the major, General Education, all University requirements, and free electives. The major consists 
of 36 units: 12 units in the core program and 24 units of electives following either Plan A or B. 

Core Program (12 units required of all majors) 

201 Introduction to American Studies (3) 

301 American Character (3) 

350 Seminar in Theory and Method of American Studies (3) 

40 IT Proseminar in American Studies (3) 

Electives (24 upper-division units) 

Elective course work is approved by the major adviser following either Plan A or B: 

A. Work in American studies and one or two other fields, such as Afro-ethnic studies, anthro- 
pology, Chicano studies, communications, criminal justice, English, history, geography, 
political science, psychology or sociology. 


55 


AMERICAN STUDIES 


B. Course work pursuing a particular theme 
or subject, such as: law and society, sex 
roles, the visual arts, ethnicity, urbaniza- 
tion, regionalism, the child and the 
family, or popular culture. 

MINOR IN AMERICAN STUDIES 

The minor in American studies requires 
21 units: American Studies 201, 301 or 345, 
and 40 IT, plus 12 units of electives. Six units 
may be lower-division and three units may be 
taken in a related department upon approval 
of an American Studies Department adviser. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN 
AMERICAN STUDIES 

The graduate program is grounded in 
a thorough understanding of the concept 
of culture. It examines the creative tension 
between unity and diversity in the American 
experience, seeking ultimately to provide a 
full vision of our complex pluralistic culture. 
The program is interdisciplinary, requiring 
graduate students to integrate knowledge 
from the humanities and social sciences. It 
stresses the process of cultural change, 
requiring students to trace the past sources 
of contemporary issues. It develops advanced 
research, writing and analytical skills. 
Particular areas of faculty specialization 
within the department include: gender and 
sexuality; ethnicity; literature, film, art, and 
architecture as cultural expression; American 
regions; popular culture; and cultural radicalism. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 

A student must meet the all-university 
requirements for admission. (Please consult 
the appropriate section of this catalog for 
complete information.) In addition, a student 
must (1) hold a bachelors degree with a major, 
or its equivalent, in American studies or in 
an appropriate discipline of the humanities or 
social sciences; (2) have a grade-point-average 
of at least 3.0 in upper-division major courses; 
and (3) submit two satisfactory letters of rec- 
ommendation from instructors in upper- 
division major courses. 

Students whose undergraduate program 
indicates certain limited subject, grade, or 
breadth deficiencies may be considered for 
admission, at the discretion of the graduate 
adviser, with approval of the departments 
graduate committee. In such cases, a student 
must make up deficiencies, in consultation 
with the graduate adviser, and must complete 


all required courses with at least a B average 
before classified graduate standing may be 
considered. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

Students will be classified upon fulfill- 
ment of the above prerequisites, and after 
development of an approved study plan. 

Study Plan 

The program requires 30 units of graduate 
study: 2 1 units in the discipline of American 
studies, 6 units in other disciplines, and 3 units 
in development of an appropriate research skill. 

American Studies (21 units) 

A. Required courses 

American Studies 501 Theory and 
Methods (3) 

American Studies 502T Seminar: 

Selected Topics (3) 

(May be repeated for credit with different 
topic) 

B. Electives 

Additional upper-division or graduate level 
course work in American studies (12) 

Choose either C. or D. as follows: 

C. American Studies 598 Thesis (3) should 
be taken in the semester immediately 
preceding graduation from the program. 

D. An additional American studies graduate 
level elective, i.e., American Studies 599, 
American Studies 502T, or American 
Studies 503, plus successful completion 
of a three-part take home comprehensive 
examination based on the department’s 
core reading list. 

Other Disciplines (6 units) 

Graduate-level seminars in anthropology, 
art, communications, comparative literature, 
English, geography, history, political science, 
or sociology. 

Elective Skill (3 units) 

A student must demonstrate proficiency 
in a methodological skill appropriate to his 
or her scholarly interests. In consultation 
with an adviser, the student will select the 
skill to be developed. Proficiency in a foreign 
language, quantitative methods, or linguistics 
would, for example, be appropriate. If pre- 
requisite work is necessary before a student 
can develop proficiency through three units 
of course work, that preliminary work will 
not be counted toward the 30 units required 
for the M.A. degree. 


For further information, consult graduate 
program adviser. 

AMERICAN STUDIES COURSES 

Courses are designated as AMST in the 
class schedule. 

101 Introduction to American Culture 
Studies (3) 

The concepts of interdisciplinary culture 
studies, focusing on analysis of cultural 
change in complex, literate society, American 
culture, including cross-cultural comparisons. 
Topics include popular culture, subcultures, 
regionalism, myths and symbols, and culture 
and personality. 

201 Introduction to American Studies (3) 

With the concept of culture as a unifying 
principle, focus is on four separate time 
periods in order to provide the framework for 
an understanding of American civilization. 
Several different kinds of documents will be 
used to illustrate the nature and advantages 
of an interdisciplinary approach. 

300 Introduction to American Popular 
Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education Category III. C.l. Introduction to 
the Social Sciences. A historical exploration of 
popular culture in America as it both reflects 
and contributes to the search for meaning in 
everyday life. Themes include heroes, myths 
of success, symbols of power, images of 
romance, consumerism, race and sexual 
identity. 

301 American Character (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of the GE 
Category III.C.l - “Introduction to the Social 
Sciences”. Cultural environment and person- 
ality. The extent to which there have been 
and continue to be distinctly American pat- 
terns of belief and behavior. Similarities, as 
well as class, ethnic, sex, and regional differ- 
ences among Americans. 

312 Multicultural Identities and Women’s 
Experience (3) 

Examination of the diversity of women’s 
experiences, focusing on both historical and 
contemporary' analysis of African American, 
Asian American, Latina, and white ethnic 
women. Course materials include autobiogra- 
phy, Fiction, visual and popular arts, and 
feminist cultural criticism. 


AMERICAN STUDIES 


318 Hollywood and America: Using Film 
as a Cultural Document (3) 

An examination of Hollywood as a cul- 
tural institution. Concentrating on the films 
of selected periods, the course analyzes 
Hollywood’s ability to create and transmit 
symbols and myths, and legitimize new 
values and patterns of behavior. 

345 The American Dream (3) 

An interdisciplinary analysis, in settings 
both historical and contemporary, of the 
myth and reality surrounding the notion of 
America as a land of unparalleled and unlim- 
ited possibilities, especially in the achieve- 
ment of personal material success. 


346 American Culture Through Spectator 
Sports (3) 

Study of the shifting meaning of organized 
sports in changing American society. Includes 
analysis of sports rituals, symbols and heroes. 
Focus is on the cultural significance of 
amateur and professional football, baseball, 
and basketball. 

350 Seminar in Theory & Method of 
American Studies (3) 

Prerequisites: American Studies 201 and 
301; or consent of instructor. To provide an 
understanding and appreciation of methodol- 
ogy, theories of society, and images of human- 
ity as they affect American studies contributions 
to scholarship. Fulfills the course requirement 
of the university' upper-division baccalaureate 
writing requirement for American studies 
majors. 

377 Prejudice and American Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
Concepts and methods of American culture 
studies as tools for better understanding the 


origins and appeal of intolerance, past and 
present. Particular focus on racism, ethnic 
and religious bias, sexism, and homophobia. 

386A American Social History 
1750-1860 (3) 

(Same as History 386A) 

386 B American Social History 
1865-1930 (3) 

(Same as History 386B) 

40 IT Proscminar in American Studies (3) 

Prerequisites: American Studies 201 and 
301; or consent of instructor. The relation- 
ship between theory and application. 

Analytic readings and research. 
Check the class schedule for 
topics being considered. May be 
repeated for credit. 

402 Religion and American 
Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: upper division 
standing. An interdisciplinary 
analysis of the religious dimen- 
sions of American core culture 
from colonial settlement to the 
present. Topics include: 
Puritanism; rationalization, secu- 
larization, and feminization; the 
conversion experience, revival- 
ism, and revitalization; fundamentalism and 
modernism; and civil religion. 

405 Images of Crime & Violence in 
American Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: American Studies 201 or 
completion of general education section on 
American history, institutions and values. 
Cultural analysis of meanings ascribed to law 
and order, authority, violence, and punish- 
ment in the American past and present. 
Examined in selected symbols, images, 
traditions, and realities. 

407 American Humor (3) 

Prerequisite: American Studies 201 or 
completion of general education section on 
American history, institutions, and values. 
Analyzes the cultural significance of various 
types of American humor in past and present 
settings. How humor reinforces existing 
culture and also serves as an index and agent 
of cultural change. Humor’s relationship to 
ethnicity, region, social class, and sex. 



413 The Shifting Role & Image of the 
American Male (3) 

The effect of economic, social, political, 
and cultural changes on American males. 
Emphasis on the 19th and 20th centuries. 

416 Southern California Culture: A Study 
of American Regionalism (3) 

Regionalism as a concept and as a fact of 
American life. Theories of regionalism mea- 
sured against a study of Southern California 
and one other distinct American region. 

419 Love in America (3) 

Prerequisites: upper-division standing or 
consent of instructor. Examines changes in 
the emotional lives of American men and 
women from the 17th century to the present. 
Concentrates on enduring and innovative 
views on the nature of love and the cultural 
forces that shape its legitimate and illegitimate 
expression. 

420 Childhood and Family in American 
Culture (3) 

Historical and contemporary culture study 
of childhood and family in America. The idea 
of childhood, changing concepts of child- 
rearing, growing up in the American past, the 
impact of modernization, mother and home 
as dominant cultural symbols. 

423 The Search for Community (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
Examining the historical transformation and 
modem reformulation of community in 
America, the course emphasizes the relation- 
ship of the individual to the larger social 
group. Topics include: freedom, need to 
belong, alienation, and search for identity. 

433 Visual Arts in Contemporary 
America (3) 

Prerequisite: American Studies 201 or 
completion of general education section on 
American history, institutions and values. 
Visual phenomena in America as they reveal 
changes in recent American culture. Areas 
covered include: the “high” arts (painting, 
sculpture) as contrasted with the “low” arts 
(advertising, television); the artist as innova- 
tor, alienation, the business world, and 
American values in art. 


AMERICAN STUDIES 


438 American Minds: Images of Sickness 
and Health (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
Historically explores cultural changes in 
American images of the healthy mind. Topics 
include: medical and legal views of insanity, 
Freud’s impact on American thought, literary 
treatments of madness, and psychological 
themes in American popular culture. 

440 American Folk Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing or 
consent of instructor. Considers American 
culture from the perspectives of particular 
folk groups and through the eyes of the 
“common” person, past and present. Topics 
include: interpretation of artifacts and oral 
traditions; relationships between regional, 
ethnic, and folk identity; modernization and 
folk consciousness. 

442 Television and American Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of the general 
education section of American history, insti- 
tutions, and values. American television as an 
interactive form of cultural expression, both 
product and producer of cultural knowledge. 
Examines the structure and content of televi- 
sion genres, and social-historical context of 
television’s development and use, audience 
response, habits and environments of 
viewing. 

444 The Built Environment (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing or 
consent of instructor. Examines how Americans 
have shaped and structured space from the 
17th century to the present. Emphasizes the 
relationship between space, place, architec- 
ture, and material culture; the interpretation 
of cultural landscapes and architectural 
styles; the changing meanings of the 
American home. 

449 The American West in Symbol 
and Myth (3) 

Prerequisite: American Studies 201 or 
completion of general education section on 
American history, institutions, and values. 

The meaning of the West to American culture 
through analysis of cultural documents such 


as explorer and captivity narratives, fiction, 
art, and film. Topics include: perception of 
wilderness, Indians, frontiersmen, and role 
of the West in creating a sexist national 
mythology. 

450 Women in American Society (3) 

Socio-cultural history of women and 
women’s movements in American society. 
Emphasis on 19th and 20th centuries. 
Examination of cultural models of American 
womanhood — maternal, domestic, sexual, 
social — their development and recent 
changes. Not available for graduate degree 
credit. 

460 Bohemians and Beats: Cultural 
Radicalism in America (3) 

Prerequisite. American Studies 201 or 
completion of the general education section 
on American history, institutions, and values. 
Examines the ideas, activities, and legacies of 
the creators of a “counter-cultural” tradition 
in the 19th and 20th centuries. Explores 
their critique of modern civilization as well as 
their projects for self-transformation, social 
change, and cultural renewal. 

465 The Culture of the American South (3) 

Prerequisite: American Studies 201 or 
completion of the general education section 
on American history, institutions, and values. 
Examines distinctive cultural patterns in the 
American South, past and present. Topics 
include: Southern concepts of work and 
leisure, race and gender roles, political and 
religious controversies, literature and folklore, 
and the South as portrayed in the media. 

468 Culture in Turmoil: 1960s America (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
Origins, manifestations, and continuing sig- 
nificance of the turbulence in American 
culture associated with the 1960s. Accelerated 
changes which occurred (or seemed to occur) 
in cultural meanings of authority, achieve- 
ment, patriotism, sexuality, technology, and 
consciousness. 


499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised research projects in American 
studies to be taken with the consent of 
instructor and department chair. May be 
repeated for credit. 

501 Theory and Methods (3) 

The American Studies movement. Its 
conceptual and methodological development. 
The way this development was affected by 
and in turn reflected larger trends in the 
culture itself. 

502T Seminar: Selected Topics (3) 

A particular problem or topic as a case 
study in the use of interdisciplinary methods 
in American studies. May be repeated for 
credit. 

503 Classics in American Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: American Studies 501 or 
consent of instructor. Critical examination of 
texts that have been important or influential 
in the development of American Studies. 

596 American Studies Teaching 
Tutorial (3) 

Prerequisite: American Studies 501. 
Preparation for community college or univer- 
sity teaching. Small group discussion, 
lecture-discussion, examinations, teaching 
strategies. Enrollment requires approval of 
American Studies graduate coordinator. 
Course may be repeated for credit, but may 
only count once-on a graduate study plan. 

598 Thesis (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing in 
American studies and consent of graduate 
coordinator. The writing of a thesis based 
on original research and its analysis and 
evaluation. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing in 
American studies and consent of graduate 
coordinator. May be repeated for credit. 


AMERICAN STUDIES 



DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Susan Parman 


DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

McCarthy Hall 426 

ANTHROPOLOGY MUSEUM 

McCarthy Hall 424 

CENTER FOR CALIFORNIA PUBLIC 
ARCHAEOLOGY 

McCarthy Hall 212 


INTRODUCTION 

Anthropology is the scientific study of humankind from its beginnings millions of years ago 
to the present day. Nothing human is alien to anthropology. Of the many sciences which study 
certain aspects of our species, only anthropology attempts to understand the whole panorama, 
in time and space, of the human condition. While other academic disciplines may concentrate 
on one aspect of human experience, anthropology is an integrated study of the whole range of 
human activities, including communication and language, economics, political organization, 
religion, the arts, philosophy, education, medical and nutritional practices, social interaction, 
marriage, child rearing, science, and technology. Anthropology enables the study of people from 
all over the world as they live now, as they lived in the prehistoric and historic past, and as they 
may live in the future. Anthropology also studies people as biological-psychological-cultural- 
social wholes living in relationship with their environment; a major goal is to understand human 
beings from this overall perspective. 

The major in Anthropology is designed to prepare students for advanced degrees in 
Anthropology as well as for positions in the private and public sector. Social service occupations, 
work in urban centers, museum work, health professions, natural resources management, and 
overseas work are some of the areas that offer many opportunities for anthropology graduates. 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL LABORATORY 

McCarthy Hall 420 

BIOLOGICAL ANTHROPOLOGY 
LABORATORY 

McCarthy Hall 428 

CENTER FOR ETHNOGRAPHIC 
CULTURAL ANALYSIS 

McCarthy Hall 422 


International Aspects of Anthropology 

Anthropology is inherently international in scope, drawing on world -wide cross-cultural 
comparisons for understanding culture and what it means to be human, and offers an inter-, 
multi-, and trans-diciplinary perspective to promote an understanding of global networks that 
occur in transnational cultural contexts such as ethnicity, business, religion, and education. 
Anthropology studies the global flow of information and channels of communication that cross 
spatial, national-territorial boundaries; and it studies transnational actors who enter into the 
spaces opened up by the intersection of corporate capital, labor mobility and new information, 
communication, and transportation technologies. The department encourages study in different 
cultures and will provide, where appropriate, academic credit for educational experiences abroad. 


SOUTH CENTRAL COASTAL 
INFORMATION CENTER AND 
VISUAL ANTHROPOLOGY 
LABORATORY 

McCarthy Hall 477 


ADVISERS 

Undergraduate: Laura Greathouse, Jacob Pandian, Susan Parman, Lori Sheeran 

Graduate: Jacob Pandian 

Internship Program Adviser: Lori Sheeran 


PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Anthropology 
Minor in Anthropology 
Master of Arts in Anthropology 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ANTHROPOLOGY 

The Bachelor of Arts in Anthropology requires a minimum of 120 units which includes 
courses for the major, General Education, all University requirements, and free electives. The 
major requires 45 units consisting of core courses, upper-division courses, and elective 
coursework. 


FACULTY 

John Bock, Phyllisa Eisentraut, Laura 
Greathouse, LeRoy Joesink-Mandeville, 
Joseph Nevadomsky, Jacob Pandian, Susan 
Parman, Karaleah Reichart, Lori Sheeran, 
Judy Suchey 


Core Courses (15 units) 

Anthro 101 Introduction to Biological Anthropology (3) 
Anthro 102 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (3) 
Anthro 103 Introduction to Archaeology (3) 

Anthro 480 History of Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 481 Contemporary Anthropology (3) 


59 


ANTHROPOLOGY 


Upper-Division Requirements (9-30 units) 

Anthro 400 Cultural Analysis (3) 

Anthro 401 Ethnographic Field Methods (3) 
Anthro 402 Museum Studies (3) 

Anthro 403 Archaeological Fieldwork (3) 
Anthro 404 Analytical Methods in 
Archaeology (3) 

Anthro 405 Human Osteology (3) 

Anthro 406 Descriptive Linguistics (3) 

Anthro 407 Anthropological Video 
Production (3) 

Anthro 408 Ethnogerontology (3) 

Anthro 409 Applied Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 412 Culture Change (3) 

Anthro 414 Economic Anthropology (3) 
Anthro 416 Anthropological Linguistics (3) 
Anthro 420 Visual Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 425 Advanced Topics in Human 
Osteology (3) 

Anthro 441 Human Variation (3) 

Anthro 442 Medical Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 460 Public Archaeology in 
California (3) 

Anthro 470 Survey of Anthropological 
Films (3) 

Anthro 476 Archaeological Investigations (3) 
Anthro 490T Undergraduate Seminar in 
Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 491 Internship in Anthropology (3) 
Anthro 497 Ethnographic Investigations (3) 
Anthro 498 Museum Practicum (3) 

Anthro 499 Independent Study (3) 

Electives (0-21 units) 

Anthro 100 Non- Western Cultures and The 
Western Tradition (3) 

Anthro 104 Traditional Cultures of the 
World (3) 

Anthro 105 Language, Culture, and 
Thought (3) 

Anthro 300 Language and Culture (3) 

Anthro 301 Primate Behavior (3) 

Anthro 305 Anthropology of Religion (3) 
Anthro 306 Comparative Aesthetics and 
Symbolism (3) 

Anthro 307 Culture and Image (3) 

Anthro 308 Culture and Aging (3) 

Anthro 310 (old 410) Urban Anthropology (3) 


Anthro 311 (old 411) Culture and 
Communication (3) 

Anthro 313 (old 413) Culture and 
Personality (3) 

Anthro 315 (old 415) Culture and 
Nutrition (3) 

Anthro 317 (old 417) Life Quests (3) 

Anthro 320 Cultures of Europe (3) 

Anthro 321 The American Indian (3) 

Anthro 324A The Ancient Maya (3) 

Anthro 324B The Aztecs and Their 
Predecessors (3) 

Anthro 325 Peoples of South America (3) 
Anthro 327 Origins of Civilization (3) 

Anthro 328 Peoples of Africa (3) 

Anthro 329 Peoples of the Caribbean (3) 

Anthro 332 (old 432) Women in Cross- 
Cultural Perspectives (3) 

Anthro 340 Peoples of Asia (3) 

Anthro 344 (old 440) Human Evolution (3) 
Anthro 345 Peoples of the Middle East and 
North Africa (3) 

Anthro 347 Peoples of the Pacific (3) 

Anthro 350 (old 450) Culture and 
Education (3) 

Anthro 360 Contemporary American 
Culture (3) 

Anthro 370 Anthropology' of Non-Western 
Films (3) 

With the approval of the adviser or 
department chair, up to nine units may be 
accepted from related disciplines. 

Multiple and/or Single Subject Credential 
Information 

The Anthropology degree may be effec- 
tively combined with subject matter studies 
for either the multiple subject credential (K- 
8) or single subject credential (7-12) in Social 
Science. Undergraduates are encouraged to 
work with the Center for Careers in Teaching 
(714-278-7130) as early as possible in their 
academic careers to plan efficient course 
selections for general education, major and 
electives. With careful planning, it may be 
possible to enter the credential program in 
the senior year of the bachelors degree. 
Postgraduate students should contact the 
Admission to Teacher Education office in the 
School of Education (714-278-3411) to 
obtain information on attending an overview 
presentation. 


Note: all courses under “Upper- Division 
Requirements” are 400-level courses. They 
are courses intended for junior, senior and 
graduate students. Courses under “Electives 
in Anthropology” are 100-level or 300-level. 
They may be taken by all students. 

MINOR IN ANTHROPOLOGY 

Twenty-one units must be taken to fulfill 
requirements for a minor. 

Core Courses (12 units) 

Anthro 101 Introduction to Biological 
Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 102 Introduction to Cultural 
Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 480 History of Anthropology (3) 
Anthro 481 Contemporary Anthropology (3) 

Additional Courses (9 units) 

Nine units of 300- or 400-level courses in 
anthropology. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN ANTHROPOLOGY 

The program offers advanced study of 
general anthropology, while simultaneously 
encouraging specialization in one (or more) 
of the traditional subdisciplines: archaeology’, 
cultural anthropology; linguistics, and biolog- 
ical anthropology. Opportunities for field and 
laboratory research and for other related 
learning experiences permit students to 
enlarge upon formal classroom training and 
to work independently with original data. 
Students may pursue a thesis or project of 
either a traditional or more exploratory 
character. 

Efforts are made to assist individuals to 
plan programs that will meet their individual 
needs and interests. 

Prerequisites 

An applicant must meet the university 
requirements for conditionally classified grad- 
uate standing: a baccalaureate from an 
accredited institution and a grade-point 
average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 semester 
units attempted (see section of this catalog on 
admission of graduates for complete state- 
ment and procedures). Admission is contin- 
gent upon evaluation and acceptance by the 
Graduate Study Committee. In addition to 
the University Application, the applicant 
must submit a letter of intent and at least two 
letters of recommendation. Students with 
limited subject or grade deficiencies may be 
considered for admission to the program if 


ANTHROPOLOGY 


they agree to complete additional courses 
selected by the Graduate Study Committee, 
with at least a 3.0 (B) average. Subject defi- 
ciencies must be met prior to candidacy. 
Students entering from other colleges and 
universities and/or from fields other than 
anthropology may discuss appropriate course 
substitutions with the Graduate Adviser. 

Classification 

A student who meets the requirements for 
conditionally classified graduate standing, as 
well as the following requirements, may be 
granted classified graduate standing upon the 
development of an approved study plan: 


1 . A bachelor’s degree with a minimum 

of 27 units in anthropology, including the 
following courses or their equivalents. 

Lower-Division (9 units) 

Anthro 101, 102 and 103 
Upper-Division (12 units) 

Anthro 480 and 481 

Additional upper-division coursework in 
Anthropology (6 units) 

Reading courses and special examinations 
may be substituted for the additional upper- 
division coursework in anthropology. 

2. A GPA of 3.0 (B) for all work taken in 
anthropology. 

3. Classification review administered by the 
graduate adviser. 


Study Plan 

The 30-unit study plan for the degree 
must include the following: 

Anthro 501 Seminar: Methodology of 
Anthropological Research (3) 

Anthro 502 Contemporary Theory in 
Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 597 Project (6) or Anthro 598 
Thesis (6) 

Two additional graduate seminars (Anthro 
504) in anthropology (6 units) 

400-level or graduate work in anthropology 
(6 units) 

400-level or graduate work in 
anthropology or related 
fields (6 units) 

Up to six units of 
Anthropology 599 Independent 
Graduate Research may be 
used for the last two require- 
ments above. For continuation 
in the program an average of 
3.0 (B) for all work in the study 
plan must be maintained. 

Students must remain con- 
tinuously enrolled, either by 
enrolling in at least one anthro- 
pology course each semester 
or by enrolling in Graduate 
Studies 700. Students may 
request a waiver of this 
requirement for one or two 
semesters if professional purposes require 
absence from campus. A student who is not 
continuously enrolled will be required to 
apply for readmission to the program. 

A thesis or a project, including an oral 
examination, must be completed for the degree. 
Anthropology 501 and 502 must be taken 
within the first 1-1/2 years of graduate work. 

The progress of graduate students will be 
reviewed prior to classification and again 
before advancement to candidacy. 

Students must demonstrate to their thesis 
committee that they have competence in a 
foreign language or quantitative methods by 
(1) translating a short text which is approved 
by the students committee and focuses on 
the student’s research field or (2) passing an 
anthropology course in quantitative methods 
or another course in quantitative methods 
approved by the student’s committee. 

For further information, consult the grad- 
uate program adviser. See also the Department 
of Anthropology’s student handbook. 


ANTHROPOLOGY COURSES 

Courses are designated as ANTH in the 
class schedule. 

100 Non-Western Cultures and the 
Western Tradition (3) 

An examination of the changing views of 
man, nature and culture in Western civiliza- 
tion as related to the impact of non-Westem 
influences, including the use and interpretation 
of data on non-Westem peoples and cultures. 

101 Introduction to Biological 
Anthropology (3) 

Humans as biological organisms and in 
evolutionary perspective. Concepts, methods, 
findings and issues in the study of the Order 
primates, including the relationships between 
fossil monkeys, apes and humans, and the 
significance of genetic diversity between 
modern populations. (CAN ANTH 2) 

102 Introduction to Cultural 
Anthropology (3) 

The nature of culture and its significance. 
Uniformities and variations in human cultures. 
Cultural analyses of major institutional forms 
such as the family, economy, government, 
religion and art with an emphasis on preliterate 
peoples. Central problems of cultural com- 
parison and interpretation. (CAN ANTH 4) 

103 Introduction to Archaeology (3) 

Relationship of archaeology, culture 
history and culture process, field methods 
and analysis of archaeological data; the uses 
and abuses of archaeology. World culture 
history from Pleistocene beginnings to the 
threshold of civilization. (CAN ANTH 6) 

104 Traditional Cultures of the World (3) 

A comparative, worldwide survey of tradi- 
tional, selected and well-studied ways of life 
using ethnographic writings, novels and 
films. Examines representative bands, tribes, 
chiefdoms, primitive states and folk societies. 

105 Language, Culture, and Thought (3) 

Analysis of the fundamental role that 
language and culture play in thinking, and an 
examination of the cultural logic in relation 
to the interplay of linguistic and cultural 
boundaries; exploration on thinking in 
relation to subcultural variations, multicul- 
turalism, and multilingualism. (Same as 
Linguistics 105) 



61 


ANTHROPOLOGY 


110 Ancient Peoples of the American 
Southwest (3) 

Introductory-level exploration of the life- 
ways of prehistoric peoples of the American 
Southwest as evidenced through archaeological 
remains and through Native American 
perspectives. 

300 Language and Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education Category II1.C.1. Language as 
a factor in culture. Trends in the study 
of language and culture. 

301 Primate Behavior (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 101 or 102 or 
Psychology 101 or completion of General 
Education category III.A.2. The anthropological 
study of the behavior of primates including 
monkeys and apes with data collection in the 
wild and the laboratory; review and discus- 
sion of behavioral characteristics that are part 
of the primate heritage of humankind. 

305 Anthropology of Religion (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 
instructor. Beliefs and practices in the full 
human variation of religious phenomena, 
with an emphasis on primitive religions. The 
forms, functions, structures, symbolism, and 
history and evolution of religious systems. 

306 Comparative Aesthetics and 
Symbolism (3) 

The metaphysical and mystical systems 
underlying the “grammars” of the art, myths, 
and rituals of various nonliterate and literate 
peoples and their development into creative 
experiences. 

307 Culture and Image: The 
Anthropology of Visual Symbols (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 100 or 102 
or equivalent and junior or senior standing. 
Humanistic interpretation of visual represen- 
tations from an anthropological cross-cultural 
perspective. Participatory experience in 
exploring the relationship between culture 
and visual images, and interpreting cultural 
processes involving images. 


308 Culture and Aging: Anthropological 
Gerontology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 100 or 101 
or 102 or 103 or 104. Anthropological dis- 
course on diverse cultural conceptions of 
aging as they relate to gender, class, ethnic 
and religious categories. Cross-cultural com- 
parison of culturally patterned time-table of 
life-cycle and age-grades for understanding 
the universal and variability in human aging. 

310 Urban Anthropology (3) 

(Formerly 410) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102. A cross-cultural 
investigation of similarities and differences 
in urbanism with an emphasis on current 
theoretical and methodological perspectives 
in the study of urban social and cultural 
forms and processes. 

311 Culture and Communication (3) 
(Formerly 411) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 300 or consent of 
instructor. How culture meaning and manip- 
ulation are constituted in both traditional and 
modem cultures through language, mythology, 
ritual, architecture, religion, and other com- 
munication systems. 

313 Culture & Personality: Psychological 
Anthropology (3) (Formerly 413) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 
instructor. The relationship between the indi- 
vidual and the culture. Child training in non- 
western cultures. Survey of concepts, studies, 
and research techniques. 

315 Culture and Nutrition (3) 

(Formerly 415) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 101 or 102 or consent 
of instructor. Interrelationships between 
human nutrition, basic food resources, indi- 
vidual development and socio-cultural orga- 
nization; includes assessment of student’s 
nutritional status, beliefs, and practices 
relative to other cultures. 

317 Life Quests (3) (Formerly 417) 

Contemporary ways to wisdom and 
humanness in cross-cultural and historical 
perspectives. New and comparative approaches 
to understanding the life cycle, development 
and fulfillment of individual personalities. 


320 Cultures of Europe (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or equivalent. 

A cultural survey of Europe, focusing on the 
peasant, national, and pan-European tradi- 
tions of Europe. Diverse anthropological 
approaches are used to examine changing 
boundaries of European identity from 
prehistory to the present “European Union.” 

321 The American Indian (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 
instructor. North American Indians north 
of Mexico; origin, languages, culture areas, 
cultural history; the impact of European 
contacts. 

324A The Ancient Maya (3) 

The archaeology and ethnohistory of the 
Maya area of Southern Mesoamerica. The 
problems of initial settlement of the area and 
the “rise” and dynamics of ancient Maya 
civilization. 

324B The Aztecs and Their Predecessors (3) 

Archaeological survey of principal 
Mesoamerica pre-Columbian cultures north 
and west of the Maya area. The Aztecs and 
their predecessors, religion, art, architecture, 
intellectual achievements and the Olmec 
heritage. 

325 Peoples of South America (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 
instructor. Central and South America. 
Representative cultural areas before and 
after contacts with Western countries. 

327 Origins of Civilizations (3) 

The development of civilization in both 
the Old and New Worlds in primary centers 
such as Mesopotamia, Egypt, the Indus 
Valley, China, Mesoamerica and Peru, and 
secondary centers such as the Aegean and 
Europe. 

328 Peoples of Africa (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent 
of instructor. A cultural survey of Africa. 
Description of selected cultures and aspects 
of culture before and after contact with non- 
Africans. 


ANTHROPOLOGY 


329 Peoples of the Caribbean (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or equivalent. 

A survey of the various ethnic groups of the 
Caribbean, focusing on the description and 
interpretation of African, European, Asian 
and Amerindian cultural elements. 

332 Women in Cross-Cultural Perspective 
(3) (Formerly 432) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 
instructor. The influence of biological deter- 
minants as they are shaped by cultural 
beliefs, values, expectations and socially 
defined roles for women. The changing role 
of women in industrial society. 

340 Peoples of Asia (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 
instructor. A survey of Asian civilizations and 
cultural traditions, emphasizing the study of 
the personality configurations in different 
culture areas, the analysis of the structure of 
Asian civilizations, and an examination of the 
peasant, tribal and ethnic groups of Asia. 

344 Human Evolution (3) (Formerly 440) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 101 or completion of 
general education category II1.A.2. Advanced 
primate evolution; the origin of Homo sapiens 
as evidenced in the fossil record and through 
biochemical and molecular studies. Evolu- 
tionary theory and problems in human 
evolution. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours 
laboratory) 

345 Peoples of the Middle East and 
North Africa (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 
instructor. Interrelationship between culture, 
economy, political structure and belief system 
of selected cultures in the Middle East and 
North Africa. 

347 Peoples of the Pacific (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 
instructor. The indigenous peoples and 
cultures of the Pacific Islands, including 
Tahiti, Hawaii and Australia. The forces and 
processes contributing to social change in 
island communities and current problems 
being faced by them. 


350 Culture and Education (3) 

(Formerly 450) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent 
of instructor. The transmission of values, 
implicit cultural assumptions, and the 
patterning of education in cross-cultural 
perspective. American culture and develop- 
ment problems. 

360 Contemporary American Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 
instructor. Application of anthropological 
methods, categories of analysis, and types 
of interpretation to American culture. Survey 
and critique of selected community studies 
and other kinds of relevant research. 

370 Anthropology of Non- Western Films (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 100 or 102 or 104 or 
consent of instructor. Comparative analytical 
study of commercial and non-commercial 
films and videos made by non-western 
people. Films and videos considered as cul- 
tural artifacts that are particularly revealing 
of the ways people conceive of themselves 
and their cultures. 

400 Cultural Analysis: Qualitative 
Methods in Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102. An examination 
of the qualitative methods that are used in 
the analysis of culture; review of recent 
methodologies developed in the framework 
of semiotic, phenomenological, and interpre- 
tive anthropology. 

401 Ethnographic Field Methods (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthro 102 and six addi- 
tional units of anthropology or consent of 
instructor. Anthropological field research by 
students on various problems using partici- 
pant observation techniques. 

402 Museum Science (3) 

Methods, principles and techniques used 
in natural history, and small scientific and 
historical museums. Subjects covered include 
scope of exhibit and research collections, care 
and repair of specimens, acquisitions, storage 
and preparation of presentations in anthropo- 
logical, historical, biological and paleontolog- 
ical museums. 


403 Archaeological Fieldwork (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthro 102 or 103 and 
consent of instructor. Excavation of a local 
archaeological site. Archaeological mapping, 
photography and recording. Laboratory 
methods of cataloging, preservation, descrip- 
tion and interpretation of archaeological 
materials. Saturday field sessions. May be 
repeated once for credit as an elective. 

(1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

404 Analytical Methods in Archaeology (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthro 103 and 403. The 
employment of physical data collecting tech- 
niques (e.g., photographic, paleo-magnetic) 
in the field and the analysis of artifact collec- 
tions and data from previous field operations 
in the laboratory. May be repeated once for 
credit as an elective. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory) 

405 Human Osteology (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Techniques in the basic identification of 
human skeletal remains. Aging, sexing, 
racing and stature reconstruction. For those 
interested in archaeology, hominid evolution 
and/or forensic science. (2 hours lecture, 

3 hours laboratory) 

406 Descriptive Linguistics (3) 

(Same as Linguistics 406) 

407 Anthropological Video Production (3) 

Prerequisite: six upper-division units of 
anthropology or consent of instructor. 
Planning, shooting, and editing videotapes 
relating to all sub-disciplines of anthropology. 
(1 hour lecture; 6 hours laboratory activities, 
demonstrations, and fieldwork) 

408 Ethnogerontology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 102. Learning 
the methods of ethnoscience and interpretive 
semiotics for analyzing cultural knowledge 
and domains pertaining to aging. Training in 
ethnographic cultural analysis of aging for 
the production of ethnographies that focus 
on the symbols, taxonomies, paradigms, and 
themes of aging. 


ANTHROPOLOGY 


409 Applied Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 
instructor. The uses of anthropological skills 
and sensitivities in approaching contemporary 
human problems. Cultural change, organiza- 
tional development, program planning and 
evaluation, the consultant’s role, and profes- 
sional ethics. 

412 Culture Change (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 
instructor. Interrelations between cultural, 
social and psychological processes in the 
dynamics of culture growth and change. 
Impact of western technology on tribal and 
peasant societies. Anthropological contribu- 
tions to the planning of directed sociocultural 
change in selected areas. 

414 Economic Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 
instructor. The ethnology and ethnography 
of economic life, principally in non-Westem 
societies; the operation of systems of produc- 
tion and distribution within diverse cultural 
contexts. 

416 Anthropological Linguistics (3) 

Nature and functions of language; language 
structure and change; classification of lan- 
guages; use of linguistic evidence in anthro- 
pology. (Same as Linguistics 416) 

420 Visual Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 100, 101, 102, 
103, 104, or equivalent. An examination of 
the development of the field of visual anthro- 
pology and an analysis of the changing and 
diverse approaches to the use of visual media 
in representing and interpreting other cultures. 

425 Advanced Topics in Human 
Osteology (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthro 405 and consent of 
instructor. Analytical methods stressing mor- 
phological examination of human bone in 
a laboratory setting (determination of human, 
prehistoric; analysis of fragmented and com- 
mingled remains; basic identification and 
report writing; pathological conditions). For 
those interested in archaeology, hominid 
evolution and/or forensic science. 


441 Human Variation (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 101. The processes 
underlying and the theories for the existence 
of the present variation between and within 
human populations. The genetics of human 
populations and the significance of racial 
classifications. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours 
laboratory) 

442 Medical Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 101 or 102 or 
Psychology 101. Human health and disease 
and their relationship to cultural practices, 
beliefs and environmental factors; histories 
of various diseases as factors of cultural 
change; health care delivery systems. 

460 Public Archaeology in California (3) 

An archaeological survey of California, 
emphasizing the examination of recent scien- 
tific excavations. Analysis of new archaeologi- 
cal methods, current research specializations, 
responsibilities of the modem archaeologist, 
and review of legislation affecting archaeology. 

470 Survey of Anthropological Films (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 100 or 101 or 102 or 
103 or 104 or consent of instructor. Survey 
and analysis of the uses of film and video in 
anthropological research, teaching, theory, 
methodology. Films are studied not only for 
their anthropological content, but also as arti- 
facts of western culture which reveal signifi- 
cant aspects of that culture. 

476 Archaeological Investigations (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or 103 or consent 
of instructor. Methodology and practice of 
archaeological fieldwork. May be repeated for 
credit. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

480 History of Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 
instructor. The principal contributions of 
anthropologists 1850-1950; evolutionary, 
diffusionist, historical, particularist, configu- 
rationalist, and culture and personality 
approaches in anthropology. 

481 Contemporary Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 
instructor. Anthropologists from 1950 to the 
present; neoevolutionist, sociological, struc- 
turalist, psychological and symbolic 
approaches. 


490T Undergraduate Seminar in 
Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Topics 
in anthropology. May be repeated for credit. 

491 Internship in Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisites: 18 upper-division units in 
anthropology and/or related fields. Career 
opportunities. On-the-job training under 
faculty supervision in museum, industry or 
governmental service. May be repeated for 
credit for a total of six units. 

497 Ethnographic Investigations (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 and 
Anthropology 401 or equivalent. Training in 
the methodologies of participant observation 
and interview techniques, investigation and 
description of cultural domains such as reli- 
gion, health, economics, politics, and family 
and ethnic boundaries. May be repeated for 
credit for a maximum of six units. 

498 Museum Practicum (3) 

Prerequisite: at least 15 units of anthro- 
pology and consent of instructor. Practical 
experience in museum operations, using the 
facilities of the Anthropology Museum. 

Topics covered include exhibit preparation, 
membership and funding operations, cata- 
logue preparation and outreach activities. 
May be repeated for credit for a maximum 
of six units. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: at least 1 5 units of anthro- 
pology and consent of adviser. Individual 
research project involving either library or 
fieldwork. Conferences with the adviser as 
necessary. Results in one or more papers. 

May be repeated for credit. 

501 Seminar: Methodology of 

Anthropological Research (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of undergraduate 
major in anthropology and/or graduate 
standing or consent of instructor. The con- 
temporary methodological spectrum in 
anthropology and new trends in research 
planning and implementation. 


ANTHROPOLOGY 


502 Contemporary Theory in 
Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of undergraduate 
major in anthropology and/or graduate stand- 
ing or consent of instructor. The basic 
assumptions and theoretical positions of 
leading contemporary anthropologists. 

504T Seminar: Selected Topics in 
Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of undergraduate 
major in anthropology and/or graduate stand- 
ing or consent of instructor. The topic chosen 
and a general outline of the seminar is circu- 
lated prior to registration. May be repeated. 

505 Phonological Analysis (3) 

(Same as Linguistics 505) 

507 Grammatical Analysis (3) 

(Same as Linguistics 507) 

508 Theories of Syntax (3) 

(Same as Linguistics 508) 

597 Project (3,6) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing and 
consent of instructor. The completion of 
a project derived from original field or labora- 
tory research, and/or from library study. May 
be repeated for credit to a maximum 
of 6 units. 

598 Thesis (3,6) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing and 
consent of instructor. The writing of a thesis 
based on original field or laboratory research, 
and/or on library study, and its analysis and 
evaluation. May be repeated for credit to a 
maximum of 6 units. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of adviser. Individual 
research involving fieldwork, laboratory, or 
library study, and conferences with a project 
adviser as necessary, and resulting in one or 
more papers. May be repeated for credit. 



DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Larry Johnson 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Visual Arts 102 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 


FACULTY 

Ana-Victoria Aenlle, Bryan Cantley, Ruth Capelle, John Carter, Kyung Sun Cho, Dorte 
Christjansen, Eileen Cowin, Cliff Cramp, John T. Drew, Maurice Gray, Arnold Holland, Thomas 
Holste, George James, Jim Jenkins, Jade Jewett, Larry Johnson, G. Ray Kerciu, Linda Kroff, 
Donald Lagerberg, Dana Lamb, Sergio Lizarraga, Stephen M. Lorson, Clinton MacKenzie, Mike 
McGee, Zena Pearlstone, Jerry Samuelson, Vincent Suez 


Bachelor of Arts in Art 
Art History 
General Studio Art 
Teaching 

Bachelor of Fine Arts in Art 
Ceramics 
Crafts 

Creative Photography 
Drawing and Painting 
Entertainment Art/Animation 
Graphic Design 
Illustration 
Printmaking 

Sculpture 
Minor in Art 

Master of Arts in An 

Drawing and Painting (including 
Printmaking) 

Sculpture 

Crafts (including Ceramics, Glass, 
Wood, Jewelry/Metalsmithing) 

Design (including Graphic Design, 
Illustration, Exhibition Design, 
Creative Photography) 

Art History 

Master of Fine Ans in An 

Drawing, Painting, and Printmaking 
Sculpture 

Ceramics (including Glass) 

Crafts (including Jewelry/Metalsmithing, 
and Woodworking) 

Design (including Graphic Design, 
Illustration, and Exhibition Design) 

Creative Photography 
Certificate in Museum Studies 


ADVISERS 

Undergraduate: Contact department office. 

Graduate: Sergio Lizarraga 

INTRODUCTION 

The Department of Art is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Art and Design. 

The Department of Art offers programs which include the scholarly fields of art history, theory, 
analysis and criticism; the studio fields of drawing and painting, entertainment art/animation, 
printmaking, sculpture, crafts (including jewelry, wood and metal), ceramics (including glass), 
graphic design, creative photography, illustration, and exhibition design; and the single subject 
teaching field of art education. 

Curricular plans for the Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Fine Arts have been developed 
to meet the individual needs and interests of students in art. 

The general objectives of the programs are to provide a comprehensive learning environment 
which contributes conceptually and technically to the development of the art historian, the 
visual artist and the art teacher. Specifically, the programs provide opportunities for students to: 
(1) develop a knowledge and understanding of fundamental visual experience and concepts basic 
to many forms and fields of art; (2) develop a critical appreciation of historical and contemporary 
art forms as they relate to individual and social needs and values; (3) creatively express ones 
personal experience and thought with visual skill and clarity; (4) develop knowledge and skills 
necessary to pursue graduate studies in visual arts, or to teach art and (5) develop the under- 
standing and expertise applicable to professional practice. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ART 

The 1 20-unit Bachelor of Arts degree offers concentrations in Art History, General Studio Art 
and Teaching. The program objectives are to provide correlative experiences, information and 
theory. 

The Art History concentration emphasizes the area of art history, theory, and appreciation 
and is particularly recommended for those students who wish to pursue graduate studies in 
art history or museum studies. 

The General Studio Art concentration is a varied curriculum that provides a broad education 
in the visual arts. 

The Teaching concentration prepares students to meet the requirements for admission to the 
Credential Program teaching art, grades K-12. Students are encouraged to work with the depart- 
ment adviser and/or the Center for Careers in Teaching (714-278-7130) as early as possible in 
their academic careers to plan efficient course selections for general education, major and electives. 

In addition to the requirements listed below for the major, students must meet the other uni- 
versity requirements for a bachelor of arts degree. Students in the Teaching concentration must 
also meet specific requirements for the desired teaching credential. 


66 


ART 


All art majors must take Art 300, Writing 
in the Visual Arts, and pass the university’s 
Examination in Writing Proficiency (EWP) 
after achieving junior standing (60 units). 
Testing dates for the EWP are available from 
the Testing Center or the Academic 
Advisement Center. 

To earn a Bachelor of Arts in Art students 
must achieve grades of C or better in all art 
courses required for the degree. 

ART HISTORY CONCENTRATION 

Preparation for the major (lower-division - 
21 units) 

Art 201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 
Lower-division studio courses (3,3) 

Approved electives in art, American studies, 
anthropology, history, literature, music, 
philosophy or theatre (3,3,3) 



The major (upper-division - 33 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

480 Selected Topics in Art History (3) 

481 Seminar in Art History (3) 

Approved upper-division elective (3) 
Upper-division art history (21) 

GENERAL STUDIO ART CONCENTRATION 

Lower-Division (27 units) 

103 Two-Dimensional Design (3) 

104 Three-Dimensional Design (3) 

107A,B Beginning Drawing and Painting (3,3) 
117 Life Drawing (3) 

201A.B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

Art Electives (3,3) 


Select at least two courses from two of the 
following areas: design; printmaking; creative 
photography; sculpture; ceramics; crafts; 
drawing and painting. 

Upper-Division (27 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

Art History (3,3) 

Studio Area (12 units) 

Select one course from each of the 
following: (1) drawing and painting; (2) 
sculpture, creative photography, printmaking; 
(3) crafts and ceramics; (4) design. 

Electives (3,3) 

Choose two courses from at least two 
different categories of the following: drawing 
and painting; printmaking; creative photog- 
raphy; sculpture, crafts (glass); ceramics; 
graphic design; illustration; exhibition 
design; art education. 

TEACHING CONCENTRATION 

Single Subject Instruction 

(Qualifies for Teaching Art in Grades K-12) 

Preparation for the major dower-division-30 units ) 

103 Two-Dimensional Design (3) 

104 Three-Dimensional Design (3) 

106A Beginning Ceramics (3) 

107A.B Beginning Drawing and 

Painting (3,3) 

1 1 7 Life Drawing (3) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

205A Beginning Crafts (3) 

207A Drawing/Painting (3) 

Major requirements (upper-division - 24 units) 
Select Drawing/Painting, Crafts or 
Creative Photography and Computer 
Design Emphasis. 

Drawing and Painting Emphasis 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

307A Drawing and Painting (3) 

310A Watercolor (3) 

312 Modem Art (3) 

317A Life Studies, Drawing and 
Painting (3) 

347A Printmaking Etching (3) 

363B Illustration (3) 

441 Media Exploration for Teaching Art (3) 


Crafts Emphasis 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

305A Advanced Crafts (3) 

306A,B Advanced Ceramics (3,3) 

312 Modern Art (3) 

3 1 5A Jewelry (3) 

363B Illustration (3) 

441 Media Exploration for Teaching Art (3) 

Creative Photography and Computer 
Design Emphasis 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

338A Creative Photography (3) 

363B Illustration (3) 

44 1 Media Exploration for Teaching Art (3) 
Art History (3) 

Select two courses from the following: 

328 Digital Imaging (3) 

338B Creative Photography (3) 

478 Studio Expanded: Other Genre (3) 

Select one course from the following: 

423 Computer Animation (3) 

483E Computer Assisted 
Graphics (3) 

483F Design for Interactive Art (3) 

CREDENTIAL REQUIREMENTS 

The B.A. in Art (Teaching Concentration) 
may be effectively combined with subject 
matter studies necessary for either the multiple 
subject teaching credential (K-8) or single 
subject credential (7-12) in art. Undergraduates 
are encouraged to work with the faculty 
adviser in art and the Center for Careers in 
Teaching (714-278-7130) as early as possible 
in their academic careers to plan efficient 
course selections for general education, the 
concentration and electives. With careful 
planning it may be possible to take certain 
education courses in the senior year of the 
bachelors degree. Postgraduate students 
should contact the Admission to Teaching 
Education office in the School of Education 
(717-278-3411) for information on attending 
an overview presentation. 

General Program Requirements 

1 . Be advised by a faculty adviser in art 
education. 

2. Fulfill credential requirements listed in 
the credential program section of the 
catalog (see “Teacher Education” or 
“Credentials” in the index). 


67 


ART 


3. Meet the requirements listed under the 
Teaching concentration. 

4. Apply and be admitted to a credential 
program prior to enrollment in Art Ed 
442, professional education courses and 
student teaching. Contact the Admission 
to Teaching Education office in the School 
of Education. 

5. Be accepted for teacher education and 
student teaching based on candidate 
quotas, portfolio review, and evidence 

of success in completed university course 
work. 

6. Be recommended by the faculty adviser 
in art education. 

7. Complete Secondary Education 310 and 
386 or equivalents prior to applying to 
the teacher education program for the 
Single Subject credential. 

8. Pass C-BEST exam prior to admisision 
to the credential program. 

9. Have a G.PA. of 2.89 overall, 3.0 in 
major. 

Single Subject Credential Preparation 

First semester (extern): 18 units 
Second semester (intern): 12 units 

Upon completion of above program the 
student is eligible for a partial or preliminary 
credential. A clear credential requires nine 
additional units of state-mandated courses 
within a specified period of time. 

Multiple Subject Credential Preparation 

The following three courses are recom- 
mended for all students intending to teach 
in the elementary schools in multiple subject 
classrooms. 

An 380 Art and Child Development (3) 
Music 333 Music and Child Development (3) 

Theatre 402 Dramatic Activities for 
Children (3) 

The following additional list of courses 
would be strongly recommended for students 
who wish to expand their knowledge in any 
or all of the arts: 

Art 101, 103, 104, 106A, 107A, 201A,B, 
310A,B, 330, 380, 441 

Dance 101, 112, 122, 132, 142, 323A,B, 422 
Music 111, 281B,P,S,W, 283 

Theatre 100, 263A,B, 276A, 277, 370A,B, 
402A,B, 403A,B 


BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS IN ART 

The Bachelor of Fine Arts degree is a pro- 
fessional program providing directed studies 
in nine studio concentrations within the visual 
arts. The program is designed for students 
seeking in-depth preparation for specialized 
goals selected from one of the following areas: 
ceramics, crafts, creative photography, drawing 
and painting, entertainment art/animation, 
graphic design, illustration, printmaking, 
and sculpture. 

The program develops the understanding 
and advanced specialized skills applicable to 
professional practice and to meet entrance 
requirements to graduate school. 

Admission Requirements 

Upon admission to the University as an art 
major, students are placed in the Bachelor of 
Arts category, whether entering as a freshman 
or transferring from a community college. 
Upon proof of completion of the 12 lower- 
division studio units listed below with a B or 
better grade-point average, students may 
contact the Art Department for changing their 
academic objective to the Bachelor of Fine 
Arts in Art. 

Art 103 Two-Dimensional Design (3) 

Art 104 Three-Dimensional Design (3) 

Art 107A Beginning Drawing (3) 

Art 107B Beginning Painting (3) 

Program Requirements 

The 1 32-unit Bachelor of Fine Arts degree 
program requires a minimum of 69 units in 
art: 12 units of Art History plus 57 units of 
studio art. The major is divided into 21 units 
of lower-division preparation and 48 upper- 
division units. In addition to the minimum 
69-unit requirement for the B.FA. degree, 
students must meet the other university 
requirements for a bachelor’s degree (see 
the university Catalog and Class Schedule). 

To earn a Bachelor of Fine Arts in Art, 
students must achieve grades of C or better 
in all art courses required for the degree. 

In addition to Art 300 Writing in the 
Visual Arts (* below), students must also take 
and pass the Examination in Writing 
Proficiency (EWP). 

CERAMICS CONCENTRATION 

Preparation (lower-division - 21 units) 

106A,B Beginning Ceramics (3,3) 

117 Life Drawing (3) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 


68 


Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 
Concentration (upper-division - 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

306A,B Advanced Ceramics (3,3) 

326A,B Ceramic Sculpture (3,3) 

424A,B Glass Forming (3,3) 

484A or 484B Special Studies (3,3,3) 
Upper-division art history (3,3) 
Upper-division studio art electives (3,3,3,3) 

CRAFTS CONCENTRATION 

Preparation (lower-division - 21 units) 

123 Descriptive Drawing (3) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

205A.B Beginning Crafts (3,3) 
Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 
Concentration (upper-division - 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

305A,B Advanced Crafts (3,3) 

Select 12 units from: 

306A,B Advanced Ceramics (3,3) 

315A,B Jewelry (3,3) 

330 Creative Papermaking (3) 

364A,B Stained Glass (3,3) 

485A,B,C, or F Special Studies in Crafts (3,3) 
495 Internship in Art (3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 
Upper-division studio art electives (3, 3, 3, 3) 

CREATIVE PHOTOGRAPHY 
CONCENTRATION 

Preparation (lower-division - 21 units) 

117 Life Drawing (3) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

238 Photo Visual Concepts (3) 

247 Introduction to Linoleum and Woodcut 
Prints (3) 

Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 
Concentration (upper-division - 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

317A Life Studies, Drawing and Painting (3) 
338A,B Creative Photography (3,3) 

348 Artists’ Books (3) 

439 Creative Photo Studio Projects (3,3) 

478 Studio Expanded: Other Genre (3) 

489 Special Studies, Creative Photo (3,3) 


ART 


Upper-division an history (3,3) 
Upper-division studio an electives (3, 3,3,3) 

DRAWING AND PAINTING 
CONCENTRATION 

Preparation (lower-division - 21 units) 

117 Life Drawing (3) 

201A,B An and Civilization (3,3) 

207A,B Drawing and Painting (3,3) 
Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 
Concentration (upper-division - 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

307A,B Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

317A,B Life Studies, Drawing and 
Painting (3,3) 

487A Special Studies, Painting (3) 

487B Life Studies, Drawing (3) 

Choose nine units from the following: 

487A,B and/or C (3,3,3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 
Upper-division studio art electives (3, 3, 3, 3) 

ENTERTAINMENT ART/ANIMATION 
CONCENTRATION 

Preparation (lower-division - 21 units) 

117 Life Drawing (3) 

201A.B Art 6z Civilization (3,3) 

217 Life Drawing for Animation (3,3) 

Select one course from: 

123, 216A, 238 or 247 (3) 

Lower-division studio elective (3) 

Concentration (upper-division - 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

317A,B Life Studies, Drawing and Painting 
(3,3) 

318A Drawing <5z Painting, Head and Hands (3) 
318B Portraiture (3) 

337 Animals and Wildlife Drawing (3) 

353A Drawing for Animation (3) 

353B Animation (3) 

367 Elements of Sequential Art (3) 

Choose six units of the following: 

373 Cartooning & Caricature (3) 

423 Computer Animation (3) 

483 B Pictorial Background Illustration (3) 
483F Design for Interactive Art (3) 


487S Special Studies, Sequential Art (3) 

Art History (3,3) 

Art Studio Electives and/or Interdisciplinary 
courses by approval (3,3) 

GRAPHIC DESIGN CONCENTRATION 

Preparation (lower-division - 21 units) 

1 1 7 Life Drawing (3) 

201A.B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

223A.B Lettering and Typography (3,3) 
Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 
Concentration (upper-division - 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

323A,B Graphic Design (3,3) 

338A Creative Photography (3) 

363A,B Illustration (3,3) 

483A Special Studies, Graphic Design (3,3) 
483E Computer Assisted Graphics (3) 

495 Internship (3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 
Upper-division studio art electives (3,3,3, 3) 

ILLUSTRATION CONCENTRATION 

Preparation (lower-division - 21 units) 

117 Life Drawing (3) 

123 Descriptive Drawing (3) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

223A Lettering and Typography (3) 
Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 
Concentration (upper-division - 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

317A,B Life Studies, Drawing and Painting 
(3,3) 

318A Drawing and Painting the Head and 
Hands (3) 

323A Graphic Design (3) 

363A,B Illustration (3,3) 

483C Special Studies, Illustration (3,3) 

495 Internship in Art (3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 
Upper-division studio art electives (3, 3, 3, 3) 

PRINTMAKING CONCENTRATION 

Preparation (lower-division - 21 units) 

1 17 Life Drawing (3) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

207A Drawing and Painting (3) 


247 Introduction to Linoleum and Woodcut 
Prints (3) 

Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 
Concentration (upper-division - 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

307A.B Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

317A,B Life Studies (3,3) 

338A Creative Photography (3) 

347A Printmaking Etching (3) 

347B Printmaking Lithography (3) 

487D Special Studies, Printmaking (3,3) 
Upper-division art history (3,3) 
Upper-division studio art electives (3, 3, 3, 3) 

SCULPTURE CONCENTRATION 

Preparation (lower-division - 21 units) 

117 Life Drawing (3) 

201A.B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

216A,B Beginning Sculpture (3,3) 
Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 
Concentration (upper-division - 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

316A.B Sculpture (3,3) 

317A,B or C Life Studies, Drawing and 
Painting (3,3) 

326A Ceramic Sculpture (3) 

336A.B Moldmaking and Cast Sculpture (3,3) 
486A Special Studies, Sculpture (3,3) 
Upper-division art history (3,3) 
Upper-division studio art electives (3, 3, 3, 3) 

MINOR IN ART 

Twenty-four units with a grade of C or 
better are required for a minor in art; a 
minimum of 12 units are to be in upper- 
division courses in residence. A basic course 
in each of the following areas is required: (1) 
art history, theory, analysis and criticism; (2) 
design; (3) drawing and painting; and (4) 
crafts. 

Recommended courses to meet the “basic 
courses” requirement are: (1) Art 201A or B; 
(2) Art 103 or 104; (3) Art 107A or B; (4) 

Art 106A or 205A. Completion of these 
courses will provide a reasonable foundation 
for entry into upper-division courses. Students 
planning to qualify for a standard teaching 
credential specializing in elementary or sec- 
ondary teaching with art as a minor must 
obtain approval from the Art Department. 


69 


ART 


MASTER OF ARTS IN ART 

This program provides a balance of study 
and practice for those who wish a career in 
the visual arts, or who want to prepare for 
further graduate work in the field. The program 
offers the following areas of concentration: 

(1) drawing and painting (including print- 
making); (2) sculpture; (3) crafts (including 
ceramics, wood, glass, jewelry/metalsmithing); 

(4) design (including graphic design, illustra- 
tion, exhibition design, creative photography); 
and (5) art history. 

Admission Requirements 

1 . Classified standing: 

a. A baccalaureate degree in art with the 
same concentration as the graduate 
degree objective from an accredited 
institution, or 24 upper-division units 
in art of which 12 units must be in 

a concentration completed with 
grades of B or better. Applicants are 
advised that most upper-division 
courses require lower-division 
prerequisites. A faculty adviser should 
be consulted with regard to recom- 
mended courses. 

b. GPA minimum of 2.5 in the last 60 
semester units attempted. 

c. Pass comprehensive review: held semi- 
annually, the comprehensive review 

is an evaluation of the candidate by 
a committee comprised of faculty 
teaching in the area of concentration. 
The committee reviews the student’s 
creative work, statement of purpose, 
academic and other relevant qualifica- 
tions; assigned research papers are 
required of art history applicants in 
lieu of a portfolio. Procedures, dates 
and appointment times are available 
through the art department graduate 
office. 

d. Form a graduate committee. 

e. Development of an approved study 
plan. 

f. Art history program: reading knowl- 
edge of a foreign language may be 
required before advancement to 
candidacy. 

2. Conditionally classified standing: The 

same requirements as a. and b. above plus: 


c. 1) Studio program: Participation in 

comprehensive portfolio review 
with a recommendation by the 
committee of conditional accep- 
tance. 

2) Art History program: satisfactory 
review of research papers by art 
history faculty. 

d. Enrollment is allowed in graduate- 
level courses with the exception of 
Art 500A,B; 511; 512; 597; and 598. 

e. Passing the comprehensive review will 
be required for classified standing. 

Study Plan 

The degree program requires 30 units 
of graduate study approved by the student’s 
graduate committee of which 15 units must 
be 500-level courses. The 30 units are dis- 
tributed as follows: 

1. Core courses in art history, philosophy, 
analysis and criticism (9 units) 

a. Studio program: 

Art 500A Graduate Seminar in 
Major Field (3) 

Art history program: 

Art 511 Seminar on the Content 
and Method of Art History (3) 

WITH CLASSIFIED STANDING 
ONLY) 

b. Studio Program: 

Art 500B Graduate Seminar in 
Major Field (3) 

Art history program: 

Art 512 Seminar on Selected 
Topics in An History (3) 

(ADMISSION WITH CLASSIFIED 
STANDING ONLY) 

c. 400-level course in art history, theory, 
analysis or criticism on the recommen- 
dation of the major adviser. 

2. Concentration (12 units) 

500-and/or 400-level courses in an area 
of concentration (minimum of six units 
at 500-Level) 

3. Additional course work in the area of 
concentration or approved electives 
(3 or 6 units) 

4. Art 597 Project (for studio); or Art 598 
Thesis (for art history) (3 or 6 units) 

The M.A. study plan must be completed 
with no grade below C, a B average, and B or 
better in all courses in the area of concentra- 


70 


tion. Every graduate student is required to 
demonstrate writing ability commensurate 
with the baccalaureate degree. Two graduate 
seminars are certified to fulfill this university 
requirement. The Department of Art requires 
the studio candidate for the Master of Arts 
in Art to exhibit the project in one of the 
department’s graduate galleries. The art 
history candidate is required to submit a 
written thesis based on a specific topic of 
research. 

For further information consult the gradu- 
ate program adviser and read the University 
Graduate Regulations section of this catalog. 

MASTER OF FINE ARTS IN ART 

The Master of Fine Arts in Art features 
a rigorous studio program for the serious, 
responsible and talented student. The cur- 
riculum and faculty challenge students to 
focus on the goal of becoming professional 
artists. 

The M.FA. program provides in-depth 
study within a 60-unit approved study plan 
in the following areas of concentration: (1) 
design (including graphic design, illustration, 
and exhibition design); (2) ceramics (including 
glass); (3) crafts (including jewelry/metal- 
smithing, and woodworking); (4) sculpture; 

(5) drawing, painting, and printmaking; and 

(6) creative photography. 

Admission Requirements 

1 . Classified standing: 

a. Baccalaureate degree in art with the 
same concentration as the graduate 
degree objective from an accredited 
institution, or 24 upper-division units 
in art, 18 of which must be in the con- 
centration completed with grades of 

B or better. Applicants are advised 
that most upper-division courses 
require lower-division prerequisites. 

b. Minimum grade-point average of 2.5 
in the last 60 units attempted and 
have been in good standing at the 
last college attended. 

c. Pass the comprehensive portfolio 
review: held semi-annually, the com- 
prehensive portfolio review is an eval- 
uation of the candidate by a committee 
comprised of faculty teaching in the 
area of concentration. The committee 
reviews the student’s creative work, 
statement of purpose, academic and 
other relevant qualifications. Procedures, 


ART 


dates, and appointment times are 
available through the art department 
graduate office. 

If the students portfolio is not ade- 
quate, the applicant could still be 
recommended for conditionally classi- 
fied standing by the faculty compre- 
hensive review committee. However, 
the comprehensive portfolio review 
must be repeated. 

d. Form a graduate committee. 

e. Develop an approved study plan. 

2. Conditionally Classified standing: 
Conditionally classified students may 
enroll in graduate courses with the excep- 
tion of Art 500A.B; 511, 512, 597; and 
598. The comprehensive portfolio review 
must be repeated and passed to be 
recommended for classification. 

Study Plan 

The M.FA. degree program requires 60 
units of graduate study. The study plan must 
be completed with grades of C or better, an 
overall B average or better and grades of B or 
better in the concentration. Every graduate 
student is required to demonstrate writing 
ability commensurate with the baccalaureate. 
Two graduate seminars are certified to fulfill 
this university requirement. The 60-unit 
study plan is distributed as follows: 

Areas (60 units total) 

Theory, criticism: Art 500A, 500B (6) 

Art History (9) 

Studio Area of concentration (24) 

Studio Electives in art (12) 

Capstone Experience: 

Independent study: research (3) 

Studio Project (6) 

Master of Fine Arts Project 

The M.F.A. project exhibition constitutes 
a professional one-person art exhibit. It is 
installed in one of the department’s graduate 
galleries and announced for public view by 
the student as the final phase of the M.FA. 
program requirements. 

POSTBACCALAUREATE UNCLASSIFIED 

Students who do not have the prerequisites 
to qualify for the graduate program may apply 
to the university as a postbaccalaureate- 
unclassified student. Typically, students in 
this category have a bachelor’s degree in art 


but need to meet the prerequisites for a dif- 
ferent concentration; or did not major in art 
and must complete courses for the 24 upper- 
division art unit requirement. To qualify for 
admission, an applicant must hold a bac- 
calaureate degree from an accredited institution, 
have attained a grade-point average of at least 
2.5 in the last 60 units attempted and have 
been in good standing at the last college 
attended. Admission with postbaccalaureate 
standing does not constitute admission to the 
art graduate program or graduate degree curricula. 

CERTIFICATE IN MUSEUM STUDIES 

Courses leading to the certificate are 
designed to educate students in museum 
practices in preparation for entry into the 
museum profession. The curriculum includes 
instruction in the historical development and 
philosophical basis of collections, exhibitions 
and their design, and curatorship. A museum 
internship is required. The certificate in 
museum studies may be undertaken as a self- 
contained program or may be taken in con- 
junction with the Master of Arts in Art degree 
or the Master of Fine Arts in Art degree or, 
by special permission, with other graduate 
degrees in the university. (For an M.A. or 
M.FA. in Art degree with an exhibition 
design emphasis see M.A. and M.F.A. 
emphases under the design concentration.) 

Prerequisites 

1. B.A. in Art or other major by special 
permission 

2. Specific course prerequisites: 

a. 12 units in upper-division art history 

b. 6 units in graphic design and exhibi- 
tion design 

c. 3 units of advanced writing 
(Communications 435 Editorial and 
Critical Wnting; or Communications 
362 Public Relations Writing; or 
English 301 Advanced College 
Writing) 

d. 3 units of beginning accounting 

Study Plan 

The certificate program requires 24 units. 
The 24 units are distributed as follows: 

Art 464 Museum Conservation (3) 

Art 481 Seminar in Art History (3) 

Art 483D Exhibition Design (3) 

Art 495 Internship in Art (3) 


Art 501 Curatorship (3) 

Art 503D Exhibition Design (3,3) 

Course in museum education (3) 

For further information, consult the 
Department of Art. 

ART COURSES 

Courses are designated as ART in the class 
schedule. 

101 Introduction to Art (3) 

Historical and contemporary art forms of 
painting, sculpture, architecture and design. 
Field trips required. Not open to art majors 
for credit except by permission of Art 
Department. (3 hours lecture) 

103 Two-Dimensional Design (3) 

Art concepts, aesthetic elements and 
materials of two-dimensional design and 
visual organization. (6 hours activity) (CAN 
ART 14) 

104 Three-Dimensional Design (3) 

Art concepts, aesthetic elements and 
materials of three-dimensional design and 
spatial organization. (6 hours activity) 

(CAN ART 16) 

106A Beginning Ceramics (3) 

Form as related to ceramic materials, 
tools, processes. Kiln loading and firing, 
hand building, wheel throwing and raku. 

(9 hours laboratory) (CAN ART 6) 

106B Beginning Ceramics (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 106A. Form as related 
to ceramics. Glaze batching and its application, 
and the presentation of ceramic technique. 

(9 hours laboratory) 

107A Beginning Drawing (3) 

Traditional and contemporary use of 
drawing materials integrated with visual 
experiences and art concepts. (6 hours activity) 
(CAN ART 8) 

107B Beginning Painting (3) 

Traditional and contemporary use of 
painting materials integrated with visual 
experiences and art concepts. (6 hours 
activity) 


71 


ART 


115 The Arts (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to the Blended 
Teacher Education program (BTEP). Survey 
of the visual and performing arts for individuals 
preparing to be teachers of children. Includes 
aesthetic perception, creative expression, arts 
heritage, and aesthetic valuing. 

117 Life Drawing (1 or 3) 

Drawing the live model. May be repeated 
to a maximum of 3 units. Duplicate enroll- 
ment of this course within the same semester 
is permissible. (3 hours activity for each unit) 

123 Descriptive Drawing (3) 

Descriptive drawing, rendering techniques 
and theories representing forms of nature. 

(6 hours activity) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

The ideas, forms and styles of the visual 
arts as they developed in various cultures 
from prehistoric time to the present. (3 hours 
lecture) (201A = CAN ART 2, 201B = CAN 
ART 4) 

205A Beginning Crafts (3) 

Traditional and contemporary concepts 
and processes with emphasis on design prin- 
ciples in the development of aesthetic forms 
based on function. (9 hours laboratory) 

205B Beginning Crafts (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104 and 205A. Art 
104 may be taken concurrently. The develop- 
ment of esthetic forms based on function, 
with emphasis on design principles and the 
creative use of hand tools and power equip- 
ment. (9 hours laboratory) 

207A,B Drawing and Painting 
(Experimental Methods and 
Materials) (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B, 117 or equiva- 
lents. Traditional and contemporary concepts, 
methods and materials. (6 hours activity) 

216A,B Beginning Sculpture (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Art 104. The creative use of 
wood and metal, power equipment and hand 
tools. (9 hours laboratory) (216A = CAN 
ART 12) 

217 Life Drawing for Animation (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 117 (3 units). A continuing 
course of the human figure. Designed to 
develop animation and student’s skills of 
drawing from observation. Course may be 
repeated for credit. (6 hours activity) 


223A Lettering and Typography (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 103. The history, design 
and use of letter forms; the rendering and use 
of hand-lettered forms. (6 hours activity) 

223B Lettering and Typography (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 223A. The history, design 
and use of letter forms; techniques for rough 
and comprehensive layouts and introduction 
to computer graphics.(6 hours activity) 

238 Photo Visual Concepts (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 103. An introductory 
photography course for an majors. Course 
content includes the study of photographic 
vision and design, visual conceptualization 
and examination of the qualities of light 
through the use of instant and automatic 
cameras. 

247 Introduction to Linoleum and 
Woodcut Prints (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B. An exploration 
of woodcut, linocut and monoprint as a medium 
of personal expression. (9 hours laboratory) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

Prerequisite: junior standing. Principles, 
practices and objectives of writing in the 
visual arts. Includes descriptive, analytical 
and expressive essays; project and grant 
proposals, artist’s statements; resumes; and 
professional correspondence. Satisfies the 
classroom portion of the upper-division 
writing requirements for art majors. 

301 Ancient Art (3) 

The developments in art from the 
Paleolithic to late antiquity. (3 hours lecture) 

302 Medieval Art (3) 

The developments in art from the late 
antiquity through the Gothic. (3 hours lecture) 

305A,B Advanced Crafts (3,3) 

Prerequisites: 205A and 205B. Advanced 
concepts and processes in the development 
of esthetic forms based on function, empha- 
sizing individual growth and personal 
expression. (9 hours laboratory) 

306A,B Advanced Ceramics (3,3) 
Prerequisites: Art 103, 104 and 106A,B 
or consent of instructor. Forms and the 
creative use of ceramic concepts and materials, 
design, forming, glazing and firing. (9 hours 
laboratory) 


72 


307A,B Drawing and Painting (3,3) 
Prerequisites: Art 107A,B, 117, 207A,B 
or equivalents. The concepts, materials and 
activities of drawing and painting, emphasizing 
individual growth, plan and craft. (6 hours 
activity) 

310A,B Watercolor (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B or equivalents. 
An exploration of watercolor media related 
to varied subject matter and design applica- 
tions. Includes field trip activity. Provides 
skills and concepts useful for school art 
programs. (6 hours activity) 

311 Foundations of Modern Art (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. The 
history of painting and sculpture from the 
French Revolution to the end of the 19th 
century. (3 hours lecture) 

312 Modern Art (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. The 
history of painting, graphic arts and sculpture 
from late 19th century to World War II. 

(3 hours lecture) 

315A,B Jewelry (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 205A and 305A. Art 
305A may be taken concurrently. Design 
and creation of jewelry. (9 hours lab) 

316A,B Sculpture (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 104 and 216A. Sculptural 
materials and processes. (9 hours laboratory) 

317 Life Studies (3) 

Prerequisites: three units lower-division 
life drawing. Drawing, painting and sculpture 
from the live model. (9 hours laboratory) 

317A Drawing and Painting 

317B Drawing and Painting 

317C Sculpting Life Forms (3) 

Prerequisites: ART 103, 104, 

117(3), 217 and 317A or 318A. A 
three-dimensional investigation of any 
life form, its characteristics and expres- 
sive possibilities. 

318A Drawing and Painting the Head 
and Hands (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B and Art 117. 
Specialized problems in construction and 
anatomy of the human head and hands, and 
their principal use in drawing, painting and 
illustration. (9 hours laboratory) 


ART 


318B Portraiture (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B. 3 units of Art 
117. Comprehensive problems in composi- 
tion, concept, content and execution of 
portraits. (9 hours laboratory) 

320 History of Architecture Before the 
Modern Era (3) 

A study of selected monuments from 
Stonehenge through the late Baroque. Inter- 
relationship between patronage, style, func- 
tion, structural principles and technological 
developments. (3 hours lecture) 

323A,B Graphic Design (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 223A and 223B 
or consent of instructor. Development and 
projection of ideas in relation to the technical, 
aesthetic and psychological aspects of adver- 
tising art. Intermediate use of computer 
graphics. (6 hours activity) 

324 Beginning Glass (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103 and 104 or consent 
of instructor. Hot glass laboratory equipment 
and casting techniques. Designing molds and 
handling hot and cold glass. (9 hours labora- 
tory) 

326A,B Ceramic Sculpture (3,3) 
Prerequisites: An 103, 104, 117 or 
consent of instructor. Development of ceramic 
technology into individual sculptural forms 
and techniques. (9 hours laboratory) 

328 Digital Imaging for the Visual Arts (3) 

Prerequisite: An 103, 104, 107A, 107B, 
or equivalents or consent of instructor. Basic 
experience on Macintosh machines required. 

A studio course in creative digital imagery. 
Instruction in two-dimensional imaging and 
three-dimensional modeling concepts, visual 
language and digital color. 

330 Creative Papermaking (3) 

Prerequisites: An 103 and 104, or consent 
of instructor. The use of papers and fibers as 
an an form. (9 hours laboratory) 

336A,B Casting Techniques and Theories 
of Cast Sculpture (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Art 316A. Theories and 
techniques of rigid and flexible moldmaking 
incorporated with both cold material and 
hot metal casting processes. Course is recom- 
mended for concentrations in Entertainment 
Art/ Animation, Ceramics and Crafts; required 
for Sculpture concentration. (9 hours laboratory) 


337 Animal and Wildlife Drawing (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 107A,B, 117, 317A. 
Principles and practices of drawing animals, 
including construction, anatomy, texture, 
movement and expression. Fundamentals, 
historical information and critiques are 
covered in the classroom; field studies are 
conducted at various zoos and wildlife 
habitats. (6 hours activity) 

338A Creative Photography (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 103 or its equivalent. 

The photographic media in personal expres- 
sion. Historical attitudes and processes; new 
materials and contemporary aesthetic trends. 
Field trips required. (9 hours laboratory) 

338B Creative Photography (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 338A. The photographic 
medium as personal expression. Historical 
and contemporary aesthetic issues. Exploration 
of black and white, color and digital media. 
Field trips required. (9 hours laboratory) 

343 3-D Cyber Environments (3) 

Prerequisites: ART 103 and 104; and 
knowledge of any Macintosh-based design 
program (Photoshop, Quark, Illustrator, etc., 
or consent of instructor). Three-dimensional 
environments designed in the computer. 
Forms, spatial relationships, structure, mass 
manipulation. Course may be repeated for 
credit. 

347A Printmaking Etching (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A.B, 117, and 247. 
Concept development, exploration and 
materials involved in printmaking tech- 
niques. Includes etching, aquatint. (9 hours 
laboratory) 

347B Printmaking Lithography (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B, 1 17, and 247. 
Concept development, exploration and 
materials involved in lithography. (9 hours 
laboratory) 

348 Artists’ Books (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 107A or 247, or 
consent of instructor. Personal vision and 
concepts applied to the book form as art; 
the history and aesthetics of artists’ books. 

(6 hours activity) 


353A Drawing for Animation (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 117 and 217. 

Corequisite Art 317A. Principles and prac- 
tices of drawing characters, backgrounds and 
objects for animation. Construction, character 
design, movement and expression are taught 
in relation to current studio practice. May be 
repeated once for credit. (9 hours laboratory) 

353B Animation (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 353A. Advanced princi- 
ples and practices of construction, character 
design, cleanup, movement and expression. 
Content is taught in relation to current studio 
practice. May be repeated once for credit. 

(9 hour lab) 

357 Woodcuts and Monotypes (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B or equivalents. 
The exploration of the woodcut and mono- 
type as a means of personal expression. 
Emphasis on traditional as well as contempo- 
rary materials and trends. Course may be 
repeated once for credit. (9 hours laboratory) 

363A Illustration (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 107A,B and 117. 
Story, book, magazine, and film illustration. 

(6 hours activity) 

363B Illustration (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 363A. Computer aided 
illustration. (6 hours activity) 

364A,B Stained Glass (3,3) 

Leaded and stained glass; individual 
exploration, growth, planning and craftman- 
ship. (6 hours activity) 

367 Elements of Sequential Art (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 317A. Theory and prac- 
tice of pictorial narrative in film story-board 
and graphic novel. Includes character and 
scenic design; story sketch, “breakdown” and 
production design. Considerations: plot, 
scene, exposition, transition and continuity. 
Individual and team projects. Repeatable 
once for credit. (6 hours activity) 


73 


ART 


373 Cartooning and Caricature (3) 

Prerequisites: An 107A, 107B, 117, or 
approval by instructor. Principles and prac- 
tices of cartooning and caricature construc- 
tion, anatomy and expression. Study will also 
include a historical overview of the field with 
an emphasis on professional applications and 
the impact of computer graphics. (6 hours 
activity) 

377 The Figure: Alternative 
Representations (3) 

Prerequisite: An 117 (or equivalent) and 
3 units of a lower-division studio course or 
concent of instructor. An interdisciplinary 
course that explores alternative ways to create 
an that is based on the human figure. 
Students work in class with professional 
models or pursue individual projects. There 
are no media or style limitations. Experi- 
mentation is encouraged. Course may be 
repeated once for credit. 

380 Art and Child Development (3) 

Art concepts, materials and processes as 
they relate to child development. (6 hours 
activity) 

401 History of Women Artists (3) 

Prerequisite: An 20 IB. Study of art made 
by women in the context of major art historical 
developments from the 10th century to the 
present. Analysis of images of women and 
the evolution of gender stereotypes in an. 

(3 hours lecture) Not available for graduate 
credit. 

413 History of Contemporary Art (3) 

Prerequisites: 312 and 461 or consent of 
instructor. A historical perspective of 
contemporary an beginning with major devel- 
opments in Europe and the United States in 
the 1950’s. Emphasis on new materials, new 
exhibition methods, and in particular the 
major conceptual issues raised by individual 
artists and groups. (3 hours lecture) 

420 History of Modern Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 20 IB (art majors) or 
Art 101 (non-art majors). Development of 
modem architecture. The interrelationship 
among architecture, technology and society, 
from the industrial and political revolutions 
of the 18th century to the present. Exploration 
of national differences and various approaches 
to city planning. (3 hours lecture) 


423 Computer Animation (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 32 3A or 363B or equiva- 
lent. The exploration of advanced computer 
application in the creation of visual images 
and concepts through three-dimensional 
modeling and animation. Field trips required. 
(6 hours activity) 

424A,B Glass Forming (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104, 324 or consent 
of instructor. The chemistry, handling and 
manipulation of glass and its tools and equip- 
ment for the ceramic artist. (9 hours 
laboratory) 

431 Renaissance Art (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 20 IB (art majors) or Art 
101 (non-art majors). Painting, sculpture and 
architecture from the late 13th to 16th century 
in Italy. (3 hours lecture) 

439 Creative Photo Studio Projects (3) 

Prerequisites: ART 338A and B or consent 
of instructor. This is an advanced technical 
class designed to perfect and refine photo- 
graphic skills. Students will leam to integrate 
technical skills with creative options. Course 
may be repeated for credit. Maximum nine 
units for credit. 

441 Media Exploration for Teaching Art (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104, 107A.B, 205A 
or consent of instructor. Exploring the art 
media used in secondary school art programs 
today. Materials for secondary art curriculum. 
Two and three dimensional media in subject 
matter applications. (6 hours activity) 

448 Special Studies: Artists' Books 
and Art (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 102, 107A, or 347A/348 
or consent of instructor. A studio art course 
for advanced students who want to continue 
to explore the book form as it relates to their 
personal aesthetic goals. (6 hours activity) 

453A,B Exhibition Design (3,3) 

Technical and aesthetic experience in 
problem-solving exhibition design concepts, 
evaluation and design analysis. The produc- 
tion of exhibitions in the University Art 
Gallery, their selection, design, installation, 
lighting and supportive interpretive material. 
(More than 9 hours laboratory) 


74 


460 Pre-Columbian Art (3) 

Prerequisites. Art 201A,B or consent of 
instructor. An introduction to the art and 
architecture of Meso and South America from 
the early formative stage to the Spanish 
Conquest. Emphasis on aesthetic achieve- 
ment with varying contexts of pre-Columbian 
culture. (3 hours lecture) 

461 American Art: 20th Century (3) 

Painting and sculpture in America during 
the 20th century. The role of the visual arts 
in helping to define, reflect and challenge 
American values and institutions. (3 hours 
lecture) 

462 Latin American Art from 1800 
to the 1950s (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 311 or 312. History of 
painting, sculpture and the graphic arts in 
Latin America. Emphasis on the changing 
relationship to European Modernism and 
major principles of Latin American cultural 
and political identity as expressed in art. 

(3 hours lecture) Not available for graduate 
degree credit. 

463 Native North American Art (3) 

Prerequisite; Art 201 A. A survey of the 
art and architecture of the Native Peoples of 
North America from c. AD 1 to the present. 
Emphasis on the relation between art and 
culture. 

464 Museum Conservation (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 453A, six units of art 
history or anthropology. The examination 
of the preservation of objects; the history, 
role and principles of conservation within 
a museum context. Three combined sessions 
at Conservation Center, LACMA; Huntington 
Library, J. Paul Getty Museum; and Museum 
of Cultural History, UCLA. (3 hours lecture) 

465 Art of Sub-Saharan Africa (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 201 A or permission of 
instructor. A survey of the art and architec- 
ture of sub-Saharan Africa from c. 300BC to 
present. Emphasis is on the relation between 
art and culture. 


ART 


466 Museum Education (3) 

Prerequisite: six units 300-400 Art History 
or equivalent. History of museum education, 
its philosophy and issues. Relation- ship with 
other museum departments, outreach pro- 
grams, new technology. Events organization, 
writing interpretive materials, budgets and 
grants, conducting tours. Lectures, field trips 
and guest speakers. 

(3 hours lecture) 

470 History and Aesthetics of 
Photography (3) 

Prerequisites: 201A,B. Photography from 
ancient optical observations through 19th- 
century invention to 20th-century acceptance 
as an art form. Aesthetic movement and influ- 
ential innovators. Lectures, slides and class 
discussion. (3 hours lecture) 

472 Native Arts of California and the 
Southwest (3) 

Prerequisite. An 201 A, 463. A survey of 
the native arts and architecture of California 
and the Southwest from c. 500 BC to present. 
Emphasis is on the relation between art and 
culture. 

475 Professional Practices in the Arts (3) 

Prerequisite: Art major with junior or 
above standing. Practices unique to the visual 
arts, including an overview of changing con- 
cepts in the an market, traditional roles in 
cultural context, portfolio development, 
strategies for protecting ideas and avoiding 
abuses, and long term professional develop- 
ment. (3 hours lecture) 

478 Studio Expanded: Other Genre (3) 

Prerequisite: any 400-level studio art 
course or permission of instructor. Exploration 
of various methods of expanding traditional 
studio approaches through the investigation 
of installation, performance and video art. 

May be repeated for credit to a maximum 
of 12 units, but no more than three units 
in a single semester. (6 hours activity) 

479 Video: Aesthetics and Techniques (3) 

Prerequisites: any 300-level studio art 
course and consent of instructor. This course 
is designed to advance the students’ under- 
standing of video as a medium of visual 
expression. Students will examine all aspects 
of fine art video: history, aesthetics, camera 
work, non-linear editing and post-production 
techniques. Course may be repeated for credit 
for a maximum of 12 units. 


480T Selected Topics in Art History (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 201 A or B and consent 
of instructor. Detailed study of the work of 
individual artists, patronage in particular 
places, specific pictorial, sculptural and 
architectural programs or art history periods. 
Topics will be listed in the class schedule. 
Repeatable if topic is different. (3 hours lecture) 

481 Seminar in Art History (3) 

Prerequisite: six units upper-division art 
history or equivalent. Study and evaluation 
in one area of art history and appreciation. 
May be repeated up to a maximum of 6 units. 

483 Special Studies in Design (3) 

Prerequisite: a minimum of six upper- 
division units in area emphasis or equivalent. 
Maximum of 12 units, but no more than 
3 units in any one area in a single semester 
without permission of instructors. 

483A Graphic Design 

Advanced use of computer graphics. 

(6 hours activity) 

483B Pictorial Background Illustration (3) 
(See description below) 

483C Illustration (6 hours activity) 

483D Exhibition Design 
(More than 9 hours laboratory) 

483B Pictorial Background (3) 

Prerequisite: ART 363A. Team collabora- 
tion and individual development through the 
exploration of story concepts, research, 
design and media for rendering and painting 
background environments. Exposure to his- 
torical precedents, color theory, perspective, 
theatrical composition, painting and drawing 
media, and stylization for dramatic impact. 
Course may be repeated for credit Maximum 
12 units. 

483E Computer Assisted Graphics (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 323A or Art 363A and 
consent of instructor. Theory and practice 
of design using the computer. Students will 
explore the numerous applications of the 
computer through lecture demonstration, 
studio/laboratory experience, guest speakers 
and field trips. Maximum of 12 units, but no 
more than three units in a single semester 
without permission of instructors. (9 hours 
laboratory) 


483F Design for Interactive Art (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 483E. Exploration of the 
creation of interactive art and design projects. 
A concentration in the advanced visual orga- 
nization systems of art and design and how 
to apply those techniques to an interactive 
computer environment. Course may be 
repeated once for credit. (9 hours laboratory) 

483G Entertainment Graphics (3) 

Prerequisites: ART 323A, 323B, and 483E. 
An advanced course in entertainment graphics 
focusing on structure, procedure and stan- 
dards of the entertainment design field. 
Students will work on projects from a major 
entertainment design group, developing 
concepts and designs for comparison with 
professional solutions. Course may be 
repeated for credit. Maximum six units. 

484 Special Studies in Ceramics (3) 

Prerequisite: a minimum of six upper- 
division units in ceramics. Maximum of 1 2 
units, but no more than three units in any 
one area in a single semester. (9 hours 
laboratory) 

484A Ceramics 

484B Glass Forming 

484C Glass Casting 

485 Special Studies in Crafts (3) 

Prerequisite: a minimum of six upper- 
division units in designated area or consent 
of instructor. Maximum of 12 units, but no 
more than three units in any one area in 
a single semester. (9 hours laboratory) 

485A Jewelry 

485B General Crafts 

485C Metalsmithing 

485F Papermaking 

486 Special Studies in Sculpture (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 316A.B and consent 
of instructor. Maximum of 12 units but no 
more than three units in a single semester. 

(9 hours laboratory) 

486A Modeling and Fabrication. 
Instructional fee. 

486B Casting 


75 


ART 


487 Special Studies in Drawing and 
Painting and Printmaking (3) 

Prerequisites: a minimum of six upper- 
division units in drawing and painting, or 
consent of instructor. Maximum of 12 units, 
but no more than three units in any one area 
in a single semester without permission 
of instructors. 

487A Painting 
(6 hours activity) 

487 B Life Studies: Drawing and/or 
Painting 

(9 hours laboratory) 

487C Drawing 
(6 hours activity) 

487D Printmaking 
(9 hours laboratory) 

487E Special Studies in Entertainment 
Art/Animation (3) 

Prerequisites: Twelve units of upper- 
division courses in the entertainment art/ 
animation concentration. Planning, develop- 
ment and evaluation of individual projects. 
Courses may be repeated for credit. (3 hours 
activity) 

487S Special Studies in Sequential Art (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 367. Individual investiga- 
tion and development of a specialized portfo- 
lio in one of more of the following: character 
design; story sketch and/or production design; 
storyboard; or, graphic novel. Course may be 
repeated for credit. (6 hours activity) 

489 Special Studies in Creative 
Photography (3) 

Prerequisite: a minimum of six upper- 
division units in photography courses or 
equivalent. Photography as personal expres- 
sion. Maximum of 12 units but no more 
than three units in a single semester. 

(9 hours laboratory) 

495 Internship in Art (3) 

Prerequisite: senior standing as a declared 
BFA in Art major. Work in a specific art field 
in business or industry. 

499 Independent Research (1-3) 

Open to advanced students in art with 
consent of department chair and written 
consent of instructor. May be repeated for 
credit. 


500A Graduate Seminar in Major Field (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 500A. Directed research 
in the area of major emphasis. Oral and 
written material on historical backgrounds 
and developments in art as they relate to 
individual intent as an artist and in support 
of the master’s project, (with 500B meets 
graduate level writing requirement). 

500B Graduate Seminar in Major Field (3) 

Prerequisite: classified standing. Problems 
and issues in art. Intellectual clarification and 
verbal articulation of individual intent as an 
artist. Oral and written material in support 
of the master’s project (with 500A meets 
graduate level writing requirement). 

501 Curatorship (3) 

Prerequisites: B.A. in art, anthropology 
or other major by special permission, and Art 
466 and 481. The curator collects, cares for 
and studies objects. 

503 Graduate Problems in Design (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Planning, development and evaluation of 
individual projects listed below. Maximum 
of 12 units in each area, but no more than 
three units in any one area in a single semester 
without permission of instructors. 

503A Graphic Design 

(6 hours activity) 

503C Illustration 

(6 hours activity) 

503D Exhibition Design 

(More than 9 hours laboratory) 

504 Graduate Problems in Ceramics (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Planning, development and evaluation of 
individual projects in ceramics, glass forming 
and glass casting. Maximum of 12 units in 
each area but no more than three units in 
a single semester without permission of 
instructors. (9 hours laboratory) 

504A Ceramics 

504B Glass Forming 

504C Glass Casting 


505 Graduate Problems in Crafts (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

Planning, development and evaluation of 
individual projects listed below. Maximum of 
12 units 

in each area but no more than three units in 
a single semester. (9 hours laboratory). 

505A Jewelry 

505B General Crafts 

506A,B Graduate Problems in 
Sculpture (3,3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Planning, 
development and evaluation of individual 
projects in sculpture. Maximum of 12 units 
in each area but no more than three units 
in a single semester. (9 hours laboratory). 

507 Graduate Problems in Drawing, 
Painting and Printmaking (3) 

Prerequisite: 12 units of upper-division 
drawing and painting. Planning, develop- 
ment and evaluation of individual projects 
listed below. Maximum of 12 units in each 
area but no more than three units in a single 
semester without permission of instructors. 

507A Painting 

(6 hours activity) 

507B Life Drawing 

(9 hours laboratory) 

507C Drawing 

(6 hours activity) 

507D Printmaking 

(9 hours laboratory) 

508A,B Graduate Problems in Creative 
Photography (3,3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Planning, 
development and evaluation of individual 
projects in photography. Maximum of 12 units 
in each area, but no more than three units in 
a single semester. (9 hours laboratory). 

511 Seminar on the Content & Method 
of Art History (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 481 or consent of 
instructor. Methods of research, analysis and 
theories of art historical scholarship. May be 
repeated up to a maximum of 6 units. 


ART 


512 Seminar on Selected Topics in 
Art History (3) 

Prerequisites: appropriate upper-division 
Art course approved by instructor and Art 
511. Analysis and evaluation of specific works 
and their historical significance including 
cultural, social and economic circumstances. 
May be repeated up to a maximum of 6 units. 

577 The Figure: Advanced Alternatives (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 377 or graduate status 
and consent of instructor. Advanced explo- 
ration of the human figure and figurative arts, 
including representational and conceptual art 
forms. Students pursue individual projects 
and/or work in class with professional models. 
All media and styles are welcomed. Experi- 
mentation is encouraged. Course may be 
repeated once for credit. 

579 Graduate Problems: Advanced Video 
Aesthetics and Techniques (3) 

Prerequisites: consent of instructor. This 
graduate course will examine all aspects of fine 
art video: history, aesthetics, camera work, 
non-linear editing and post-production tech- 
niques, video installations and the role of 
video as a medium of contemporary fine art 
production. Course may be repeated for credit 
for a maximum of 12 units. 

597 Project (3 or 6) 

Prerequisites: Art 500A,B, written consent 
of instructor and recommendation of the 
student’s graduate committee. Art 500B may 
be taken concurrently with Art 597 on approval 
of instructor. Development and presentation 
of a creative project in the concentration 
beyond regularly offered course work. 

598 Thesis (3 or 6) 

Prerequisites: Art 511, 512, written 
consent of instructor and recommendation 
of the student’s graduate committee. 


599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Open to graduate students in art with 
consent of department chair and written 
consent of instructor. May be repeated for 
credit. 

ART EDUCATION COURSES 

Art Education courses are designated as 
ARTE in the class schedule. 

442 Teaching Art in the Secondary 
School (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to teacher educa- 
tion. Objectives, methods and practices for 
teaching art in secondary schools. Required 
before student teaching of majors in art for 
the single subject teaching credential. 

449E Externship in Secondary Teaching (3) 

See description and prerequisites under 
Division of Teacher Education. Offered every 
fall semester. 

4491 Internship in Secondary Teaching (10) 

See description and prerequisites under 
Division of Teacher Education. Concurrent 
enrollment in Art Education 449S required. 
Offered every spring semester. 

449S Seminar in Secondary Teaching (2) 

Seminar for student teachers in art. The 
practical aspects of art instruction in secon- 
dary schools. Concurrent enrollment in Art 
Education 4491 required. Offered every 
spring semester. 



PROGRAM COUNCIL 

The program council consists of faculty and non-faculty from on and off-campus groups 
who provide direction and support for the Asian American Studies Program: Gloria Bogdan 
(Anthropology, Orange Coast College), Jeffrey Brody (Communications), Fraulin E. Canalita 
(Student Health), Juana Chen (Physics), Megan Tanaka (Admissions and Records), Mary Kay 
Crouch (English), Thomas Fujita Rony (Asian American Studies), William Gudykunst (Speech 
Communications), Art Hansen (History), Craig K. lhara (Philosophy), Richard Jong (Asian 
American Studies), Ellen Junn (Child Development), Daniel Kee (Psychology), Mikyong 
Kim-Goh (Human Services), Lisa Mori (Psychology), Michael Perez (Sociology), Nawang 
Phuntsog (Elementary and Bilingual Education), Prem Saint (Geological Sciences), Sherri Sawicki 
(English), Son Kim Vo (Intercultural Development Center), Simone Yu (Library). 


PROGRAM COORDINATOR 

Craig K. lhara 

PROGRAM OFFICE 

Humanities 313 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Minor in Asian American Studies 
Bachelor of Arts in Ethnic Studies 
Option in Asian American Studies 

PARTICIPATING FACULTY 

Jeffrey Brody (Communications), Mary 
Kay Crouch (English), Thomas Fujita Rony 
(Asian American Studies), William Gudykunst 
(Speech Communications), An Hansen 
(History), Mikyong Kim-Goh (Human 
Services), Michael Perez (Sociology), Yichin 
Shen (English and Comparative Literature), 
Son Kim Vo (Intercultural Development 
Center). 

ADVISER 

Thomas Fujita Rony 
Humanities 324B 


INTRODUCTION 

The minor and the option in Asian American Studies are designed for students who have an 
interest in learning about the experiences, expression and social conditions of Americans of Asian 
ancestry, including those whose origins trace back to south, as well as east Asia and the Pacific 
Islands. 

Cross-disciplinary in nature, both programs draw on a wide variety of courses offered 
throughout the university which relate to Asian American history, art, literature, politics, socio- 
economics, psychology and relations to other ethnic and sociopolitical groups. The option, 
a new program, will introduce new courses which are not yet listed in this catalog. 

The goals of both the option and the minor are to encourage more students to do work in the 
area and to prepare students in selected career paths where sensitivity to and knowledge of Asian 
American issues, history and artistic expression are important. These include careers in counseling, 
human services, nursing, public administration, law and the health professions; teaching careers 
in history, English, political science, psychology, sociology, as well as elementary school education. 

Two features of the Asian American programs are of special note. First, there is a conscious 
effort to inform and sensitize students to other ethnic groups and to their interrelationships and 
commonalities. Second, there is a definitive emphasis on contributing to Asian American com- 
munities and, thereby, the larger society. The requirement in experiential and community-based 
learning is one example of our effort to combine learning with service. 

The option in Asian American Studies may be effectively combined with subject matter 
studies necessary for either the multiple subject teaching credential (K-8) or single subject 
credential (7-12) in Social Studies. Undergraduates are encouraged to work with the Center for 
Careers in Teaching (714-278-7130) as early as possible in their academic careers to plan 
efficient course selections for general education, the major and electives. With careful planning, 
it may be possible to enter the credential program in the senior year of the bachelor’s degree. 
Postgraduate students should contact the Admission to Teacher Education office in the School 
of Education (714-278-341 1) to obtain information on attending an overview presentation. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ETHNIC STUDIES 
OPTION IN ASIAN AMERICAN STUDIES 

The B.A. in Ethnic Studies (Asian-American Studies) requires a minimum of 120 units, 
which includes courses for the option, General Education, all University requirements, and 
free electives. 


78 


ASIAN AMERICAN STUDIES 


The Option in Asian American Studies 
requires 36 units of course work in Asian 
American Studies. If a student chooses the 
B.A. in Ethnic Studies (Asian American 
Studies) as a second major, up to 9 units 
can double -count in general education. 

Other Asian American Studies require- 
ments can be double-counted in a student’s 
primary major. 

Core Courses (12 Units) 

Asian American 101 Introduction to Ethnic 
Studies 

Asian American 201 The History of Asian 
Americans 

Asian American 300 Introduction to Asian 
American Studies 

Asian American 400 Research and Writing 
in Ethnic Studies OR English 301 
Advanced College Writing. 


Asian American 362 The Filipino/American 
Experience (3) 

Asian American 364 The South Asian 
American Experience (3) 

Asian American 366 The Korean American 
Experience (3) 

Asian American 370 The Chinese American 
Experience (3) 

History 411 World War II Japanese 
American Evacuation (3) 

Topics in Asian American Studies 

Asian American 308 Asian American 
Women (3) 

Asian American 320 Asian American 
Creative Expression (3) 

Asian American 327 Asian American 
Literature (3) 

Asian American 340 Asian American 
Communication (3) 



CSUf 


Topical Requirements (12 units) 

Requirements include at least two courses 
in two of the three areas listed below. In con- 
sultation with an adviser, students may also 
focus their studies on (1) Asian American 
Ethnic Groups; (2) Topics in Asian American 
Studies such as literature, art, communica- 
tion, families, psychology, or law, etc.; or 
(3) Non-Asian Ethnic Groups and Inter- 
ethnic relations in the U.S. 


Asian American 342 Asian 
Pacific American Families (3) 

Asian American 344 Asian 
Pacific American Identities (3) 

Asian American 346 Asian 
American Psychology (3) 

Human Services 318 Human 
Services for Immigrants and 
Refugees (3) 

Communication 438T Specialized 
Reporting (Reporting in Minority 
Affairs) (3) 

English 323T Cultural Pluralism 
in American Literature (when 
topic covers Asian American 
author) (3) 

Non-Asian Ethnic Groups and Inter-ethnic 
Relations in the U.S. 

American Studies 301 The American 
Character (3) 

Afro Ethnic 311 Intra-cultural 
Socialization (3) 

Afro Ethnic 335 History of Racism (3) 


Specific Asian American Ethnic Groups American Studies 377 Prejudice and 

(6 units minimum) American Culture (3) 


Asian American 220 Vietnamese 
Communities in the U.S. (3) 


History 190 Survey of American History 
with Emphasis on Ethnic Minorities (3) 


Asian American 360 Mixed Heritage Asian 
Americans (3) 


Sociology 357 Minority Group Relations (3) 

Women’s Studies 302 Intro to Intercultural 
Women’s Studies 


Afro Ethnic 310 Black Women in America (3) 
Afro Ethnic 320 Black American Intellectual 
Thought (3) 

Afro Ethnic 322 Psychology of Afro- 
American (3) 

Chicana/o 220 Mexican Heritage (3) 

Chicana/o 308 Cultural Differences in 
Mexico and the Southwest (3) 

Chicana/o 337 Contemporary Chicano 
Culture (3) 

Chicana/o 345 History of the Chicano (3) 

Chicana/o 440 Mexican Intellectual 
History (3) 

Comparative Religion 305 Contemporary 
Practice of the World’s Religions (3) 

Sociology 133 Introduction to Gerontology (3) 

Asian Language or Asian Cultures and 
Social Institutions (6 units) 

Asian Languages 

Chinese 100 Introduction to Chinese 
Conversation (3 units) 

Chinese 101 Fundamental Chinese A 
(5 units) 

Chinese 102 Fundamental Chinese B 
(5 units) 

Japanese 101 Fundamental Japanese A 
(5 units) 

Japanese 102 Fundamental Japanese B 
(5 units) 

Any 200 or higher level course in Chinese 
or Japanese 

Vietnamese 201 Vietnamese for Vietnamese 
Speakers 

Vietnamese 202 Vietnamese for Vietnamese 
Speakers 

Asian Cultures and Institutions 

Topics include, but are not limited to the 
following course: 

Anthropology 347 Peoples of Asia 

Comparative Literature 42 3T Topics in Asian 
Literature 

English 380 Introduction to Asian 
Literature (3) 

Geography 340 Asia (3) 

History 464B History of Contemporary 
Southeast Asia (3) 

History 465A,B History of India (3) 
Philosophy 350 Asian Philosophy (3) 


ASIAN AMERICAN STUDIES 


Philosophy 352 Philosophy of Asian Martial 
Arts (3) 

Political Science 433 Politics of the Asian 
Pacific (3) 

Political Science 434 Comparative Politics of 
Chine and Japan (3) 

Political Science 435 International Relations 
of Southeast Asia (3) 

Comparative Religion 270T Intro to Asian 
Religions (3) 

Comparative Religion 353 Buddhism in 
India (3) 

Comparative Religion 354T Buddhism 
Outside of India (3) 

Speech Comm 492T Proseminar in Speech 
Communication (when topic covers 
intercultural communication) (3) 

Service Learning and Community 
Research Requirement (6 units) 

Students choose two from the following: 

Asian American 499 Independent Study 
This course involves completing a senior 
project requiring community research. 
Students are required to display knowledge, 
understanding, and application of research, 
methods and culturally-relevant skills to solve 
real world problems in an Asian Pacific 
American community setting. 

Oral history fieldwork. This course pro- 
vides students with experience in an Asian 
Pacific American community agency or 
organization. Please consult the department 
for information on the course number, title, 
and scheduled offerings. 

Service internship in Asian American 
Studies. This course combines work in 
a community organization with regular class 
meetings and written assignments. This can 
include the analysis of community based 
organizations along ethnic, class, and/or 
gender lines; or interns of Asian American 
literature or art; or in terms of power politics, 
historical developments, or in minority group 
psychology. Please consult the department for 
information on the course number, title, and 
scheduled offerings. 

MINOR IN ASIAN AMERICAN STUDIES 

The minor consists of 21-23 required 
units distributed among categories listed 
below with at least six upper-division units. 


Core Courses (6 units) 

Asian American 201 History of Asian Pacific 
Americans (3) 

Asian American 300 Introduction to Asian 
Pacific American Studies (3) 

Comparative Cultures Breadth 
Requirement (3 units) 

A course on a different minority group 
in America should be selected from an 
approved listing in consultation with the 
program coordinator or a faculty adviser. 
Courses include, but are not limited to the 
following: Afro 309 , 310, 311, 317, 320, 
322, 335; American Studies 301, 377; 
Chicano 220, 303, 305, 331, 335, 337, 440, 
450; History 190; Comparative Religion 305; 
Sociology 133, 357 

Topical Requirements (6 units) 

Select two three-unit courses in Asian 
Pacific American Studies, chosen in consulta- 
tion with a faculty adviser. Topics include, 
but are not limited to the following courses. 

A complete list is available in the program 
office: Asian American 220, 308, 320, 327, 
342, 344, 346, 360 362, 364, 366, 370; 
History 411; Human Services 318; English 
323T; Communications 438T 

Asian Language or Asian Cultures and 
Social Institutions Requirement (3-5 units) 

One three-unit course in an Asian lan- 
guage, or one three-unit course on Asian cul- 
tures or Asian social institutions, chosen in 
consultation with the undergraduate adviser. 

Approved courses include, but are not 
limited to the following: 

Asian Languages 

Chinese 100 Introduction to Chinese 
Conversation (3) 

Chinese 101 Fundamental Chinese A 
(5 units) 

Chinese 102 Fundamental Chinese B 
(5 units) 

Japanese 101 Fundamental Japanese A 
(5 units) 

Japanese 102 Fundamental Japanese B 
(5 units) 

Vietnamese 201 Vietnamese for Vietnamese 
Speakers (3) 


Vietnamese 202 Vietnamese for Vietnamese 
Speakers (3) 

Any 200 or higher level course in Chinese or 
Japanese 

Asian Cultures and Social Institutions 

Anthro 347; Comp Lit 423T; English 380, 
423T; Geography 340; History 464B, 465A; 
Philosophy 350, 352, 353, 354T; Poli Sci 
433, 434; Comparative Religion 280, 353, 
354T; Speech Comm 492C 

Service Learning and Community 
Research Requirement (3 units) 

Students choose one of the following: 

Asian American 499 Independent Study. 
This course involves completing a senior 
project requiring community research. 
Students are required to display knowledge, 
understanding, and application of research, 
methods, and culturally-relevant skills to 
solve real world problems in an Asian Pacific 
American community setting. 

Oral history fieldwork. This course pro- 
vides students with a service learning experi- 
ence in an Asian Pacific American community 
agency or organization. Please check the 
department for information on the course 
number, title, and scheduled offerings. 

ASIAN AMERICAN STUDIES COURSES 

Courses are designated as ASAM in the 
class schedule. 

101 Introduction to Ethnic Studies (3) 

(Same as Afro-Ethnic Studies 101) 

201 History of Asian Americans (3) 

(Same as History 201) 

220 Vietnamese Communities 
in the U.S. (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education Category II1.C.1. An historical and 
cultural overview of Vietnamese communities 
in the U.S., especially Orange county. It 
covers the vital role of voluntary agencies, 
mutual assistance associations, and religious 
centers. Vietnamese business, entertainment, 
family, education and hobbies will also be 
examined. 


ASIAN AMERICAN STUDIES 


300 Introduction to Asian Pacific 

American Studies (3) (Formerly 105) 

Prerequisite: completion of GE 1II.C.1. 
Interdisciplinary exploration of the experi- 
ences of several Asian American groups. 
Addresses questions of cultural assimilation 
and cultural persistence, family and gender 
roles, and literary and popular culture repre- 
sentations. 

308 Asian American Women (3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 

An interdisciplinary examination of Asian 
and Pacific Islander American womens 
experience. It compares and contrasts the 
experience of women from various parts of 
Asia and explores the social, cultural and 
political issues they face both in the U.S. 
and abroad. (Same as Women’s Studies 308) 

320 Asian American Creative 
Expression (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of Categories III. 
B. 1 and 2 of General Education. This course 
explores Asian American life as portrayed 
through novels, short stories, plays, poetry, 
film, music, painting, dance, and other 
expressive forms. It examines both historical 
and contemporary works by a variety of 
Asian and Pacific Americans. 

327 Asian American Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of the GE III.B.2. 
This course introduces early literary expres- 
sions of the Asian American experience. 
Readings include poetry, short stories, novels, 
and autobiographies. Students will gain 
a fundamental understanding of Asian 
American literary history and become 
increasingly aware of the cultural diversity 
in America. (Same as English 327) 

340 Asian American Communication (3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing and 
completion of the GE Category 1I1.C.1. An 
introduction to Asian American communica- 
tion. The influences of Asian American 
cultural heritage, ethnic identity, generation, 
and language fluency on communication are 
examined. Similarities and differences in 
communication among the various Asian 
American ethnic groups are presented. 

(Same as Speech Comm 340) 


342 Asian Pacific American Families (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of the General 
Education requirement in Introduction to the 
Social Sciences. Asian Pacific American fami- 
lies have ranged from the seemingly solitary 
“bachelor” to the extended “clan.” We will 
explore these, and many other ways of being 
a “family,” as it has been a basic part of Asian 
Pacific American history and culture. 

344 Asian American Identities (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of GE Category 
Ill.C.l. Interdisciplinary explorations of the 
ways in which those of Pacific Islander, 
Southeast, South and East Asian descent have 
met the challenge of being American at the 
personal level. Covers social construction 
of racial/ethnic identities, cultural conflict, 
self-determination and personal growth. 

346 Asian American Psychology (3) 

This course involves in-depth analysis of 
major issues in the Asian American commu- 
nity from a psychosocial perspective, includ- 
ing ethnic identity development, generational 
conflicts, the “model minority” myth, interra- 
cial relationships, attitudes toward mental 
health services and alternative healing/ 
therapeutic approaches. (Same as Psychology 
346) 

360 Mixed Heritage Asian Americans (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of the General 
Education requirement in Introduction to the 
Social Sciences. Overview of the mixed her- 
itage Asian American population in the USA. 
The course will survey the historical avenues 
that led to the United States and to inter- 
ethnic alliances. The many challenges this 
multi-ethnic population faces will be examined. 

362 Filipina/o American Experience (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of the General 
Education requirement in Introduction to the 
Social Sciences. An introduction to Filipina/ 
American Studies, covering point of origin, 
immigration, legal barriers, economic strug- 
gles, civil rights and other current issues. 


364 The South Asian American 
Experience (3) 

Interdisciplinary course that explores the 
experience of South Asian Americans origi- 
nally from India, Pakistan, Bangladesh or Sri 
Lanka. It focuses on questions regarding 
influence of American culture on South Asian 
American identity, intergenerational concerns 
and cultural continuity among others. 

366 The Korean American Experience (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of the GE Category 
Ill.C.l. Historical events and contemporary 
issues such as Korean immigration, Korean 
identity, inter-ethnic relations, gender issues, 
and Korean American Entrepreneurship within 
the context of social, political, and economic 
conditions of Korea and the United States. 

370 The Chinese American Experience (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of the GE 
Category Ill.C.l. An introduction to the 
experiences of Chinese in the United States. 

It will examine historical events and contem- 
porary issues, including Chinese immigration, 
exclusion, identity, racial violence, and gender. 

400 Research and Writing in Ethnic- 
Studies (3) 

Prerequisite. Afro-American 101 or Asian- 
American 101 or Chicano 101 and Afro 
American 107 or Asian- American 300. An 
introduction to research and writing in ethnic 
studies. Issues of research in ethnic studies 
(e.g. quantitative v. qualitative analysis, relia- 
bility/validity) and specific methods of 
research (e.g. archives, interviews, oral 
history) will be examined. Extensive writing 
is required. A grade of “C” or better is required 
to satisfy the upper-division writing require- 
ment. (Same as Afro-Ethnic 400 and 
Chicano 400). 

411 World War II Japanese American 
Evacuation (3) 

Not available for graduate degree credit. 
(Same as History 411) 

496 Student-to-Student Tutorials (1-3) 

Consult “Student-to-Student Tutorials” 
in this catalog for more complete course 
description. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised research and/or service learn- 
ing projects in Asian American Studies to be 
taken with consent of instructor and program 
coordinator. May be repeated for credit. 


ASIAN AMERICAN STUDIES 



INTRODUCTION 

Asia, more than any other region in the world, has become the focus of extensive interna- 
tional business, political relationships, and cultural exchange. Millions of people of Asian 
descent have become an integral part of American society. Indeed, California, more than any 
other place in the United States, is the residence of immigrants from throughout Asia. In order 
to keep pace with current developments in this extremely imponant pan of the world, students 
are encouraged to take advantage of the opportunity to minor in Asian Studies. 

The faculty for the Asian Studies Minor is drawn from several departments. What they have 
in common is that they teach and do research on Asia. The interdisciplinary nature of the 
Minor allows students the unique opportunity to learn about Asia from broad and differing 
perspectives. 


MINOR IN ASIAN STUDIES 

The minor consists of 2 1 units: 6 units chosen from the listed core courses and 1 5 units of 
electives chosen in consultation with an adviser as outlined below. 


Core Courses (6 units) 

Anthro 340 Peoples of Asia (3) 

OR Anthro 347 Peoples of the Pacific (3) 

Geography 340 Asia (3) 

Electives (15 units) 

One course each from three of the four following categories, plus 6 units of advisor-approved 

PROGRAM COORDINATOR electives 


William W Haddad (History) 

PROGRAM OFFICE 

Humanities 815F 

PROGRAM OFFERED 

Minor in Asian Studies 

PROGRAM COUNCIL 

Ian Bailey (Kinesiology’ and Health 
Promotion), K. Chu (Economics), Craig Ihara 
(Philosophy), Irene Lange (Marketing), Keiji 
Matsumoto (Foreign Languages), Vera 
Simone (Political Science), Preston Stedman 
(Music), Barbara Weightman (Geography), 
Rich Wiseman (Speech Communication) and 
Heping Zhao (English). 


Language, Culture, Geography, and Human Behavior 

Anthro 340 Peoples of Asia (3)* 

Anthro 347 Peoples of the Pacific (3)* 

Any Japanese Language Course 
Any Chinese Language Course 
Any Vietnamese Language Course 
Geography 330 California Landscapes (3) 

Geography 340 Asia (3) 

Kinesiology’ 151 Aikido (1) 

Kinesiology 152 Karate (1) 

Speech Comm 320 Intercultural Communication (3) 

*One of these is applicable as an elective if not chosen as a core course. 

History’ and Politics 

History 360 Modem Asia: Nationalism & Revolutionary Change (3) 
History’ 461 Modem Vietnam (3) 

History' 462A History of China (3) 

History 462 B History’ of China (3) 


82 


ASIAN STUDIES 


History 462C China Since 1949 (3) 

History 463A History of Japan (3) 

History 463B History of Japan (3) 

History 464A History of Southeast Asia 
1850-1945 (3) 

History 464B History of Contemporary 
Southeast Asia (3) 

History 465A History of India (3) 

History 465B History of India (3) 

History 490T Senior Research Seminar (3) 
(Where course topic focuses on area of 
Asia). 

Poli Sci 433 Politics of the Asian Pacific (3) 

Poli Sci 434 Comparative Politics of China 
and Japan (3) 

Poli Sci 45 IT Problems in International 
Politics (3) 

Poli Sci 457 Politics of International 
Economics (3) 

Poli Sci 476 International Law (3) 


International Business and Economics 

Economics 332 Economies of the 
Pacific Rim (3) 

Economics 333 Economic Development: 
Analysis & Case Studies (3) 

Economics 335 The International 
Economy (3) 

Economics 411 International Trade (3) 

Finance 370 International Business 
Finance (3) 

Marketing 445 Multinational Marketing 
Strategies (3) 



Arts and Humanities 

(including An, Literature, Philosophy and 

Comparative Religion) 

Comp Lit 257 Writing Haiku (1) 

Comp Lit 380 Introduction to Asian 
Literature (3) 

Comp Lit 423T Topics in Asian 
Literature (3) 

Music 352 Symphonic Music in Western & 
Eastern Cultures (3) 

Philosophy 350 Asian Philosophy (3) 

Philosophy 352 Philosophy of Asian Manial 
Arts (3) 

Comparative Religion 270T Introduction to 
the Asian Religions (3) 


ASIAN STUDIES 



DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

C. Eugene Jones 

DIRECTOR, GRADUATE PROGRAM 

Michael Horn, Steven Murray 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

McCarthy Hall 282 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Science in Biological Science 
Minor in Biotechnology 
Master of Science in Biology 

Subject Matter Preparation Program for 
Single Subject Teaching in Science 


INTRODUCTION 

Biology is the study of life, its basis and processes. The discipline is dynamic and expanding 
rapidly. In one direction, the study of molecular origins is the basis for understanding how cells 
are constructed and how they function including their metabolism, growth, development and 
reproduction. In another direction, the study of organisms is the basis for the understanding of 
how populations of organisms interact among themselves and with their environment. This 
includes a consideration of the distribution and abundance of organisms, energy flow among 
organisms and the cycling of inorganic and organic resources. 

The major in biological science is designed for students who: (1) desire to enter graduate and 
professional schools; (2) wish to prepare for secondary school teaching; or (3) seek careers in 
industry and state or federal agencies. The goals of these students can best be served by building 
their curricula on a core of courses fundamental to the science of biology. 

The curriculum beyond the basic core experience can best be satisfied through individual 
advising rather than through prescribed programs. Students will be assigned a faculty adviser 
when they enter the University. Students are required to meet with their designated adviser each 
semester in order to develop an appropriate program of study. The Department of Biological 
Science has established curricula in subdisciplines of biology which include: botany, cell and 
molecular biology, ecology, genetics, marine biology, medical biology, microbiology and zoology. 
After discussion with their adviser, students will elect those upper-division courses which will 
satisfy their individual interests and professional goals. 

Special Programs 

In addition to the usual course offerings, the Department of Biological Science participates 
in the Institute for Molecular Biology and two consortial programs with other California State 
University campuses. These are the Ocean Studies Institute (through the Southern California 
Marine Institute) and the California Desert Studies Consortium at Soda Springs, which are 
described in this catalog under “Institutes/Study Centers.” 

Preprofessional Information 

The Health Professions Office provides advising services to students wishing to enter the 
health professions. The services include counseling students to plan their academic programs, 
providing students with the opportunity to volunteer for work opportunities in the area of their 
interest, and providing assistance in the preparation of applications, including interviewing 
techniques. 


FACULTY 

Sandra Banack, Jack Burk, Merri Lynn 
Casern, Amybeth Cohen, Kathryn A. 

Dickson, David Drath, Doug Eemisse, David 
Fromson, Kenneth Goodhue-McWilliams, 
William Hoese, Michael Horn, C. Eugene 
Jones, Judy Kandel, Robert Koch, Rodrigo 
Lois, Lon McClanahan, Steven Murray, Joyce 
Ono, Nancy Pelaez, William Presch, Darren 
Sandquist, Roger Seapy, James Smith, Donald 
Sutton, Heidi Theisen, Barry Thomas, 
Marcelo Tolmasky, Joel Weintraub. 


Credential Information 

The bachelor’s degree in biology may be effectively combined with requirements for the 
Subject Matter Preparation Program for the Single Subject Teaching Credential. Undergraduate 
students are encouraged to work with the department credential adviser and/or the Center for 
Careers in Teaching (741-278-7130) as early as possible in their academic careers to plan effi- 
cient course selections for general education, the major and electives. Postgraduate students 
should contact the Admission to Teacher Education office in the School of Education 
(714-278-3411) to obtain information on attending an overview presentation and orientation 
and then contact the department credential adviser. 

Dr. and Mrs. Donald B. Bright Environmental Scholarship 

To preserve the memory of Dr. Donald B. Bright, one or more scholarships per year are 
awarded to deserving undergraduate students of biology. 


84 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 


Judith A. Presch Desert Studies 
Scholarship 

To preserve the memory of Judith A. Presch, 
two scholarships per year are awarded (one 
undergraduate and one graduate student) 
for work in the Mojave Desert by the Desert 
Studies Consortium. 

Jerome Wilson Scholarship 

To preserve the memory of Dr. Jerome 
Wilson, two scholarships per year are 
awarded to deserving undergraduate or grad- 
uate students of biology. 

Coppel Graduate Science Award 

For biology graduate students for their 
unrestricted use. Established by Lynn and 
Claude Coppel. 



Rachel Carson Scholarship in 
Conservation Biology 

To preserve the memory of Rachel Carson, 
a scholarship was created to encourage 
biology r majors to pursue a career in 
Conservation Biology'. 

Recommended Program in General 
Education 

Because of high unit requirements for the 
B.S. in Biological Science, students are urged 
to consult with their adviser to design their 
general education program. 


Upper-Division Baccalaureate Writing 
Requirement 

In addition to passing the English Writing 
Proficiency exam, students must pass English 
301 Advanced College Writing or English 
360 Scientific and Technical Writing with a 
grade of C or better. 

Internships 

Biology 495 Biological Internship provides 
students with the opportunity to participate 
in a practical work experience which inte- 
grates their interests with classroom studies. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN 
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 

A total of 120 units, including general 
education, 44 units in biology courses 
(28 units in the core and 16 units of upper- 
division electives), the upper-division writing 
requirement and supporting courses in physi- 
cal sciences and mathematics are required for 
completion of the B.S. in Biological Science. 

The supporting courses must include one 
year of general college chemistry including 
qualitative analysis with laboratory, one year 
of organic chemistry with laboratory, one 
semester of college calculus or introduction 
to experimental design and statistics for biol- 
ogists, and one year of college physics with 
laboratory, a total of 30 units. Those students 
seeking careers in medicine should take a 
semester of calculus, and biochemistry. Those 
students who wish to earn a doctoral degree 
should consider, in addition, a modem 
foreign language or advanced courses in com- 
putational sciences. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree in 
Biological Science, students must have a 2.0 
overall average in all required supporting 
courses. No credit toward the major will be 
allowed for biology courses in which a grade 
of D or F is obtained. Courses taken under 
the Credit/No Credit grade option may not 
be applied towards the major except for 
Biology 131W 

Upper-division students will be permitted 
to enroll in Biology 480 Advanced Topics in 
Biology, Biology 495 Biological Internship, 
and Biology' 499L Independent Laboratory 
Study; however, only combined total of 3 units 
from all of these classes may be applied to the 
biology upper-division elective requirement. 
All full-time upper-division students are 
expected to attend the departmental seminars. 


NOTE: Students must complete Biology 
131, 241, and 261 with a passing grade 
(C or better) before they take any other 
biology courses. 

Core Requirements for the Major (28 units) 
Biol 131 Principles of Biology (3) 

Biol 13 1W Biology Seminar (1) 

Biol 241 Principles of Botany (4) 

Biol 261 Principles of Zoology (4) 

Biol 302 General Microbiology (4) 

Biol 312 Genetics and Molecular Biology (3) 
Biol 315 Cell and Developmental Biology (3) 
Biol 316 Principles of Ecology (4) 

Biol 320L Cell and Molecular Biology Lab (2) 

Electives (16 units) 

Approved upper-division courses, must 
include four units (12 hours) of laboratory 
and/or fieldwork. 

Supporting Course Requirements 
for the Major (30 units) 

Chem 120A,B General Chemistry (10) 

Chem 301A.B Organic Chemistry (6) 

Chem 302 Organic Chemistry Lab (2) 

Physics 21 1, 21 1L Elementary Physics & 

Lab (4) 

Physics 212, 212L Elementary Physics & 

Lab (4) 

Math 130 A Short Course in Calculus (4), 

OR Math 150A Analytic Geometry and 
Calculus (4), 

OR Math 337 Introduction to Experimental 
Design and Statistics in the Laboratory 
Sciences(3) 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE/ 

PRE-MBA PROGRAM 

A student may combine a B.S. in Biological 
Science with a minor in Business Administration 
to qualify to enroll in an MBA degree at 
CSUF. This MBA may be completed may be 
completed within an provided all entrance 
requirements for the MBA program have 
been met. See your department adviser for 
details. 

MINOR IN BIOTECHNOLOGY 

The biotechnology minor is appropriate 
for students majoring in biological science or 
biochemistry and interested in gaining 
employment in nearly any area of the 
growing medical and agricultural biotechnology 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 


industries, working in academic research lab- 
oratories, or pursuing postgraduate degrees 
in basic molecular biology or biochemistry. 

The biotechnology minor requires a mini- 
mum of 31 acceptable units of chemistry and 
biology as shown below These courses must 
be completed with a minimal overall grade- 
point average of 2.0 and include 12 units 
unique to the minor that are not used to 
meet requirements for the biological science 
or chemistry major. 

Required Core Courses (28 units) 

Biol 131 Principles of Biology (3) 

Biol 312 Genetics and Molecular Biology (3) 
Chem 301A,B Organic Chemistry (6) 

Chem 302 Organic Chemistry Lab (2) 

Biol 320L Cell and Molecular Biology Lab (2) 
OR Chem 422 Biochemistry Lab (2) 

Biol 412 Principles of Gene Manipulation 
(3) 

Biol/Chem 472A,B Advances in 
Biotechnology Lab (6) 

Chem/Biol 477 Advances in Biotechnology (3) 

Supporting Courses (3-4 units) 

Students must complete one of the 
following courses: 

Biol 413 Advances in Molecular Genetics 
(3) 

Biol 424 Immunology (4) 

Chem 322 or 42 3 A Biochemistry (1st 
semester) (3) 

OR 42 3B Biochemistry (2nd semester) (3) 

EMPHASIS IN BIOTECHNOLOGY 

The emphasis is appropriate for students 
majoring in Biology and interested in gaining 
employment in nearly any area of the growing 
medical and agricultural biotechnology 
industries, working in academic research labo- 
ratories, or pursuing postgraduate degrees in 
Molecular Biology or Biochemistry. 

Required Courses (12 units) 

Advances in Biotechnology Lab 
(Biol 472A,B) (6) 

Advances in Biotechnology (Biol 477) (3) 

OR Advances in Molecular Genetics 
(Biol 413) (3) 

Principles of Gene Manipulation (Biol 412) (3) 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 


MASTER OF SCIENCE IN BIOLOGY 

The program is based on the assumption 
that modem science necessitates broad prepa- 
ration through the master’s level of training. 

It offers sufficient breadth and depth to 
strengthen the student’s academic under- 
standing and improve competence for (a) 
advanced graduate work toward the doctoral 
degree in biology, (b) teaching at all levels — 
elementary, secondary and community college, 
(c) participating in research programs, (d) 
participating in various field service and con- 
servation positions with both the state and 
national governments, (e) entering the field 
of public health service, or (0 technological 
work in the health sciences. 

Admission Requirements 

An applicant must meet the university 
requirements for admission, which include 
a baccalaureate from an accredited institution, 
and a grade-point average of at least 2.5 in 
the last 60 semester units attempted (see 
section of this catalog on Graduate Admissions 
for complete statement and procedures). In 
addition to the university requirements for 
admission, acceptance into this program is 
contingent upon the following: (1) a B. A. or 
B.S. in Biological Science or related area at 
an accredited institution with a grade-point 
average of 3.0 in biology courses and a GPA 
of 2.5 in the related courses in mathematics, 
chemistry and physics; (2) acceptance by 
a thesis adviser; and (3) satisfactory scores 
on one of the following: (a) Graduate Record 
Examination Aptitude Test and the Advanced 
Test in Biology; (b) Medical College Admission 
Test; (c) Dental Admission Test; (4) comple- 
tion of departmental application; and (5) sub- 
mission of two letters of recommendation. 

Students with limited subject or grade 
deficiencies may be considered for conditional 
acceptance to the program. Conditionally clas- 
sified graduate standing may be removed 
upon completion of nine units of adviser and 
graduate committee approved postgraduate 
studies in biology, mathematics, chemistry 
or physics, with grades of B or better. 

Classified Standing 

Students should achieve classified graduate 
standing as soon as they are eligible, since no 
more than nine units of graduate work taken 
before classification can be included on the 
study plan (see below) for the degree. 

A student who meets the admission require- 


ments may apply for classified standing, 
which requires the development of a study 
plan approved by the adviser, thesis commit- 
tee, director of the departmental graduate 
program and dean of graduate studies. 

Advancement to Candidacy 

Advancement to candidacy is attained by 
requesting a graduation check and receiving 
subsequent approval of the graduate program 
adviser on the Grad Check Review Form, 
mailed by the Graduate Studies Office. 

Study Plan 

Students must meet the Graduate Level 
Writing Requirement which can be found in 
this catalog under “Graduate Regulations.” 
Students will meet this requirement by taking 
Biology 500A,B Professional Aspects of 
Biology. 

A study plan includes a minimum of 30 
units of adviser-approved graduate work; at 
least one-half of the total units must be at the 
500-level. All study plans must include 
Biology 599 Independent Graduate Research, 
Biology 500A,B Professional Aspects of 
Biology, and Biology 598 Thesis, and at least 
one graduate seminar. Six units must be 
outside the principal area. Required is a thesis 
acceptable to the adviser and committee, cov- 
ering a research problem. A final oral exami- 
nation on the thesis research is also required. 

Supervising the work of graduate students 
requires the personal attention of advisers. 

To insure that advisers are available for new 
graduate students a graduate student is 
expected to complete the requirements for 
graduation within three years after classification. 

Students who are graduate assistants 
should complete the classification step either 
prior to appointment or during their first 
semester of appointment. They must become 
classified before being reappointed. 

For more detailed information or advise- 
ment, students should contact the Biological 
Science Department, or the Graduate Program 
Director of the Biological Science Department. 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE COURSES 

Courses are designated as BIOL in the 
class schedule. 

Unless otherwise designated, prerequisites 
may be waived by the instructor of the course 
if the instructor is satisfied that the student is 
qualified to undertake the course. 


101 Elements of Biology (3) 

Underlying principles governing life 
forms, processes and interactions. Elements 
of biology and reasoning skills for under- 
standing scientific issues on personal, societal, 
and global levels. For the non-science major. 
No credit toward biological science major. 

(3 hours lecture) 

101 H Elements of Biology (Honors) (3) 

Corequisite: Biology 101LH (Honors) 
must be taken concurrently with this course. 
Students must meet honors qualifications. 
Living organisms and characteristics of the 
natural environment. Emphasis on the scien- 
tific reasoning leading to our current under- 
standing of living systems. For the non-science 
major. (3 hours lecture) 

101 L Elements of Biology Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: Biology 101. 
Laboratory experiments demonstrating the 
principles presented in the lecture course. 
Scientific inquiry, cell structure and function, 
physiology, genetics, biodiversity, evolution 
and ecology. For the non-science major. 

(3 hours laboratory or fieldwork; weekend 
field trips may be required). 

101 L,H Elements of Biology Laboratory 

(Honors) (1) 

Corequisite: Biology 10 1H (Honors) must 
be taken concurrently with this course. 
Students must meet honors qualifications. 
Laboratory experiments and demonstrations 
which provide insight to scientific reasoning 
and the basis of our current understanding 
of living systems. For the non-science major. 
(3 hours laboratory or fieldwork; field trips 
may be required) 

102 Biology for Future Elementary 
Teachers (3) 

Designed especially for the prospective 
elementary' teacher, this activity-based course 
will examine biological concepts in real-world 
contexts such as the medical examination, 
genes and evolution, and the environment. 
Lecture and laboratory' forma a single unified 
learning experience. No credit toward bio- 
logical science major. (6 hours activity) 


131 Principles of Biology (3) 

Corequisite: Biology 131 W. Fundamental 
concepts and principles of biology. Nature 
of chemical bonds, biological molecules, cell 
structure and function, metabolism, photosyn- 
thesis, mitosis and meiosis, transmission 
genetics, gene structure and function, devel- 
opment, ecological interactions and associa- 
tions, evolution. For science majors only. 

(3 hours lecture) 

131W Introduction to Biology Seminar (1) 

Corequisite. Biology 131. Principles of 
biology and science learning strategies 
explored in a small group seminar specifically 
applied to the biological sciences. Credit/No 
Credit only. 

210 Human Anatomy and Physiology (3) 

Introductory anatomy and physiological 
concepts for Kinesiology and Health Science 
majors. Gross and micro-level human anatomy 
as well as the structure and function of selected 
systems. Preparation for Kinesiology 260, 

300, 348, 371, and the major in Health 
Science. No credit toward biological science 
major. (Same as Kinesiology 210) 

241 Principles of Botany (4) 

Prerequisite: Biology 131 or equivalent. 
The plant kingdom. The dynamic nature of 
plants as revealed by their structure, function, 
classification, phylogeny, physiology and 
ecology (2 hours lecture; 6 hours laboratory 
or fieldwork; weekend field trips may be 
required). (CAN BIOL 6) 

261 Principles of Zoology (4) 

Prerequisite: Biology 131 or equivalent. 
The animal kingdom. The dynamic nature 
of representative invertebrate and vertebrate 
organisms; their structure, function, phy- 
logeny, classification, physiology, behavior, 
ecology and evolution. (2 hours lecture; 

6 hours laboratory or fieldwork; weekend 
field trips may be required). (CAN BIOL 4) 

299L Directed Laboratory Study (1-2) 

Prerequisites: Biology 131 and consent 
of instructor. Research in biology under the 
supervision of a biology faculty member. 
Intended for students (especially lower- 
division) who may not have completed 
sufficient course work to allow them to work 
independently, but who are eager for labora- 
tory research experience. May be repeated 
for university credit, but units do not count 
toward major. (3 hours laboratory per unit) 


300 Environmental Biology (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 101 or equivalent. 
Biological consequences of human interven- 
tion in ecosystems: Endangered and threat- 
ened species, pollution impact on organisms, 
pest control, population dynamics, genetic 
engineering of agricultural species, manage- 
ment of natural areas and urban ecosystem 
dynamics. No credit toward biological 
science major. (3 hours lecture) 

302 General Microbiology (4) 

Prerequisites: completion of lower-division 
biology core courses and one year of college 
chemistry. Introduction to structure and 
function of bacteria and viruses including 
beneficial and detrimental activities and 
interactions with other organisms. Laboratory 
provides experience with microscopic, cultural, 
physiological and genetic study of microbes. 
(2 hours lecture; 6 hours laboratory). 

305 Human Heredity and Development (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 101 or equivalent. 
Principles of human heredity and embryology 
relating to human development. Mendelian 
genetics, single gene effects, genetics, prenatal 
diagnosis, and human embryology. No credit 
toward biological science major. (3 hours 
lecture) 

306 Biology of Aging (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 101 or equivalent. 

Biological changes in cells, tissues, organs 
and the whole body associated with aging. 
Theories of aging will be discussed with 
primary emphasis on mammals. No credit 
toward biological science major. (3 hours 
lecture) 

307 Computer Applications in Biology (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 131. Introduces 
biology students to the efficient use and 
application of computers in data organiza- 
tion, management and assimilation with 
respect to the natural and health sciences. 

(1 hour discussion and 6 hours laboratory). 

310 Human Physiology (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 101 or equivalent. 
Human physiological systems and their rela- 
tionship to human function for non-biology 
majors and students in physical education 
and health sciences. No credit for biological 
science major. (3 hours lecture) 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 


311 Nutrition and Disease (3) 

(Same as Chemistry 311) 

312 Genetics and Molecular Biology (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 302 or equivalent. 
Prerequisite or Corequisite: Chem 301 A. The 
general principles and molecular develop- 
ments in the study of heredity. The course 
is comprehensive and includes transmission 
genetics, cytogenetics, elements of eukaryotic, 
bacterial, fungal, and viral genetics, DNA 
structure and function, gene expression and 
protein synthesis, recombinant DNA. 

(3 hours lecture) 

315 Cell and Developmental Biology (3) 

Prerequisites: Biology 302 and Chemistry 
301 A or equivalents. Cell structure and 
function including an analysis of subcellular 
organelles and systems. An understanding 
of how research elucidates structure and 
function of cells. Study of cellular mecha- 
nisms operative during embryogenesis. 

(3 hours lecture) 

316 Principles of Ecology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261. 
Introduction to physiological, population, 
community and ecosystem ecology. (3 hours 
lecture, 3 hours lab; weekend field trips may 
be required) 

317 Field Marine Biology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261 or 
equivalents. Field biology and natural history 
of local marine plants and animals. Identifi- 
cation of common species and factors deter- 
mining their distributions and abundance 
in marine habitats. Effects of human activities 
on marine organisms. (2 hours lecture, 

6 hours lab or fieldwork; weekend field 
trips may be required) 

318 Wildlife Conservation (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 101 or equivalent. 
Causes and consequences of extinctions of 
plant and animal species. Endangered species, 
threatened ecosystems, design and manage- 
ment of nature reserves, captive species 
propagation, species reintroductions, restora- 
tion ecology, and organized conservation 
efforts. No credit toward biological science 
major. 


319 Marine Biology (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 101 or equivalent. 
Survey of marine plants and animals in their 
habitats. No credit toward biological science 
major. (3 hours lecture) 

320L Cell and Molecular Biology 
Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisite: Biology 312. Corequisite: 
Biology 315. Laboratory exercises in cell and 
modern molecular biology including recom- 
binant DNA technologies to give the students 
experience in the analysis and characteriza- 
tion of cellular components and processes. 

(6 hours laboratory). 

323 Biology of Sexually Transmitted 
Diseases (STD) (2) 

Prerequisite: one semester of college level 
biology. The symptoms, diagnosis, treatment 
and control of a number of sexually trans- 
mitted diseases including gonorrhea, syphilis, 
AIDS, herpes, chancroid and venereal warts. 
(2 hours lecture) 

330 Ecology of American Indians (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 101 or equivalent. 
Interrelationships of native peoples of the 
Americas with the local flora and fauna and 
the natural environment. Roles of American 
Indians in predator-prey interactions, ecolog- 
ical hierarchy, nutrient cycling, successional 
change and resource management. No credit 
toward biological science major. (3 hours 
lecture) 

340 Field Botany (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 241 or equivalent. 
The native flora of Southern California. 
Identification, natural history and factors 
which determine the distribution of species. 
(1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory 7 or field- 
work; weekend field trips are required) 

344 Survey of the Land Plants (4) 

Prerequisite: Biology 241 or equivalent. 

A survey of the anatomical and morphologi- 
cal characteristics of the land plants as they 
relate to the evolutionary development and 
ecological strategies of these plants. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

352 Plants and Life (3) 

Prerequisite: one semester of college 
biology. Humans’ dependence upon and 
economic interest in plants throughout the 
world. The domestication of plants and the 
origin of agriculture. (3 hours lecture) 


360 Biology of Human Sexuality (2) 

Prerequisite: Biology 101 or equivalent. 
The biology of the human reproductive 
system. Sexual differentiation, anatomy and 
physiology, sexual behaviors, procreation, 
contraception and sexually transmitted 
disease. No credit toward biological science 
major. (3 hours lecture per week for 10 
weeks) 

361 Human Anatomy (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261. 

A systems approach to the structure and 
function of the human body. For biology 
majors and related health sciences. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory). 

362 Mammalian Physiology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261 and 
one year of college chemistry. The fundamental 
mechanisms of mammalian physiology 7 . For 
biology majors and related health sciences. 
Students with zoology emphasis should take 
Biology 468. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours 
laboratory). 

401 Biogeography (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 316 or equivalent. 
Evolutionary patterns and mechanisms of 
distribution of plants and animals in the major 
habitats of the world. Current concepts and 
theories. (3 hours lecture) 

402 Computer Lab in Molecular 
Systematics (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 7 241 and 261. To 
gain practical and theoretical experience with 
software -based methods in molecular system- 
atics, with emphasis on Internet resources 
for molecular biologists, acquisition of gene 
protein sequences, multiple sequence align- 
ment, PCR primer design, phylogenetic 
analysis, and controversies in the field. 

(2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

404 Evolution (3) 

Prerequisites: Biology 7 241 and 261. The 
history of evolutionary thought; origin of 
universe, earth and life; geological and pale- 
ontological history of the earth; evidences 
derived from comparative anatomy, embryol- 
ogy, genetics, zoogeography; mechanisms of 
evolution. (3 hours lecture) 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 


405 Developmental Biology (3) 

Prerequisites: Biology 312, 315, and 320L. 
Molecular and cellular processes in the devel- 
opment of organisms such as oogenesis, 
fertilization, cytokinesis-morphogenetic 
movements, and nucleocytoplasmic interac- 
tions. (3 hours lecture) 

406 Biometry (4) 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 337 or equiva- 
lent; upper-division standing in biological 
sciences. Experimental design, interpretation, 
and application of statistics to biological 
problems. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

407 Seminar in Human Sexuality (3) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261. The 
biological-physiological bases of human 
sexuality as they relate to human sexual 
interaction and social change. (3 hours 
lecture/ discussion) 

412 Principles of Gene Manipulation (3) 

Prerequisites: Biology 312, 315, 320Land 
Chemistry 301AB. Current approaches to and 
applications of recombinant DNA technology. 
Principles behind construction of recombinant 
molecules including vectors and enzymes, 
introduction into organisms, selection, 
expression of cloned genes, and impact 
of research on society. (3 hours lecture) 

413 Advances in Molecular Genetics (3) 

Prerequisites: Biology 312, 315, 320Land 
Chemistry 301A.B. The function of genetic 
material and informational macromolecules. 
Extensive analysis of recent scientific articles 
in molecular genetics illustrating mutagenesis, 
protein synthesis, protein structure and 
function, biogenesis of RNA molecules, 
regulation of gene expression and their 
relationship to important biological processes. 
(3 hours lecture) 

417 Advances in Cell Biology (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 315. Current topics 
in the cell biology' of cell motility, cell multi- 
plication and regulation, membranes and 
permeability, cell signaling, cell-to-cell contact 
and extracellular matrix, and cell differentia- 
tion using current journal articles. Biology 
418L offers relevant laboratory’ experiments. 
(3 hours lecture) 


418L Advances in Cell Biology Lab (2) 

Prerequisites: Biology 315, 320L. 
Corequisites: Biology 417 or 470. Use 
of current techniques like fluorescence 
microscopy, immunolabeling, ion-sensitive 
dye ratiometry, image processing, 2-D and 
3-D reconstruction, neuronal tracking, and 
patch clamping to study problems in cell 
biology, cellular developmental biology and 
cellular neurobiology. (6 hours of laboratory) 

419 Marine Ecology (3) 

Prerequisites: Biology 316 or equivalent. 
Ecology of planktonic, nektonic and benthic 
organisms; their communities and environ- 
ments. (3 hours lecture) 

419L Marine Ecology Laboratory (1) 

Corequisite: Biology 419. Field and 
laboratory studies of planktonic, nektonic 
and benthic communities. (3 hours laboratory 
or field work; weekend field trips may be 
required) 

424 Immunology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 302, 315 and 320L; 
concurrent enrollment in bio-chemistry is 
strongly advised. The molecular, cellular and 
organismic nature of the immune process. 
Inflammation, phagocytosis, antigens, immuno- 
globulins and cell-mediated immune phe- 
nomena . Modem immunology techniques. 

(2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory- 
discussion) 

426 Virology (3) 

Prerequisites: Biology 302, 312 and 315. 
Viral structure and replication and host-virus 
interactions in the viral replication process, 
with emphasis on animal and bacterial virus 
systems. (3 hours lecture) 

428 Biology of Cancer (3) 

Prerequisites: Biology 312, 315 and 320L. 
Biology 424 is recommended. The cancer 
problem as a dilemma of biology. Clinical 
and epidemiological aspects. Current research. 
(3 hours lecture) 

432 Microbes and Food Production (2) 

Prerequisite: Biology 302 or equivalent. 
The ancient and modem processes of making 
cheese from milk, wines from fruits, breads 
and beers from grains. The microbes involved 
in transforming the unstable raw materials 
into more desirable products. (1 hour lecture, 
3 hours laboratory or fieldwork; weekend 
field trips may be required) 


433 Microbial Problems in Foods (2) 

Prerequisite: Biology 302 or equivalent. 
Food spoilage, food intoxication and food- 
borne diseases caused by microbes in food 
processing. The microbes involved, sources 
of contamination, and methods used in 
detection and prevention of problems. (1 hour 
lecture, 3 hours laboratory or fieldwork; 
weekend field trips may be required) 

434 Industrial Microbiology and Applied 
Biotechnology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 302, 312 and 315. 
Current and developing applications of 
microbiology within industry. Culture 
enhancement technology, contamination 
control methodology and government regula- 
tions in the production of pharmaceuticals, 
medical devices, energy, and in agricultural 
and environmental control. (2 hours lecture, 

6 hours laboratory) 

438 Public Health Microbiology (4) 

Prerequisite: Biology 302. The control and 
epidemiology of infectious diseases of public 
health importance, water and sewage micro- 
biology. Control of current problems. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

441 Plant Taxonomy (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261. 
Classification and evolution of vascular 
plants; emphasis on the flowering plants. 

(2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory or field- 
work, weekend field trips may be required) 

442 Pollination Biology (3) 

Prerequisites: Biology 316 or equivalent. 
Pollination in the plant kingdom. Floral cues, 
pollination syndromes, pollinator behavior, 
chemical and physical characteristics of polli- 
nation, energetics, gene flow, phenology, and 
ecological aspects of pollination. (2 hours 
lecture, 3 hours laboratory or fieldwork) 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 


443 Plant Ecology (4) 

Prerequisite: Biology 316 or equivalent. 
Community and population ecology of terres- 
trial plants. Environmental factors and plant 
distribution with emphasis on California veg- 
etation. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory 
or fieldwork; weekend field trips may be 
required) 

444 Plant Physiology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261 and 
one semester of oiganic chemistry. Fundamental 
mechanisms of plant physiology with primary 
emphasis on whole plant physiology and 
physiological ecology. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory; weekend field trips may be 
required) 

446 Marine Phycology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261. 
Biological aspects of marine algae; compara- 
tive development, morphology, taxonomy, 
physiology, and ecology. (2 hours lecture, 

6 hours laboratory or fieldwork; weekend 
field trips may be required) 

450 Conservation Biology (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 316 or equivalent 
or consent of instructor. Current topics 
involving theory, concepts and techniques 
in the conservation of biological diversity. 

(3 hours lecture) 

461 Invertebrate Zoology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261. 
Evolution, classification, phylogeny, morpho- 
logical and physiological adaptations of inver- 
tebrate animals. Dissection, identification and 
observation of extant animals. (2 hours lecture, 
6 hours laboratory or fieldwork; weekend 
field trips may be required) 

462 General Parasitology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 302 and 312 or 
equivalent. An introduction to the biology of 
parasites. Topics include morphology, physi- 
ology, development and ecology of medically 
important endoparasites and ectoparasites. 
Major emphasis is on human parasites but 
will cover selected domestic animal parasites. 
(3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

464 Human Embryology (4) 

Prerequisite: Biology 261. Human devel- 
opment from gametogenesis through organo- 
genesis. Frog, chick and pig serial sections; 
histogenesis and organogenesis. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 


465 Animal Ecology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261, 
Biology 316 recommended. The factors that 
affect the distribution and abundance of 
animals. Field techniques, statistical applica- 
tions and theoretical approaches. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory or fieldwork; 
weekend field trips may be required) 

466 Animal Behavior (3) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261. The 
current problems in animal behavior; sensory 
capacities, orientation, innate and learned 
patterns, and social behavior of invertebrates 
and vertebrates. (3 hours lecture) 

467 Entomology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261. 
Anatomy, physiology, evolution and biology 
of insects and other terrestrial arthropods. 
Dissection, collection, identification and 
observation of living arthropods. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory or fieldwork; 
weekend field trips may be required) 

468 Comparative Animal Physiology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261 and 
Chemistry 120A, B; Biology 315, 316 and 
320L recommended. Comparative study of 
physiological and biochemical processes 
among representative animals. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory, weekend field 
trips may be required) 

470 Cellular Neurobiology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 315, 320L and 362. 
Processes of cell communication, particularly 
in nervous systems. Molecular biology of 
neuron, model sensory and motor systems, 
and cellular basis for behavior. Laboratory 
experience in electrophysical, anatomical, 
and pharmacological techniques of nerve cell 
study. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

472A Advances in Biotechnology 
Laboratory (3) 

(Same as Chemistry 472A) . 

472B Advances in Biotechnology 
Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology/Chemistry 472A. 
Second semester exploring biotechnology 
techniques for gene product analysis: DNA 
sequencing site-directed mutagenesis, pre- 
dicting amino acid changes, protein overpro- 
duction, enzyme function assays, protein 
identification/preparation by gel techniques, 
immunoblotting. (1 hour discussion, 6 hours 
laboratory) (Same as Chemistry 427B) 


473 Introduction to Bioinformatics (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 30 1A, B, 302; 
Biology 312; consent of instructor and junior 
or senior standing in biology or chemistry 
with a molecular biology background. 
Provides a reasearch-based, problem-solving 
experience using the tools and algorithms of 
molecular and computational biology to 
analyze genetic and protein sequences 
retrieved from appropriate databases. (Same 
as Chemistry 473) 

474 Natural History of the Vertebrates (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261. 

Natural history of the vertebrates. Observation, 
identification, behavior, ecology and distribu- 
tion of the vertebrates. (2 hours lecture, 

6 hours laboratory or fieldwork; weekend 
field trips may be required) 

475 Ichthyology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261. The 
systematics, evolution, morphology, physiol- 
ogy, ecology and behavior of fishes. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory or fieldwork; 
weekend field trips may be required) 

476 Herpetology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261. The 
biology, structure, physiology, ecology, distri- 
bution, identification, collection, evolution 
and behavior of amphibians and reptiles. 

(2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory or field- 
work; weekend field trips may be required) 

477 Advances in Biotechnology (3) 

(Same as Chemistry 477) 

478 Mammalogy (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241, 261, and 316 
or equivalent. The systematics, evolution, 
morphology, physiology, ecology and behav- 
ior of mammals. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory or fieldwork, plus two weekend 
field trips) 

479 Ornithology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241, 261 and 316. 
Anatomy, physiology, evolution, behavior, 
and ecology of birds. Laboratory and field- 
work in identification, anatomy, observational 
techniques and community composition. 

(2 hours lecture, 6 hours lab or fieldwork per 
week; one or more weekend field trips) 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 


480 Advanced Topics in Undergraduate 
Biology (1-3) 

Prerequisites: upper-division students 
majoring in biological science and consent 
of instructor. Current topics, updating of 
concepts, recent advances and unification of 
the principles of biology. May be repeated 
for credit, (per laboratory unit) 

480M MARC Proseminar (1) 

Prerequisite: selection as MARC Fellow. 
Intended to increase the contact of MARC 
Fellows with minority scientists of national 
repute. Five speakers will present seminars. 
Fellows will read and discuss relevant primary 
literature, attend the seminars, and meet with 
speakers before and after the seminars. May 
be repeated for credit. (Same as Chemistry 
480M) 

495 Biological Internship (3) 

Prerequisites: successful completion of 90 
units, including all core requirements, and 
consent of instructor. Biological, ecological, 
and health-related fields. Ninety (90) hours 
of practical experience in student’s chosen 
field of interest with public or private agen- 
cies or businesses. May not be repeated for 
credit. (1 hour lecture/ discussion, laboratory 
work experience) 

496 Biology Tutorials (1-3) 

Prerequisites: junior or senior standing in 

biology and consent of instructor. Supervised 
experience in biological science teaching 
through tutoring or assisting in a laboratory 
or field class. No credit toward biological 
science major. 

498 Senior Thesis (2) 

Prerequisite: six units of Biology 499L, 
Independent Laboratory Research or Chemistry 
495 Senior Research (two units of which may 
be taken concurrently) and establishment of a 
three-member thesis committee at least one 
semester prior to enrollment of this course. 

To be taken during semester of expected 
graduation. Required of all MARC Fellows. 
Requires preparation, presentation, and 
defense of a formal thesis. Topic and general 
experimental design shall have all been 
approved by the thesis committee. Thesis 
shall be formatted in accordance with a 
journal in appropriate field and presented in 
a timely fashion. (Same as Chemistry 498) 


499L Independent Laboratory Study (1-3) 

Junior or senior standing with consent of 
instructor with whom the student wishes to 
pursue independent laboratory study in 
biology. May be repeated for credit 

500A Professional Aspects of Biology (1) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and con- 
current enrollment in Biology' 500B. Discussions 
concerning research protocol, scientific 
methodology' and communication techniques. 
Ethics and social responsibilities of profes- 
sional biologists. ( 1 hour discussion) 

500B Professional Aspects of Biology (1) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and 
concurrent enrollment in Biology 500A. 
Individualized project work and experiences 
in scientific writing. Required of all students 
upon admission to the graduate program. 

(3 hours project work) 

500C Professional Aspects of Biology: 
Teaching Effectiveness (2) 

Prerequisites/corequisites: graduate stand- 
ing; must have received a Graduate Teaching 
Associate appointment. This course is 
designed to assist graduate students in 
becoming effective classroom teachers and 
understanding the scholarship of teaching in 
higher education. Graduate Teaching 
Associates will leam pedagogy and a variety 
of teaching alternatives while concurrently 
teaching in a laboratory/discussion setting. 

505T Seminar in Molecular, Cellular, 
Immunological and Physiological 
Biology (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing. Selected 
advanced topics. May be repeated for credit. 


517T Seminar in Ecological and 
Organismic Biology (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing. Selected 
advanced topics. May be repeated for credit. 

520T Seminar in Microbiology (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing. Selected 
advanced topics. May be repeated for credit. 

580 Advanced Topics in Graduate 
Biology (1-3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing in biology 
and consent of instructor. Current research 
topics, experimental design and problem 
solving in biological systems. May be 
repeated for credit, (per laboratory unit) 

598 Thesis (1-3) 

May be repeated for a maximum of 
6 units of credit. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Open to graduate students with consent 
of instructor with whom the student wishes 
to pursue independent study in biology. May 
be repeated for credit. 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 



INTRODUCTION 

This major prepares students for entry level positions in business and administration in both 
the private and public sectors. Career opportunities range from accounting, cost analysis, marketing 
research and statistical forecasting to real estate, personnel, sales and information systems. This 
curriculum also provides a foundation for advanced study. 


ASSOCIATE DEAN 
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

Thomas Johnson 

ASSISTANT DEAN 
ACADEMIC ADVISING 

Robert Miyake 

ADVISING CENTER 

Langsdorf Hall 700 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Business 
Administration 
Concentrations in: 

Accounting 
Business Economics 

Entertainment and Tourism Management 
Finance 

Information Systems 
Management 
Management Science 
Marketing 

Minor in Business Administration 

Minor in Management Information 
Systems 

Master of Business Administration 
Concentrations in: 

Accounting 
Business Economics 
Finance 

Information Systems 
International Business 
Management 
Management Science 
Marketing 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Admission to the Business Administration Major 

Admission to the Business Administration major involves two steps. Students who apply to 
the major are initially classified as Pre-business. After completing the lower-division core require- 
ments with grades of at least C, students may apply to the Business Administration major. 
Pre-business students may take lower-division business courses, but most upper-division courses 
are not open to Pre-business students. 

All of the following requirements must be met for the degree. Students must earn a grade 
of at least C in each core course listed below. For assistance in interpreting these requirements 
contact the Business Advising Center. 

The Bachelor or Arts in Business Administration requires a minimum of 124 units which 
includes courses for the major. General Education, all University requirements, and free electives. 

Required Lower-Division Core Courses 

Accounting 201 A Financial Accounting (3) 

Accounting 20 IB Managerial Accounting (3) 

Business Admin 201 Business Writing (3) 

Economics 201 Principles of Microeconomics (3) 

Economics 202 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) 

Management 246 Business and Its Legal Environment (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 265 Introduction to Computing and Application Software (3) 

Math 135 Business Calculus (3) 

OR Math 130 Short Course in Calculus (4) 

OR Math 150A Analytic Geometry and Calculus (4) 

Required Upper-Division Core Courses 

Business Admin 301 Advanced Business Communication (3) 

Econ 310 Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis (3) 

OR Econ 315 Intermediate Business Microeconomics (3) 

OR Econ 320 Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 

Finance 320 Business Finance (3) 

Management 339 Principles of Management & Operations (3) 

Management 340 Organizational Behavior (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 361 A Quantitative Business Analysis: Probability and Statistics (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 36 IB Quantitative Business Analysis: Statistics and Management Science (3) 
Marketing 35 1 Principles of Marketing (3) 


92 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


Required Capstone Core Course 

After completing all lower and upper- 
division core courses, take: 

Management 449 Seminar in Strategic 
Management (3) 

Required Concentration Courses 

A minimum of 18 units of course work is 
required in one concentration. See listing of 
concentration requirements below. 

Collateral Requirement 

3-unit introductory social science course 
other than Economics, chosen from General 
Education section 1I1.C.I. 



Other Requirements, Grades and 
Residence 

Global Business Requirement. Complete one 
course, of at least 3 units, in the area of 
Global Business. The course must be selected 
from the list of Approved Global Business 
Courses, which is available from the Business 
Advising Center. 

Other subjects. Complete at least 50 
percent of the coursework for the degree in 
subjects other than business administration 
or economics. Complete all university 
requirements for the bachelor's degree. 

Grade-Point Average (GPA). Maintain at 
least a 2.0 grade point average in all college 
level units attempted, in all units attempted 
at CSUF, in all units attempted in the major, 
and in all units attempted in the concentra- 


tion. Earn at least a C grade in each core 
course and in each of the following concen- 
trations: accounting, information systems 
and management science. Students in the 
marketing concentration are required to 
complete Marketing 353, Marketing 370 and 
Marketing 379 with at least C. 

Grade option. Take all required core 
courses and all required concentration 
courses in the College of Business and 
Economics for a letter grade (A,B,C,D,F). The 
Credit/No Credit grading option may not be 
used for these courses, and a grade of CR 
(credit) will not satisfy the requirements for 
the degree. Exception: Courses in calculus 
may be taken under the Credit/No Credit 
grading option; however, if it is also taken to 
meet general education requirements then it 
must be taken for a letter grade. 

Residence. At least one-half of the units in 
the concentration (except accounting, which 
requires 15) and a minimum of 30 units 
must be taken in residence in the College of 
Business and Economics; at least 15 of the 
last 24 units before graduation must be taken 
in residence in the College of Business and 
Economics. 

Concentrations for the B.A. in 
Business Administration 

Business administration majors must 
complete the requirements of one concentra- 
tion in addition to the degree requirements 
shown above. 

ACCOUNTING CONCENTRATION 
(21 UNITS) 

All students with an accounting concen- 
tration are required to take the courses 
shown below. Before taking these courses, 
students must first complete all of the 
required lower division core courses with 
a grade of at least C in each course and must 
receive a passing score on the Accounting 
Qualifying Exam Passing the test must occur 
no earlier than one year prior to enrollment 
in the first upper-division accounting course. 

Accounting 301A,B Intermediate 
Accounting (3,3) 

Accounting 302 Cost Accounting (3) 

Accounting 307 Accounting Information 
Systems (3) 

Accounting 308 Concepts of Federal Income 
Tax Accounting (3) 

Accounting 402 Auditing (3) 


and one of the following courses: 

Accounting 40 1 Advanced Accounting (3) 

Accounting 403 Accounting for 

Governmental and Nonprofit Entities (3) 

Accounting 408 Problems in Taxation (3) 

Accounting 460 Seminar in Financial 
Statement Analysis (3) 

Accounting 470 Tax Research, Practice and 
Procedures (3) 

BUSINESS ECONOMICS 
CONCENTRATION (18 UNITS) 

All students with an economics concen- 
tration are required to take Econ 310 
Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis (3) 
or Econ 315 Intermediate Business 
Microeconomics (3) as part of their business 
administration core requirements. In addition, 
the concentration requires Econ 320 Inter- 
mediate Macroeconomic Analysis (3) and 
Econ 410 Industrial Organization (3) and 12 
units of upper-division economics electives, 

3 units of which must be at the 400-level. 

Students interested in economics also may 
wish to consider the Bachelor of Arts in 
Economics. 

ENTERTAINMENT & TOURISM 
MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION 
(21 UNITS) 

Required courses (6 units) 

Business Admin 346 Introduction to 
Entertainment and Tourism Studies (3) 

Business Admin 449 Capstone in 

Entertainment and Tourism Studies (3) 

Interdisciplinary Electives (9 units from 
the following) 

RTVF 100 Introduction to Radio, TV, and 
Film (3) 

Course in Entertainment and Public 
Relations (3) 

RTVF 480 Management in Radio, TV, and 
Film (3) 

Theatre 350 Stage Management (3) 

Theatre 351 Theatre Management (3) 

Business Electives (6 units) 

Management 435 Service Operations 
Management (3) 

OR Management 446 Entertainment 
Business Law (3) 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



Marketing 425 Retail Marketing Strategies (3) 

OR Marketing 465 Managing Service 
Marketing (3) 

Internship (Recommended) 

Business Admin 495 Internship (1-3) 

FINANCE CONCENTRATION (18 UNITS) 

Required Courses (6 units) 

Finance 332 Theory of Corporate Finance (3) 
Finance 340 Introduction to Investments (3) 

OR Finance 342 Capital and Money 
Markets (3) 

Electives (12 units) 

Students must complete 12 units of elec- 
tive courses in finance. Students are encour- 
aged to choose as many courses as possible 
from one of the following topical areas. 
Students are expected to consult with faculty 
advisers when selecting courses. 

Financial Institutions 

Finance 340 Introduction to Investments (3) 
Finance 342 Capital and Money Markets (3) 
Finance 352 Real Estate Finance (3) 

Finance 370 International Business 
Finance (3) 

Finance 371 Export-Import Financing (3) 

Finance 425 Commercial Bank and Financial 
Institution Management (3) 

Financial Management 

Finance 331 Working Capital Management 
and Computer Applications (3) 

Finance 370 International Business 
Finance (3) 

Finance 432 Financial Forecasting and 
Budgeting (3) 

Finance 433 Problems in Business Finance (3) 
International Finance 

Finance 332 Theory of Corporate Finance (3) 

Finance 335 Financial Analysis for Investors 
and Lenders (3) 

Finance 340 Introduction to Investments (3) 

OR Finance 342 Capital and Money 
Markets (3) 

Finance 342 Capital and Money Markets (3) 
Finance 360 Principles or Insurance (3) 

Finance 370 International Business 
Finance (3) 


Finance 371 Export-Import Financing (3) 

Finance 373 Asia-Pacific Financial & 
Security Markets (3) 

Finance 410 Theory & Practice of Personal 
Financial Planning (3) 

Finance 411 Retirement and Estate 
Planning (3) 

Finance 461 Business Property and Liability 
Risk Management (3) 

Finance 462 Life and Health Insurance (3) 

Investments and Financial Planning 

Finance 335 Financial Analysis for Investors 
and Lenders (3) 

Finance 340 Introduction to Investments (3) 

Finance 355 Real Estate Investment 
Analysis (3) 

Finance 360 Principles of Insurance (3) 

Finance 410 Theory and Practice of Personal 
Financial Planning (3) 

Finance 411 Retirement and Estate 
Planning (3) 

Finance 442 Advanced Investment 
Analysis (3) 

Finance 444 Options and Futures (3) 

Note: To be eligible to sit for the Certified 
Financial Planner Examination, students 
must take all of the following: Finance 340, 
355, 360, 410, 411, and Accounting 358. 

Real Estate 

Finance 351 Introduction to Real Estate (3) 
Finance 352 Real Estate Finance (3) 

Finance 353 Real Estate Valuation (3) 
Finance 355 Real Estate Investment 
Analysis (3) 

Finance 45 1 Real Estate Law (3) 

Finance 454 Real Estate and Market 
Analysis (3) 

Finance 456 Property Development and 
Management (3) 

Note: To be eligible to sit for the Real 
Estate Broker License Examination, students 
must have completed eight courses in addition 
to the experience/educational requirements. 
Five of the courses are required. One of these 
required courses, Real Estate Practice, is not 
currently offered at CSUF The student may, 
however, complete a Finance 499 (indepen- 
dent study) course to meet this requirement. 
The remaining four required courses include 


the following: Finance 351, 353, 451, and 
454. In lieu of Finance 454, the student may 
complete Economics 201, 202 or 361 or 
Accounting 201 A or 20 IB. In addition, the 
student is required to complete three courses 
from the following: Finance 351, 355, 456, 
551 or Management 246. 

INFORMATION SYSTEMS 
CONCENTRATION (21 UNITS) 

All students with a Management 
Information Systems concentration are 
required to take: 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 309 Intro to Operating 
Systems and Programming (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 310 Systems Analysis 
and Design (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 370 COBOL 

Programming for Information Systems (3) 

OR Info Sys/Decision Sci 371 C++ for 
Business Applications (3) 

OR Info Sys/Decision Sci 41 1 Micro- 
computer Business Application Design (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 408 Data Base 
Management Systems (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 409 Business 
Telecommunications for Information 
System Design (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 454 Seminar in 
Information Systems Development (3) 

Information Systems Elective (3) 

MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION 
(18 UNITS) 

Students in the management concentra- 
tion must choose one of the following 
emphases: 

Entrepreneurial Management (18 units) 

Management 343 Personnel Management (3) 
OR Management 443 Group Dynamics (3) 

Management 345 Small Business 
Management (3) 

OR Management 448 Seminar in Small 
Business Consulting (3) 

Management 425 Productivity and Quality 
Management (3) 

and nine units of elective course work to be 
chosen in consultation with a departmental 
adviser. 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


General Management (18 units) 

Management 343 Personnel Management (3) 
OR Management 443 Group Dynamics (3) 

Management 425 Productivity and Quality 
Management (3) 

Management 440 Emerging Issues in 
Management (3) 

and 

nine units of elective course work to be 
chosen in consultation with a departmental 
adviser. 

Human Resources Management/ 
Organization Behavior (18 units) 

Management 343 Personnel Management (3) 

Management 425 Productivity and Quality 
Management (3) 

Management 433 Advanced Topics in 
Human Resource Management (3) 

Management 441 Labor Management 
Relations (3) 

Management 443 Group Dynamics (3) 
and 

three units of elective course work to be 
chosen in consultation with a departmental 
adviser. 

Operations Management (18 units) 

Management 343 Personnel Management (3) 
OR Management 443 Group Dynamics (3) 

Management 42 1 Operations Systems 
Design (3) 

Management 422 Production and Inventory 
Control (3) 

Management 425 Productivity and Quality 
Management (3) 

and 

six units of elective course work to be chosen 
in consultation with a departmental adviser. 

MANAGEMENT SCIENCE 
CONCENTRATION (18 UNITS) 

Required Courses 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 309 Elements of 
Information Systems (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 310 Systems 
Development and Programming (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 440 Intermediate 
Management Science Models (3) 


Electives in Statistics (Students must take 

at least one course from this category) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 422 Surveys and 
Sampling Design and Applications (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 461 Statistical Theory 
for Management Science (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 467 Statistical Quality 
Control (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 472 Design of 
Experiments (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 473 Applied Statistical 
Forecasting (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 475 Multivariate 
Analysis (3) 

Other Electives 

Economics 440 Introduction to 
Econometrics (3) 

Finance 360 Principles of Insurance (3) 

Finance 444 Options and Futures (3) 

Management 422 Production and Inventory 
Control (3) 

Management 430 Integrated Logistics 
Management (3) 

Management 444 Project Management (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 408 Data Base 
Management Systems (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 415 Decision Support 
and Expert Systems (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 448 Computer 

Simulation in Business and Economics (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 465 Linear 

Programming in Management Science (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 490 Queuing and 
Stochastic Models in Management 
Science (3) 

MARKETING CONCENTRATION 

(18 UNITS) 

Required Courses (9 units) 

Marketing 353 Marketing Information 
Technology (3) 

Marketing 370 Buyer Behavior (3) 

Marketing 379 Marketing Research 
Methods (3) 

Electives (6 units) 

Choose two from the following: 

Marketing 401 Professional Selling (3) 

Marketing 405 Integrating Marketing 
Communications (3) 


Marketing 415 Managing the Sales Force (3) 
Marketing 425 Retail Marketing Strategy (3) 

Marketing 445 Multinational Marketing 
Strategies (3) 

Marketing 455 Strategic Internet 
Marketing (3) 

Marketing 465 Managing Services 
Marketing (3) 

Marketing 475 Export Marketing 
Strategies (3) 

Marketing Concentration Capstone Course 
(3 units) 

Marketing 489 Developing Marketing 
Strategies (3) 

MINOR IN BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

The minor provides a basic understanding 
of the role of business in society and the 
methods used by business. This curriculum 
also provides a basis for advanced study. A 
working knowledge of algebra is necessary 
for several of the required courses. 

Business administration minors shall not 
enroll in any required upper-division course 
(in the minor) until they have completed all 
of the required lower-division courses (in the 
minor) with a grade of at least C in each 
course. Students must earn a grade of at least 
C in each course required for the minor. 

Required Lower-Division Courses 

Accounting 201A.B Financial and Managerial 
Accounting (3,3) 

Economics 201 Principles of 
Microeconomics (3) 

Economics 202 Principles of 
Macroeconomics (3) 

Management 246 Business and Its Legal 
Environment (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 265 Introduction to 
Computing and Application Software(3) 

Required Upper-Division Courses 

Special Notice. Enrollment in these 
courses requires the completion of all lower- 
division minor requirements with a grade of 
C or better in each course. 

Finance 320 Business Finance (3) 

Management 339 Principles of Management 
& Operations (3) 

OR Management 340 Organizational 
Behavior (3) 

Marketing 351 Principles of Marketing (3) 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


Economics Majors Minoring in Business 
Administration: Economics Majors can com- 
plete a minor in business administration by 
taking Accounting 20 IB, Management 246, 
Finance 320, Management 339 or 340 and 
Marketing 351. All other required courses for 
the minor are required for the major in 
Economics. 

MINOR IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS* 

This minor surveys modem computer 
methods and the development of informa- 
tion-systems. Emphasis is placed on systems 
which aid management decision-making. 
Students must earn a grade of at least C in 
each course listed below. 

Accounting 201 A Financial Accounting (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 265 Introduction to 
Computing and Application Software (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 310 Systems Analysis 
& Design (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 309 Elements of 
Information Systems (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 408 Data Base 
Management Systems (3) 

Upper-division elective approved by the 
adviser (3) 

CREDENTIAL INFORMATION 

The bachelors degree in Business 
Administration may be effectively combined 
with subject matter studies necessary for the 
single subject teaching credential in business. 
Undergraduates are encouraged to work with 
the department adviser and/or the Center for 
Careers in Teaching (714-278-7130) as early 
as possible in their academic careers to plan 
efficient course selections for general educa- 
tion, the major and electives. Postgraduate 
students should contact the Admission to 
Teacher Education office in the School of 
Education (714-278-3411) to obtain informa- 
tion on attending an overview presentation 
and orientation and then contact the depart- 
ment credential adviser. 


* Students with a major in business 
administration may not minor in information 
systems. Interested students may elect to 
complete a second concentration in informa- 
tion systems. 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


MASTER OF BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION DEGREE 

The M.B.A. degree program is accredited 
by the International Association for Manage- 
ment Education (AACSB). This assures a rig- 
orous, in-depth program, covering the full 
spectrum of business administration. 
Accreditation also indicates a well-qualified 
faculty, high standards for students, access to 
computing and an extensive library system. 

Programs of Study 

The College of Business and Economics 
offers two plans for the M.B.A. degree. 

The M.B.A. Generalist Plan is designed for 
students with little or no course work in busi- 
ness administration. The curriculum surveys 
the entire field of business administration, 
preparing students for general management 
responsibilities. 

The M.B.A. Specialist Plan is designed for 
students with recent course work (or an 
undergraduate degree) in business adminis- 
tration or for those who wish to include a 
specialized area of concentration in their cur- 
riculum. Some courses may be waived on the 
basis of equivalent undergraduate course 
work. The areas of concentration are account- 
ing, business economics, e-commerce, 
finance, information systems, international 
business, management, management science 
and marketing. 

The M.B.A. program is scheduled espe- 
cially for students who are employed full 
time. Courses are ofTered during the late 
afternoon and evening. Most students enroll 
on a part-time basis, taking two courses 
(6 units) per semester. 

Most graduate courses in the College of 
Business and Economics require “classified 
CBE status” and are open only to students 
with classified standing in the M.B.A., M.S. 
in Accountancy, M.S. in Management Science, 
M.S. in Taxation or M.A. in Economics pro- 
grams. 

Admission 

Students meeting the following require- 
ments will be admitted to postbaccalaureate- 
unclassified standing: 

1 . Acceptable bachelors degree from an 

appropriately accredited institution, or 

equivalent. 


2. Grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the 
last 60 semester units attempted and in 
good standing at last college attended. 

Note: Postbaccalaureate-unclassified stu- 
dents may enroll in undergraduate courses 
(100 thru 400 level) but are generally ineligi- 
ble for graduate business courses (500 level). 
Such students may wish to take undergradu- 
ate courses which are necessary to meet the 
requirements for classified standing (see 
below). Upon completing the requirements, 
the student may file an “Application for 
Change of Academic Objective-Graduate” 
requesting admission to the M.B.A. program. 
Admission to the university as a postbac- 
calaureate-unclassified student does not con- 
stitute admission to the M.B.A. program, does 
not confer priority, nor does it guarantee 
future admission. Students planning to apply 
for admission to the M.B.A. program should 
confer with the graduate adviser in the 
College of Business and Economics. 

Students meeting the following college- 
specific requirements will be admitted to the 
M.B.A. program with conditionally classified 
standing: 

3. Admission into the M.B.A. program is 
based upon an analysis of the following 
quantitative and qualitative considera- 
tions: 

A. A combination of GPA and Graduate 
Management Admission Test (GMAT) 
score, sufficient to yield a minimum 
score of 1000 according to one of the 
following formulas. Due to limited 
space, a higher minimum score may 
be required of all applicants. 

1 . If overall undergraduate GPA is 
at least 2.7 and GMAT is at least 
450, then score = (GPA x 200) + 
GMAT. 

2. If overall undergraduate GPA is 
below 2.7 or GMAT is below 450, 
then score = (GPA x 200) + 

GMAT - 50. 

B. A score in the top 50 percent on the 
verbal, analytical and quantitative 
areas of the GMAT. Students who do 
not reach this level are required to 
complete a department approved 
course(s). 


C. For international students a TOEFL 
score of 570. A student scoring 
between 550 and 570 may be admitted 
conditionally depending upon an 
evaluation of the entire application 
file. The student may be required to 
complete a department approved 
course(s). 

D. Review by the M B. A. admissions 
committee of the following: 

1 . Academic preparation for graduate 
study 

2. Any prior work experience 

3. A “Statement of Purpose” in pursuing the 
M B A., to be submitted by applicant 

Note: Conditionally classified students 
may take a limited number of graduate courses 
(500 level), subject to the approval 
of the graduate adviser of the College of 
Business and Economics. Students are 
expected to advance promptly to classified 
standing. In particular, any deficiencies in 
calculus or computer applications must be 
removed during the first 12 months of study. 
Students who do not do so will not be 
allowed to continue in the program. 

Students meeting the following additional 
requirements will be advanced to classified 
standing. Such students are eligible to take 
graduate courses for which they are qualified. 

4. Proficiency in calculus and computer 
applications equivalent to passing 
Mathematics 135 Business Calculus (3 
units), and Info Sys/Decision Sci 265 
Introduction to Computing and 
Application Software (3 units), with 
grades of at least C. Students with work 
expenence in these fields may demon- 
strate proficiency by passing a challenge 
examination and should consult the chair 
of the Management Science/Information 
Systems Department for details. 

5. Approval of study plan. 

Curriculum - M.B.A7Generalist Plan 

The M.B.A./Generalist curriculum 
includes 14-17 courses (42-51 units). 

Any deficiencies in calculus or computer 
applications must be removed within one 
year. A 3.0 GPA (B) is required in study plan 
courses and over all applicable course work. 
Any study plan course with a grade lower 


than C must be repeated with at least a C 
grade, regardless of the overall GPA of the 
student. 

Up to nine units of foundation courses 
may be waived on the basis of equivalent 
undergraduate course work providing the 
proposed courses are no more than seven 
years old and have at least a C grade with an 
overall 3.0 GPA (B). Courses waived beyond 
nine units must be replaced by an advanced 
course in the same discipline. 

Foundation Courses 

Accounting 510 Financial Accounting (3) 
Business Admin 590 Strategic Management (3) 

Economics 515 The Price System and 
Resource Allocation (3) 

Finance 517 Managerial Finance (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 513 Statistical 
Analysis (3) 

Management 515 Management of 
Information in the Corporate 
Environment (3) 

Management 516 Organizational Theory and 
Management of Operations (3) 

Management 518 Legal Environment of 
Business (3) 

Marketing 519 Marketing Management (3) 
Advanced Courses 

All advanced courses must be at the grad- 
uate level. 

Accounting 5 1 1 Seminar in Managerial 
Accounting (3) 

Economics 52 1 Macroeconomic Theory and 
Policy (3) 

Finance 523 Seminar in Corporate Financial 
Management (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 514 Decision Models 
for Business and Economics (3) 

Management 524 Seminar in Organizational 
Behavior and Administration (3) 

Marketing 525 Seminar in Marketing 
Problems (3) 

500-level elective chosen from any of the six 
CBE departments 

Terminal Evaluation 

Business Admin 591 Comprehensive 
Business Management (3) 


Pass the individual written project in 
Business Admin 59 1 and complete the course 
with a grade of B or better. 

Curriculum-M.B.A./Specialist Plan 

The M.B.A./Specialist curriculum includes 
a concentration in a specialized area and 
requires from 33 to 60 units of graduate 
course work. Students with a bachelor’s 
degree in business administration may be 
able to complete the program with the 
minimum of 33 units. Students with little 
or no recent course work in business admin- 
istration may require 60 units. Any deficien- 
cies in calculus or computer applications 
must be removed within one year. Any study 
plan course with a grade lower than C must 
be repeated with at least a C grade, regardless 
of the overall GPA of the student. A 3.0 GPA 
(B) is required in study plan courses and over 
all applicable course work. 

Foundation Courses 

Foundation courses may be waived on the 
basis of equivalent undergraduate course 
work, providing that the equivalent courses 
are no more than seven years old and have 
grades of at least C with a GPA of at least B. 

Accounting 510 Financial Accounting (3) 
Business Admin 590 Strategic Management (3) 

Economics 515 The Price System 6z 
Resource Allocation (3) 

Finance 517 Managerial Finance (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 513 Statistical Analysis 
(3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 514 Decision Models 
for Business and Economics (3) 

Management 515 Management of 
Information in the Corporate 
Environment (3) 

Management 516 Organizational Theory and 
Management of Operations (3) 

Management 518 Legal Environment of 
Business (3) 

Marketing 519 Marketing Management (3) 

A list of equivalent undergraduate courses 
is available from the graduate adviser. In 
many cases, students with a recent bachelor’s 
degree in business administration from an 
accredited university will be able to waive 
all foundation courses. 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


Advanced Courses 

All courses in this group must be taken at 
the graduate level. The Info Sys/Decision Sci 
seminar will be waived for students who have 
successfully completed both Info 
Sys/Decision Sci 513 and 514 (but not for 
students who have taken Info Sys/Decision 
Sci 361A and 361B.) Students with a con- 
centration in international business are 
required to take only five of the following 
courses: 

Accounting 511 Seminar in Managerial 
Accounting (3) 

Note: Students who have satisfactorily 
completed a course in cost accounting must 
substitute Accounting 521 Seminar in 
Administrative Accounting (3) for Accounting 
511. 

Economics 521 Macroeconomic Theory and 
Policy (3) 

Note: Economics 521 is not open to 
students with credit in intermediate macro- 
economics. 

Finance 523 Seminar in Corporate Financial 
Management (3) 

Management 524 Seminar in Organizational 
Behavior and Administration (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 526 Forecasting, 
Decision Analysis and Experimental 
Design (3) 

OR Info Sys/Decision Sci 550 Data 
Communications and Networks (3) 

OR Info Sys/Decision Sci 560 Advanced 
Deterministic Models (3) 

OR Info Sys/Decision Sci 561 Advanced 
Probabilistic Models (3) 

Marketing 525 Seminar in Marketing 
Problems (3) 

Concentration Courses (except international 
business) 

Students may choose a concentration in 
Accounting, Business Economics, E-Commerce, 
Finance, Information Systems, Management, 
Marketing or Management Science. Students 
may also elect to take a combination of 
courses from each of these areas with no 
concentration. 


At least 6 units of the concentration courses 
must be taken at the 500-level. Concentration 
courses are to be approved by the department 
chair concerned, or designee within the 
department, and the Associate Dean, College 
of Business Administration and Economics. If 
no concentration is desired, the combination 
must be approved by the Associate Dean. 

Note: The accounting concentration elec- 
tives must cover the following areas: Financial 
Accounting and Theory, Accounting Information 
Systems, Auditing, and Taxation. At least nine 
of these units must be at the graduate level. 

Concentration Courses International Business 
Five of the following courses (15 units) 
are required, including at least 9 units at the 
graduate (500) level. (Note: students with an 
international business concentration take only 
five of the courses listed above under 
Advanced Courses.) 

Accounting 518 Seminar in International 
Accounting (3) 

Economics 531 International Economics (3) 

Finance 570 Seminar in International 
Financial Management (3) 

Management 547 Comparative 
Management (3) 

Marketing 445 Multinational Marketing 
Strategies (3) 

Elective (3 units) 

Recommended electives include selected 
courses in history, political science, communi- 
cations, geography and Chicano studies and 
must be aproved by the international business 
adviser. 

Terminal Evaluation 

Business Admin 591 Comprehensive 
Business Management (3) 

Pass the individual project in Business 
Admin 591 and complete the course with a 
grade of B or better. 

In exceptional cases, a thesis (Business 
Administration 598, Thesis) may also serve as 
an option. See the graduate adviser for 
details. 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 
COURSES 

Courses are designated as “BUAD” in the 
class schedule. 

201 Business Writing (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent 
(with a grade of C or better). Principles of 
effective writing in business. Extensive prac- 
tice in various forms of business writing. 

Case studies. 

301 Advanced Business 
Communication (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101, Business 
Admin 201, and Info Sys/Decision Sci 265 
(or equivalent) with a C or better. An 
advanced course in business communication 
covering business case analysis, reports, 
negotiations, and oral presentations. 

346 Introduction to Entertainment and 
Tourism Studies (3) 

(Same as Communications 346) 

449 Capstone in Entertainment and 
Tourism Studies (3) 

(Same as Communications 449) 

495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: junior standing, major in 
Business Administration, consent of the 
instructor, 2.5 GPA and semester in residence 
at the university. Planned and supervised 
work experience. May be repeated to a total 
of six units of credit. Credit/No Credit 
grading only. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Open 
to qualified students desiring to pursue 
directed independent inquiry. May be repeated 
for credit. Not open to students on academic 
probation. 

501 Business Communication for 
Grads (3) 

Prerequisites: classified CBE status. 
Investigates the entire process of case analysis 
and case report. Analyzes management com- 
munication problems and formulates writing 
strategies. Credit/No Credit grading only. 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


590 Strategic Management (3) 

Prerequisites: classified CBE. status, and 
completion of all other Foundation courses. 
Focuses on importance of monitoring changes 
in environment(s) facing business and incor- 
porating social, economic, and technological 
change into corporate decision-making 
process. Emphasizes use of analysis tools 
from other M B A. classes with focus on data 
sources and methods for effective environ- 
mental scanning; emphasis on business ethics 
and social responsibility, international com- 
petitiveness, and changes in legal environment. 

591 Comprehensive Business 
Management (3) 

Prerequisites: classified CBE status, within 
six units of completion of study plan and in 
Final semester of program. Studies complex 
business problems and solutions. Builds skills 
in integrating knowledge from functional 
areas and applying them in an original and 
organized form to a range of business prob- 
lems arising from changing technology, 
competitive market conditions, social changes, 
government actions. Includes article analysis, 
case analysis, a research project, individual 
and group reports and oral and written 
presentations. The individual project will 
fulfill the terminal degree requirement. 

598 Thesis (3) 

Prerequisites, classified CBE status and 
consent of associate dean. Individual research 
under supervision. See “Theses and Projects” 
in this catalog for university requirements. 



DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

John Olmsted 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

McCarthy Hall 580 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Science in Biochemistry 
Bachelor of Science in Chemistry 
Bachelor of Arts in Chemistry 
Minor in Chemistry 
Minor in Biotechnology 

Emphasis in Biotechnology 

Emphasis in Environmental 
Chemistry 

Master of Science in Chemistry 
Emphasis in Geochemistry 

SUBJECT MATTER PREPARATION 
PROGRAM 

Single Subject Teaching Credential in 
Science 


INTRODUCTION 

The Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry is on the approved list of the American 
Chemical Society. 

The curriculum is planned to provide thorough instruction in the basic principles and concepts 
of chemistry and biochemistry for students who will (1) advance to graduate work in chemistry 
or biochemistry; (2) teach in the science programs of secondary schools; (3) seek employment 
in industry or government; (4) advance to medical, dental, or pharmacy training or (5) pursue 
a degree or minor in support of a career in other areas such as physics, biology, geology, business 
or computer science. 

The department offers three bachelor’s degrees, the Bachelor of Science (B.S.) and the 
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Chemistry and the Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Biochemistry. 

To qualify for any of these degrees, a student must earn C grades in all courses required for 
the major including prerequisites in related sciences or mathematics. 

Undergraduate degrees in chemistry or biochemistry require a minimum of 120 units that 
include courses for the major, General Education, all University requirements, and free electives. 

INTERNSHIPS 

Internship in chemistry (Chemistry 490) provides practical work experience which integrates 
with the students classroom studies. 

RECOMMENDED PROGRAM IN GENERAL EDUCATION 

Because of high unit requirements for chemistry degree programs, a student majoring in 
chemistry is strongly urged to consult with a chemistry faculty adviser prior to designing his/her 
general education package. There is a six-unit exemption in general education for B.S. Chemistry 
degree majors for which the undergraduate Chemistry adviser must be consulted. 

UPPER-DIVISION BACCALAUREATE WRITING REQUIREMENT 

Chemistry and biochemistry majors meet the coursework portion of the University’s upper- 
division writing requirement by passing either English 301 or English 360. 


FACULTY 

Robert Belloli, Peter deLijser, Richard 
Deming, Barbara Gonzalez, Christina Goode, 
A. Scott Hewitt, Gene Hiegel, Katherine 
KantardjiefT, Maria Linder, Christopher Meyer, 
John Olmsted, Harold Rogers, Eric Streitbeiger, 
Fu-Ming Tao, Joseph Thomas, Jill Vickery, 
Bruce Weber, Patrick Wegner, Gregory 
Williams, W Van Willis 

ADVISERS 

Undergraduate - Gene Hiegel (Chemistry), 
Bruce Weber (Biochemistry) 

Graduate - Gregory Williams 


TEACHING CREDENTIALS 

The B.A. in Chemistry degree may be effectively combined with subject matter studies neces- 
sary for the single subject teaching credential in science. Undergraduates are encouraged to work 
with the department adviser and/or the Center for Careers in Teaching (714-278-7130) as early 
as possible in their academic careers to plan efficient course selections for general education, the 
major and electives. Postbaccalaureate students need to contact the Admission to Teacher 
Education office in the School of Education (714-278-3411) to obtain information on attending 
an overview presentation and orientation prior to meeting with the department adviser. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BIOCHEMISTRY 

The B.S. degree in Biochemistry is recommended for students planning to go directly into 
professional biochemistry and for students planning to attend graduate school in biochemistry 
or molecular biology. It is also excellent preparation for medical, dental and pharmacy school. 
Students who complete this program and include Chemistry 325 and Chemistry 411 (3 units) 
qualify for certification by the American Chemical Society. The B.S. in Biochemistry requires 
42 units of Chemistry courses and 28-31 units if support courses. 


100 


CHEMISTRY/BIOCHEMISTRY 


Basic Requirements (37 units) 

Courses Normally Taken During the First 
Two Years (Courses are prerequisite to addi- 
tional required courses ): 

General Chemistry (Chemistry 120A.B) (10) 
Organic Chemistry (Chemistry 301A,B) (6) 

Organic Chemistry Laboratory (Chemistry 
302) (2) 

Fundamental Physics (Physics 225, 226, 227 
(1 unit) (7) 

Fundamental Physics Lab (Physics 22 5L, 
226L) (2) 

Analytic Geometry' and Calculus (Math 
150A.B) (8) 

Pnnciples of Biology (Biology 131) (3) 

Note: Chemistry 305, 306A and B may be 
substituted for 30 IB. With advisers approval, 
Physics 21 1, 21 1L, 212 and 212L or equiva- 
lent may be substituted for Fundamental 
Physics. 


Additional Required Courses (32-36 units) 

Theory' of Quantitative Chemistry (Chemistry 
315) (3) 

Quantitative Chemistry Laboratory 
(Chemistry 316) (1) 

Introduction to Physical Chemistry 
(Chemistry 361A,B) (6) 

Career Options in Chemistry’ (Chemistry 
390)(1) 

Biochemistry Laboratory’ (Chemistry 422) (2) 
General Biochemistry (Chemistry’ 423A,B) (6) 
Senior Research (Chemistry’ 495) (3) 

Genetics and Molecular Biology (Biology’ 

312) (3) 


Two of the following, one of which must 
be in Biology (5-8 units) 

Biology 302, 315, 362, 405, 412, 413, 424 
Biology/Chemistry 472A, 472B, 477 
Chemistry 325, 411 (3 units), 431, 438, 445 

Introductory Chemical Computation 
(Chemistry 210) (2) 

OR Intermediate Calculus (Math 250A) (4) 

Note: Chemistry’ 371A,B may be substi- 
tuted for Chemistry' 361A,B 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 
IN CHEMISTRY 

The Bachelor of Science degree in chem- 
istry is recommended for students planning 
to go directly into professional chemistry and 
for those who wish to do graduate work in 
chemistry. Students who complete this pro- 
gram and include an advanced course in 
instrumental analysis (such as 3 units of 
Chemistry 411) and advanced inorganic 

chemistry (425) qualify for certifica- 
tion by the American Chemical 
Society. The B.S. in Chemistry 
requires 55 units of Chemistry 
courses, 25 units of support courses, 
and 9 units of adviser-approved 
career-breadth courses. 

Basic Requirements (40 units) 

Courses Normally Taken During 
the First Two Years (These courses are 
prerequisite to the additional required 
chemistry courses): 

General Chemistry (Chemistry 
120A,B) (10) 

Organic Chemistry (Chemistry 301 A, 
305, 306A.B) (10) 

Quantitative Chemistry (Chemistry 315) (3) 

Fundamental Physics (Physics 225, 226, 227 
(1 unit), 255L, 226L) (9) 

Analytic Geometry and Calculus (Math 
1 50A,B) (8) 

Note: For students planning to pursue a 
graduate degree, both Physics 227 (3 units) 
and 227L (1 unit) are highly recommended. 

Additional Required Chemistry Courses 
(20 units) 

Quantitative Chemistry Laboratory 
(Chemistry 316) (1) 


Inorganic Chemistry (Chemistry 325) (3) 

Physical Chemistry Laboratory (Chemistry 
355) (3) 

Physical Chemistry (Chemistry 371A.B) (6) 

Career Options in Chemistry (Chemistry 
390)(1) 

Senior Research (Chemistry 495) (3) 

Upper-division elective (3) 

The following upper-division chemistry 
courses do not apply toward the upper- 
division elective requirement: Chemistry 
480 A, 490, 495, 496 and 499. 

Other Requirements (19 units) 

Calculus and Linear Algebra (Math 250A.B) (8) 

Introductory Chemical Computation 
(Chemistry 210) (2) 

Career Breadth (9) 

Career Breadth Requirements 

The career breadth requirement is satisfied 
by taking nine units of upper-division course- 
work directly related to the student’s career 
plans and approved in advance by the under- 
graduate adviser. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN CHEMISTRY 

The Bachelor of Arts in Chemistry is 
offered for students who are planning careers 
which require a sound background in funda- 
mental chemistry, but not at the depth of the 
B.S. degree. The B.A. is particularly suited for 
those who plan to go into areas such as sec- 
ondary education, technical sales, food pro- 
cessing, chemical patent law and forensic 
sciences. The B.A. in Chemistry requires 36 
units of Chemistry courses, 16 units of 
support course, and 6 units of adviser- 
approved career-breadth courses. 

Basic Requirements (37 units) 

Courses Normally Taken During the First 
Two Years (These courses are prerequisite to 
the additional required chemistry courses): 

General Chemistry (Chemistry 120A.B) (10) 
Organic Chemistry (Chem 301A,B, 302) (8) 
Quantitative Chemistry (Chemistry 315) (3) 

Elementary Physics (Physics 21 1, 212, 21 1L, 

2 1 2L) (8) 

Analytic Geometry' and Calculus (Math 150A,B) (8) 



101 


CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 


Additional Required Chemistry Courses 
(15 units) 

Introductory Chemical Computation 
(Chemistry 210) (2)Quantitative 
Chemistry Laboratory (Chemistry 316) (1) 

Inorganic Chemistry (Chemistry 325) (3) 
Introduction to Physical Chemistry 
(Chemistry 361A,B) (6) 

Career Options in Chemistry (Chemistry 
390) (1) 

Senior Research (Chemistry 495) (2) 

Other Requirements (6 units) 

Adviser-approved career breadth electives (6) 

Chemistry/Pre MBA Program 

A student may combine a B.A. in chem- 
istry with a minor in Business Administration 
to qualify to enroll in and complete an MBA 
degree at CSUF in one additional year (33 
units), provided all entrance requirements 
for the MBA program have been met. See 
your department adviser for details. 

MINOR IN CHEMISTRY 

A minor in Chemistry requires a minimum 
of 24 acceptable units of chemistry, including 
general chemistry (Chemistry 120A,B) plus 
14 units of upper-division chemistry courses. 
These courses must be completed with an 
overall GPA of 2.0. (The following upper- 
division chemistry courses are not applicable 
toward a minor: Chemistry 311, 321, 390, 
480A, 490, 490B, 495, 496 and 499). 

The chemistry minor is appropriate for 
students majoring in Biological Science, 
Geological Science, physics, or Science 
Education. It is also appropriate for students 
who have interest in Art Resolution, 
Environmental Science, Forensic Science, 
Industrial Administration, Medical 
Technology, Patent or Environmental Law, or 
Science Writing. Students with interest in 
these or other areas should consult the chem- 
istry department about courses appropriate 
for a minor. 

MINOR IN BIOTECHNOLOGY 

See description of this minor under the 
Department of Biological Science. 

EMPHASIS IN BIOTECHNOLOGY 

This emphasis is appropriate for students 
majoring in biochemistry and interested in 
gaining employment in nearly any area of the 
medical and agricultural biotechnology 


industries, working in academic research lab- 
oratories, or pursuing postgraduate degrees 
in molecular biology or biochemistry. 

Required Courses (12 units) 

Advances in Biotechnology Lab (Chem 
472A,B) (6) 

Advances in Biotechnology (Chem 477) (3) 
Principles of Gene Manipulation (Biol 412) (3) 

Note: Six of the twelve required units may 
also be applied to meet elective requirements 
for the B.S. Biochemistry degree. 

EMPHASIS IN ENVIRONMENTAL 
CHEMISTRY 

This emphasis provides a concentration 
in chemistry with respect to the environment. 
The coursework addresses issues of concern 
such as EPA analysis protocols and other ana- 
lytical methods, the interactions of chemicals 
with the air, water, and soil environments, 
how chemicals interact with living systems, 
chemical hazards, safe handling and disposal 
of chemicals, and an introduction to the reg- 
ulatory framework. Interested students should 
consult their academic adviser for specific 
course requirements. The emphasis provides 
training for individuals interested in becom- 
ing environmental scientists and for those 
interested in graduate programs in this area. 

Requirements (17-19 units) 

Three of the following: 

Chemistry of Hazardous 
Materials (Chem 435) (3) 

Atmospheric Chemistry 
(Chem 436) (3) 

Environ Water Chemistry (Chem 437) (3) 
Environmental Biochemistry (Chem 438) (3) 
Three of the following: 

Optical Spectroscopy (Chem 41 1A) (1) 
Separations (Chem 41 1C) (1) 

Radiochemistry (Chem 41 IE) (1) 

Mass Spectrometry (Chem 411G) (1) 

Statistics Applied to the Natural Sciences 
(Math 338) 0) 

(This course can be substituted for 
Chemistry 210 in meeting requirements 
for the major.) 

Senior Research (Chem 495) (2-4) 

(Topic must be environmentally related 
and meet the major requirement.) 


102 


Note: The Environmental Chemistry 
Emphasis may be integrated with the B.S. 
Chemistry with no additional required units 
by using the above courses to meet career 
breadth and elective requirements. Chem 335 
may also be used as an elective for the B.S. 
Biochemistry degree. Six units of the emphasis 
may also be applied to the electives for the 
B.S. Chemistry degree. The environmental 
chemistry courses also can be used to satisfy 
requirements for the minor in chemistry. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR CHEMISTRY 
MAJORS SEEKING A TEACHING 
CREDENTIAL 

To qualify for the Subject Matter 
Preparation Program for the Single Subject 
Teaching Credential in Science with a con- 
centration in Chemistry, students should 
elect the B.A. with the following changes: 

1. Students substitute Science Education 
412 for Chemistry 495. 

2. Students must take Biology 131, and 
either 241, or 261. 

3. Students must also take Geological 
Science 101, 101L and 420. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY 

The degree is designed to qualify students 
for more advanced work in chemistry, to 
provide preparation that will lead to responsible 
positions in industrial or government research 
and development laboratories, and to provide 
preparation for the effective teaching of chem- 
istry in high schools and community colleges. 

The program provides fundamental 
courses at a level and depth commensurate 
with those taken during the first year of 
a doctoral program and provides an intro- 
duction to research and research methods. 

Admission 

Students must meet the university 
requirements for admittance to the university. 
This normally requires a baccalaureate degree 
from an accredited institution and a grade- 
point average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 
semester units attempted. (See the section 
of this catalog on Graduate Admissions for 
a complete statement and procedures.) In 
addition to university requirements, in order 
to achieve conditionally classified standing in 
the chemistry program, a student must meet 
the following requirements: 


CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 


1 . An undergraduate degree in chemistry or 
a selection of science courses deemed as 
adequate preparation for further study in 
chemistry by the Department Graduate 
Committee; and 

2. At least a 2.5 GPA in upper division 
chemistry courses. 

Placement Examinations 

Each student is required to take place- 
ment examinations in the area of analytical, 
inorganic, organic, and physical chemistry 
and in biochemistry. 

Each students is required to show satisfac- 
tory performance in any four of the five area, 
within the first two years of enrolling in the 
graduate program. Students who fail to meet 
this deadline shall be dropped from the 
program. 

A student may take each placement exam- 
ination twice within the first 1 3 months of 
enrolling in the graduate program. 

A students who fails a placement exami- 
nation may demonstrate satisfactory perfor- 
mance by taking and passing, with a grade 
of B or better, the appropriate undergraduate 
course In the area: Chemistry 315 (analytical), 
Chemistry 325 (organic). Chemistry 30 IB 
(organic), one of Chemistry 361 A, 36 IB, 

37 1A, 37 IB (physical, selected by the gradu- 
ate student’s adviser), Chemistry 322 or 423A 
(biochemistry, selected by the graduate 
student’s adviser) 

Classified Standing 

In order to proceed from conditionally 
classified to classified standing, a student 
must meet the following requirements: 

1 . Demonstration of satisfactory performance 

in any three of the five area, as described 
above. 

2. Approved selection of a research director. 

3. An approved study plan. 

4. The University graduate level-writing 
requirement. 

Study Plan 

Two alternatives are available for the study 
plan. The student can complete either a labo- 
ratory thesis (preferred) or a library thesis. 

The degree program consists of 30 units 
of graduate committee-approved course work 
completed with a minimum grade -point 
average of 3.0 in all course work exclusive 
of Chemistry 505A,B and 599. Each student 
prepares a study plan in consultation with 
the graduate program adviser. The study plan 


must be approved by the student’s research 
director, the department, and the Office of 
Graduate Studies. All chemistry courses on 
the study plan must be 400 level or above. 

Study plans may contain no more than 
2 units of Chemistry 505A.B, and no more 
than 6 units of Chemistry 599 (3 units 
for students electing the library thesis 
alternative). 

1. Basic requirements 

Courses required of all students: 

Chemistry 505A.B Seminar (2) 

Chemistry 599 Independent Graduate 
Research (6) 

Chemistry 598 Thesis (1-4) 

2. Core and Elective Requirements 

18 units of adviser-approved coursework 
are required, at least nine units of which 
must be the 500-level. Nine of these units 
must be core courses in the student’s area 
of specialization, as follows: 

Analytical: Chemistry 511, 512, and 552 
Biochemistry: 543 and 546 
Inorganic: Chemistry 425, 431, and 552 
Organic: Chemistry 431, 535, and 539 
Physical: Chemistry 512, 551, and 552 

A specialization on geochemistry is also 
available. Consult the chemistry graduate 
adviser for more information. 

For further details or advisement concern- 
ing the M.S. program, contact the graduate 
adviser. 

CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 
COURSES 

Courses are designated as CHEM in the 
class schedule. 

100 Survey of Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: one year of high school 
algebra. The fundamental principles of chem- 
istry; atomic and molecular structure and the 
application of these principles to contempo- 
rary problems. For the nonscience major. 

(3 hours lecture) 

100L Survey of Chemistry Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisite: concurrent or prior enroll- 
ment in Chemistry 100 or Chemistry 115. 
Experiments chosen to develop laboratory 
techniques; chemical principles and their 
application to environmental and societal 
problems. (3 hours laboratory). Instructional 
fee required. 


102 Physical Science for Future 
Elementary Teachers (3) 

(Same as Physics 102) 

111 Nutrition and Drugs (3) 

The basics of nutrition; diet, food additives, 
vitamins, hormones, drugs, disease and 
related biochemical topics. Current contro- 
versies, popular practices, fads and fallacies. 
For the non-science major. (3 hours lecture) 

115 Introductory General Chemistry (4) 

Chemistry at the basic level. For students 
with limited background in chemistry who 
plan to take additional chemistry or other 
science courses. Does not fulfill chemistry 
requirements for majors or minors in the 
physical or biological sciences. (3 hours 
lecture, 2 hours activity) Instructional fee 
required. 

120A,B General Chemistry (5,5) 
Prerequisites: passage of the chemistry 
placement examination and exemption from 
or passage of the ELM examination or com- 
pletion of Chemistry 115 with a grade of 
C or better. For majors and minors in the 
physical and biological sciences. (CAN 
CHEM SEQ A - Chemistry 120A and B) 

A. The principles of chemistry: stoichiometry, 
acids, bases, redox reactions, gas laws, 
solid and liquid states, changes of state, 
modem atomic concepts, periodicity and 
chemical bonding. Laboratory: elementary 
physical chemistry and volumetric quanti- 
tative analysis. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory) Instructional fee required. 
(CAN CHEM 2) 

B. Chemical thermodynamics, chemical 
equilibrium (gaseous, aqueous, acid-base, 
solubility and complexion), elementary 
electrochemistry and chemical kinetics. 
Laboratory: quantitative analysis and ele- 
mentary physical chemistry; some qualita- 
tive analysis. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory). Instructional fee required. 
(CAN CHEM 4) 

120W General Chemistry Workshop (1) 

Corequisite: Chemistry 120A. Designated 
to develop and refresh problem-solving, 
mathematical and analytical skills needed for 
success in Chemistry 120A. Activity-based, 
small-group cooperative learning used exten- 
sively. Limited to students enrolled in 
Chemistry 120A. 


103 


CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 


125 General Chemistry for Engineers (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 120A. The topics 
are the same as Chemistry 120B but without 
laboratory. Not open to students with credit 
in Chemistry 120B. (3 hours lecture) 

196 Student-to-Studcnt Tutorials (1-3) 

Supervised experience in chemistry teach- 
ing through tutoring or assisting in lower- 
division laboratory or field classes. Consult 
“Student-to-Student Tutorials” in this catalog 
for prerequisites and a more complete course 
description. 

210 Introductory Chemical 
Computation (2) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 120A,B and 
a major in chemistry or biochemistry. Intro- 
duction to the use of spreadsheets and C 
language programming for chemical problem 
solving and data management. Chemical 
algorithms; data analysis and interpretation; 
graph selection and preparation; data base 
creation and management; file transfers 
between programs and operating systems. 

295 Directed Study (1) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Research 
in chemistry under the supervision of a chem- 
istry department faculty member. Credit/no 
credit only. May be repeated for credit. Does 
not count towards major. Every undergraduate 
student engaged in a chemistry research 
project must be enrolled in Chemistry 295 
or 495. (3 hours laboratory per unit) 

301A,B Organic Chemistry (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 120A,B. Properties 
and reactions of aliphatic and aromatic com- 
pounds, theories of structure, and reaction 
mechanisms. For the nonchemistry major or 
for a B.A. in Chemistry or B.S. in Biochemistry. 
(3 hours lecture) 

302 Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry’ 301 A. 

Corequisite: Chemistry 30 IB. Techniques for 
the synthesis, characterization and isolation 
of typical aliphatic and aromatic compounds. 
(6 hours laboratory) Instructional fee required. 

302A,B Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1,1) 

Chemistry 302A must be taken concur- 
rently with Chemistry 301 A. Techniques for 
the synthesis, isolation and characterization 
of typical aliphatic and aromatic compounds. 
Students wishing to fulfill all of their organic 


chemistry laboratory requirements in a single 
semester should enroll in Chemistry 302. 
Instructional fee required. 

303A,B, C Biotechnology: Science, 

Business, and Society (1-3) 

Prerequisite: completion of Categories I, 

II, and III.A.l, 2 of GE. Chemistry 303A is 

a prerequisite for Chemistry 303B and 303C. 
Major applications of modem biotechnology 
will be explored in a lecture/discussion/pre- 
sentation format that includes guest speakers 
from industry. Chemistry 303A, Biotechnology, 
Business and Society; 303B Medical Bio- 
technology; 303C Agricultural and 
Environmental Biotechnology. 

305 Organic Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 301 A. 
Corequisite: Chemistry 306B. Continuation 
of Chemistry 301 A for B.S. in Chemistry 
or B.S. in Biochemistry. 

306A Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 120 A,B. 
Corequisite: Chemistry 301 A. Techniques for 
synthesis, isolation and characterization of 
typical aliphatic and aromatic compounds, 
with applications of instrumental and spectro- 
scopic methods. For the B.S. in Chemistry or 
B.S. in Biochemistry. Instructional fee required. 

306B Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry' 301 A, 306A. 
Corequisite: 305. Continuation of Chemistry 
306A. For the B.S. in Chemistry or B.S. in 
Biochemistry. Instructional fee required. 

311 Nutrition and Disease (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 1 1 1 or Biology 
101. Relationship between nutrients and 
disease, with an emphasis on cancer, athero- 
sclerosis and infectious illness. Dietary factors 
that modify and/or contribute to the disease 
process from the viewpoints of physiology, 
biochemistry and immunology. Not applica- 
ble to the major or minor. (3 hours lecture) 
(Same as Biology 311) 

313A Environmental Pollution and Its 
Solutions: Air Pollution (1) 

Prerequisites: completion of GE I, II, and 

III. A. Human pollution of the Earths atmos- 
pheie and means to ameliorate this pollution. 
Historical examples, current cases, and future 
prospects. (3 hours lecture/discussion for 

5 weeks) 


104 


CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 


31 3B Environmental Pollution and Its 
Solutions: Water Pollution (1) 

Prerequisites: completion of GE 1, II, and 
III.A. Human pollution of the Earth’s aqueous 
environment and means to ameliorate this 
pollution. Historical examples, current cases, 
and future prospects. (3 hours lecture/discus- 
sion for 5 weeks) 

313C Environmental Pollution and Its 
Solutions: Land Pollution (I) 

Prerequisites: completion of GE I, II, and 
III.A. Human pollution of the terrestrial envi- 
ronment and means to ameliorate this pollu- 
tion. Historical examples, current cases, and 
future prospects. (3 hours lecture/discussion 
for 5 weeks) 

315 Theory of Quantitative Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 120B. Physics 
211, 212 or Physics 225, 226 strongly 
recommended. Modem analytical chemistry; 
aqueous and non-aqueous equilibrium calcu- 
lations, electrochemistry, spectrometry, and 
contemporary separation methods with 
emphasis on chromatography. (3 hours 
lecture) 

315W Quantitative Chemistry 
Workshop (1) 

Corequisiste: Chemistry 315. Designed 
to enhance knowledge and skills needed for 
success in Chemistry 315. Emphasis on 
review of general chemistry, problem-solving 
skills, study and exam skills, and their appli- 
cation to quantitative chemistry. Credit/No 
Credit only. 

316 Quantitative Chemistry Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry' 315. Corequisite: 
Chemistry 210. Modem analytical chemistry 
laboratory’: polyprotic acids, liquid chromato- 
graphy, electrochemistry, absorption spectro- 
scopy (ultraviolet/visible, infrared, atomic). 

(3 hours laboratory) Instructional fee required. 

322 Concepts in Biochemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 301 A, Corequisite: 
30 IB. The basics of biochemistry, including 
protein structure enzymes and metabolism. 
Designated for biological science students 
interested in health profession careers and 
chemistry majors who wish American 
Chemical Society certification. 


325 Inorganic Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 30 IB or 305. The 
chemistry of the main group elements and an 
introduction to transition metal chemistry. 

(3 hours lecture) 

331 Environmental Pollution Problems 
and Solutions (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of general edu- 
cation requirements in physical science and 
mathematics. Air, water, and soil problems 
and solutions put into perspective using fun- 
damental chemistry and civil engineering 
principles. Focus in local environmental 
issues. (3 hours lecture, 3 field trips during 
class time required.) (Same as EG-CE 331) 

355 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 316. Corequisite: 
Chemistry 36 IB or 37 IB. Experiments in 
chemical synthesis, instrumental analysis and 
physical chemistry. Laboratory training and 
written presentation of theory, data and 
results are emphasized. (1 hour lecture, 

6 hours laboratory) Instructional fee required. 

361A,B Introduction to Physical 
Chemistry (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 150A.B; 

Physics 211, 212 or 225, 226, Chemistry 
301A,B or 305. Corequisite: Chemistry 315. 
Thermodynamics and kinetics; properties of 
gases and solutions; molecular structure and 
energies and application to spectroscopic 
techniques, liquids, phase equilibria, thermo- 
dynamics of multicomponent systems with 
application to the life sciences. (3 hours lecture) 

371A,B Physical Chemistry (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 250A, Physics 
225, 226 and Chemistry 301 A. Corequisite: 
Mathematics 250B and Chemistry 315. Thermo- 
dynamics, solutions, chemical and phase 
equilibria, electrochemistry, transport phenom- 
ena, introduction to atomic and molecular 
structure, rotation and vibration spectroscopy, 
statistical mechanics, kinetics. The use of 
fundamental principles to solve problems. 

(3 hours lecture) 

390 Careers in Chemistry and 
Biochemistry (1) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry' 120B. Career 
options in chemistry. Credit/no credit only. 

(1 hour lecture) 


411A-G Instrumental Analysis (1) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 315 and 316. 
Corequisite for 41 1A: Chemistry 361B or 
37 IB or consent of instructor. Students 
wishing an ACS certified degree must take 
three units. (1 hour lecture, 3 hours labora- 
tory for 5 weeks) 

A. Optical Spectroscopy (UV/visible, infrared, 
atomic absorption, flame emission) 
Instructional fee required (refundable). 

B. Magnetic Resonance (nuclear magnetic- 
resonance, electron spin resonance) 
Instructional fee required (refundable). 

C. Separations (high performance liquid 
chromatography, gas chromatography) 
Instructional fee required (refundable). 

E. Radiochemistry 

G. Mass spectrometry (conventional magnetic 
sector, quadrupole, Fourier transform, 
tandem, and time-of-flight; hyphenated 
techniques including gas chromatography 
(GC-MS), liquid chromatography (LC- 
MS). Instructional fee required (refundable). 

422 General Biochemistry Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 302A or 306A 
and 316. Corequisite: Chemistry 421 A or 
423A. The chemistry and metabolism of car- 
bohydrates, nucleic acids, lipids and proteins; 
techniques of enzyme chemistry and isola- 
tion; research methods. (6 hours laboratory) 
Instructional fee required. 

423A,B General Biochemistry (3,3) 
Prerequisites: Chemistry 301 B or 305. 
Corequisite: Chemistry 315 and Biology 312. 
Survey of biochemistry; structural chemistry 
and function of biomolecules, bioenergetics 
and intermediary metabolism; replication and 
expression of the genetic material. Designed 
for biochemistry majors. (3 hours lecture) 

425 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 325 and 361A,B 
or 371A.B. The bonding, structure and reac- 
tivity of transition and lanthanide elements. 
Molecular orbital and ligand field theory, classical 
metal complexes and organometallic chemistry 
of the transition elements. (3 hours lecture) 

431 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 30 IB or 305 and 
361A,B or 371A.B or consent of instructor. 
Theoretical and physical aspects of organic 
chemistry. The modem concepts of structure, 
and reaction mechanisms. (3 hours lecture) 


435 Chemistry of Hazardous Materials (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 30 IB. An in- 
depth examination of hazardous chemicals, 
organic and inorganic air-and-moisture- 
sensitive compounds, reactive metals, chemical 
reactivity patterns; chemical compatibilities; 
storage and handling; methods of disposal 
and waste containment; Federal and local 
regulations; case histories. (3 hours lecture) 

436 Atmospheric Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 315 or consent 
of instructor. Chemistry and photochemistry 
of the troposphere and stratosphere, both 
natural and polluted. Includes fundamental 
reaction kinetics and mechanisms, monitor- 
ing techniques, smog chamber, field and 
modeling studies. (3 hours lecture) 

437 Environmental Water Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 315. Chemical 
characteristics of fresh and oceanic water, 
major water pollutant classes, origins, envi- 
ronmental chemical transformations, effects, 
abatement, and fates; chemical methods for 
determining water quality, large scale processes 
for water treatment. (3 hours lecture) 

438 Environmental Biochemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 30 IB plus 
Chemistry 305. Effects of current agricultural, 
industrial and mechanical practices on the 
composition, metabolism and health of soil, 
plants, animals and man, from a biochemical 
perspective; mechanism of action and degra- 
dation of common agricultural chemicals and 
industrial pollutants. (3 hours lecture) 

445 Nutritional Biochemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 42 3 A or 
Chemistry 322, or one semester biochem- 
istry. Nutrition, metabolism and excretion of 
carbohydrates, proteins, fats, vitamins, major 
minerals and trace elements from a biochemi- 
cal perspective. Relevant variations in dietary 
practices related to life stages and specific 
illnesses. (3 hours lecture) 

472A Advances in Biotechnology 
Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 320 or Chemistry 
422. Corequisite: Biology 412. First semester 
explores biotechnology techniques for DNA 
cloning and analysis: restriction enzyme 
action, DNA sequencing, sequence analysis 
by computer, plasmid cloning, genomic 


CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 


library production and screening, DNA probe 
hybridization. (6 hours of laboratory, 1 hour 
of lecture/discussion). Instructional fee 
required. (Same as Biology 472A) 

472 B Advances in Biotechnology 
Laboratory (3) 

(Same as Biology 472 B) Instructional fee 
required. 

473 Introduction to Bioinformatics (3) 

(Same as Biology 473) 

477 Advances in Biotechnology (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 312. Corequisite: 
Biology 412 or Chemistry 322 or 423B. 
Current topics in biotechnology centering on 
techniques for molecular cloning and DNA 
sequencing of genes. Medical breakthroughs 
for diagnosis of mutations and gene therapy. 
Role of biotechnology in agriculture, energy 
and environment. Bioethical issues. (Same 
as Biology 477) (3 hours lecture) 

480A Topics in Contemporary 
Chemistry (1) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing in 
chemistry. Research seminar dealing with 
topics of current interest in chemistry such 
as photochemistry, biochemistry, analytical 
chemistry and organometallic chemistry. 
Credit/no credit only. Not applicable toward 
master’s degree. May be repeated for credit. 

480BT Topics in Contemporary 
Chemistry (2-3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing in 
chemistry. Special lecture topics of current 
interest in chemistry. May be repeated for 
credit. (1 hour lecture per unit) 

480M MARC Proseminar (1) 

(Same as Biology 7 480M) 

490 Internship in Chemistry (1-2) 

Prerequisites: upper-division standing in 
chemistry; and consent of instructor. Internship 
in chemistry. Work in projects in industrial, 
governmental or medical laboratories. May 
count as career breadth requirement units for 
chemistry 7 majors. May be repeated once. 

Does not count toward M.S. degree. 


495 Senior Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: three one-year courses in 

chemistry, Chemistry 390, and consent of 
instructor. Corequisite: English 301 or 360. 
The methods of chemical research through 
a research project under the supervision of 
one of the Department faculty. May be repeated 
for credit. Only 6 units may apply toward 
B.A. or B.S. degree (3 hours per week per unit) 

496 Student-to-Student Tutorials (1-3) 

Supervised experience in chemistry teach- 
ing through tutoring or assisting in laboratory 
or field classes. Consult w Student-to-Student 
Tutorials” in this catalog for prerequisites and 
a more complete course description. 

498 Senior Thesis (2) 

(Same as Biology 498) 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: upper-division standing and 
completion of two one -year courses in chem- 
istry. Special topics in chemistry selected in 
consultation with the instructor and approval 
of department chair. May be repeated for 
credit. Only six units may apply toward B.A. 
or B.S. degree. 

505A Seminar (Participation) (1) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and 
consent of department. Student attendance 
at presentations by invited scientists on topics 
of current interest in chemistry. May not be 
repeated for credit. (1 hour seminar) 

505B Seminar (Presentation) (1) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 505 A, graduate 
standing and consent of the department. 
Student presentation of recent contributions 
to the chemical literature. May not be repeated 
for credit. (1 hour seminar) 

511 Theory of Separations (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 355 and 361A,B 
or 371A,B. The theory, application and limi- 
tations of physical and chemical separation 
techniques; chromatography. (3 hours lecture) 

512 Advanced Instrumentation (3) 
(Formerly 580T) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 315. 

Spectroscopic instrumentation components 
and systems. Includes laser spectroscopy, 
mass spectroscopy, chemical sensor, process 
control, surface science, and microscopy 
methods; vacuum technology, optics, electro- 
optics, and electronics components; design 
and repair of instrumentation. (3 hours) 


106 


535 Organic Synthesis (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 361A,B or 
371A,B. Methods of synthetic organic chem- 
istry and their application to construction of 
organic molecules. (3 hours lecture) 

539 Chemistry of Natural Products (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 301A,B or 305. 
The biosynthesis of the alkaloids, terpenes, 
steroids and other natural products of plant 
and animal origin. (3 hours lecture) 

543 Physical Biochemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 361A,B or 
371A.B, 322 or 423A,B or consent of instruc- 
tor. Methods for measuring physical proper- 
ties of proteins and nucleic acids. 
Thermodynamic and hydrodynamic aspects. 
(3 hours lecture) 

546 Metabolism and Catalysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 322 or 423A,B 
or consent of instructor. Regulation of bio- 
synthetic and degradative reactions in living 
systems. The control of enzyme activity and 
concentration. Mechanisms of hormone 
action. (3 hours lecture) 

551 Quantum Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 371A,B. 
Postulates and theories of approximation 
methods in quantum chemistry, the electronic 
structure of atoms and molecules, chemical 
bonds, group theory and applications. 

(3 hours lecture) 

552 Kinetics and Spectroscopy (3) 
(Formerly 580T) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 36 IB or 37 IB. 
kinetics and spectroscopy of chemical and 
biochemical systems in the gas phase, in the 
liquid phase, and on surfaces. 

580T Topics in Advanced Chemistry (1-6) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing in chem- 
istry. Current research topics in chemistry in 
the area of analytical, organic, inorganic, 
physical chemistry and biochemistry. May be 
repeated for credit. (1 hours seminar period) 

598 Thesis (1-6) 

Prerequisite: an officially appointed thesis 
committee. Guidance in the preparation of 
a thesis for the masters degree. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-6) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing in chem- 
istry. May be repeated for credit. 


CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 



INTRODUCTION 

The Chicana/o Studies program offers a unique opportunity for students to gain an under- 
standing and awareness of the vital presence and increasing significance of the Chicana and 
Chicano population in California and throughout the nation. Because of its interdisciplinary 
scope, Chicano Studies offers exciting employment opportunities in several fields, such as 
teaching (K-12), counseling, social work, community organizations and government agencies — 
local, state and federal. Chicano Studies also prepares students for advanced degrees in humanities, 
social sciences and law. Studies of the Chicana and Chicano experience include history, culture, 
art, literature and contemporary issues, such as education, family, politics, socioeconomic condi- 
tions, immigration, race, ethnicity and gender. Particular emphasis is also given to other Latino 
cultures in the United States. When graduates leave Cal State Fullerton, they are prepared to 
excel in any field that seeks a well-rounded person with relevant, marketable skills. 

The Chicano Studies option consists of 36 units, of which a minimum of 24 units must be 
upper-division. Students must consult with their advisers for an approved study plan. In addi- 
tion, a minor consisting of 24 units is offered in Chicano Studies. 

INTERNATIONAL EMPHASIS 

The Department of Chicana and Chicano Studies offers courses relevant to Mexico and Latin 
America that incorporate humanities and social sciences perspectives. Issues of culture and eth- 
nicity are integrated in all of the coursework. This ensures that students understand their own 
culture in relationship to other cultures and therefore develop a global perspective. Chicano 
Studies majors are encouraged to explore international educational opportunities, either through 
the CSU international programs, or through any one of the numerous other international pro- 
grams offered by academic institutions throughout the United States. The Department of Chicana 
and Chicano Studies will cooperate fully in providing academic credit in Chicano Studies for 
such experiences where appropriate. 

TEACHING CREDENTIAL 

Because Chicano Studies is interdisciplinary, the major provides a particularly fine back- 
ground for elementary school teaching (K-8) and for secondary school teaching (7-12) in the 
social sciences. Undergraduates are encouraged to work with the Center for Careers in Teaching 
(714-278-7130) as early as possible in their academic careers to plan efficient course selections 
for general education, the major and electives. With careful planning, it may be possible to enter 
the credential program in the senior year of the bachelor’s degree. Postgraduate students should 
contact the Admission to Teacher Education office in the School of Education (714-278-341 1) 
to obtain information on attending an overview presentation. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ETHNIC STUDIES 
OPTION IN CHICANO STUDIES 

The Bachelors of Arts in Ethnic Studies (Chicano Studies) requires a minimum of 120 units 
which includes courses for the option. General Education, all University requirements, and free 
electives. 

A total of 36 units from the following courses are required for the option. 

Lower-Division (6 units minimum) 

Chicana/o 106 Intro to Chicano Studies (3) 

Chicana/o 220 Mexican Heritage (3) 


DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Isaac Cardenas 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Humanities 313 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Ethnic Studies 
Option in Chicano Studies 
Minor in Chicano Studies 

FACULTY 

Isaac Cardenas, Dagoberto Fuentes, Nancy 
Porras-Hein, Naomi Quinonez 

ADVISERS 

Consult the department chair. 


107 


CHICANA AND CHICANO STUDIES 


Upper-Division (24 units minimum) 

Required Courses (9 units) 

(to be selected from the following courses) 

Chicana/o 331 The Chicano Child (3) 
Chicana/o 345 History of the Chicano (3) 
Chicana/o 353 Mexico Since 1906 (3) 

Chicana/o 430 Evolution of Mexican 
Literature (3) 

Chicana/o 440 Mexican Intellectual 
Thought (3) 

Upper- Division Writing Requirement (3 units) 

Chicana/o 400 Research and Writing in Ethic 
Studies (3) 

OR English 301 Advanced College 
Writing (3) 

Electives (12 units minimum) 

Chicana/o 101 Introduction to Ethnic 
Studies (3) 

Chicana/o 102 Communication Skills (3) 

Chicana/o 190 Survey of American History 
with Emphasis on Ethnic Minorities (3) 

Chicana/o 302 Ancient Mexican Culture (3) 

Chicana/o 304 Music of Mexico (3) (same as 
Music 304) 

Chicana/o 303 Cultural Differences in 
Mexico and the Southwest (3) 

Chicana/o 305 The Chicano Family (3) 
Chicana/o 306 Barrio Studies (3) 

Chicana/o 313 La Chicana (3) 

Chicana/o 315 Chicano/Latino Theater (3) 

Chicana/o 316 The Chicano Music 
Experience (3) 

Chicana/o 331 The Chicano Child (3) 
Chicana/o 332 The Chicano Adolescent (3) 

Chicana/o 336 Main Trends in Spanish- 
American Literature (3) 

Chicana/o 337 Contemporary Chicano 
Literature (3) 

Chicana/o 345 History of the Chicano (3) 
Chicana/o 353 Mexico Since 1906 (3) 
Chicana/o 360 Chicanos and the Law (3) 

Chicana/o 430 Evolution of Mexican 
Literature (3) 

Chicana/o 433 Mexican Literature Since 
1940 (3) 

Chicana/o 440 Mexican Intellectual 
Thought (3) 


Chicana/o 450 The Chicano and 
Contemporary Issues (3) 

Chicana/o 460 The Chicano and Politics (3) 

Chicana/o 480 The Immigrant and the 
Chicano (3) 

Chicana/o 499 Independent Study (1-3) 

MINOR IN CHICANO STUDIES 

The minor in Chicano Studies consists of 
24 units in the following areas: 

Required lower-division courses (6 units) 

Chicana/o 106 Intro to Chicano Studies (3) 
Chicana/o 220 Mexican Heritage (3) 


106 Introduction to Chicano Studies (3) 

The role of the Chicano in the United 
States. The Chicano’s cultural values, social 
organization, urbanization patterns, and the 
problems in the area of education, politics 
and legislation. 

108 Linguistics and Minority Dialects (3) 

(Same as Linguistics 108) 

190 Survey of American History with 
Emphasis on Ethnic Minorities (3) 

(Same as History 190 and Afro-Ethnic 
Studies 190. This course fulfills Title V, 
Statutory Requirements.) 


Required upper-division courses (9 units) 

(to be selected from the following) 

Chicana/o 33 1 The Chicano Child (3) 
Chicana/o 345 History of the Chicano (3) 
Chicana/o 353 Mexico Since 1906 (3) 

Chicana/o 440 Mexican Intellectual 
Thought (3) 

Chicana/o 430 The Evolution of Mexican 
Literature (3) 


Approved electives 

Nine units of approved course work in 
lower- and upper-division classes that are 
selected by the adviser. 


GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Chicana and Chicano 
Studies offers courses for advanced study in 
the following graduate degree programs: 

Master of Science in Education: 

Bilingual/Bicultural Concentration 

Master of Arts in Spanish: Bilingual 
Concentration 


CHICANA AND CHICANO 
STUDIES COURSES 

Courses are designated as CHIC in the 
class schedule. 

101 Introduction to Ethnic Studies (3) 

(Same as Afro-Ethnic Studies 101) 

102 Communication Skills (3) 

The basic communication skills including 
oral and written expression. A unit on the 
mechanics of writing and reporting on a term 
paper. 


220 Mexican Heritage (3) 

The basic characteristics of the Mexican, 
especially the Chicano society and culture. 
From 1519 to the present. Emphasis on the 
arts, literature and history of Mexico and the 
Chicano in the United States. 

302 Ancient Mexican Culture (3) 

An historical and cultural survey of the 
principal pre-Columbian cultures of Mexico 
and their significance for Mexican society. 

303 Cultural Differences in Mexico & 
the Southwest (3) (Formerly 403) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education Category III.C.l. The cultural con- 
flicts in Mexico as seen by the contemporary 
thinkers of Mexico and the United States. 
Urban and rural problems. 

304 Music of Mexico (3) 

(Same as Music 304) 

305 The Chicano Family (3) 

The Chicano family development as an 
American social institution. Historical and 
cross-cultural perspectives. The socio-, and 
psychodynamics of the Chicano family. 

306 Barrio Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: Chicana/o Studies 220 or 
consent of instructor. The major characteris- 
tics of the barrio. Supervised fieldwork in the 
barrio is required. Analysis of the barrio or 
agency will be made after fieldwork is com- 
pleted. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours fieldwork) 

313 La Chicana (3) (Formerly 406) 

Prerequisites: completion of General 
Education Category III.C.l. The cultural 
influences that the family, religion, economic 
status and community play upon the 
lifestyles, the values and the roles held by 
Chicanas. (Same as Womens Studies 313) 


CHICANA AND CHICANO STUDIES 


315 Chicano/Latino Theater (3) 

Prerequisites: either upper-division stand- 
ing, consent of instructor, or Theatre 100. 
Analysis of contemporary Chicano/Lalino 
theater in relation to its historical evolution. 
Emphasis on plays, playwrights and theater 
groups expressing the Chicano/Latino experi- 
ence. Extensive play reading. (Same as 
Theater 3 1 5) 

316 The Chicano Music Experience (3) 

Mexican folk and popular music and its 
relationship to the culture which produced it. 
The pre-Cortesian period to the present in 
Mexico and in the Southwestern United 
States. 



331 The Chicano Child (3) (Formerly 431) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education Category lll.C.l The Chicano 
child from preschool through grade six. 
Motor, physical, social, intellectual and emo- 
tional growth and development and their 
effect on school adjustment and achievement. 
Observation of preschool and grade school 
children. 


332 The Chicano Adolescent (3) 

(Formerly 432) 

Prerequisite: completion of the General 
Education Category’ lll.C.l. The Chicano 
adolescents social, intellectual and emotional 
growth and development. The bicultural 
pressures from the barrio, family structure, 
school and achievement values. 

336 Main Trends in Spanish-American 
Literature (3) 

The main currents of Spanish-American 
literature emphasizing contemporary works. 
The relation between the artistic expression 
and the ideological values of the period. 

337 Contemporary Chicano Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: Chicana/o Studies 106, or 
220, or consent of instructor. The modem 
Chicano writers in the United States: 

Allurista, Corky Gonzales, Octavio Romano, 
el treatro campesino and the major Chicano 
magazines and newspapers. 

345 History of the Chicano (3) 

(Formerly 445) 

Prerequisite: completion of the General 
Education Category lll.C.l. History of the 
Chicano from the pre-Columbian period to 
the present. The Chicanos’ changing role in 
the United States, their cultural identity crisis 
and their achievements. 

353 Mexico Since 1906 
(Formerly 453) 

Prerequisite: junior and senior standing. 
The Mexican Revolution of 1910 stressing the 
political, economic and social aspects as well 
as its contributions in the fields of art, litera- 
ture and social reforms. 

360 Chicanos and the Law (3) 

The relationship between Chicanos and 
the legal and judicial system, including the 
administration of justice, Chicano-police 
relations, and Chicanos and the prison system. 
Guest speakers will be a regular feature. 

400 Research and Writing in Ethnic 
Studies (3) 

(Same as Asian American 400) 

430 The Evolution of Mexican 
Literature (3) 

Survey and analysis of the Nahautl, Mexican 
and Chicano literature from the pre-Columbian 
period to the present. Not applicable for 
graduate degree credit. 


433 Mexican Literature Since 1940 (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education Category lll.C.l. The literature of 
Mexico since 1940: Carlos Fuentes, Luis 
Spota, Rodolfo Usigli, Xavier Villarrutia, Juan 
Jose Arreola, Octavio Paz, Roberto Blanco 
Moheno and Luis G. Basurto. Not applicable 
for graduate degree credit. 

440 Mexican Intellectual Thought (3) 

Prerequisite: reading knowledge of 
Spanish and Chicana/o Studies 302 recom- 
mended. The emergence of the Chicano 
movement dealing with political, economic 
and sociological facets. The writings of the 
Nahautl, Spanish, Spanish-American, 

Chicano and contemporary writers. Not 
applicable for graduate degree credit. 

450 The Chicano and Contemporary 
Issues (3) 

The socioeconomic and political problems 
confronting the Chicano including proposed 
solutions. The effect that social institutions 
have had on the Chicano community. 

460 The Chicano and Politics (3) 

Theory of urban politics and evaluation of 
issues that affect the Chicanos and American 
society. Evaluations and surveys will be made 
on political organizations in Hispanic - 
sumamed communities. (Same as Political 
Science 460) 

480 The Immigrant and the Chicano (3) 

Mexican immigration to the United States 
and its social, economic and political impacts 
on the Chicano and non-Chicano communi- 
ties and other immigrant groups. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: senior level and approval by 
the department chair and instructor(s) in 
charge of directing the study. An opportunity 
to do independent study under the guidance 
of the faculty, on a subject of special interest 
to the student. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: consent of instructor and 
classified status. Individual research for 
Chicana and Chicano Studies components in 
Master of Arts in Bilingual Studies (Spanish), 
Master of Science in Bilingual Education 
(Education) and related programs. Maximum 
of 3 hours credit. 


109 


CHICANA AND CHICANO STUDIES 


Child and Adolescent 

Studies 

College of Human Development and Community Service 


DIVISION OF CHILD, FAMILY AND 
COMMUNITY SERVICES 

DEPARTMENT OF CHILD AND 
ADOLESCENT STUDIES 

DEPARTMENT HEAD 

Diana Guerin 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Education Classroom 105 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Science in Child and 
Adolescent Development 

Minor in Child and Adolescent 
Development 

FACULTY 

Sylvia Alva, Jacqueline Coffman, Leslie 
Grier, Diana Guerin, Ellen Junn, Robert 
McLaren, Sharon Milbum, Judith Ramirez, 
Mark Runco, Patricia Szeszulski, Robert 
Weisskirch 


INTRODUCTION 

The child and adolescent development major takes an interdisciplinary approach to the study 
of development from conception through adolescence that emphasizes interrelationships between 
the development of the person, the family, and the community. The educational objectives of the 
program are: (1) to expand students’ knowledge of developmental changes and processes influ- 
encing development; (2) advance students’ understanding of scientific approaches to the study 
of development; and (3) develop students’ competence in oral and written expression, quantitative 
reasoning, and critical thinking so that graduates will be prepared to work effectively with and/or 
on behalf of children and adolescents. 

The Bachelor of Science in Child and Adolescent Development prepares candidates to interact 
with culturally diverse youth and families and is designed for students interested in child and 
adolescent related professions. These include work in early childhood and elementary education, 
special education, child guidance and a variety of youth-related social service professions. In 
addition, the program provides appropriate preparation for graduate study in a variety of disci- 
plines such as child development, counseling, developmental psychology, and social work. 

ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT 

Academic advisement is provided through regularly-scheduled overview sessions, individual 
student advising appointments, and group advisement sessions prior to registration periods. 
Students should attend an overview session and see an academic adviser to develop a study plan 
the first semester in the major. Appointments are scheduled in Education Classroom 130F for 
overview sessions and individual advisement. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHILD AND ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT 

The Bachelor of Science in Child and Adolescent Development requires the successful 
completion of a minimum of 51 units in the major consisting of required core classes; practicum; 
required classes from other departments; and advisement track courses. Transfer students may 
apply a maximum of 12 units of lower-division coursework taken at other institutions toward the 
total of 5 1 units for the major. Application of transfer units to major requirements must be 
approved by the academic adviser or the department head. A grade of C or better is required 
in all courses applied to the major. 

Required Core Classes (18 units) 

Students should take required core classes in the following sequence: (1) preparatory 
courses; (2) core developmental courses, and (3) the capstone course. 

Preparatory Courses 

Child/Adolescent Studies 300 Writing for Child and Adolescent Development Professionals (3) 

OR English 301 Advanced College Writing (3) 

Child/Adolescent Studies 301 Inquiry and Methodology in Child Development (3) 

Core Developmental Courses 

Child/Adolescent Studies 320 Infancy and Early Childhood (3) 

Child/Adolescent Studies 325 Middle Childhood (3) 

Child/Adolescent Studies 330 Adolescence and Early Adulthood (3) 

Capstone Course 

Child/Adolescent Studies 490T Senior Seminar (3) 


110 


■ 


CHILD AND ADOLESCENT STUDIES 


Practicum, required classes from other 
departments, and advisement track courses 
may be taken in any sequence. 

Practicum (3 units) 

Take one oj the following: 

Child/Adolescent Studies 394 Practicum 
Seminar (2) and 

Child/Adolescent Studies 394L Practicum in 
Child and Adolescent Development(l) 

OR Child/Adolescent Studies 494 
Practicum Seminar: Child, Family, and 
Community Involvement (2) and 

Child/Adolescent Studies 494L Practicum 
in Child, Family, and Community 
Involvement (1) 

OR Ed El 315A Introduction to 
Elementary Teaching Lecture (2) and 

Ed El 315B Introduction to Elementary 
Teaching Fieldwork (1) 



Required Classes From Other 
Departments (12 Units) 

Biology 

Biology 305 Human Heredity and 
Development (3) 

Cultural Diversity Class - Take one of the 
following: 

Afro 309 The Black Family (3) 

Afro 310 Black Women in America (3) 
Afro/Human Services 311 Intracultural 
Socialization Patterns (3) 

American Studies 301 The American 
Character (3) 

American Studies 450 Women in American 
Society (3) 

Anthro 350 Culture and Education (3) 
Chicano 305 The Chicano Family (3) 
Chicano 431 The Chicano Child (3) 
Sociology' 357 Minority Group Relations (3) 


Speech Comm 320 Intercultural 

Communication (3) 

Sociology - Take one of the following: 

Sociology 351 Sociology of the Family (3) 
Sociology 353 Child in American Society (3) 

Special Education - Take one of the following: 
Special Ed 37 1 Exceptional Individual (3) 
Special Ed 400 Early Childhood Special 

Education (3) 

Required Advisement Track (18 units) 

In addition to the 33 unit core, the child 
and adolescent development major requires 
each student to select, in consultation with 
an adviser, an 18 unit advisement track in 
the area of specialization. Examples of 
advisement tracks include child care/ 
pre-kindergarten education, elementary 
education, special education and preparation 
for masters or doctoral degree work in fields 
other than education. 

MULTIPLE SUBJECT (ELEMENTARY 
SCHOOL) TEACHING CREDENTIAL 
PREPARATION 

Completion of either the Multiple Subject 
Matter Preparation Program or passing scores 
on the Multiple Subject Assessment for 
Teachers (MSAT) test is a requirement for the 
Multiple Subject (Elementary) Teaching 
Credential. Visit or call the Center for 
Careers in Teaching (University Hall 178) for 
further information. 

BLENDED TEACHER 
EDUCATION PROGRAM 

Students in the Blended Teacher Education 
Program (BTEP) combine their bachelor’s 
degree requirements with credential program 
classes to earn a baccalaureate degree and 
Level 1 credential in four calendar years. BTEP 
students complete general education, a major 
in either Child and Adolescent Development 
or Liberal Studies, and a Level 1 CLAD 
Emphasis Multiple Subject Credential (for 
teaching elementary school) or an Education 
Specialist Credential (for teaching special 
education). This academically challenging 
program is ideal for the strong, committed 
student who plans to teach elementary 
school or special education. Field experi- 
ences work-ing with children every semester 
from Semester 2 through Semester 8 are an 
essential element in this program. BTEP stu- 
dents also have regular contact with faculty 
from the Elemen-tary, Bilingual and Reading 
Department throughout their four years of study. 


Students admitted to BTEP are members 
of a learning community where they make 
close friends and establish support networks. 
Each semester students take at least two classes 
reserved for BTEP students. Faculty members 
focus these classes on teacher preparation issues. 

First-time freshmen may apply to the 
program March through June prior to their 
entering fall semester. Up to 75 freshmen are 
accepted for BTEP each year. Applicants are 
encouraged to apply early for priority 
consideration. 

THE MINOR IN CHILD AND 
ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT 

For a minor in Child and Adolescent 
Development, 21 units are required: 

Core Courses (9 units) 

Child/Adolescent Studies 301 Inquiry and 
Methodology in Child Development (3) 

or approved alternate 
Two of the following: 

Child/Adolescent Studies 320 Infancy and 
Early Childhood (3) 

Child/Adolescent Studies 325 Middle 
Childhood (3) 

Child/Adolescent Studies 330 Adolescence 
and Early Adulthood (3) 

Practicum (3 units) 

Take one of the following: 

Child/Adolescent Studies 394 Practicum 
Seminar (2) and 

Child/Adolescent Studies 394L Practicum in 
Child and Adolescent Development (1) 
OR Child/Adolescent Studies 494 
Practicum Seminar: Child, Family, and 
Community Involvement (2) and 
Child/Adolescent Studies 494L Practicum in 
Child, Family, and Community 
Involvement (1) 

OR Ed El 315A Introduction to 
Elementary School Teaching: Lecture (2) 
and 

Ed El 315B Introduction to Elementary 
School Teaching: Fieldwork (1) 

Three of the following (9 units required) 

Afro 309 The Black Family (3) 

Afro 311 Intracultural Socialization 
Patterns (3) 

Art 380 Art and Child Development (3) 
Biology 305 Human Heredity and 
Development (3) 

Chicano 305 The Chicano Family (3) 
Chicano 431 The Chicano Child (3) 


CHILD AND ADOLESCENT STUDIES 



Child/Adolescent Studies 312 Human 
Growth and Development (3) 

OR Psychology 361 Developmental 
Psychology (3) 

Child/Adolescent Studies 490T Senior 
Seminar in Child Development (3) 
Criminal Justice 425 Juvenile Justice 
Administration (3) 

Dance 471 Creative Dance for Children (3) 
English 433 Children’s Literature (3) 
Kinesiology 386 Movement and the Child (3) 
Music 333 Music and Child Development (3) 
Music 433 Music in Early Childhood (3) 
Psychology 311 Educational Psychology (3) 
Psychology 464 Advanced Developmental 
Psychology (3) 

Sociology 413 Juvenile Delinquency (3) 
Special Ed 371 Exceptional Individual (3) 
Special Ed 400 Early Childhood Special 
Education (3) 

Special Ed 42 1 Working with Parents of 
Children with Exceptional Needs (3) 
Speech Comm 307 Speech and Language 
Development (3) 

Theatre 402A Dramatic Activities for 
Children (3) 

CHILD AND ADOLESCENT 
STUDIES COURSES 

Courses are designated as CAS in the 
Class Schedule. 

210 Introduction to Child Development (3) 

Introduction to the field of child develop- 
ment, including: historical and theoretical 
overviews; survey of programs and services 
for children, adolescents, and young adults; 
introduction to observational techniques; and 
exploration of professional opportunities, 
organizations, and publications. 

300 Writing for Child Development 
Professionals (3) 

Prerequisite: Psychology 101 or equivalent. 
Styles of written communication common to 
child development programs and services. 
Reporting on theories and research to multiple 
audiences (e.g. other professionals, parents, 
community groups, etc.). Meets upper-division 
baccalaureate writing course requirement for 
child development majors. 

301 Inquiry and Methodology in Child 
Development (3) 

Prerequisite: Psychology 101. Provides 
framework and methods necessary for inter- 


disciplinary study of child development. 
Includes conducting library research, reading 
and writing scientific reports, using descriptive 
and inferential statistics, developing computer 
literacy, and exploring developmental metho- 
dology and theory. Instructional fee required. 
(3 hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 

310 Assessing Child and Adolescent 
Development 

Prerequisites: Child/Adolescent Studies 

300 and 301. Purposes and methods associated 
with assessing child and adolescent development. 
Topics include selection of appropriate methods, 
survey of standardized measures, ethics, and 
interpretation and implications of data. 

312 Human Growth and Development (3) 

Prerequisite: Psychology 101 or consent 
of instructor. Human growth and develop- 
ment, childhood, adolescence and middle 
and old age. Mental, social, emotional and 
physical development. 

320 Infancy and Early Childhood (3) 

Prerequisite: Child/Adolescent Studies 

301 or equivalent. Research, theories and 
their application to physical, cognitive, 
social, emotional, and personality develop- 
ment during prenatal, neonatal, infant, and 
early childhood periods, through six years. 

325 Middle Childhood (3) 

Prerequisite: Child/Adolescent Studies 301 
or equivalent. Physical growth, personality 
development and social participation during 
middle childhood. Patterns of cognitive 
growth and emotional adjustment. 

330 Adolescence and Early Adulthood (3) 

Prerequisite: Child/Adolescent Studies 
301 or equivalent. Examination of influences 
on human development before, during and 
following adolescence. Community resources 
and services for adolescents and their families. 
Consequences of adolescent experiences for 
later development. 

394 Practicum Seminar (2) 

Prerequisite: one of the following: 
Child/Adolescent Studies 320, 325, or 330. 
Co-requisite: Child/Adolescent Studies 
394L. Classroom analysis of field experience 
focusing on linkages between theory and 
practice and skills and techniques of child 
development professionals. May be repeated 
for credit for a total of six units. 


394L Practicum in Child Development (1) 

Co-requisite: Child/Adolescent Studies 
394. Supervised field experience in agencies, 
institutions and organizations serving children 
and families. Minimum of four hours per week; 
total of 120 hours required for the major. 

May be repeated for a total of three units of 
credit. Credit/No Credit grade option only. 

449 Seminar on Child Abuse (3) 

(Same as Counseling 449) 

490T Senior Seminar in Child 
Development (3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing Child/ 
Adolescent Studies 301 and two of the 
following: Child/Adolescent Studies 320, 

325 and 330. Systematic study of theory, 
methods, and findings concerning a specific 
developmental topic. May be repeated for 
credit under different topic. 

494 Practicum Seminar: Child, Family, 
and Community Involvement (2) 

Prerequisite: one of the following courses: 
Child/Adolescent Studies 312, 325, 330, or 
Psychology 361. Co-requisite: Child/ 
Adolescent Studies 494L. Analysis of field 
experiences focusing on linkages between 
theory and practice. Knowledge, skills, and 
dispositions important to professionals 
working with parents and families in school 
and community settings. Emphasis on 
addressing needs of culturally diverse families. 

494L Practicum in Child, Family, and 
Community Involvement (1) 

Co-requisite: Child/Adolescent Studies 
494. Supervised field experience in organiza- 
tions or agencies serving parents and families. 
Minimum of four hours per week: total of 
120 hours required for the major. Credit/No 
credit grade option only. 

496 Student-to-Student Tutorials (1-3) 

Prerequisites: a 3.0 or higher grade-point 
average and simultaneous enrollment in the 
course being tutored or previous enrollment 
in a similar course or its equivalent. Consult 
“University Curricula” section of this catalog 
for more complete course description. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Individual research project, either library 
or field, under the direction of a Child 
Development faculty member. May be 
repeated for a maximum of six total units 
of credit. Only three units may be taken in 
a single semester. 


CHILD AND ADOLESCENT STUDIES 



mmunications 


College of Communications 


DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Wendell C. Crow 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Humanities 230 

DAILY TITAN NEWSROOM 

College Park 670 

DAILY TITAN BUSINESS MANAGER 

College Park 660 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Communications 
Concentrations: 

Advertising 
Entertainment Studies 
Journalism 

Photocommunications 
Public Relations 
Television-Film 

Bachelor of Arts in Radio-TV-Film 
(approval pending) 

Minors 

Advertising 

Journalism 

Master of Arts in Communications 
Concentrations: 

Advertising 
Journalism 
Public Relations 
Television-Film 

FACULTY 

Jeff Brody, Thomas Clanin, David Cooper, 
Wendell Crow, Robert Davis, David DeVries, 
Garrick Do when, Ronald Dyas, Olan Famall , 
Tony Fellow, Edward Fink, Daniel French, 
Dennis Gaschen, Lynne Gross, Shelley Jenkins, 
Carolyn Johnson, Kuen-Hee Ju-Pak, Cynthia 
King, Paul Lester, Coral Ohl, Wayne Overbeck, 
Rick Pullen, Tony Rimmer, Shay Sayre, Andi 
Stein, Edgar Trotter, Larry Ward, Hazel 
Warlaumont, Diane Witmer, Fred Zandpour 


INTRODUCTION 

Effective ethical communications are essential for the well-being of a democratic society. Thus, 
there is a need for persons trained in the theory and practice of informing, instructing, and per- 
suading through communications media. The educational objectives of the programs leading to 
the Bachelor of Arts in Communications are: (1) to ensure that all majors receive a broad liberal 
education; (2) to provide majors with a clear understanding of the role of communications media 
in society; and (3) to prepare majors desiring communications-related careers in the mass media, 
business, government and education by educating them in-depth in one of the specialized 
sequences within the department. 

ADVISERS 

Undergraduate: All faculty serve as undergraduate advisers. Students may find their assigned 
concentration adviser posted on the bulletin board outside Humanities 230. 

Graduate: Hazel Warlaumont, Humanities 330 Center, Humanities 225A. 

Additional advising services are available in the College of Communications Advising 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN COMMUNICATIONS 

A communications major is required to take 12 units of core requirements in addition to 
24 units in a chosen concentration. The department offers six concentrations (referred to as 
“sequences” within the department): advertising, entertainment, journalism (print and broad- 
cast), photocommunications, public relations, and television-film. The major totals 36 units. 

All prerequisite courses must be completed with a grade of C or better. 

Collateral requirements: Twelve units of upper-division course work in other departments 
approved by the students concentration adviser are also required. Collateral courses are listed 
on advising materials available in Humanities 230. 

Every major must take a minimum of 80 units outside Communications, out of the 120 units 
required for graduation. Of this 80 units, 65 must be in the traditional liberal arts, humanities 
and sciences. Students should consult their concentration adviser and the College of Communi- 
cations Advisement Center early in their course work to be sure they meet these requirements. 

Grade-Point Average Requirements 

Three grade-point averages, each 2.0 or higher, are required for graduation: 

A. An average based on all units attempted, including those attempted at other institutions. 

B An average based on all units attempted at CSUF 
C. An average based on all units attempted in the major. 

Communications Core 

The communications core provides background and perspective appropriate to all the depart- 
mental concentrations and an understanding of the role of communicators and their contribu- 
tions to the development of high standards of professionalism. 

Nine units of required course work: 

Comm 233 Mass Comm in Modem Society (3) 

Comm 407 Communications Law (3) 

Comm 425 History and Philosophy of American Mass Communication (3) 


113 


COMMUNICATIONS 


Plus three units selected from: 

Comm 300 Visual Communication (3) 
Comm 333 Mass Media Effects (3) 

Comm 410 Principles of Comm Research (3) 
Comm 422 Communication Technologies (3) 
Comm 426 Global Media Systems (3) 

Comm 480 Persuasive Communications (3) 


Minor or Collateral Requirement 

All Communications majors must complete 
EITHER a minor (double major also counts) 
OR 12 collateral units (4 classes) of upper- 
division (UD) coursework outside of Com- 
munications. For minors or double major 
requirements, consult the “Academic Programs” 
section of this catalog. For collaterals, consult 
a concentration checklist for a list of 
approved courses. The following classes are 
approved for ALL sequences: Afro 335, 
American Studies 300, American Studies 
301, Comparative Religions 400, Philosophy 
312, Poli Sci 300, Poli Sci 448, Psychology 
351, Sociology 345, Speech Comm 320, 
Speech Comm 325, Speech Comm 333. 

Communications Concentrations 

Every communications major must select 
and complete 24 units of course work in 
a major concentration. 


ADVERTISING 

The objective of the advertising concen- 
tration is to prepare students for entry-level 
positions in one or more of the four basic 
advertising activities: creative (copy, layout 
design), media planning and buying, research, 
and management. Students are provided with 
knowledge and skills needed for work with 
an advertiser, advertising agency, the print 
and broadcast media, or support service 
industry. 

Comm 350 Principles of Advertising (3) 

Comm 351 Writing for the Advertising 
Industry (3) 

Comm 352 Advertising Media (3) 

Comm 353 Advertising Creative Strategy 
and Execution I (3) 

Comm 451 National Advertising 
Campaigns (3) 

Comm 495 Mass Media Internship (3) 

Plus three units from: Comm 358, 361, 380, 
410 or 415T. 

Plus three units from: Comm 450, 452, 453, 454. 


ENTERTAINMENT STUDIES 

Courses in this concentration introduce 
students to theory, trends and practices 
emerging in entertainment and tourism. The 
concentration is designed to prepare students 
for career opportunities in entertainment 
communication and management in a growing 
range of sectors including business, industries, 
agencies, and nonprofit organizations. 

Comm 101 Writing for Mass Media (3) 

Comm 346 Introduction to Entertainment 
Studies (3) 

Comm 446 Entertainment and Society (3) 

Comm 449 Capstone Course in 
Entertainment Studies (3) 

Comm 495 Mass Media Internship (3) 

Plus one of the following: Comm 301, 334, 338, 
351, or 362 

Plus six units from: Comm 350, 352, 361, 380, 
410L, 497; RTVF 300, 365, 370, 480. 


JOURNALISM 

The principal objective of the journalism 
concentration is to provide the skills and 
practice necessary for careers in the print media. 
Specifically, the concentration objectives are: 
(1) to provide experience in writing various 
types of news stories, and to develop skills in 
reporting and news gathering techniques; (2) 
to develop critical acumen necessary to check 
news stories for accuracy and correctness; (3) 
to develop skills in graphics or photography 
that complement the journalistic writing 
skills; (4) to provide actual on-the-job experi- 
ence by working on the campus newspaper 
and through an internship, and (5) to add 
breadth and depth to the professional’s 
specialized skills through collateral courses. 


Comm 101 Writing for the Mass Media (3) 
Comm 201 Reporting for the Mass Media (3) 
Comm 332 Copy Editing and Makeup (3) 
Comm 335 Public Affairs Reporting (3) 
Comm 338 News Media Production (3) 
Comm 495 Mass Media Internship (3) 


Plus three units from: Comm 217 or 358 (with 
advisers consent). 

Plus three units from: Comm 334, 380, 435, 
or 438T. 

Students who want to pursue broadcast 
journalism may substitute the above concen- 
tration requirements with the following 
courses: Communications 101, 202, 335, 
371, 372, and 495. 


114 


PHOTOCOMMUNICATIONS 

The photocommunications concentration 
provides a comprehensive study of the aes- 
thetics, theories, and practices of contempo- 
rary photography for professional careers in 
magazine and newspaper photojournalism, 
and advertising/commercial photography. 

Comm 101 Writing for the Mass Media (3) 
Comm 217 Introduction to Photography (3) 
Comm 319 Photojournalism (3) 

Comm 321 Advanced Color Photography (3) 
Comm 495 Mass Media Internship (3) 

Plus six units selected from: 

Comm 311, 326, 338, 340, 358, 380, or 
409. 

Plus one of the following: 

Comm 301, 334 or 362. 

PUBLIC RELATIONS 

This concentration provides preparation 
in both theory and practice of two-way com- 
munication and management counsel for 
prospective professional public relations 
careers in business, industry, agency, govern- 
ment, and nonprofit sectors of society. 

Comm 101 Writing for Mass Media (3) 
Comm 361 Principles of Public Relations (3) 
Comm 362 Public Relations Writing (3) 
Comm 464 Public Relations Management (3) 
Comm 495 Mass Media Internship (3) 

Plus one writing course from: 

Comm 301, 334, or 338. 

Plus six units selected from: 

Comm 346, 350, 358, 363,380, 410, 467, 
468 or 497. 

TELEVISION-FILM 

Courses in this concentration are designed 
for an understanding of the history, theory 
and practice of television and film. Students 
prepare for entry level positions in business, 
education, and the broadcasting, cable and 
film industries. 

NOTE: Pending approval of a new degree 
in Radio-TV-Film, this concentration may no 
longer be offered. Please check with the 
Communications Department for current 
information. 


COMMUNICATIONS 


WRITING REQUIREMENTS 

All communications majors must satisfy 
both departmental and university writing 
requirements. For the department Writing 
Requirement, each concentration requires one 
or more writing courses. Consult an adviser 
or concentration checklist. 

University Writing Requirement: The 
course work portion of the university’s upper- 
division baccalaureate writing requirement for 
communications majors may be met by satis- 
factory completion of any one of Communi- 
cations 301, 334, 335, 338, 351, 362, 371, 
402. and 435. Students must earn a C or 
better in the course which is used to fulfill 
the university’s upper-division writing 
requirement. 

INTERNSHIP REQUIREMENTS 

The Department of Communication lias 
always recognized the beneficial attributes of 
an internship. Students intern at sites in 
Orange and Los Angeles Counties, as well as 
at national and international sites. Examples 
of internship sites include newspapers, maga- 
zines, television and radio stations, public 
relations and advertising agencies, health- 
related institutions, nonprofit organizations, 
film production companies, publishers, edu- 
cation offices, high-tech industries and cities 
and businesses with communications needs. 

Students can view the Online Internship 
Site at http://commsec.fullerton.edu/intern- 
ship for a full understanding of the internship 
program. Applications are approved by the 
Communications Internship Office (located at 
College Park) through the online site before a 
student registers with Titan. Deadlines for 
applications are Feb. 1 (summer); May 1 
(fall); October 1 (spring). Internship course- 
work must be completed within the term it is 
taken. Incompletes are discouraged. Students 
are encouraged to seek advice from the 
Communications Internship Coordinator 
(located at College Park) early in their acade- 
mic career to gain the highest level of profes- 
sional growth from their internship 
experience. 

Students must meet the following prereq- 
uisites: 

Communications major 

Senior standing 

2.25 GPA overall and in major 


Specific prerequisites for each area of con- 
centration - WHICH ARE NOT TO BE 
TAKEN CONCURRENTLY WITH THE 
INTERNSHIP They include: 

Advertising 

Required: Communications 350, 351, 352, 
and 353. 

Recommended: Communications 358 and 450. 

Entertainment Studies 

Required: Communications 346, 446 

Journalism 

Required: Communications 201, 332, and 335. 
Recommended: Communications 334 and 338. 

Photography 

Required: Communications 217, 319, and 321. 
Recommended: Communications 326. 

Public Relations 

Required: Communications 361, 362 an 
done of: 358, 363, 464, 467, 468, 497 
Recommended: Communications 358, 363, 
and 464. 

TV/Film 

In consultation with the graduate adviser, 
students select courses to (1) develop a study 
plan focused on a particular area of study 
(e g. advertising, journalism, public relations, 
television-film) or (2) design a program of a 
more general nature suited to their educa- 
tional and career goals. 

Broadcast Journalism 

Required: Communications 202, 371. 

Recommended: Communications 335. 

Students with the equivalent of one year 
or full-time employment in the area of their 
concentration may petition out of the 
Internship by taking a different 400 level 
class approved by their faculty adviser. 
International students must obtain approval 
of the International Education and Exchange 
office. 

Students who do not meet the 2.25 GPA 
may be asked to petition out of the Comm 
495 class and take a different 400 level class 
approved by their faculty adviser. 

Applications and information can be 
obtained at the Department of Communications 
Internship Office in Humanities 225A. 


MINOR IN ADVERTISING 

The minor in Advertising requires 21 
units as follows: 

Lower- Division (3 units) 

Comm 233 Mass Comm in Modem Society (3) 

Advertising courses (9 units) 

Comm 350 Principles of Advertising (3) 
Comm 352 Advertising Media (3) 

OR Comm 353 Creative Strategy and 
Execution (3) 

Comm 451 National Advertising 
Campaigns (3) 

Electives (9 units) 

Three adviser-approved courses from 
Comm 380, 407, 415T, 425, 450, 452, 453 
or 480. 



MINOR IN JOURNALISM 

The Minor in Journalism requires 21 
units. Required Journalism courses for a 
Minor in Journalism, unlike the Minor in 
Advertising, must be taken in sequence. Each 
course builds upon the other. The three 
required journalism courses provide a core 
of information for beginning journalism stu- 
dents. Students can then specialize in photo- 
journalism, copy editing, or reporting. A stint 
on the Daily Titan, Comm 338 News Media 
Production, takes the place of an internship. 
However, students who will plan to purse 
a career in professional print journalism are 
encouraged - but not required - to obtain an 
internship before applying for a job. 


115 


COMMUNICATIONS 


In addition, students who have taken 
Comm 233 and/or 425 as part of their 
General Education units may substitute those 
courses for an internship (Comm 495) or for 
any of the elective journalism courses. 

Communications Core (9units) 

Comm 233 Mass Media in Modem Society (3) 
Comm 407 Communications Law (3) 

Comm 425 History & Philosophy of 
American Mass Communications (3) 

Journalism Courses (9units) 

Comm 101 Writing for the Mass Media (3) 
Comm 201 Reporting for the Mass Media (3) 
Comm 338 News Media Production 

Electives (3 units) 

One adviser-approved elective from 
Comm 319, 332, 334, 335, 435 or 438T. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN RADIO-TV-FILM 

As of catalog press-time, approval for this 
new program was still pending. For current 
information on availability, please consult the 
Communications Department office. 

The proposed Bachelor of Arts degree in 
Radio-TV-Film will require a minimum of 
120 units which includes courses for the 
major, General Education, all University 
requirements, and free electives. The 48-unit 
major includes four required core courses in 
RTVF, eight required elective courses in RTVF, 
and four courses either within RTVF or from 
an approved list of courses in other depart- 
ments. 

Courses that focus on RTVF are listed 
after the Communications courses at the end 
of the Communications Department catalog 
text. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN 
COMMUNICATIONS 

The degree is designed to provide 
advanced study in communications theory 
and research plus some depth in one of the 
department’s concentrations: advertising, 
journalism, public relations, television-film, 
or the general mass communications track. 

The program prepares the graduate to 
apply advanced communications concepts, 
research and development skills, and theories 
relevant to the use of communications media 
for a wide variety of purposes. Such study 
may serve those whose careers involve the 
use of print, broadcast and film media to 
inform, instruct, and persuade. Communi- 


cations skills are highly applicable to a wide 
range of careers in business, industry, govern- 
ment, education, and the mass media. 

Students completing the Master of Arts in 
Communications are eligible for journalism 
and communications teaching positions in 
community colleges. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 

Normally, an applicant must meet grade- 
point average requirements of 3.0 in the 
undergraduate major and 2.75 in the last 60 
semester units of undergraduate course work, 
meet the university requirements, and satis- 
factorily complete the Graduate Record 
Examination General Test prior to admission. 
Students must also submit three letters of 
recommendation and an essay (approximately 
1000 words) outlining reasons for pursuing 
the master’s degree. Consult the department 
graduate program adviser for details regard- 
ing additional admission requirements. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

A student admitted in conditionally classi- 
fied standing may be granted classified stand- 
ing upon the development of an approved 
study plan and satisfactory completion of 
prerequisite course work. Satisfactory course- 
work or its equivalent in the following may 
be taken concurrently with degree require- 
ments if not completed prior to classification: 

(a) communications writing (Comm 201, 

301, 351, 362, or RTVF 350) 

(b) an introductory course in communica- 
tions (Comm 233, 332, 350, 361, 

or RTVF 100) 

(c) Comm 410 Principles of Communication 

Research 

Study Plan 

The student is required to complete 30 
units of approved studies with a minimum 
grade-point average of 3.0 including 15 units 
in 500-level communications courses. Six of 
the 15 units of 500-level courses may be a 
thesis, three units may be a project. The 
remaining units will be comprised of 400- or 
500-level courses appropriate to the student’s 
area of interest. 

The candidate must develop a program 
of study in consultation with a concentration 
adviser and the graduate adviser of the 
Department of Communications. The candi- 
date must plan the thesis or project topic 


116 


with a committee. The committee includes 
at least two faculty members from the 
Department of Communications. 

Study plan requirements include the 
following: 

Core Courses (6 units ) 

Comm 500 Theory and Literature of 
Communications (3) 

Comm 508 Humanistic Research in 
Communications (3) 

OR Comm 509 Social Science Research 
in Communications (3) 

Communication Courses (24 units) 

In consultation with the graduate adviser, 
students select courses to (1) develop a study 
plan focused on a particular area of study 
(e.g. advertising, journalism, public relations, 
television-film) or (2) design a program of 
a more general nature suited to their educa- 
tional and career goals. 

Project/Thesis/Exam (0-6 units) 

Comm 597 Project (3) 

OR Comm 598 Thesis (6) 

OR Comprehensive Exam 

For further information and advisement, 
please consult the graduate program adviser. 

COMMUNICATIONS COURSES 

Courses .are designated as COMM in the 
class schedule. 

101 Writing for Mass Media (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent 
with a grade of C or better; typing ability. 
Principles and practices of writing for major 
types of mass communications media. Content, 
organization, conciseness and clarity (2 hours 
lecture, 2 hours lab). 

201 Reporting for the Mass Media (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent 
with a grade of C or better; Comm 101 or 
equivalent; typing ability. Development of 
expertise in the use of news reporting tech- 
niques combined with development of ability 
to compose complex journalistic writing 
forms for possible publication. Students will 
be introduced to computer-assisted reporting, 
they also will write stories for the Daily Titan. 


COMMUNICATIONS 


202 Writing Broadcast News (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent 
with a grade of C or better; Comm 101 or 
equivalent; typing ability. Intensive journalistic 
writing and reporting for radio and televi- 
sion. Emphasis on writing assignments for 
both audio and video tape media. 
Lecture/discussion of issues and responsibili- 
ties facing broadcast journalists. 

217 Introduction to Photography (3) 

Cameras, accessories, materials, exposure, 
image processing, printing, finishing, compo- 
sition, filters, flash, studio techniques, and 
special subject treatments and applications. 

(2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

233 Mass Communication in Modern 
Society (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education Category UI.C.l. Newspapers 
magazines, films, radio and television; their 
significance as social instruments and economic 
entities in modem society. (CAN JOUR 4) 

300 Visual Communication (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of General 
Education Categories Ill.B.l or HI.B.2. A social 
and cultural analysis of the meaning, produc- 
tion and consumption of visual information in 
a modem media society. Still, moving, televi- 
sion, graphic design, cartoon, and computer 
images will be analyzed in terms of technical, 
commercial, and cultural considerations. 

301 Writing for Broadcasting and Film (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent 
with a grade of C or better; typing ability. 
Theory and pnnciples of writing in the 
broadcast and film media. 

319 Photojournalism (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 217 or equivalent. 
Photography for publication in print media. 
News, advertising, feature, sports, lifestyle, 
photo essay and documentary applications. 

(2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

321 Advanced Color Photography (3) 

Prerequisites: junior standing and Comm 
319 or consent of instructor. Positive and 
negative color film processing, sensitometry, 
and color printing. Creative and effective use 
of color in publications photography. (2 hours 
lecture, 3 hours laboratory ) 


326 Communications Photography (3) 

Prerequisites: junior standing and Comm 
32 1 , or consent of instructor. Photographs 
and photographic communications produced 
with the large format camera for the mass 
media, business, education, government, 
industry* and science. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours 
laboratory) 

332 Editing Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 101 and Comm 201 
or equivalent. Principles and practice of 
newspaper editing: copy improvement, head- 
line writing, news photos and cutlines, wire 
services, typography, copy schedules and 
control, page design and layout, law and 
ethics. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

333 Mass Media Effects (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 

Education Category UI.C.l. The course is 
intended to help students discover the role 
mass media communications play in all 
human activity with heavy emphasis on the 
effects of mass media on the political, social, 
and economic fabric of Amenca. 

334 Feature Article Writing (3) 

Prerequisites. English 101 or equivalent 
with a grade of C or better; and Comm 101 
or equivalent. Nonfiction wnting for newspa- 
pers and magazines, sources, methods and 
markets. 

335 Public Affairs Reporting (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent 
with a grade of C or better; Comm 101 and 
either 20 lor 202, or consent of instructor, 
and junior standing. Comm 407 recomended. 
Reporting public interest news such as courts, 
education, finance, government, police and 
urban problems. 

338 News Media Production (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent 
with a grade of C or better; Comm 201 or 
equivalent or consent of instructor. Members 
of the class constitute the editorial staff of the 
university newspaper and receive training in 
print, on-line and magazine-style journalism. 
Meets four hours per week for critiques in 
news reporting, wntmg, editing and makeup, 
followed by production. May be repeated for 
a maximum of six units of credit. (More than 
9 hours laboratory) 


340 Photography in Advertising and 
Public Relations (3) 

Prerequisites: junior standing and Comm 
326 or consent of instructor. Advertising and 
public relations photography. Materials and 
techniques for producing photographs with 
visual impact suitable for photo reproduction. 
Students will prepare a portfolio of pho- 
tographs. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours activity) 

346 Introduction to Entertainment and 
Tourism Studies (3) 

Introduces students to the entertainment 
industry. Applies entertainment and persua- 
sion theory. Offers learning about career 
opportunities in entertainment-related fields. 
Explores the tasks, skill sets, demands and 
rewards associated with different entertain- 
ment professions. (Same as Theatre 346 and 
Business Administration 346) 

350 Principles of Advertising (3) 

This course explores the functions, strate- 
gies, ethics, technology, and media relevant 
to the advertising industry, as well as concepts 
in international, Intercultural and integrated 
marketing communication. 

351 Writing for the Advertising 
Industry (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101. This course 
develops written communications and critical 
thinking skills essential for success in all 
advertising related careers. Students learn to 
compose persuasive letters, reports, proposals 
and news releases. Emphasis is placed on 
grammar and language skills. Students must 
achieve a C or better to continue taking 
advertising courses. 

352 Advertising Media (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 350 and junior 
standing. Planning, execution and control of 
advertising media programs. Basic data and 
characteristics of the media. Buying and 
selling process, techniques, and methods in 
media planning process. Audience measure- 
ment and media analysis. 

353 Advertising Creative Strategy and 
Execution I (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101, Comm 350, 
and junior standing. Writing of copy and 
layout of advertisements, based on study of 
sales appeals, attention factors and illustra- 
tions. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 


117 


COMMUNICATIONS 


358 Graphics Communications (3) 

Prerequisite: junior standing. Printing 
processes, publication formats, copy prepara- 
tion, copy-fitting techniques, layout principles, 
paper selection and distribution methods. 

(2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

361 Principles of Public Relations (3) 

Prerequisite: junior standing. The social, 
behavioral, psychological, ethical, economic 
and political foundations of public relations, 
and the theories of public relations as a com- 
munications discipline. 

362 Public Relations Writing (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent 
with a grade of C or better; Comm 101 or 
consent of instructor; typing ability; junior 
standing. Communications analysis, writing 
for business, industry and nonprofit organi- 
zations. Creating effective forms of public 
relations communication. 

363 Desktop Publishing (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 361 and six units 
of communications writing or consent of 
instructor; and junior standing. Editing func- 
tions and techniques involved in creative 
development of publications for business, 
industry and nonprofit organizations and 
institutions. Magazines, newspapers, newslet- 
ters and brochures. 

371 Radio-Television News and Public 
Affairs (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent 
with a grade of C or better; Comm 101, 202; 
typing ability required. Covering news events 
and public affairs for radio and television. 

(2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab) 

372 Advanced TV News Production (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 371 or consent of 
instructor. Writing, production and evalua- 
tion of television news. Lecture-discussion 
sessions on advanced reporting techniques 
and special problems in broadcast journal- 
ism. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

3 hours laboratory) 

380 Web Design and Production (3) 

Prerequisite: junior standing. Underlying 
design concepts and production techniques 
for creating World-Wide Web multimedia 
presentations for educational lessons, com- 
mercial applications, and online publications. 


407 Communications Law (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233 and junior 
standing. The Anglo-American concept of 
freedom of speech and press; statutes and 
administrative regulations affecting freedom 
of information and publishing, advertising, 
and telecommunication. Libel and slander, 
rights in news and advertising, contempt, 
copyright, and invasion of privacy. 

409 Advanced Photojournalism (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 321 and junior 
standing or instructor’s consent. Advanced 
press photography. Extensive use of cameras 
for photographic reporting; evaluation and 
preparation of pictures for publication. 
Field/laboratory experience in black and 
white and color. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours 
laboratory) 

410 Principles of Communication 
Research (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233 and junior 
standing. Research methods used to assess 
the effects of print, broadcast, and film com- 
munications on audience attitudes, opinions, 
knowledge, and behavior. Research design 
and data analysis in communications research. 

415T Current Issues in Advertising (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233, 350, or 361; 
permission of instructor. This course presents 
a variety of current advertising topics in all 
fields of communications. Professional prob- 
lems, global issues, critical analysis and 
special skills are presented to supplement the 
curriculum, and to enhance the understand- 
ing of, and appreciation for, advertising 
concepts. 

422 Communications Technologies (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 233. Issues sur- 
rounding communications technologies. 
Covered are recent developments in technol- 
ogy, impact of government, industry and 
economic factors, historical overview, and 
implications for social change. Exposure to 
technological developments. Applications to 
all areas of mass communications. 

425 History and Philosophy of American 
Mass Communication (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233 and junior 
standing. American mass communication; 
newspapers and periodicals through radio 
and television; ideological, political, social 
and economic aspects. Not available for 
graduate degree credit. 


118 


COMMUNICATIONS 


426 Global Media Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233 and junior 
standing. Major mass communication 
systems, both democratic and totalitarian, 
and the means by which news and propa- 
ganda are conveyed internationally. 

428 Communications and Social 
Change (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233 and junior 
standing. How innovations, ideas, products, 
and practices perceived as new are communi- 
cated to members of a social system. The 
roles of adopters, opinion leaders, change 
agents and communications in the diffusion 
of innovations and consequent changes in 
social systems. 

430 Newspaper Management (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor and 
junior standing. Organization, operation and 
administration of a newspaper’s departmental 
activities: advertising, business, circulation, 
mechanical, news-editorial and promotion. 

(3 hours lecture, field trips, detailed study 
of one selected newspaper department) 

435 Opinion Writing (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent 
with a grade of c or better, upper-division 
writing course and junior standing. Techniques 
of editorial writing and opinion writing, 
including personal essays, for print, broadcast 
and the Internet. The role of punditry in tele- 
vision news an don TV and radio talks 
shows, and how this might affect public 
perceptions of the media. 

438T Specialized Reporting (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 101, 201 and 332 or 
consent of instructor. This varied topic course 
is designed to teach advanced reporting and 
writing skills in specialized areas. It will 
combine an awareness of techniques and 
resources with an abundance of writing 
models and field experiences. Topics will 
include politics, minorities, and environment. 

446 Entertainment and Society (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 233 or equivalent. 
In-depth exploration of the role of entertain- 
ment in modem society. Examines audience 
uses, motivations and individual preferences 
for entertainment. Reviews theories and 
research regarding the form and function 
of entertainment and entertainment media. 


J 


449 Capstone in Entertainment and 
Tourism Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 346 or equivalent. 
Prepares students for careers in the entertain- 
ment industry by combining theory with 
applied principles and analytical skills in 
examining and developing case studies. 
Students plan and execute their own cam- 
paigns and projects. (Same as Theatre 449 
and Business Administration 449) 

450 Advertising Communications 
Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 350, 352 and junior 
standing. Theory and techniques for plan- 
ning, directing and evaluating advertising 
programs with emphasis on media-message 
strategies. Managerial approach with case 
studies to the solution of advertising commu- 
nications problems. 

451 A,B,C Advertising Campaigns (3) 

(Formerly 451) 

Advertising campaigns, including applied 
research, writing and utilization of print and 
electronic mass media. Design of complete 
campaigns from idea to prediction readiness. 

A - AAF Competition, prerequisites: 
Comm 350, 352, 353. 

B * Local Focus, prerequisites: Comm 
350, 352, 353. 

C - TitanCom Agency, prerequisites for 
Advertising majors - Comm 350, 352, 353; 
for Public Relations majors - Comm 361, 

362. 

452 Advanced Media Strategy and 
Tactics (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 352 or consent of 
instructor. This course is designed to offer 
students further education in advertising 
media. It integrates theories from related dis- 
ciplines, such as communications, marketing, 
and psychology, to illustrate better ways to 
use media as a competitive tool in business. 

453 Advertising Creative Strategy and 
Execution 11 (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent 
with a grade of C or better, Comm 350, 353, 
358, and junior standing. Advanced advertis- 
ing projects involving application and execu- 
tion of creative advertising strategies for mass 
media, including theory and practice of writing 
copy, and preparing comprehensive layouts 
and completed scripts. Group discussions, 
labs, and individual conferences. 


454 Advertising Media Sales (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 350 and 353; or 
Comm 332 and either 217 or 258: or 
Marketing 351 and any 300-level graphics, 
layout or design course. Prepares students for 
careers in advertising media sales, including 
radio, television, newspaper, magazine, new 
media and the internet. Personal sales 
techniques and media sales strategies are 
presented for each medium. 

464 Public Relations Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 361, 362 and junior 
standing. Analysis of systems and strategies 
for planning public relations campaigns and 
solving/preventing problems. Individual, 
team case studies, in corporate development 
of proposals; actual use of tools in addition 
to role playing presentations to management. 

467 Public Relations Agency Seminar (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 101, 361 and junior 
standing. Seminar focuses on psychology and 
functions of client counseling, proposal writing, 
new business development, agency manage- 
ment, servicing clients, evaluation of methods, 
reporting results, and leg^l and ethical concerns. 

468 Corporate and Nonprofit Public 
Relations (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 101 and 361. This 
seminar focuses on the public relations 
strategies and tactics used in today’s increas- 
ingly sophisticated and maturing corporate 
and nonprofit marketplaces. This advanced 
course, which relies heavily on professional 
guest speakers and in-class simulations/exer- 
cises, encompasses a host of specific topics, 
such as fund raising, corporate and social 
responsibility, media relations, and technol- 
ogy and ethical issues. 

480 Persuasive Communications (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233 and junior 
standing. Persuasive communications applied 
to mass communication. The communicator, 
audience, message content and structure, and 
social context in influencing attitudes, beliefs 
and opinions. 


482 Media Economics and Policy (3) 

Prerequisites: junior standing and Comm 
233 and one of the following: Comm 350, 
361, or 430. Explores structure, behavior and 
performance of media industries and public 
policy forces that define and direct media. 
Provides basis for analyzing media industries 
and for managerial decision making within 
industries. Covers all mass media industries. 

495 Mass Media Internship (3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing, communi- 
cations major, 2.25 GPA overall and in major, 
and specific prerequisites for each concentra- 
tion website at http.//www. commsec. fuller- 
ton. edu/intemship for further details. Super- 
vised internship, according to sequence, with 
newspaper, magazine, radio or television 
station, press association, public relations 
firm or advertising agency. Applications must 
be made through department coordinator one 
semester prior to entering program. See 
“internship Requirements" section of this 
catalog or the internship. (Credit/No Credit 
only) 

496 Student-to-Studcnt Tutorial (1-3) 

Prerequisites: consent of instructor and 
previous superior performance in a similar or 
equivalent course. Under faculty supervision, 
student provides tutorial assistance in a com- 
munications course. May involve small group 
demonstrations and discussions, individual 
tutoring and evaluation of student perfor- 
mance as appropriate. May be repeated to 
a maximum of four units either separately or 
in combination with Comm 499. 

497 Public Communications Practices (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 346 or 350 or 361 or 
consent of instructor. Public communications 
theory and practice. Ethics, responsibilities 
and role of public communications in con- 
temporary society. Principles applied to event 
planning, including Com-munications Week 
(spring only) or other activities. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department chair. 
Individually supervised mass media projects 
and research on campus and in the commu- 
nity. May involve newspaper and magazine 
publishers, radio and television stations and 
public relations agencies. May be repeated up 
to a maximum of four units either separately 
or in combination with Comm 496. 


COMMUNICATIONS 


500 Theory and Literature of 
Communications (3) 

Prerequisite: conditional classified status. 
Theories and research on communication 
processes and effects; source, media, message, 
audience and content variables. Types, 
sources and uses of communication literature. 
Graduate seminar. 

508 Humanistic Research in 
Communications (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 410, 500 or concurrent 
enrollment and classified status. Humanistic 
methods of study in communications: histori- 
cal research and critical analysis applied to 
problems, issues and creative works in com- 
munication. Graduate seminar. 

509 Social Science Research in 
Communications (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 410, 500 and classi- 
fied status. Social-scientific research design 
and analysis and the study of communication 
processes and effects. Graduate seminar. 

515T Professional Problems in 
Specialized Fields (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 500. Selected topics 
and issues in the field of mass communica- 
tions. Subjects vary each semester. May be 
repeated for a maximum of six units. 

517 Ethical Problems of the Mass Media (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 500. This course will 
study criticisms of specific functions of the 
mass media and public relations. The course 
will consist of three sections: the history of 
criticism; problem areas of the media; and 
practitioner response to criticism. 

518 Public Relations Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 500. This graduate 
seminar explores cutting edge communica- 
tion and organizational theories and vital 
emerging issues influencing the field of public 
relations. Special focus will be on contempo- 
rary public relations models and practitioner 
roles. 

519 Communications and Governance in 
America (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 500 or consent of 
instructor. The course will study relationships 
between systems of communications, particu- 
larly new communication technologies, and 
governmental institutions and processes 
within the American setting. It will explore 


how technological change relates to patterns 
of decision-making, management, and the 
content and flow of information among 
public officials. 

520A,B, C Communications Practicum 
(3,3,3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 500 and six units of 
study-plan courses in area of specialization; 
Comm 518 is an additional prerequisite for 
C. Under supervision of a faculty member, 
students plan, design, conduct and evaluate 
a team project in their field of specialization: 

A - News-Editorial, B- TV/Film, C - Public 
Relations. 

525 Advanced Communications 
Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 500. The course is 
designed to provide the student with an up- 
to-date assessment of general management 
and communications management techniques, 
and to help equip the student for manage- 
ment positions in advertising, journalism, 
public relations and broadcasting. 

527 Politics and Mass Media 
(Formerly 515T) 

Prerequisite: Comm 500. Study of the 
nature of the relationship between the mass 
media and politics. Particular attention to the 
role and impact of the mass media in politi- 
cal election campaigns and policy making. 

530 Communications Technologies 
(Formerly 515T) 

Prerequisites: Comm 500. Seminar in 
emerging communications technologies 
which are transforming professional practices, 
associated with various communications 
industries. Course deals with recent techno- 
logical developments, corporate and govern- 
ment policies affecting their use and social 
consequences of current and projected appli- 
cations. 

534 American Media History 
(Formerly 515T) 

Prerequisite: Comm 508 or consent of 
instructor. This seminar will focus on the 
history of the American Mass Media from 
McCarthy to the present. It is a period, which 
marked the birth of television and the matu- 
ration of investigative journalism in shaping 
American attitudes about government and 
society. 


120 

COMMUNICATIONS 


536 International Communications 
(Formerly 515T) 

Prerequisite: Comm 500. Comparative 
examination of communications policies and 
practices in different national settings. The 
course provides future practitioners with an 
understanding of cross-national variations in 
communication policies and how they shape 
communication industries and practices. 

541 Film Criticism (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 500. This graduate 
foundation course in screenwriting examines 
methods of evaluating and critiquing motion 
picture screenplays and films for a variety of 
Hollywood genres. 

550 Advertising in Modern Society (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 500. Assessing the 
impact of advertising on society, the culture 
and economy. Philosophical rather than tech- 
nical examinations of critical issues and prob- 
lems such as economic and social effects of 
advertising, effects of value and life styles, 
ethics and regulation. 

595 Graduate Mass Media Internship (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 500 and Comm 508 
or 509, and consent of instructor. Supervised 
practical work experience with media outlets, 
advertising and promotion agencies, public 
relations firms, film companies, etc. Involves 
cooperative efforts of both the departmental 
faculty and employers. Exposure to current 
and innovative techniques in research, man- 
agement and creative activities while offering 
practical experience. 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of graduate coordi- 
nator. Completion of creative project in a 
sequence beyond regularly offered course 
work. 

598 Thesis (3 or 6) 

Prerequisite: Consent of graduate coordi- 
nator. Completion of a thesis in a sequence 
beyond regularly offered course work. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of graduate coordi- 
nator. Individually supervised mass media 
projects or research for graduate students. 
May be repeated. 


RADIO-TV-FILM COURSES 

Courses are listed as RTVF in the class 
schedule. 

100 Introduction to Radio, TV and Film (3) 
(Formerly Comm 382) 

Survey of the history and organization of 
the radio, TV and film industry. Introduction 
to objectives, structure, policies and proce- 
dures of the major. 

200 Introduction to Production (3) 

Fundamental elements of audio, video and 
film production. Includes sound recording 
and mixing concepts, shooting composition 
and aesthetics principles, and editing theory. 
Uses interactive instruction. Elements may be 
applied to hands-on productions in subse- 
quent courses. 

210 Audio Production (3) 

(Formerly Comm 278) 

Introduction to the theory and practice 
of audio production as it pertains to radio, 
television and film. Covers live broadcasting, 
recording and postproduction editing. 
Emphasizes aesthetics and techniques to 
ensure high quality sound. Uses primarily 
digital equipment. (9 hours laboratory) 

220 TV Studio Production. (3) 

(Formerly Comm 279) 

Prerequisite: Radio-RTVF 200. 

Introduction to multiple-camera, live-on-tape, 
studio production. Theory and practice of 
producing "live" programs. Students crew all 
positions, including writer, producer, director, 
assistant director, lighting director, floor 
, manager, camera operator, video switcher, 
audio engineer, video engineer, recording 
engineer and graphics operator. (9 hours 
laboratory) 

I 225 Field Video Production (3) 

(Formerly Comm 379) 

Prerequisite: RTVF 200. Introduction to 
I single -camera, field video production. Theory 
I and practice of producing projects on loca- 
I tion. Preproduction, production and post- 
I production using digital cameras and editing. 
I Students crew productions, including writer, 
I producer, director, videographer, sound 
I recordist and editor. (9 hours laboratory) 


300 Language of Film (3) 

(Formerly Comm 345) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education category I.C. Visual and syntactic 
components of the motion picture. Detailed 
analysis of frame, line, space, shape, image 
size, movement, tone, color and structuring 
of visual images. 

330 Film Production I. (3) 

(Formerly Comm 311) 

Prerequisite: RTVF 300 Introduction to 
theory and practice of motion picture pho- 
tography and film production. Students 
create short, film-style projects. (9 hours 
laboratory) 

350 Script Structure and Story (3) 

Prerequisite: RTVF 100. Analysis and 
development of scnpt structure and viable, 
narrative story elements. Covers acts, scenes, 
premises, conflict, plots, characters, action, 
and so on. Students wnte critical analyses of 
professional scripts and author their own 
treatments. Meets upper-division baccalaureate 
writing course requirement for RTVF majors. 

360 Radio &r TV Programming (3) 
(Formerly Comm 477) 

Purposes, philosophies and methods of 
obtaining, developing, launching, scheduling 
and evaluating programming for electronic 
media. Covers commercial radio and TV 
networks and stations, cable TV, public radio 
and TV, direct broadcast satellite and the 
Internet. 

365 Children’s TV (3) 

(Formerly Comm 376) 

Research and literature on effects of televi- 
sion on children. Examines historical and 
contemporary aspects of childrens TV issues, 
including advertising, violence, stereotyping 
and education. Analyzes how children’s TV 
producers use concepts related to children to 
design material for them. 

370 World Cinema (3) 

(Formerly Comm 383) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education category’ II1.B.1. or III.B. 2. Global 
influence of motion pictures. Examines 
various directors, film movements, national 
cinemas and the increasing internationalization 
of the world film industry’. 


375 Documentary Film & TV (3) 

(Formerly Comm 375) 

Documentary form in film and television: 
development, purpose and current trends. 
Examines requirements to write and produce 
non-fletion films for the mass media, busi- 
ness, education and government. 

425 Advanced Video Production (3) 
(Formerly Comm 488) 

Prerequisite: RTVF 225 or 330. Advanced 
theory and practice of video production. 
Includes advanced shooting and editing tech- 
niques. Students produce projects that may 
be aired on the Titan Channel and/or entered 
in competitions (9 hours laboratory) 

430 Film Production 11 (3) 

(Formerly Comm 411) 

Prerequisite: RTVF 330. Preproduction 
and shooting of a large-crew, sync-sound 
film. Includes planning, scouting, break- 
down, budgeting, scheduling, casting, 
rehearsing and shooting. (9 hours laboratory) 

455 Screenwriting for Film (3) 

(Formerly Comm 402) 

Prerequisite: RTVF 350. Scripts for 
feature films, movies-of-the-week and mini- 
series. Three-act and seven-act structures. 
Students apply concepts from RTVF 350 and 
advanced writing concepts to develop full- 
length screenplays. 

480 Management in RTVF 
(Formerly Comm 478) 

Prerequisite: RTVF 100 or consent of 
instructor. Management structure and issues 
in the RTVF industry. Includes audience mea- 
surement, distribution, finance, personnel, 
programming, regulation and sales. May 
include applied experience with college 
media activities. 

495 Internship in Radio-TV-Film (3) 

Prerequisites: RTVF 100, 200, 350 and 
senior standing. Supervised fieldwork at a 
radio, TV or film organization. Skill develop- 
ment and understanding of industry opera- 
tion through hands-on experience and 
networking. 


COMMUNICATIONS 



DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Benjamin Hubbard 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Education Classroom 622 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Religious Studies 
Minor in Religious Studies 
Minor in Christian Studies 
Minor in Jewish Studies 

FACULTY 

Benjamin Hubbard, George Saint-Laurent, 
James Santucci, Bradley Starr 


INTRODUCTION 

Comparative Religion examines the spiritual quest of humankind, especially as it has 
manifested itself in the world’s living religions. These include Hinduism, Buddhism, Judaism, 
Christianity, Islam, and other less familiar traditions. No other academic field looks at the 
origins, sacred writings, rituals, beliefs and world view of the various religions for their own 
sake rather than as an aspect of another field of study. 

Within a public university, religion must be approached with academic objectivity and 
without favoritism for any one tradition. Yet, religion must also be studied with sensitivity and 
empathy for the millions of believers whose lives are shaped by their faith. Comparative Religion 
is also an interdisciplinary field which draws on the work of social scientists, historians, philoso- 
phers, and literary scholars in attempting to understand the religious quest. Hence, studying 
religious traditions develops habits of mind that are very important for life in our multicultural 
society. Furthermore, a familiarity with the world’s religions is necessary for an understanding 
of church-state issues in America and of political and economic conflicts in South Asia, the 
Mideast, the Balkans and elsewhere. 

The Bachelor of Arts in Religious Studies is designed for those who (1) want a humanities 
undergraduate background focusing on religion as a preparation for further study in such fields 
as education, law, social work, counseling and government service; (2) wish to pursue graduate 
studies in religion with the aim of teaching and/or doing research in the subject; (3) are consid- 
ering a career in various religious ministries or in religious education. 

Because the major consists of 36 units of course work (less than some other fields), it may 
be possible to add a second major in, for example, Communications, History, Human Services 
or Philosophy. Such double majors may strengthen a student’s job preparation or background 
for graduate studies. 

Minors in religion are offered in three areas depending on a student’s particular interest: 
Religious Studies (comparative emphasis), Christian Studies (an emphasis on Christianity in 
its many forms), and Jewish Studies (an emphasis on the Judaic tradition). 

Awards in Comparative Religion 

Two graduating seniors are recognized each year with the James O’Shea/Joseph Kalir Award 
for Outstanding Scholarship and the James Parkes/Morton Fierman Award for Student Achieve- 
ment (for service to the department and university and/or for interfaith work within and outside 
the university). In addition, the Donald Gard Award is given annually to a non-graduating 
Religious Studies major for academic achievement. 

International Learning Opportunities in Comparative Religion 

The Religious Studies major within the Department of Comparative Religion requires the 
study of the world’s religions, thereby necessitating an examination of religion in other cultural 
and national settings. This is particularly true of courses dealing with Asian religions such as 
Hinduism and Buddhism, and a predominantly Middle Eastern faith-Islam. Moreover, the 
Department encourages students to study abroad, for example at the Hebrew University of 
Jerusalem, many of whose courses will transfer into the Religious Studies major at Fullerton. 

See the department chair or undergraduate adviser if interested. 


ADVISER 

All programs: James Santucci 


Graduate Study 

The department works cooperatively with the Department of Religion in the Claremont 
Graduate School. Please contact the chair or undergraduate adviser about specific cooperative 
arrangements. 




<k 


122 


COMPARATIVE RELIGION 



BACHELOR OF ARTS IN 
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 

The Bachelor of Arts in Religious Studies 
requires a minimum of 120 units which 
includes courses for the major, General 
Education, all University requirements, and 
free electives. The religious studies major 
consists of 36 units. Courses in other schools 
and departments may be acceptable for the 
major upon consultation with the departmen- 
tal adviser. Each course counted toward the 
major must be completed with a grade of C 
or higher. 



Lower-Division Requirements (9 units) 

Introduction to the Study of Religion 
(3 units) 

Comparative Religion 105 Religion and the 
Quest for Meaning (3) 

Comparative Religion 1 10 Religions of the 
World (3) 


Introduction to Western Religious Traditions 
(3 units) 


Comparative Religion 200 Introduction to 
Christianity (3) 

Comparative Religion 201 Origins of the 
New Testament (3) 


Comparative Religion 210 Introduction to 
Judaism (3) 

Comparative Religion 250 The Religion of 
Islam (3) 


Introduction to Non-Western Religious Traditions 
(3 units) 


Comparative Religion 270T Introduction to 
the Asian Religions (3) 


Comparative Religion 280 Introduction to 
Buddhism (3) 

Upper-Division Requirements (27 units) 



Core Requirements (6 units) 

Comparative Religion 300 Methods of 
Studying Religion (3) 

Comparative Religion 485T Major Religious 
Thinkers and Concepts (3)* 

The Development of Western Religious Thought 
(6 units) 

Comparative Religion 345A 

History and Development of 
Christian Thought: The 
Beginning to 1274 (3) 

Comparative Religion 345B 
History and Development of 
Christian Thought: 1275 to 
the Present (3) 

Comparative Religion 346A 
History and Development of 
Jewish Thought: Biblical 
Origins to Maimonides (3) 

Comparative Religion 346B 
History and Development of 
Jewish Thought: 1204 
to the Present (3) 

Comparative Religion 349A 
History and Development of 
Islamic Thought: The 
Beginning to 1258 (3) 

Comparative Religion 349B History and 
Development of Islamic Thought: 1259 
to Modem Times (3) 

Comparative Religion 350T Major Christian 
Traditions (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 405 History 
of the Jews (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 406 The 
Holocaust (3) 


History/Comparative Religion 417B Roman 
Empire (3) 

History 420 The Byzantine Empire (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 421 A History 
of the Christian Church to 1025 (3) 


*May be taken only after completion of 
15 units in Comparative Religion, including 
Comparative Religion 110 and 300, and 
junior standing. 


History/Comparative Religion 42 IB History 
of the Christian Church from 1025 to 
the Present (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 42 5B The 
Reformation (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 466A Islamic 
Civilization: Arab Era (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 466B Islamic 
Civilization: Imperial Age (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 483 American 
Religious History (3) 

The Development of Non-Western Religious 

Thought (6 units) 

Comparative Religion 347A Hindu Tradition 
to 400 B.C.E. (3) 

Comparative Religion 347B Hindu Tradition 
from 400 B.C.E. (3) 

Philosophy 350 Asian Philosophy (3) 

Comparative Religion 353 Buddhism in 
India (3) 

Comparative Religion 354T Buddhism 
Outside India (3) 

Comparative Religion 370 New Religious 
Movements in the U.S.A. (3) 

Afro/Comparative Religion 437 American 
Indian Religions and Philosophy (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 465A History 
of India (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 465B History 
of India (3) 

The Experience of Religion (6 units) 

Comparative Religion 305 Contemporary 
Practices of the World’s Religions (3) 

Comp Lit/Comparative Religion 312 The 
Bible as Literature (3) 

Comparative Religion 330T Hebrew 
Scriptural Studies (3) 

Comparative Religion 33 IT New Testament 
Studies (3) 

Comparative Religion 335 Judaism, 
Christianity, and Islam Compared (3) 

Comparative Religion 343 Religion and 
Current Ethical Issues (3) 

Philosophy/Comparative Religion 348 
Philosophy of Religion (3) 

Comparative Religion 358 Comparative 
Mysticism (3) 

Comparative Religion 376 Dimensions of 
Religious Experience (3) 


COMPARATIVE RELIGION 


Comparative Religion 380 The Religious 
Roots of Nonviolence (3) 

Geography 366 Geography of Religion (3) 

Comparative Religion 400 Religion, the 
Media, and Contemporary Culture (3) 

Sociology/Comparative Religion 458 
Sociology of Religious Behavior (3) 

Comparative Religion 48 1 Religion and 
Politics in the American Experience (3) 

Textual Studies (3) 

Comparative Religion 330T Hebrew 
Scriptural Studies (3) 

Comparative Religion 33 IT New Testament 
Studies (3) 

Comparative Religion 40 IT Studies in 
Religious Texts (3) 

Writing Requirement 

The course requirement of the university 
upper-division baccalaureate writing course is 
met through Comparative Religion 485T. 

It is highly recommended that students 
majoring in Religious Studies pursue the 
study of classical languages such as Arabic, 
Greek, Hebrew, Latin, and Sanskrit when 
such languages are offered. 


MINOR IN RELIGIOUS STUDIES 

Students minoring in Religious Studies 
are required to take 2 1 units in Comparative 
Religion, distributed as follows: 


Lower-Division Requirements (9 units) 

Introduction to the Study of Religion 
(3 units) 

Comparative Religion 105 Religion and the 
Quest for Meaning (3) 

Comparative Religion 110 Religions of the 
World (3) 

Introduction to Western Religious Traditions 
(3 units) 


Comparative Religion 200 Introduction to 
Christianity (3) 

Comparative Religion 201 Origins of the 
New Testament (3) 


Comparative Religion 210 Introduction to 
Judaism (3) 

Comparative Religion 250 The Religion 
of Islam (3) 


Introduction to Non-western Religious Traditions 
(3 units) 

Comparative Religion 270T Introduction to 
the Asian Religions (3) 

Comparative Religion 280 Introduction to 
Buddhism (3) 

Upper-Division (12 units) 

Core Requirements (3 units) 

Comparative Religion 485T Major Religious 
Thinkers and Concepts (3) 

Elective Courses (9 units) 

Any nine units of upper-division courses 
in Comparative Religion. 

It is highly recommended that students 
minoring in Religious Studies pursue the 
study of classical languages such as Arabic, 
Greek, Hebrew, Latin, and Sanskrit when 
such courses are offered. 

MINOR IN CHRISTIAN STUDIES 

Students minoring in Christian Studies 
are required to take 2 1 units, distributed as 
follows: 

Required Courses (9 units) 

Comparative Religion 200 Introduction to 
Christianity (3) 

Comparative Religion 34 5A History and 
Development of Christian Thought: The 
Beginning to 1274 (3) 

Comparative Religion 345B History and 
Development of Christian Thought: 1275 
to the Present (3) 

Elective Courses (12 units) 

At least six units must be taken in courses 
cross-listed with other departments. 

Comparative Religion 201 Origins of the 
New Testament (3) 

Comp Lit/Comparative Religion 312 The 
Bible as Literature (3) 

Afro 325 African-American Religion (3) 

Comparative Religion 33 IT New Testament 
Studies (3) 

Comparative Religion 335 Judaism, 
Christianity, and Islam Compared (3) 

Comparative Religion 343 Religion and 
Current Ethical Issues (3) 

Comparative Religion 350T Major Christian 
Traditions (3) 


Comparative Religion 358 Comparative 
Mysticism (3) 

Geography 366 Geography of Religion (3) 

Comparative Religion 376 Dimensions of 
Religious Experience (3) 

Comparative Religion 380 The Religious 
Roots of Nonviolence (3) 

Comparative Religion 400 Religion, the 
Media, and Contemporary Culture (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 417B Roman 
Empire (3) 

History 420 The Byzantine Empire (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 421 A History 
of the Christian Church to 1025 (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 42 IB History 
of the Christian Church from 1025 to 
the Present (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 42 5B The 
Reformation (3) 

Sociology/Comparative Religion 458 
Sociology of Religious Behavior (3) 

Comparative Religion 481 Religion and 
Politics in the American Experience (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 483 American 
Religious History (3) 

Comparative Religion 485T Major Religious 
Thinkers and Concepts (3)* 

Comparative Religion 499 Independent 
Study (3)* 

It is highly recommended that students 
minoring in Christian Studies pursue the 
study of classical languages such as Greek, 
Hebrew, and Latin when such courses are 
offered. 

*When content pertains to the Christian 
tradition. 

MINOR IN JEWISH STUDIES 

Students minoring in Jewish Studies are 
required to take 21 units, distributed as 
follows: 

Required Courses (9 units) 

Comparative Religion 210 Introduction to 
Judaism (3) 

Comparative Religion 346A History' and 
Development of Jewish Thought: Biblical 
Origins to Maimonides (3) 


124 


COMPARATIVE RELIGION 


Comparative Religion 346B History and 
Development of Jewish Thought: 1204 
to the Present (3) 

Elective Courses (12 units) 

At least six units must be taken in courses 

cross- listed with other departments. 

Comp Lit/Comparaiive Religion 312 The 
Bible as Literature (3) 

Comparative Religion 330T Hebrew 
Scriptural Studies (3) 

Comparative Religion 335 Judaism, 
Christianity, and Islam Compared (3) 

Comparative Religion 343 Religion and 
Current Ethical Issues (3) 

Comparative Religion 358 Comparative 
Mysticism (3) 

Geography 366 Geography of Religion (3) 

Comparative Religion 376 Dimensions of 
Religious Experience (3) 

Comparative Religion 380 The Religious 
Roots of Nonviolence (3) 

Comparative Religion 400 Religion, the 
Media, and Contemporary Culture (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 405 History 
of the Jews (3) 

History 406 The Holocaust (3) 

Sociology/Comparative Religion 458 
Sociology of Religious Behavior (3) 

History 467 The Middle East in the 19th 
Century (3) 

History 468 The Middle East in the 20th 
Century (3) 

Comparative Religion 481 Religion and 
Politics in the American Experience (3) 

Comparative Religion 485T Major Religious 
Thinkers and Concepts (3)* 

Comparative Religion 499 Independent 
Study (1-3)* 

•When content pertains to the Jewish 

tradition. 


COMPARATIVE RELIGION COURSES 

Courses are designated as CPRL in the 
class schedule. 

105 Religion and the Quest for 
Meaning (3) 

Inquiry into the nature of religious experi- 
ence as the human pursuit of meaning and 
transcendence, exploring its central themes, 
phenomena, and questions; its principal types 
of figures and communities; and its major 
categories of sacred rituals, objects, seasons, 
and places. 

110 Religions of the World (3) 

An introduction to at least five religious 
world views from an historical and compara- 
tive perspective, with descriptive analysis of 
their belief system, moral code, and symbolic 
ntuals: Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, 
and Buddhism. (Same as Philosophy 1 10) 

200 Introduction to Christianity (3) 

The Christian scriptures and their back- 
ground in the light of modem exegesis; the 
Synoptic Gospels, written creeds and liturgical 
formulae associated with the Orthodox, 
Roman and Protestant communions. 

201 Origins of the New Testament (3) 

The sources and content of the New 
Testament writings which reflect the life and 
beliefs of the Christians in the first century 
of the Common Era, including literary and 
historical criticism. 

210 Introduction to Judaism (3) 

The Jewish tradition — its scriptures, laws, 
customs, holidays and world view in their 
historical setting. 

246A Basic Hatha Yoga (2) 

(Same as Kinesiology 246A) 

250 The Religion of Islam (3) 

The religion of Islam, its background and 
main teaching?: the rise of Islam; the caliphate; 
Islamic theology, teaching?, mysticism and 
philosophy. 

270T Introduction to the Asian 
Religions (3) 

The main teaching? of a major South 
Asian, Far Eastern, or “Oriental” religion 
per semester. Such religions as Jainism, 
Hinduism, Taoism, Shintoism, and 
Zoroastrianism will be discussed. May be 
repeated for credit with different subject matter. 


280 Introduction to Buddhism (3) 

Introduction to the origins and develop- 
ment of Buddhism. Included in the course 
will be a discussion of the major teachings 
found in all traditions of Buddhism, the three 
major traditions of Buddhism, and the 
position of Buddhism in the U.S. 

300 Methods of Studying Religion (3) 

Prerequisite: Comparative Religion 1 10 or 
consent of instructor. The academic study of 
religion to include the definition, functions 
and varieties of religion; the methods used 
to study it; and key figures who have shaped 
the development of this discipline. 

301 Sanskrit (3) 

(Same as Linguistics 301) 

305 Contemporary Practices of the 
World’s Religions (3) 

Prerequisite: any one of the following: 
Anthro 100, History 110A, Comparative 
Religion 105, or Comparative Religion 1 10. 

A comparative study of how the beliefs, 
practices and moral codes of the world’s 
major religions influence the way nations 
and individuals behave in the spheres of 
daily life, culture, ethics, business and 
politics. 

312 The Bible as Literature (3) 

(Same as Comp Lit 312) 

330T Hebrew Scriptural Studies (3) 

Specific areas of Hebrew Scriptures such 
as major and minor prophets, Psalms, values 
of wisdom writers, books of the Old Testa- 
ment. May be repeated for credit with different 
subject content. 

331T New Testament Studies (3) 

Specific areas of the New Testament such 
as the Synoptic Gospels, the Pauline Corpus, 
the Johannine Corpus, etc. May be repeated 
for credit with different subject matter. 

335 Judaism, Christianity and Islam 
Compared (3) 

A comparative study of the three great 
monotheistic traditions, Judaism, Christianity, 
and Islam; their beliefs, practices, and 
structures. 


125 


COMPARATIVE RELIGION 


343 Religion and Current Ethical 
Issues (3) 

An examination of contemporary ethical 
issues as they relate to the teachings of 
selected religious traditions on questions such 
as abortion, euthanasia, environmental 
pollution, global hunger, homelessness, 
pornography and censorship, racism, 
sexism, and violence. 

345A History and Development of 

Christian Thought: The Beginning 
to 1274 (3) 

Christian thought from apostolic times to 
the death of Thomas Aquinas; Old and New 
Rome, the Great Councils, the Middle Ages, 
and the marriage of faith and reason. 

345B History and Development of 
Christian Thought: 1275 to 
the Present (3) 

Christian thought from the death of 
Thomas Aquinas to the present; the cultural 
and philosophical backgrounds of the succes- 
sive ages of scholasticism, the Renaissance, 
Baroque, reason and revolution, and the 
modem world. 

346A History and Development of Jewish 
Thought: Biblical Origins to 
Maimonides (3) 

Jewish thought from biblical times to the 
death of Moses Maimonides (1204); Hebrew 
scriptures, Roman era, Talmud, and Spanish 
Jewry. 

346B History and Development of Jewish 
Thought: 1204 to the Present (3) 

Jewish thought from the death of 
Maimonides to the present; expulsions and 
persecutions, mysticism, emancipation, 
modem anti-Semitism, and Zionism. 

347A Hindu Tradition to 400 B.C.E. (3) 

Prerequisite: Comparative Religion 100 or 
270T or consent of instructor. Hindu thought 
in its earliest period. Subjects will include an 
overview of Vedic literature, especially its 
religious content and the major rituals of the 
early Veda; philosophical developments in the 
Upanisads or later Veda; and related sacred 
writings. 


347B Hindu Tradition from 400 B.C.E. (3) 

Prerequisite: Comparative Religion 100 or 
270T or consent of instructor. Hindu thought 
after the Vedic period, subjects will include 
the beginnings of Hindu philosophies, classical 
Hindu practice, devotionalism, modem or 
neo-Hindu groups appearing in the nine- 
teenth century, and the contributions of 
thinkers such as Ramakrishna and Gandhi. 

348 Philosophy of Religion (3) 

(Same as Philosophy 348) 

349A History and Development of Islamic 
Thought: The Beginning to 1258 (3) 

Prerequisite: Comparative Religion 110 
or 250 or equivalent. Islamic theology, law, 
culture, and spirituality up to the close of the 
classical period in 1258. Interpretation of the 
Qur’an, formation of Hadith literature, devel- 
opment of Islamic law, divisions within Islam, 
rise of mysticism, contributions to science 
and art. 

349B History and Development of Islamic 
Thought: 1259 to Modern Times (3) 

Prerequisite: Comparative Religion 1 10 or 
250 or equivalent. Islamic thought from the 
close of the classical period to the present, with 
emphasis on twentieth century developments. 
Emergence of modem Middle East, reform 
movements, Islamic response to nationalism 
and modernity, recent Islamic resurgence. 

350T Major Christian Traditions (3) 

Catholicism, Protestantism, Eastern 
Christianity, or Post-Reformation Communities; 
historical development and self-understand- 
ing, liturgy, creeds, moral norms, canon laws 
and outstanding figures. May be repeated for 
credit with different content. 

353 Buddhism in India (3) 

Prerequisite: Comparative Religion 110 
or 280. A historical survey of Buddhist doc- 
trines, schools, and practices gained through 
translations of primary texts and discussions 
derived from secondary material. Analysis of 
the historical, philosophical, and sociological 
aspects of Buddhism in India. (Same as 
Philosophy 353) 


126 


354T Buddhism Outside India (3) 

Prerequisite: Comparative Religion 110 
or 280. A historical survey of Buddhist doc- 
trines, schools, and practices in a particular 
region or regions which are : China, Japan, 
Korea, Southeast Asia, and Central Asia. May 
be repeated for credit with different content. 
(Same as Philosophy 354T) 

358 Comparative Mysticism (3) 

Prerequisite: Comparative Religion 110 
or equivalent. A comparative survey of mysti- 
cism as a recurring phenomenon within 
major religious traditions. Included are 
selected writings and representative male and 
female figures, analyzed from philosophical 
and psychological viewpoints. Definitions, 
terms, metaphors, techniques, and stages of 
the mystical experience. 

370 New Religious Movements in the 
U.S.A. (3) 

Beliefs, history, ritual and organizational 
make-up of non-traditional modem religions 
in America, such as Scientology, the Unifi- 
cation Church, Hare Krishna (ISKCON) and 
Rajneeshism as presented by guest speakers. 
Discussion of “cult,” “sect” and the occult will 
comprise portion of course. 

376 Dimensions of Religious 
Experience (3) 

The great themes of religious thought 
viewed objectively and subjectively in history 
and in the present day. Seminar and discus- 
sion presentation. 

380 The Religious Roots of 
Nonviolence (3) 

Prerequisite: Comparative Religion 110 or 
consent of instructor. An investigation of the 
foundations of nonviolence as taught within 
the major religious traditions: Judaism, 
Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, and 
Buddhism. 


COMPARATIVE RELIGION 


400 Religion, the Media, and 
Contemporary Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: American Studies 201 or 
Communication 233 or History 180 or 
Comparative Religion 110 or consent of 
instructor. Religion reporting in the secular 
media; the religious press in America; the 
influence of the media, both secular and 
religious, on the shaping of society’s values; 
ethical dilemmas faced by reporters. 

40 IT Studies in Religious Texts (3) 

Prerequisite: Comparative Religion 105 
or 110. The study and interpretation of 
a selected portion of the scriptures of 
a particular religion, for example, the Hebrew 
Bible/Old Testament, the New Testament, the 
Qur’an, the Veda, the Pali Canon. 

405 History of the Jews (3) 

(Same as History 405) 

406 The Holocaust (3) 

(Same as History 406) 

417B Roman Empire (3) 

(Same as History 417B) 

421 A History of the Christian Church 
to 1025 (3) 

(Same as History 421 A) 

42 IB History of the Christian Church 
From 1025 to the Present (3) 

(Same as History 42 IB) 

425B The Reformation (3) 

(Same as History 42 5B) 

437 American Indian Religions and 
Philosophy (3) 

(Same as Afro-Ethnic Studies 437) 

458 Sociology of Religious Behavior (3) 

(Same as Sociology 458) 


465B History of India (3) 

(Same as History 465B) 

466A Islamic Civilization: Arab Era (3) 

(Same as History 466A) 

466B Islamic Civilization: Imperial 
Age (3) 

(Same as History 466B) 

481 Religion and Politics in the American 
Experience (3) 

Prerequisites: Poli Sci 100. An examination 
of the relationship of politics and religion, 
especially in the U.S. The colonial and consti- 
tutional experience. Supreme Court 
decisions on religious issues, the principal 
theorists of moral discourse in the public 
forum. Contemporary issues of concern. 
(Same as Poli Sci 481) Not available for 
graduate degree credit. 

483 American Religious History (3) 

(Same as History 483) 

485T Major Religious Thinkers and 
Concepts (3) 

Prerequisites: fifteen units in Comparative 
Religion, including CPRL 100 and CPRL 300, 
and junior standing or approval of under- 
graduate adviser. Religious thinkers and 
concepts dealing with Western, Eastern and 
non-traditional religious ideas from ancient to 
modem times. Fulfills university upper-divi- 
sion baccalaureate writing requirement. May 
be repeated with different content. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised research projects in 
Comparative Religion to be taken with 
consent of instructor and the department 
chair. May be repeated for credit. 


465A History of India (3) 

(Same as History 465A) 



INTRODUCTION 

The undergraduate program in computer science prepares students for careers in applications 
programming, systems programming, and software engineering, as well as entrance into graduate 
and professional schools. The curriculum emphasizes fundamental concepts exemplified by 
various types of programming languages, computer architectures, operating systems, and data 
structures. 

The bachelor’s program is accredited by the Computing Sciences Accreditation Board. 

The Computer Science program is designed to provide the student with the foundations 
of the discipline as well as the opportunity for specialization. Six objectives are addressed: 

(1) development of the ability to work effectively as an individual or as a team member to 
produce correct, efficient, well-organized and documented programs in a reasonable time; 

(2) development of the ability to recognize problems that are amenable to computer solutions, 
and knowledge of the tools necessary for solving such problems; (3) development of the ability 
to assess the implications of work performed; (4) development of an understanding of basic 
computer architecture and operations; (5) preparation to pursue in-depth training in one or 
more application areas, or further education in computer science, and (6) development of the 
ability to write and speak effectively. 


DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Ning Chen 

VICE CHAIR 

Susamma Barua 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Computer Science 522 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Science in Computer Science 
Master of Science in Computer Science 
Minor in Computer Science 

FACULTY 

Susamma Barua, Milton Brown, Ning 
Chen, James Choi, Hwang Chung, Bin Cong, 
Darin Goldstein, Allen Holliday, Floyd 
Holliday, Dorota Huizinga, Donna Kastner, 
Barbara Laguna, Demetrios Michalopoulos, 
Mariko Molodowitch, Nick Mousouris, Tae 
Ryu, Edward Sowell, Xiong Wang and Les 
Williams 


BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Each Computer Science major is required to complete a minimum of 131 units including 
general education. The degree program assumes that the student has already obtained a working 
knowledge of at least one high-level programming language such as C++ and a working knowl- 
edge of personal computing fundamentals and applications, including word processing, spread- 
sheets, database systems, e-mail systems, and presentation graphics. Students without this 
knowledge may be required to take up to seven additional units of course work beyond those 
normally required by the major. 

Courses taken toward the major or toward the requirements in related fields must be taken 
on a traditional (letter grade) basis, unless the course is offered only on a non-traditional 
(credit/no credit) basis, or if the course is passed by a challenge examination. The Computer 
Science program requirements can be divided into four categories: 50 units for the Computer 
Science core, 39 units for requirements in related fields, three units for the upper-division 
writing course CPSC 31 1, and 39 units for courses for remaining GE requirements not satisfied 
in the previous three categories. Out of the 92 units in the first three categories, no more than 
6 units of a grade of D may be counted toward the program. All other classes in the first three 
categories must be passed with a grade of C or higher. Furthermore, a grade point average of 
2.0 must be met for the 92 units in the three categories. Each student is required to complete 
the following set of requirements. 

Computer Science Placement Examination 

Before entry into the first course required by the major (Computer Science 131), the student 
is required to take a placement examination or complete the required prerequisite courses 
offered by the department. 

Computer Science Core (50 units) 

Students must take and pass a Computer Science Department Programming Exam before taking 
upper-division Computer Science courses. The exam will be scheduled 3 times a year. It will first 
be scheduled at either the end of the Spring 2002 semester or the start of the Summer 2002. 


128 


COMPUTER SCIENCE 


j 



Lower-Division Core (16 units) 

Computer Sci 131 Data Structures 
Concepts (3) 

Computer Sci 223V C++ Programming (3) 

OR another adviser-approved course 
focusing on programming skills 

Computer Sci 231 File System Concepts (3) 

Computer Sci 240 Computer System 
Architecture I (3) 

Computer Sci 241 Low-level Language 
Systems (3) 

Computer Sci 2 53U Workshop in UNIX (1) 


Upper-Division Core (22 units) 

Computer Sci 315 Social and Ethical Issues 
in Computing (1) 

Computer Sci 32 1 High-Level Language 
Concepts (3) 

Computer Sci 331 Data Structures and 
Algorithm Analysis (3) 

Computer Sci 351 Operating Systems 
Concepts (3) 

Computer Sci 375 Problem Solving 
Strategies (3) 

Computer Sci 423 Language Processor 
Techniques (3) 

Computer Sci 440 Computer System 
Architecture 11 (3) 

Computer Sci 461 Software Engineering 
Techniques (3) 

Technical Electives (12 units) 

Each Computer Science major must take 
12 units of technical electives w hich must be 
approved in advance by a depanmental 
adviser. These electives must be selected from 
upper-division courses offered by the depart- 
ment or upper-division courses in numerical 


analysis. The electives shall constitute a coher- 
ent body of study consistent with the student’s 
professional and educational objectives. No 
more than three (3) units of course work may 
be selected from Computer Science courses 
numbered 490 through 499. 

Requirements in Related Fields (39 units) 

Mathematics Requirement (18 units) 

Mathematics 150A.B Analytic Geometry and 
Calculus (4,4) 

Mathematics 270A,B Mathematical 
Structures (3,3) 

Mathematics 338 Statistics 

Applied to Natural Sciences (4) 

Science Requirements (12 units) 

Physical Science (8 units) 

One of the following combina- 
tions: 

Physics 225 Fundamental 
Physics: Mechanics (3) 

Physics 225L Fundamental 
Physics: Laboratory (1) 

Physics 226 Fundamental 
Physics: Electncity and 
Magnetism (3) 

Physics 226L Fundamental 
Physics: Laboratory (1) 

OR 

Chemistry 120A General Chemistry (5) 

Chemistry 125 General Chemistry for 
Engineers (3) 

OR 

Geological Sci 101 Physical Geology (3) 
Geological Sci 101 L Physical Geology 
Laboratory (l) 

Geological Sci 201 Earth History (4) 
Biological Science (4 units) 

One of the following combinations: 

Biology 131 Principles of Biology (3) 

AND Biology 101 L Elements of 
Biology Laboratory (2) 

OR Equivalent 1 unit Biolog)' Lab 

OR Biology 101 Elements of 
Biology (3) 

AND Biology 10 1L Elements of 
Biology Laboratory (1) 

Undesignated Units (9 units) 

These are to be taken in related fields and/ 
or career support fields, with prior adviser 
approval. 


Upper-Division Writing Requirement 
(3 units) 

Computer Science 311, which meets the 
university requirements for an upper-division 
writing course, must be completed before the 
senior year. This course must be passed with 
a “C n or better. 

General Education (39 units) 

Computer Science students must com- 
plete the university^ 51 -unit general educa- 
tion requirements. Twelve of these 51 units 
will be completed in the majors “Requirements 
in Related Fields.” For the remaining 39 units, 
see the “General Education” section of this 
catalog. 

MINOR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 

A Computer Science minor shall consist 
of 20 units of adviser-approved courses 
including Computer Science 121, 131, 

253U, and 313. It shall include at least six 
units of upper-division courses (which may 
include 313) taken in residence. At least 12 
units must be distinct and different from the 
units used to complete the requirements for 
the major; at least six of these 1 2 units must 
be upper-division. All prerequisites must be 
observed. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN 
COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 

A bachelor’s degree from an accredited 
institution with a grade-point average of at 
least 2.5 in the last 60 semester units 
attempted is required. Any deficiencies must 
be made up and will require six or more 
units of adviser-approved course work with 
at least a 3.0 average in addition to those 
required for the degree. 

Classified Graduate Standing 

Achievement of this status requires the 
following: 

1 . Approval of a formal study plan (see 
description below) by the Computer 
Science Graduate Committee and the 
dean of graduate studies. 

2. Satisfactory completion of no more than 
nine units on the study plan. 

3. Satisfactory completion of the following 
courses or equivalents including prereq- 
uisites: Computer Science 231, 240, 241, 
321, 331, 351, 375, 423, 431, and 
Mathematics 270A,B. 



129 


COMPUTER SCIENCE 


4. Competency in written communication 
in English must be demonstrated by 
a passing score on the California State 
University Examination in Writing 
Proficiency. The requirement must be sat- 
isfied before the student can be classified 
and before 500-level courses may be 
attempted. The student who fails to pass 
the EWP test must complete Computer 
Science 31 1 (Technical Writing for 
Computer Science) with a grade of B 
or better. 

Talented professional computer scientists 
have traditionally come from a diversity of 
undergraduate preparations. The listed 
courses have been carefully selected to 
provide an adequate basis for graduate work 
while not unfairly precluding admission of 
persons without a bachelors degree in com- 
puter science. It should be noted, however, 
that each of these courses has prerequisites 
and the student without preparation in a 
closely related degree may have considerable 
work to complete beyond the courses listed 
here. Reference should be made to the catalog 
descriptions for prerequisites of each course 
deficiency. 

These courses and their prerequisites con- 
stitute program prerequisites. Students are 
not allowed to enroll in courses for which 
they have prerequisite deficiencies. Students 
with knowledge equivalent to any or all of 
these prerequisite courses are encouraged to 
satisfy such prerequisites by advanced place- 
ment examination. Consult a Computer 
Science graduate adviser for further informa- 
tion. 

Study Plan 

Prior to admission to classified graduate 
standing in Computer Science, the student 
with the aid of a Computer Science graduate 
adviser shall prepare and submit for approval 
by the Computer Science Department gradu- 
ate committee a formal study plan consisting 
of a minimum of 30 units of 400 level and 
graduate course work. 

This shall include Computer Science 440, 
461, 589, 597 or 598; one of 541, 542, 543, 
544, 545 or 546, and 15 units of electives (9 
units must be at the 500-level). At least 15 
units shall represent courses offered by the 
Department of Computer Science. Courses 
offered by other disciplines, not listed here, 
and related to the students’ objectives in 
Computer Science may be approved by peti- 
tion to the Department of Computer Science. 


All course work in the study plan must be 
completed with a GPA of at least 3.0. 

Graduate Student Advisement 

The graduate program adviser provides 
overall supervision of the graduate program. 
The individual student chooses an adviser 
from the full-time faculty of the Computer 
Science Department on the basis of the 
student’s particular interests and objectives. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE COURSES 

Courses are designated as CPSC in the 
class schedule. 

Prerequisites for Computer Science courses 
may be waived only by department petition. 

103 Introduction to Personal 
Computer Applications (3) 

Introduction to use and application of 
personal computers: word processing, spread- 
sheets, database systems, e-mail systems and 
World Wide Web. Evaluation of personal 
computers and software. (2 hours lecture, 

2 hours laboratory) 

121 Programming Concepts (4) 

Prerequisite: three years high school math- 
ematics including trigonometry. Introduction 
to programming of digital computers; subrou- 
tines, functions, and structure of algorithms; 
elementary input/output; arrays; strings, and 
data types; documentation. (3 hours lecture, 

2 hours laboratory) 

131 Data Structures Concepts (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 121 or 
sufficient score on the Computer Science 
Placement Exam, high school computer 
applications, and three years high school 
mathematics including trigonometry. Data 
structures: linked lists, stacks, queues, arrays, 
sequential text files, text formatting. 

135 C++ Application Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 103 or 
equivalent. A survey course in programming 
using the C++ language. Designed for persons 
seeking basic programming skills. Topics 
include language organization, data types, 
control structures, functions, I.O. techniques, 
classes, and operators. Credit earned not 
applicable toward B.S. degree in Computer 
Science. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 


130 


203 Advanced Personal Computing (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 103. 
Computer networks. Work-group computing: 
electronic mail, scheduling, work-flow 
automation, central repositories, Desktop 
publishing. Vertical and horizontal software 
suites. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 

223A Ada Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 241. 

Ada control statements, types, subprograms, 
array and record types, packages, exceptions, 
access variables, dynamic objects, files, 
generics, compilation units, tasking, and 
low-level programming. Laboratory program- 
ming assignments. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours 
laboratory) 

22 3C COBOL Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 231. 
COBOL identification, environment, data and 
procedure divisions; moving data; printing 
information; arithmetic verbs; control state- 
ments; arrays and tables; sequential, relative, 
and indexed files; subprograms; report writer 
module. Laboratory programming assignments. 
(2 hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 

223H Visual BASIC Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 231. 
Elements of Visual BASIC, forms and con- 
trols, properties, mouse events, multiple- 
document interface, processing files, access- 
ing databases, dynamic data exchange, object 
linking and embedding. (2 hours lecture, 

2 hours laboratory) 

223J Java Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 223V or 
Computer Science 131 and proficiency in 
C++ language. Characteristics of Java: portable, 
robust, secure, object-oriented, high perfor- 
mance; using the Java environment; server 
administration; types, expressions, and 
control flow; classes, interfaces, and packages; 
threads; exceptions; class libraries; Java for 
the Internet; tools, the Java Virtual machine. 

223S Smalltalk Programming (1) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 121 
or other high-level programming course. 
Smalltalk programming language including 
syntax, classes, objects, methods, polymor- 
phism, inheritance, programming tools, class 
library. Laboratory programming assign- 
ments. (2 hours laboratory) 


COMPUTER SCIENCE 


223U C Programming (1) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 121 or 
General Engineering 205. Structure of C 
programs, functions, statements, macros, data 
types and expressions. Header files and 
control facilities for separate compilation. 
Standard system library functions for I/O, 
math, dynamic memory, process control, and 
interfacing with the operating system and 
environment. Laboratory programming 
assignments. (2 hours laboratory) 

223V C++ Programming (3) 

Corequisite: Computer Science 131. C++ 
types, arithmetic, operators, control structures, 
assignment operators, functions, scope, 
recursion, logical operators, arrays, pointers, 
characters, strings, structures, unions, enu- 
merations, classes, operator overloading, 
inheritance, virtual functions, polymorphism, 
stream input/output, templates, exception 
handling, file processing. Laboratory pro- 
gramming assignments. 

231 File System Concepts (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 131 and 
proficiency in the C++ language. Characteristics 
and utilization of bulk storage devices. B-trees, 
sequential and random access methods. 
Introduction to relational data model. 

240 Computer System Architecture 1 (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 131 and 
either Mathematics 270A or Mathematics 
280. Digital logic and architecture of a com- 
puter system, machine level representation 
of data, memory system organization, and 
techniques for interrupt handling. (2 hours 
lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 

241 Low-level Language Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 131. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 240. The 
structure of low-level computer languages. 
Machine, assembly, and macro language pro- 
gramming. Principles of assembler operation. 
Laboratory programming assignments. (2 
hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory) (Same as 
Electrical Engineering 241) 

243 Low-Level Language Workshops (2) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 241. 
Workshops in the use of specific low-level 
programming. See list following. Offered 
Credit/No Credit only. 

243Y Workshop in 80X86 Assembly 
Language. 


253 Operating System Workshops (1) 

Workshops in the use of specific operating 
systems. See list following. Offered Credit/No 
Credit only. Prerequisites vary. (2 hours 
activity) 

253U Workshop in UNIX 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 121 or 
General Engineering 205. 

253V Workshop in VMS 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 121 or 
General Engineering 205. 

303 Multimedia Concepts (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 103, 121 
and completion of the General Education 
critical thinking requirements. Components 
and issues associated with multimedia tech- 
nology, applications of multimedia and its 
evolution. Laboratory activities will include 
developing a multimedia application using 
a PC-based authoring tool. (2 hours lecture, 

2 hours laboratory) 

311 Technical Writing for Computer 
Science (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 231, 241 
and English 101. Practice in developing doc- 
umentation skills as used in the computer 
field. Topics include proposals, feasibility 
studies, user guides and manuals, business 
communication and technical presentation. 
Case studies in professional ethics. Both 
written and oral reports are required. 

313 The Computer Impact (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing, one 
course from GE section IIl.A.l. Effect of 
computer use on individuals and organiza- 
tions. Side effects of innovative technology 
and the resulting changes to organizations, 
social institutions, and human perceptions of 
events. Emphasis on personal responsibility, 
legal ramifications, and educational implica- 
tions. Hands-on use of e-mail and the World 
Wide Web. 

315 Social and Ethical Issues in 
Computing (1) 

The course will cover relevant issues that 
responsible computer professionals will face 
in a complex technological society. Issues 
covered are professional ethics, computer 
control, privacy, encryption, benefits and 
downside of computers, privacy and com- 
puter crimes. 


321 High-Level Language Concepts (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 23 1 and 
241. Language definition concepts. Data 
types and structures. Control structures and 
data flow. Run-time considerations. Interpretive 
languages. Introduction to lexical analysis 
and parsing. 

322L Introduction to Computer Aided 
Design (3) 

(Same as Mechanical Engineering 322L) 

331 Data Structures and Algorithm 
Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 231, 241, 
and 253U; Mathematics 150B and 270B. 
Corequisite: Mathematics 338. Advanced 
data structures, sorting, searching, graph 
algorithms. Introduction to efficiency analysis. 

341 Client Server Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 231. 

A study of the client/server environment 
including platforms, operating systems, net- 
works, middleware, distributed processing, 
data communication, optimization, client/ 
server model, and trends. Programming exer- 
cises in a language suitable for the client/ 
server environment. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours 
laboratory) 

351 Operating Systems Concepts (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 240 and 
331. Resource management, memory organi- 
zation, input/output, control process syn- 
chronization and other concepts as related 
to the objectives of multi-user operating 
systems. 

361 Software Design Concepts (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 223A 
and 241. Concepts and methodologies of the 
object-oriented paradigm. Object-oriented 
analysis and object-oriented design. Imple- 
mentation of moderate size object-oriented 
systems. Topics in embedded systems. (2 hours 
lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 

375 Problem Solving Strategies (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 321, 331 
and Mathematics 338. Complexity classes, 
including undecidable and NP-complete 
problems. Problem solving strategies applied 
to parallel and distributed processing, numer- 
ical computation, and artificial intelligence. 
Greedy methods, divide-and-conquer, dynamic 
programming, approximation, and search 
methods. 


131 


COMPUTER SCIENCE 


423 Language Processor Techniques (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 32 1 and 
331. Concepts behind the design and imple- 
mentation of programming language proces- 
sors such as compilers and interpreters. The 
design of a small compiler from a software 
engineering perspective. 

431 Database Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 231 and 
331. Database models: hierarchical, network, 
relational, functional, E-R and object-based. 
Distributed DBMS and concurrency control. 
Query optimization. 

433 Data Security and Encryption 
Techniques (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 311, 351 
and Mathematics 270B. System security and 
encryption. Current issues in security, 
encryption and privacy of computer based 
systems. 

440 Computer System Architecture II (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 240 and 
241. Computer performance, price/perfor- 
mance, instruction set design and examples. 
Processor design, pipelining, memory hierar- 
chy design, and input/output subsystems. 

451 Advanced Operating Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 351. The 
course covers internal structures of a modem 
operating system. The specific topics include 
processes, process communication, file systems, 
networking, and the I/O system. There will 
be several programming assignments which 
would utilize calls and other low level inter- 
faces. 

457 Computer Communications (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 351. An 
introduction to digital data communications. 
Terminology, networks and their components, 
common-carrier services, telecommunication 
facilities, terminals, error control, multiplex- 
ing and concentration techniques. 

459 Micro-Computer Software Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 351. The 
design and implementation of software. 
Analysis of a micro-computer operating 
system and work on a team to implement 
a significant programming assignment. 


461 Software Engineering Techniques (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 311, 321, 
331 and passing score on the Examination in 
Writing Proficiency. The design and develop- 
ment of large software systems. Organization 
and control of the system development 
process. Students will implement and discuss 
large scale team projects. (2 hours lecture, 

2 hours laboratory) 

465 Principles of Computer Graphics (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 331. 
Examination and analysis of computer graph- 
ics; software structures, display processor 
organization, graphical input/output devices, 
display files. Algorithmic techniques for clip- 
ping, windowing, character generation and 
viewpoint transformation. 

477 Cybernetics and Information 
Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 331 and 
Mathematics 1 50B. Formal theories underly- 
ing artificial intelligence. Cybernetics, infor- 
mation theory, decision models. Shannon’s 
theorem, adaptive machines, search techniques, 
stochastic automata, time series analysis and 
reliability theory. 

481 Artificial Intelligence (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 375. Use 
of computers to simulate human intelligence. 
Topics include production systems, pattern 
recognition, problem solving, searching game 
trees, knowledge representation, and logical 
reasoning. Programming in AI environments. 

483 Pattern Recognition Techniques (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 331. 
Classification techniques, discriminant func- 
tions, training algorithms, potential function 
theory, supervised and unsupervised learn- 
ing, feature selection, clustering techniques, 
multidimensional rotations and rank order- 
ing relations. 

491 Variable Topics in Computer 
Science (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Junior/Senior standing and 
consent of instructor. Lectures and/or work- 
shop covering various current Computer 
Science topics. Course may be repeated for 
up to 3 units. Course topics may be taken 
only once. 


132 


495 Internship in Computer Science (1-3) 

Prerequisite: computer science or related 
major and consent of instructor. Practical 
experience relevant to computer science in 
government or private agencies. Written and 
oral reports are required. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: approval by the computer 
science chair. Special topic in Computer 
Science, selected in consultation with and 
completed under the supervision of instructor. 

521 Compiler Design (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 423. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 589. Techniques 
for the design of compilers and their relations 
to formal automata and formal grammars. 

531 Design of Database Management 
Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 431. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 589. Imple- 
mentation techniques for query analysis, data 
allocation, concurrency control, data struc- 
tures, and distributed databases. New data- 
base models and recent developments in 
database technology. Student projects 
directed to specific design problems. 

541 Specification of Software Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 461. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 589. Models 
and languages for software system specifica- 
tion, documents, standards, and traceability. 
Documentation of specification process. 

542 Software Verification and 
Validation (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 461. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 589. Theory 
and practice needed to ensure that a high 
quality software product is developed. Topics 
covered include a quality assessment, proof 
of correctness, testing, and limitations of 
current verification and validation methods. 

543 Software Generation and 
Maintenance (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 461. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 589. Software 
creation, reuse, enhancement, adaptation and 
correction. Alternatives to coding, language 
concepts, role of standards, style, manage- 
ment, tools, performance analysis, regression 
analysis, and productivity issues. 


COMPUTER SCIENCE 


544 Principles and Application of 
Software Design (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 461. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 589. 
Exploration and application of different 
methods and languages for expressing soft- 
ware design. Evaluation of designs. 

545 Software Systems Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 351 and 
461 Corequisite: Computer Science 589. 
Development of software systems at the 
highest level. Systems view of software devel- 
opment, trade-offs between software and 
hardware. User interfaces, requirements 
analysis, techniques for development from 
requirements, system integration, and transi- 
tion into use. Includes case studies and 
project. 

546 Software Project Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 461. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 589. Process 
considerations in software systems develop- 
ment. Materials and tools in software project 
planning. Mechanisms for monitoring and 
controlling software projects. 

551 Operating Systems Design (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 351. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 589. Design 
and evaluation techniques for controlling 
automatic resource allocation, providing effi- 
cient programming environments and appro- 
priate user access to the system, and sharing 
the problem solving facilities. 

558 Advanced Computer Networking (3) 

System-oriented view of computer 
network design, protocol implementation, 
networking, high-speed networking, network 
management, computer network perfor- 
mance issues. 

566 Advanced Computer Graphics (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 465. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 589. Three 
dimensional: reflection models, shading 
techniques, rendering process, parametic 
representation, ray tracing, radiosity, texture, 
anti-aliasing, animation, color science. 


583 Expert Systems Design Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 481. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 589. 
Knowledge representation and search strate- 
gies for expert systems; logic programming; 
expert system tools. Project. 

585 Artificial Neural Networks (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 481. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 589. 

Principles of neural networks; neural net- 
works paradigms, software implementations, 
applications, comparison with statistical 
methods, use of fuzzy logic; project. 

589 Seminar in Computer Science (3) 

Prerequisites: one 400-level course in 
Computer Science and passing score on the 
Examination in Writing Proficiency. Research 
methods in computer science. Student pre- 
sentations covering current topics, research 
advances, updating of concepts and verifica- 
tions of principles of computer science. 
(Examples: large-scale parallelism, Internet 
security, design for user interfaces, computers 
in instruction). 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisites: classified graduate standing, 
approval of the computer science graduate 
adviser and Computer Science 589. 

598 Thesis (3) 

Prerequisites: classified graduate standing, 
approval of the computer science graduate 
adviser and Computer Science 589. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: classified graduate standing, 
approval by the computer science depart- 
ment chair and Computer Science 589. 
Special topic in computer science, selected in 
consultation with and completed under 
supervision of instructor. 




133 


COMPUTER SCIENCE 



DIVISION OF CHILD, FAMILY, AND 
COMMUNITY SERVICES 

DEPARTMENT OF COUNSELING 

DIVISION HEAD 

Vacant 

DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Vacant 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Education Classroom 105 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Master of Science in Counseling 
Marriage and Family Therapy 
MFT Licensure Preparation 

FACULTY 

Joseph M. Cerantes, Gerald F Corey, 
Kathy R. O’Byme, Michael C. Parker, and 
David S. Shepard 


ADVISERS 

Counseling, Master of Science: Vacant 
Marriage and Family Therapy (MFT) 
Licensure: Jose Cervantes 


INTRODUCTION 

The Department of Counseling offers a program leading to the Masters of Science in 
Counseling, with a concentration in Marriage and Family Therapy. The program is designed 
to prepare students to meet California State Board of Behavioral Sciences (BBS) licensure 
requirements as a Marriage and Family Therapist (MFT). 

Our orientation is humanistic and systemic. We believe individuals, families, and communities 
have their own inner wisdom, desire to grow, and capacity for solving life’s challenges. We also 
believe that counselors can best help people by understanding the relationship of emotional 
distress to family dynamics and to the social and cultural contexts that shape our lives. 

The program strongly emphasizes a multicultural perspective. We train culturally competent 
counselors who will be sensitive to the diverse cultural heritages, lifestyles and special needs of 
individuals and families living in our community. Our student body itself encompasses a wide 
range of backgrounds, values and physical challenges. 

Our emphasis is on the training of clinicians who can serve the needs of individuals, couples, 
families and groups in our community. We train students to design and implement preventive 
programs; provide crisis intervention; provide short-term and long-term counseling; and main- 
tain a professional identity as a marriage and family therapist in the community. 

The curriculum (or study plan) comprises 48 units, delivered in four phases. Phase I is intro- 
ductory. Phases II and III form the body of core training in counseling. Phase IV comprises the 
concentration in Marriage, and Family Therapy and the final project. 

Conditionally Gassified Standing 

Phase I 12 units: Counseling 500, 505, 511, 518 

Gassified Standing 

Phase II 12 units: Counseling 520, 521, 522, 523, 526 

Phase 111 12 units: Counseling 521, 527, 528, 529 or 530 

Phase IV 12 units: Counseling 561, 562, 584, 597 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN COUNSELING 

Admission 

The Department welcomes applicants from diverse academic, social, and cultural backgrounds. 
International and minority students are especially encouraged to apply. Preparation for the 
counseling profession is rigorous and multifaceted, necessitating the students development in 
intrapersonal, interpersonal, and academic realms. Admission is therefore based upon indicators 
of the applicant’s potential for becoming an effective counseling practitioner, including but not 
limited to grade point average (GPA), letters of reference, personal statement and departmental 
interview. Admission is not based on any single factor considered, but on a composite assessment 
of all factors. The following are required for consideration for admission to the program: 

1 . An acceptable bachelor’s degree (or equivalent) from a regionally accredited institution or its 
equivalent. 

2. A minimum GPA of 3.0 for the last 60 sequential semester units completed. 

3. A minimum GPA of 3.2 in five prerequisite behavioral science courses (or their equivalents): 
counseling theory, experiential group, statistics or research methods, abnormal psychology. 


134 


COUNSELING 


and human development. At least three 
of the five prerequisites must be com- 
pleted at the time of entrance; any 
remaining prerequisite(s) must be com- 
pleted during the first semester of enroll- 
ment. 

4. A detailed personal statement (1,500- 
3,000 words). This statement should 
inform the faculty about the following: 

a) applicants personal and educational 
background, strengths and weaknesses 

b) applicants understanding of and 
motivation and suitability for entering 
into the counseling profession 

c) applicant’s long-term professional 
goals 



This statement is very important. 

5. An interview with department faculty. 

6. Three letters of recommendation. These 
letters should address the author's assess- 
ment of your suitability for pursuing 
graduate studies and entering the coun- 
seling profession. At least one letter must 
be academic (i.e., written by a professor 
or an instructor). Professional references, 
written by supervisors or managers who 
are familiar with your work, are also 
appropriate. 

Applicants should apply direcdy to the 
Office of Admissions and Records, California 
State University, Fullerton, PO. Box 6900, 
Fullerton, CA 92834-6900. The application 


code is #08261. Letters of recommendation, 
the personal statement, and additional infor- 
mation should be sent to the Department 
Head, Department of Counseling, PO Box 
6868, Fullerton. CA 92834-6868. The appli- 
cation deadlines are April 1st for Fall admis- 
sion and November 1st for Spring admission. 

All successful applicants are initially 
admitted as conditionally classified graduate 
students. They are invited to attend an orien- 
tation session before classes begin, and are 
encouraged to join the Graduate Counseling 
Students Association (GCSA). 

Applicants denied admission because they 
do not meet GPA requirements but who have 
a minimum GPA of 2.5 may enroll as an 
unclassified postbaccalaureate student, and 
reapply for admission to the Counseling 
program if and when they meet department 
requirements. 

The department recommends that students 
take at least six units per semester. Students 
working full-time are strongly advised against 
taking more than six units per semester 
because of the demanding nature of the 
program; however, students should be aware 
of time limits for completion of the degree 
and of the possibility that they may be 
unable to enroll in a specific course because 
of the class size limits or other factors. 

Advisement 

Each student is assigned to an adviser 
upon admission to the department. Advisers 
provide academic assistance, help students 
develop official study plans, recommend 
them for classified standing and advancement 
to candidacy, and monitor their progress 
throughout the duration of enrollment. 

Students should consult their adviser on 
a regular basis. It is especially important to 
initiate contact with an adviser as soon as 
possible during the first semester of enroll- 
ment to verify enrollment in any remaining 
prerequisite courses and to discuss preclassi- 
fication requirements. 

Classification and Advancement 
to Candidacy 

Admission to the department as a condi- 
tionally classified student does not guarantee 
advancement to classified standing. 

Each student undergoes two comprehensive 
evaluations; one during Phase I and the other 
during Phase III. Advancement to classified 
standing or to candidacy requires a 3.0 GPA 
and the faculty’s on-going assessment of the 


student’s aptitude and suitability for the coun- 
seling profession, progress in skill develop- 
ment, interpersonal and cultural sensitivity, 
and ethical and professional conduct. A student 
in classified graduate standing may be declas- 
sified with a change to unclassified post 
baccalaureate standing if current academic, 
personal, and professional development 
shows a lack of suitability for continued 
training in counseling. (See the “Graduate 
Regulations” section of the University catalog 
for details concerning advancement to classi- 
fied standing or candidacy.) 

MARRIAGE AND FAMILY THERAPY 
(MFT) LICENSURE 

To practice as a Marriage and Family 
Therapist in California, a license issued by 
the State Board of Behavioral Sciences (BBS) 
is required. Our 48-unit program with the 
MFCC concentration is designed to prepare 
students to meet licensure requirements 
(Business and Professions Code, Section 
4980.37). Students should note that licensure 
requirements extend beyond those of the M.S. 
degree and include an internship and passing 
official written and oral examinations. It is the 
student’s responsibility to keep informed 
about licensure requirements as they are 
subject to change from time to time. An 
authoritative source of information is Laws 
and Regulations Relating to the Practice of 
Marriage and Family Therapy and Licensed 
Educational Psychology issued by the BBS. 

For further information, write to the Board of 
Behavioral Sciences, Department of Consumer 
Affairs, 400 R Street, Suite 3150, Sacramento, 
CA 95814-6240; Tel. (916) 445-4933. 

Upon graduation, students have 90 days 
to register with the BBS as an intern. It is 
advisable to write early to the BBS for a 
registration packet (e.g., at the beginning 
of the last semester). 

COUNSELING COURSES 

Courses are designated as COUN in the 
class schedule. 

252 Career Exploration and Life 
Planning (3) 

Exploration of personal career potentials, 
employment trends, decision making, goal 
setting and job search methods. 


COUNSELING 


380 Theories and Techniques of 
Counseling (3) 

(Same as Human Services 380) 

449 Seminar on Child Abuse (1) 

Prerequisite: Human Services 201 or 
Child/Adolescent Studies 301 or consent 
of the instructor. Presents characteristics of 
child abuse and a review of current laws, 
appropriate procedures for intervention, and 
methods of community networking and refer- 
ral. (Same as Child/Adolescent Studies 449) 

475T Counseling Special Populations (3) 

Prerequisites: upper-division standing and 
completion of introductory social science 
General Education class (III.C). Counseling 
assessment and treatment of specific client 
groups. Various topics will be covered 
depending on the specialized training and 
expertise of instructor. May be repeated with 
different topic for additional credit. 

500 The Counseling Profession (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and 
completion of or concurrent enrollment 
in Human Services 300 and Human Services/ 
Counseling 380. The study of counseling as 
a mental health profession, including its 
history, current functions and future direc- 
tions; Examination of the counselor as a 
professional, including educational goals, per- 
sonal values, and cultural understandings. 
Opportunity to observe master counselors 
at work. 

505 Science of Human Inquiry 1 (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and com- 
pletion of Psychology 201 or Psychology' 202, 
or equivalent undergraduate course in social 
science research methodology' or statistics. 
Foundations and characteristics of scientific 
models of human inquiry. Comparative 
review of experimental, naturalistic, and phe- 
nomenological modes of inquiry as applied to 
the counseling domain. Instruction and 
practicum in observation methods. Meets 
graduate writing requirement. Instructional 
fee required. 

511 Pre-Practicum (3) 

Prerequisites: Psychology 341 or equivalent; 
completion of or concurrent enrollment in 
Counseling 500 and 505. The change process 
and the counseling relationship. Pre-practicum 
skills and crisis intervention. 


518 Human Development and 
Functioning (3) 

Prerequisites: Psychology 341; Child 
Development 312 or Psychology 361 or 
equivalent; completion of or concurrent 
enrollment in Counseling 500 and 505. 
Integrated study of lifespan development 
with a focus on definitions of normal and 
abnormal functioning. Introduction to the 
latest edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical 
Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM). 

520 Modes of Individual Counseling (3) 

Prerequisite: Counseling 511. Advanced 
counseling theories related to counseling of 
individuals. Evolution of personal and formal 
models of practice. Emphasis on role plays 
and skills applications. 

521 Science of Human Inquiry II (3) 

Prerequisite: Counseling 505. Applied 
research methods and program evaluation. 
Comparative review and synthesis of inquiry 
approaches. Completion of literature review 
for anticipated Counseling 597 project. 
Instructional fee required. 

522 Techniques of Brief Treatment and 
Assessment (3) 

Prerequisite: Counseling 511 and 518. 
Advanced study of the latest edition of the 
Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental 
Health Disorders (DSM) with emphasis on 
detection and assessment of alcohol and sub- 
stance, spousal or partner, elder, and child 
abuse, and human sexual dysfunction. 

Review of brief treatment models. 

523 Counseling and Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: Counseling 500. Theory, 
research, and techniques related to counsel- 
ing people from diverse cultural back- 
grounds. Emphasis on role plays and skills 
applications. 

526 Professional, Ethical and 
Legal Issues in 

Counseling (3) 

Prerequisites: Counseling 500 and 511. 
Ethical and legal standards as related to criti- 
cal professional issues, including child abuse, 
spousal or partner abuse, elder abuse, and 
substance abuse. The relationship and inte- 
gration of values for the counselor’s role in 
practice, training, supervision, test usage, and 
consultation. 


136 


COUNSELING 


527 Systems of Family Counseling (3) 

Prerequisite: Counseling 520. Survey of 
family systems models, including Adler, Satir, 
Bowen, Haley, Minuchin, and others. 

528 Groups: Process and Practice (3) 
Prerequistes: Counseling 500 and 511. 

Basic issues and concepts related to group 
process. Demonstration of group leadership 
skills with an emphasis on self-reflection. 

529 Practicum: Supervised Counseling 
of Children or Adolescents (3) 

Prerequisites: classified standing; 

Counseling 523; consent of fieldwork coordi- 
nator. Supervised clinical practice with 
children or adolescents in approved commu- 
nity agencies. A minimum of 105 contact 
hours of counseling required for course 
completion. 

530 Practicum (3) 

Prerequisites: classified standing; 
Counseling 523; consent of fieldwork 
coordinator. Supervised clinical practice 
with adults, families and children in 
approved community agencies. A minimum 
of 105 contact hours of counseling required 
for course completion. 

561 Clinical Assessment of Family 
Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Counseling 527. Relationships 
and families examined in depth with reflection 
on own family background. Assessment of 
“normal” and dysfunctional family systems, 
including human sexual dysfunction, empha- 
sized. Application to role plays and case 
studies. 

562 Counseling Couples (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of Counseling 

527; completion of or concurrent enrollment 
in Counseling 529 or 530; or permission of 
instructor. Therapeutic interventions and 
techniques for couples and family systems. 
Emphasis on role plays and case studies. 

575T Professional Issues in Counseling (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing. Exploration 
of contemporary contextual issues facing the 
practicing counseling professional. The topics 
offered depend on the specialized training 
and experience of instructor. May be repeated 
for credit with different topic. Current topics 
include clinical supervision, program evalua- 
tion, career development, and consultation. 


584 Advanced Practicum (3) 

Prerequisites: Counseling 529 or 530; 
approval of fieldwork coordinator. Advanced 
clinical experience in approved community 
agencies. Exposure to testing. A minimum 
of 105 contact hours of counseling required 
for course completion. 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of faculty adviser. 
Capstone program experience; taken final 
semester. Student conducts original research 
relevant to the counseling field. 

598 Thesis (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Counseling 529 or 530; 
consent of graduate program adviser. 
Independent research culminating in a thesis. 
Recommended for pre-doctoral students. 

May be repeated for credit. 

599 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor or 

graduate program adviser. Research and 
development in counseling pursued indepen- 
dently with periodic conference with instruc- 
tor. May be repeated for credit. 



INTRODUCTION 

Criminal justice is the study of the causes, consequences and control of crime. Like other new 
and developing fields, criminal justice is difficult to define as it draws from a number of different 
disciplines, including psychology, public administration, philosophy, political science, sociology 
and law 

The program leading to the Bachelor of Arts in Criminal Justice is designed to acquaint 
preservice and inservice students with the principles and practices of criminal justice in America. 
Although the department’s curriculum allows for the development of depth in one of the subject’s 
substantive subsystems (i.e., law enforcement, courts or corrections), the overriding objective is 
to familiarize students with activities in all the above areas. 

The department is both academic and professional in that it is an interdisciplinary attempt 
to relate intellectual issues and practitioner perspectives to the challenge of crime in a free society. 
In this regard, the department provides preparation for employment with a related agency and/or 
further study (e.g., law school). 

ADVISEMENT 

Students are urged to attend a “New Major Advisement Session” prior to their first semester 
at the university as a criminal justice major. This is particularly important for community college 
transfers. Failure to do so may delay graduation. The department’s “New Major Advisement 
Sessions” are regularly and frequently scheduled. See the bulletin board or call the division 
office for details. 


DIVISION OF POLITICAL SCIENCE 
AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE 


AWARDS IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

Graduating seniors are eligible for the Academics Award, the Activities Award, the Overall 
Achievement Award and the William Hobbs Scholarship for outstanding law-related coursework. 
The Dan Byrnes Scholarship is given annually to an undergraduate who plans a career in law 
enforcement. 


DIVISION CHAIR 

Alan Saltzstein (Acting) 

DIVISION OFFICE 

University Hall 511 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Criminal Justice 
Minor in Criminal Justice 

FACULTY 

Rhonda Allen, W. Garrett Capune, George 
M. Dery, III, James Farris, James Lasley, Kevin 
Meehan, Jill Rosenbaum, Brenda Vogel 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

The Criminal Justice degree requires a minimum of 120 units, which includes courses for the 
major, General Education, all University requirements, and free electives. For the major, every 
student must complete the core courses (21 units) and a minimum of 12 units from the elective 
curriculum. In addition, each student is required to complete 9 units in a correlated curriculum. 

For additional information regarding the criminal justice program and its courses, check with 
the Division office in University Hall 511. 


Core Curriculum (21 units) 

Crim Just 300 Introduction to Criminal Justice (3) 

Crim Just 310A Criminal Law: Substantive (3) 

Crim Just 315 The Enforcement Function (3) 

Crim Just 320 Introduction to Public Management and Policy (3) 
Crim Just 330 Crime and Delinquency (3) 

Crim Just 340 Criminal Justice Research Methodology (3) 

Crim Just 345 Corrections (3) 




138 


CRIMINAL JUSTICE 


Elective Curriculum (12 units) 

Crim Just 31 OB Criminal Law: Procedural (3) 

Crim Just 350 Principles and Concepts of 
Investigation and Reporting (3) 

Crim Just 385 Minorities and the Criminal 
Justice System (3) 

Crim Just 405 Criminal Justice Policy (3) 

Crim Just 416 Police Operations and 
Management (3) 

Crim Just 422 Human Resources 
Management (3) 

Crim Just 425 Juvenile Justice 
Administration (3) 

Crim Just 430 Women and Crime (3) 

Crim Just 450 Organized Crime and 
Intelligence Analysis (3) 


Crim Just 455 Gangs and the Criminal 
Justice System (3) 

Crim Just 462 Crime Analysis (3) 

Crim Just 465 Law, Punishment, and 
Justice (3) 

Crim Just 470 Sex and the Criminal Justice 
System (3) 

Crim Just 472 The Judicial Process 
Crim Just 475T Topics in Administration of 
Justice: A Seminar (3) 

Crim Just 480 Courtroom Evidence (3) 
Crim Just 485 Search, Seizure and 
Interrogation 1 (3) 

Crim Just 486 Search, Seizure and 
Interrogation II (3) 


Crim Just 495 Internships (3) 

Crim Just 499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Correlated Curriculum (9 units) 

Courses in the related fields shall be 
selected by the student in consultation with 
an adviser. The purpose of this requirement 
is to allow for an awareness of the disciplines 
contributing to the creation of “criminal 
justice” as a separate subject. Upper-division 
courses in such fields as philosophy, political 
science, psychology and public administra- 
tion are included. For a list of courses that 
can count in this regard, check with the 
Division office. 

Writing Requirement (3 units) 

One of the following courses: 

Crim Just 350 Principles 
and Concepts of 
Investigation and 
Reporting (3) 

English 301 Advanced 
College Writing (3) 

English 365 Legal Writing 
(3) 

For further information 
on these alternatives, please 
see a Criminal Justice 
adviser. 

MINOR IN CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE 

The Minor in Criminal 
Justice consists of a total of 
18 units including three 
required and three elective 
courses to be chosen from the criminal 
justice curriculum. The required courses are: 

Crim Just 300 Intro to Criminal Justice (3) 
Crim Just 310A Criminal Law: Substantive (3) 
Crim Just 330 Crime and Delinquency (3) 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE COURSES 

Courses are designated as CRJU in the 
class schedule. 

300 Introduction to Criminal Justice (3) 

A study of the underlying ideological 
issues confronting Americas system of crimi- 
nal justice, with an emphasis on key concepts 
in conflict (law and order, rehabilitation vs. 
retribution, etc.) 



310A Criminal Law: Substantive (3) 

The general doctrines of criminal liability 
in the United States and the classification of 
crimes as against persons, property and the 
public welfare. The concept of governmental 
sanction of the conduct of the individual. 

31 0B Criminal Law: Procedural (3) 

Legal problems associated with the inves- 
tigation of crime, the acquisition of evidence, 
the commencement of a criminal proceeding, 
the prosecution and defense of charges, 
sentencing and appeal. The development 
of existing procedures and examination 
of current efforts for reform. 

315 The Enforcement Function (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300 or consent of 
instructor. The historical and philosophical 
development of the enforcement function 
at federal, state and local levels; community 
controls, political pressures and legal limita- 
tions pertaining to law enforcement agencies 
at each level of government; police policies 
and problems vis-a-vis the administration 
of justice as a system. 

320 Introduction to Public Management 
and Policy (3) 

Prerequisites: Political Science 100 and 
completion of General Education Category 
HI. C.l. Introduction to the Social Sciences. 
Introduction to the field of public administra- 
tion. The course emphasizes current trends 
and problems of public sector agencies in 
such areas as organization behavior, public 
budgeting, personnel, planning, and policy 
making. Examples and cases from the crimi- 
nal justice field are emphasized. (Same as 
Poli Sci 320) 

322 Leadership for Public Service (3) 

(Same as Poli Sci 322) 

330 Crime and Delinquency (3) 

The nature and extent of criminality; 
traditional and topical theories regarding 
etiology, research methods, sociological 
and psychological theories. 

340 Criminal Justice Research 
Methodology (3) 

Elementary statistics including descriptives, 
measurements and tests; data collection 
methods for effort evaluation and program 
prediction; systems analysis techniques. 


CRIMINAL JUSTICE 


345 Corrections (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300 or consent 
of instructor. An overview of the origins, 
processes, organization, and contemporary 
trends of corrections in America. Course will 
target management, control, and treatment 
of adult and juvenile offenders in both 
institutions and community programs. 

350 Principles and Concepts of 

Investigation and Reporting (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300 or consent of 
instructor. Principles of investigative activity 
practiced by police, courts and correctional 
subsystems. Reporting procedures and 
requirements. Meets classroom portion of 
upper-division writing requirement for 
Criminal Justice majors, or as an elective 
in the concentration curriculum. 

385 Minorities and the Criminal Justice 
System (3) (Formerly 440) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education Category II. Historical and 
Cultural Foundations, and Category III. C.l 
Introduction to the Social Sciences; Crim Just 
300 recommended. An introduction to the 
issues surrounding the charges of overt and 
indirect institutionalized racism in the crimi- 
nal justice system. An overview of patterns 
of criminal behavior among minority groups 
in the U.S. will be discussed. 

405 Justice Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300 and 330. Not 
open to students who have studies Criminal 
Justice policy as Crim Just 475T. The evolv- 
ing purposes and practices associated with 
the development of criminal justice policies, 
principally in the United States. Particular 
topics, such as sentencing legislation, illus- 
trate the development, adoption, and impact 
of public policy on criminal justice systems. 

416 Police Operations and Management (3) 

Prerequisites: CRJU 300, 320, and 315. 
The analysis and development of policies and 
procedures regarding current and critical 
aspects of police patrol operations and 
administration. 

422 Human Resources Management (3) 

(Same as Poli Sci 422) 


425 Juvenile Justice Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300 or consent 
of instructor. Definitions of “delinquency” 
and the related responses of the interested 
institutions (police, courts and correction); 
the juvenile court (past and present), and 
prevention and correction programs (practicing 
and proposed). 

430 Women and Crime (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300 or Philosophy 
302. An examination of women as criminals 
and victims, gender differences in criminal 
behavior and the role of women as profes- 
sionals in the criminal justice system. 

450 Organized Crime and Intelligence 
Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300. History and 
development of organized crime. Current 
criminological strategies of control of organi- 
zational crime. Systems theories and other 
analytical techniques of police intelligence. 

455 Gangs and the Criminal Justice 
System (3) 

Prerequisites: Crim Just 300 or consent of 
instructor. Causal factors of, and legal solu- 
tions to, gang related crime in the United 
States are examined. Relevance of sociologi- 
cal, psychological, economic, and educational 
deviance theories to justice intervention 
strategies is emphasized. 

462 Crime Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Crim Just 300 and 340. 

This course will examine the crime analysis 
function within the law enforcement organi- 
zation, demonstrate how to develop, imple- 
ment and operate a crime analysis unit, and 
discuss the nexus between crime analysis, 
field and investigative operations, and 
administrative bureaus. 

465 Law, Punishment and Justice (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300. Theoretical 
scholarship in criminal justice is increasingly 
concerned with law in relation to delivery of 
justice and practices of punishment. Students 
will examine the rule of law, question 
whether justice is different from law, and 
review the role punishment plays. 


140 


470 Sex and the Criminal Justice 
System (3) 

Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 300 or 
consent of instructor. Analysis of rationale for 
law’s concern with sexual conduct, developed 
via discussion of selected offenses and offenders. 
Lectures and guest speakers also present 
opposing perspectives regarding the role 
of law enforcement, couns and correction. 
Research and reform will be reviewed. Field 
trips to be arranged. 

472 The Judicial Process (3) 

Prerequisites: Crim Just 300 or Poli Sci 375 
or consent of instructor. The nature, functions 
and roles of courts. Roles of major participants 
in the American legal system, including 
judges, attorneys and citizens. The adminis- 
tration of justice as a system. (Same as 
Pol Sci 472) 

475T Topics in Administration of Justice: 

A Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300 or consent of 
instructor. Current social, legal and practical 
problems confronting police, courts and cor- 
rections. A “variable topic” class with specific 
subjects to be announced each semester. 

480 Courtroom Evidence (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300 or consent 
of instructor. The rules of evidence in the 
context of a criminal trial in a California 
court. The rules, their application and their 
rationale. Lecture, discussion and simulated 
courtroom situations. 

485 Search, Seizure and Interrogation I (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300 or consent of 
instructor. Analysis of the laws that apply in 
common street search-and-seizure and inter- 
rogation situations in California; how they 
have evolved, and what developments are 
anticipated. 

486 Search, Seizure and Interrogation II (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300 or consent of 
instructor. An analysis of the laws that apply 
in some search-and-seizure and interrogation 
situations, such as those involving the border 
patrol and College officials. 


CRIMINAL JUSTICE 


495 Internships (3) 

Prerequisites: Crim Just 300 and consent 
of instructor. The criminal justice professions; 
eight to 20 hours per week as a supervised 
intern in a public agency or related organiza- 
tion. In addition to the job experience, 
interns meet in a weekly three-hour seminar. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: at least 12 hours of criminal 
justice and consent of adviser. Student selects 
an individual research project, either library 
or field. Conferences with adviser as necessary, 
culminating in one or more papers. May be 
repeated for credit. 



DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

David Wong 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Langsdorf Hall 702 

DIRECTOR, CENTER FOR ECONOMIC 
EDUCATION 

Morteza Rahmatian 

CENTER FOR ECONOMIC EDUCATION 

Langsdorf Hall 530 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Business 
Administration 

Concentration in Business Economics 


INTRODUCTION 

As a scholarly discipline, economics is over two centuries old, dating back to the French 
physiocrats and Adam Smith in the 18th century. The nature of economic analysis has been 
described by John Maynard Keynes as “. . . a method rather than a doctrine, an apparatus of the 
mind, a technique of thinking which helps its possessors to draw correct conclusions.” 

Economic methods are used to study a basic question which faces all societies: how should 
limited resources be used to produce goods and how should that production be distributed? Not 
all wants can be satisfied because resources and knowledge are limited. Therefore, societies are 
faced with choices. These choices are made in different ways: by custom, by command and 
centralized control, or by a system of markets and prices as in our mixed economy. Economists 
examine alternative solutions to the basic economic problem by analyzing costs and benefits 
of changing existing patterns of resource use. 

Economist work in many specialties including money and banking, financial economics, 
international trade and finance, labor, public finance, industrial organization, regulation, envi- 
ronment and natural resources, economic development, transitional economies, e-commerce, 
business cycles, planning and forecasting. Social issues and problems such as poverty, crime, dis- 
crimination, minimum wage, anti-trust, immigration, aging, energy, pollution, health and 
education are typical subjects of faculty research. The Department of Economics offers up to date 
courses that prepare students for the issues raised by the new global economy, the modem 
telecommunications and computer revolution, and the economics of e-commerce. 

The faculty of the Economics Department participate in programs leading to both undergrad- 
uate and graduate degrees. One undergraduate program leads to a bachelor of arts degree with 
a major in economics. Another undergraduate program leads to a bachelor of arts degree with 
a major in business administration and a concentration in business economics and requires 
a larger number of business courses. Both programs prepare the student for a variety of career 
opportunities in business and government as well as advanced studies in economics, business, 
public administration and law. Graduate study is offered in economics, leading to a master of 
arts degree. Alternatively, students may follow the Master of Business Administration curriculum, 
with a concentration in business economics. 


Bachelor of Arts in Economics 
Minor in Economics 
Master of Arts in Economics 
Master of Business Administration 

Concentration in Business Economics 

FACULTY 

Radha Bhattacharya, Victor Brajer, Kwang- 
wen Chu, James Dietz, Vincent Dropsy, 
Adrian Fleissig, Andrew Gill, Jane Hall, 

Walter Hettich, Stewart Long, Robert Michaels, 
Howard Naish, Dipankar Purkayastha, 
Morteza Rahmatian, LaKshmi Raut, 
Suddhasatwa Roy, Eric Solberg, Denise 
Stanely, Murray Wolfson, David Wong 


ADVISERS 

The Business Advising Center, Langsdorf Hall 731, provides information on admission, 
curriculum and graduation requirements; registration and grading procedures; residence and 
similar academic matters. In addition, all economics majors should see a faculty adviser in the 
Department of Economics for information on career opportunities and advanced study. 
Undergraduates should consult the department office for the name of their faculty adviser. 
Graduate students should consult the graduate adviser, Walter Hettich. 

Credential Information 

For students interested in a teaching credential, the Department of Economics offers courses 
which may be included in Subject Matter Preparation Programs and Supplementary 
Authorization Programs for elementary and secondary teaching. 

Further information on the requirements for teaching credentials is found in the Teaching 
Credential Programs section of this catalog and is also available from the Department Office for 
Elementary and Bilingual Education and the Department Office for Secondary Education. 
Students interested in exploring careers in teaching at the elementary or secondary school levels 
should contact the Office of Admission to Teacher Education, Education Classroom 207. 


142 


ECONOMICS 



Awards in Economics 

Formuzis, Pickersgill, and Hunt Student 
Paper Award 

Outstanding Senior in Economics 
Outstanding Graduate Student in Economics 

Wall Street Journal Student Achievement 
Award 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ECONOMICS 

Admission to the Economics major involves 
two steps. Students who apply to the major 
are initially classified as Pre-economics. After 
completing the lower-division core require- 
ments with grades of at least C, students may 
apply to the Economics major. Pre-economics 
students may take lower-division business 
and economics courses, but most upper- 
division courses are not open to Pre-economics 
students. 



The Bachelor of Arts in Economics 
requires a minimum of 120 units which 
includes courses for the major. General 
Education, all university requirements, and 
free electives. All of the following require- 
ments must be met for the degree. Students 
must earn a grade of at least C in each course 
listed below. However, a C average will be 
acceptable in the upper-division economics 
electives. For assistance in interpreting these 
requirements contact the Business Advising 
Center, Langsdorf Hall 731. Students should 
also contact their faculty adviser in the 
Economics Department prior to or during their 
first semester. 


Required Lower-Division Courses 

Accounting 201 A Financial Accounting (3) 
Bus Administration 201 Business Writing (3) 

Economics 201 Principles of 
Microeconomics (3) 

Economics 202 Principles of 
Macroeconomics (3) 

Economics 440 Introduction to 
Econometrics (3) 

OR Math 1 50B Analytic Geometry and 
Calculus (4) 

OR Accounting 20 1 B Managerial 
Accounting (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 265 Introduction to 
Computing and Programming 
Concepts (3) 

Math 135a Business Calculus (3) 

OR Math 130 A Short Course in 
Calculus (4) 

OR Math 1 50A Analytic Geometry and 
Calculus (4) 

Required Upper-Division Courses 

Business Administration 301 Advanced 
Business Communication (3) 

Economics 310 Intermediate Microeconomic 
Analysis (3) 

Economics 320 Intermediate 
Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 

Economics 340 Economic Research 
Methods (3) 

Info Sys/Decision Sci 361 A Quantitative 
Business Analysis: Probability & 

Statistics (3) 

and 1 5 units of upper-division economics 
electives, 6 units of which must be 400 level. 
No more than 3 units of independent study 
may be used to meet the 400 level electives 
requirement. 

Other Requirements, Grades and 
Residence 

Other Subjects. Complete at least 50 
percent of the coursework for the degree 
outside the College of Business and Economics. 
The department recommends that these 
courses be from the social sciences and math- 
ematics. Students planning to do graduate 
work in economics are advised to take Math 
150A,B; Economics 440 and Economics 441. 
Complete all university requirements for the 
bachelor^ degree. 


Grade-Point Average ( GPA ). Attain at least a 
2.0 GPA (C average) in all university courses 
and in the upper-division economics elec- 
tives. Earn at least a C grade in each course 
required for the major (other than 
the upper-division economics electives). 

Grade Option. Take all required courses 
in economics, accounting and management 
science/information systems for a letter grade 
(A,B,C,D,F). The credit/no credit grading 
option may not be used for these courses, 
and a grade of CR (credit) will not satisfy 
the requirements for the degree. Exception: 
courses in calculus may be taken under the 
credit/no credit grading option; however, if 
it is also taken to meet general education 
requirements, then it must be taken for 
a letter grade. 

Residence. At least 15 units of courses must 
be taken in residence at the College of 
Business and Economics at Cal State Fullerton. 
Also fulfill university residence requirements. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

See “Business Administration, Business 
Economics Concentration." 

MINOR IN ECONOMICS 

The economics minor covers the basics 
in the discipline of economics and gives stu- 
dents the opportunity to explore personal 
interests through electives. Note that a course 
in calculus (Math 135 or equivalent) is 
prerequisite to Economics 310 and 320. 
Students must earn a grade of at least C in 
each course listed below. 

Required Lower-Division Courses 

Economics 201 Principles of 
Microeconomics (3) 

Economics 202 Principles of 
Macroeconomics (3) 

Required Upper-Division Courses 

Business Administration 301 Advanced 
Business Communications (3) 

Economics 310 Intermediate 
Microeconomics Analysis (3) 

OR Economics 315 Intermediate 
Business Microeconomics (3) 

Economics 320 Intermediate 
Macroeconomics Analysis (3) 

and 9 units of upper-division economics 
electives 


ECONOMICS 



411 International Trade (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 
Economics 310 or 315 or equivalent. The 
theory of international gains from free trade, 
effects of tariff and non-tariff barriers, and 
conduct of commercial policy. The balance of 
payments, the theories of exchange rate 
determination, and other international 
economic issues. 

412 Labor Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 
Economics 310 or equivalent. Labor supply 
and demand, labor force participation, 
employment, unemployment, human capital, 
wage differentials, disadvantaged labor 
market groups, discrimination and wage- 
related income transfers. 

413 Law and Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 
Economics 310 or 315. An economic analysis 
of the common law-property, contract, and 
tort-focusing on the use of microeconomic 
theory to study the economic efficiency char- 
acteristics and effects of these laws. An emphasis 
will be placed on the analysis of specific legal 
cases. 

416 Benefit Cost and Microeconomic 
Policy Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 
Economics 310 or equivalent. Application 
of microeconomic models and welfare eco- 
nomics to public policy. Concepts of economic 
efficiency, economic surplus and equity. 
Measurement of policy effects, including 
benefit-cost analysis, with applications to 
selected policy areas such as education and 
environmental programs. 

417 Public Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 
Economics 310 or equivalent. Government 
finance at the federal, state and local levels; 
the impact of taxation and spending on 
resource allocation, income distribution, 
stabilization and growth. 

420 Money and Banking (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 
Economics 320 or equivalent. The money 
supply process and the impact of monetary 
policy on economic activity. 


421 Monetary and Fiscal Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 
Economics 320 or equivalent. The techniques 
of monetary and fiscal policy and their rela- 
tive roles in promoting economic stability and 
growth. 

431 International Macroeconomics 
and Growth (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 
Economics 320. Macroeconomic analysis of 
the open economy: the impact of stabilization 
policies in a global economy, the role of the 
balance of payments, the international mone- 
tary system and growth in less developed 
countries. 

433 The Less Developed Countries and 
the World Economy (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 310, 315, or 
515; and Economics 320 or 521. In-depth 
analytical study of development and underde- 
velopment in the poorer countries in the 
context of a changing international economic 
order. Both the neo-classical and the political 
economy approaches will be discussed. 
Includes case studies from Asia, Africa, and 
Latin America. 

440 Introduction to Econometrics (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, 
Economics 202, Info Sys/Decision Sci 361 A 
or equivalent. Economic measurement: speci- 
fication and estimation of econometric 
models; statistical methods in economic 
research. 

441 Introduction to Mathematical 
Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, 
Economics 202 and Math 135 or equivalent. 
Economic theory from microeconomics and 
macroeconomics. Content varies; constrained 
optimization problems and rational decision- 
making. 

442 Economics of Conflict and Defense (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, 
Economics 310 and 320 or equivalent. 
Economic and strategic approaches to domes- 
tic and international conflict, public goods, 
defense, arms competition, and arms control. 
The effects of U.S. defense spending on the 
U.S. and international economy. Game theory 
and other theories of strategic behavior. 


146 


450 History of Economic Thought (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 
Economics 310 or 320. Major schools of 
thought and of leading individual economists 
as they influenced economic thought and 
policy. 

461 Ecological Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 
Economics 310 or 315 or equivalent. The 
application of economic concepts and methods 
to understanding the ways in which human 
economic behavior contributes to environ- 
mental and ecosystem degradation; the use 
of economic approaches to evaluate and 
manage these impacts; the design of sustain- 
able economic policies. 

462 Natural Resource Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 
Economics 310 or 315 or equivalent. 
Concepts and principles in the application 
of economics to issues in natural resource 
economics. Issues will include uncertainty 
and risk in investment, depletion over time, 
cartelization, the role of technological innova- 
tion and government intervention related to 
fuels, water, land, etc. 

495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: economics major with 
Business Admin 301, Info Sys/Decision Sci 
361 A, Economics 310 (or 320) (or the equiv- 
alents) or international business major with 
Economics 202 and 335, Info Sys/Decision 
Sci 361 A (or the equivalents); and consent 
of the department internship adviser, at least 
junior standing, 2.5 GPA and one semester in 
residence at the university. Planned and 
supervised work experience. May be repeated 
for 

a total of six units credit. Credit/No Credit 
grading only. 

496 Student-to-Student Tutorial (1-3) 

Prerequisites: economics major or concen- 
tration, Business Admin 301, Economics 310 
and 320, senior standing, 3.0 GPA and consent 
of department chair. Student learns through 
teaching (tutoring) other students enrolled in 
principles and intermediate economics courses. 
Consult “Student-to-Student Tutorials” in this 
catalog for more information. May not be 
used to satisfy the elective requirements for 
the major or concentration in business eco- 
nomics. Credit/No Credit grading only. 


ECONOMICS 


499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: economics major or concen- 
tration, Business Admin 301, Economics 310 
and 320 (or the equivalents), senior standing, 
and consent of department chair. Directed 
independent inquiry. May be repeated for 
credit. Not open to students on academic 
probation. 

502 Advanced Microeconomic Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 310 and classi- 
fied CBE status. An advanced treatment of 
rational decision-making behavior of con- 
sumers and firms, the price system, and 
resource allocation in partial and general 
equilibrium settings. Topics include prefer- 
ence theory, welfare economics, gains from 
trade, monopoly power, external costs and 
benefits, public goods, factor markets, 
intertemporal decisions, risk and uncertainty. 

503 Advanced Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 320 and classi- 
fied CBE status. The determination of 
employment, fluctuations of real and money 
income, and the forces underlying economic 
growth. 

505 Economic Models and Forecasting (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 440 and classi- 
fied CBE status. Statistical methods of econo- 
metric estimation and forecasting. Practical 
solutions to problems in model specification, 
estimation by regression, time series analysis 
and forecasting. 

506 Economics of Aging (3) 

(Same as Gerontology 506) 

515 The Price System and Resource 
Allocation (3) 

Prerequisites: classified CBE status and 
Math 135 or the equivalent. Microeconomic 
analysis and policy under mixed capitalism. 
The economic environment and institutions, 
markets, consumer choice, production and 
resource allocation. Monopoly power and 
government intervention. (Not open to M.A. 
Economic candidates.) 


516 Economics and Benefit-Cost 
Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 201 and classi- 
fied graduate status in environmental studies 
or public administration. Economics and 
benefit-cost analysis of public projects. 
Consumer demand and the estimation of 
benefits; the nature of cost in a market 
economy; price controls, unemployment and 
inflation; and criteria for choice, for multi- 
year projects. For elective credit in the M S. 
Environmental Studies or M PA. 

521 Macroeconomic Theory and Policy (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 310 or 515 and 
classified CBE status. National income deter- 
mination and macroeconomic models. 
Inflation and unemployment. Monetary and 
fiscal policies. International trade and foreign 
exchange (Not open to M.A. Economics can- 
didates or students with credit for Economics 
320.) 

531 International Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 310 or 315 or 
515; Economics 320 or 521. An introductory 
analysis of theories and current issues in 
international trade, finance, macroeconomics 
and growth, with an emphasis on business 
applications. (Not open to M.A. Economics 
candidates or students with credit for 
Economics 431.) 

590 Topics in Economic Analysis and 
Policy (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 310 and 320; 
classified CBE status. Contemporary research 
in areas such as: resource economics; history 
of economic thought , international monetary 
systems; forecasting; economics of planning; 
human resource economics. May be repeated 
for credit. 


595 Current Research in Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: classified graduate status in 
Economics or Economics 440, a 3.25 or 
better grade-point average and permission 
of the instructor. Students attend the depart- 
mental research seminar where faculty and 
outside speakers present papers dealing with 
recent and ongoing research. Students read 
material relevant to presentations and write 
analytical reports covering five seminar 
meetings. May be repeated once for credit. 

597 Project (3) 

Open to qualified graduate students. 
Directed independent inquiry. Not open to 
students on academic probation. 

598 Thesis Research (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 502, 503 and 
classified SBAE status. Corequisite: Economics 
505. Selection and approval of topic; outline; 
methodology; literature survey; data collec- 
tion and analysis; presentation of results. 
Award of the grade is contingent upon the 
completion and acceptance of the thesis. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 440, 502 and 
503; classified graduate status; and consent 
of instructor and department chair (or 
designee). Directed advanced independent 
inquiry. May be repeated for credit. Not open 
to students on academic probation. 


ECONOMICS 



MISSION 

Our mission is to prepare school leaders who demonstrate strategic, instructional, organizational, 
political and community leadership; and to provide the community a source of scholarship and 
assistance in interpretation and application of scholarship. 


GOALS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

To prepare school leaders who demonstrate the knowledge, skills, attributes and commitment 
necessary for: 


SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 
ASSOCIATE DEAN (ACTING) 

L.Y. (Mickey) Hollis 

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONAL 
LEADERSHIP 

DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Dr. Louise Adler 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Education Classroom Building 379 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Master of Science in Education 

Concentration in Educational 
Administration 

Preliminary Administrative Credential 
Professional Administrative Credential 

FACULTY 

Louise Adler, Walter Beckman, William 
Callison, Joyce Lee, Ron Oliver, Linda Orozco 


Strategic Leadership 

Develop with others vision and purpose, utilize information, frame problems, exercise leader- 
ship processes to achieve common goals and act ethically for educational communities. 

Instructional Leadership 

Design appropriate curricula and instructional programs to develop learner centered school 
cultures, to assess outcomes, to provide student personnel services, and to plan with faculty 
professional development activities aimed at improving instruction. 

Organizational Leadership 

Understand, initiate and/or improve the organization, implement operational plans, manage 
financial resources, and apply effective management processes and procedures. 

Political Leadership 

Act in accordance with legal provisions and statutory requirements, to apply regulatory standards, 
to develop and apply appropriate policies, to understand and act professionally regarding the 
ethical implications of policy initiatives and political actions, to relate public policy initiatives 
to student welfare, to understand schools as political systems. 

Community Leadership 

Collaborate with parents and community members; work with community agencies, foundations, 
and the private sector; and respond to community interests and needs in performing administra- 
tive responsibilities, and to develop effective staff communications and public relations programs; 
act as mediators for the various groups and individuals who are part of the school community. 

PHILOSOPHY OF THE DEPARTMENT 

Administration of schools for the 21st Century demands that education leaders demonstrate: 

• commitment to high standards; 

• strong ethical values; 

• credible instructional leadership; 

• understanding of social and political trends and the changing role of education in our 
society; 

• problem solving ability and the skills necessary to promote and adapt to change and use 
collaboration to build a shared vision for schools; 

• capacity to collaborate effectively with a wide range of non-school agencies and community 
organizations which can help schools achieve their mission; 

• commitment to life long learning which empowers students, staff, and themselves. 

We believe that: 


148 


EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 


every child must achieve academic 
success in school; 

every school must educate for an 
American democracy that values the 
norms and practices of diverse groups 
and at the same time celebrates shared 
community values; 

school leaders must be reflective practi- 
tioners; 

knowledge is evolving and socially 
constructed and that learning is produced 
through an interaction of different per- 
spectives that enable students to connect 
their education to their experiences. 


Policies of the Department 

Candidates for our programs will be selected 
on the basis of leadership potential and com- 
mitment to the improvement of education, 
and will engage in a rigorous course of study. 

The department is committed to a contin- 
ual effort to plan and revise programs in 
collaboration with university colleagues, our 
students, and the leaders of the schools in the 
communities we serve. 

The department expects every student to 
maintain an email address and have access to 
the World Wide Web while they are enrolled 
in our programs. The university has comput- 
ing facilities that can be used by students to 
email or access the web. 

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 
CREDENTIAL 

The Administrative Services Credential 
programs of the Department of Educational 
Leadership are approved by the California 
Commission on Teacher Credentialing. 
Because regulations governing these programs 


change, students should contact the depart- 
ment office for current information and 
requirements. 

Preliminary Credential 

The Preliminary' Administrative Services 
Certificate/Credential is the “Step I" adminis- 
trative credential in California, requiring 
a total of 26-30 units of work (which may 
be incorporated into the master's degree 
program). Upon receipt of the Preliminary 
credential, one is eligible for employment as 
an administrator in California public schools. 

A Master's Degree is required for California 
State University to recommend a candidate 
for this credential. 

Professional Credential 

The Professional 
Administrative Services 
Credential is the “Step 11” 
administrative credential, 
requiring a total of 24 
semester hours. Please 
note that the Preliminary 
Credential is a prerequisite 
to entry to the program 
for the Professional 
Credential. 

For Further Information 

Please contact the 
Department office 
(EC-379), phone 278-7673. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
(EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION) 

The principal objective of the curriculum 
is to prepare carefully selected individuals for 
leadership positions in public schools. The 
program is designed to help these individuals 
gain the technical knowledge and scholarship 
requisite to high achievement in these positions. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 

University requirements include: a bac- 
calaureate degree from an accredited institu- 
tion and a grade-point average of at least 2.5 
in the last 60 semester units attempted (see 
“Graduate Regulations" section of this catalog 
for complete statement and procedures). In 
addition, an applicant should have a success- 
ful teaching experience in an elementary or 
secondary school. (If such experience is not 
available, other experience in related fields is 
an alternative if approved by a graduate adviser 



before starting the program). A candidate 
portfolio is also required. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

A student who meets the admission 
requirements and has a minimum 2.5 GPA 
in previous academic work may be granted 
classified graduate standing upon the devel- 
opment and approval of a study plan. 

Study Plan 

The study plan must include 30 units of 
course work. Course requirements include 
field experience and a project. 

No more than nine units of postgraduate 
work taken prior to classified standing may 
be applied to a student’s masters degree 
program. 

Students concentrating in Educational 
Administration will take 503 Organizational 
Leadership during the first semester. Students 
who desire only isolated courses from the 
program are normally denied admission to 
such courses. The adviser-approved 30 units 
(minimum) on the study plan will include: 

Core Course Work (8 units) 

Ed Admin 503 Organizational Leadership (3) 
Ed Admin 505 Curriculum, Instruction and 
Assessment (3) 

Ed Admin 510 Introduction to Educational 
Research (3) 

Concentration Course Work (20 units) 

Ed Admin 561 Policy, Governance, 
Community Relations (3) 

Ed Admin 563 Human Resource 
Administration (2) 

Ed Admin 564 School Law and Regulatory 
Process (3) 

Ed Admin 565 School Finance (3) 

Ed Admin 593 Meeting the Needs of Diverse 
Populations (2) 

Ed Admin 566 Leadership in Public 
Schools (3) 

Ed Admin 567A,B,C Fieldwork (1,1,1) 

Project (2 units) 

Ed Admin 597 Project (1,1) 

For advisement and further information, 
consult the graduate program adviser. 


EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 


EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION 
COURSES 

Courses are designated as EDAD in the 
class schedule. 

501 A Induction Planning and Assessment 
of Competence (2) 

Prerequisite: admission to Professional 
Credential program. The credential candidate 
in collaboration with the university instructor 
and a mentor representing their employer 
develops a professional credential induction 
plan. 

50 IB Induction Planning and Assessment 
of Competence (2) 

Prerequisite: consent of Department Chair. 
This is a collaborative assessment (the student, 
university instructor, and mentor) of each 
credential candidate’s competence in each 
of five thematic areas defined by the 
Commission on Teaching Credentialing. 

503 Organizational Leadership (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to Preliminary 
Credential and/or master’s program. The 
focus of this class is on using organizational 
theory and leadership studies to understand 
schools and how to bring about change in 
schools. The course includes study of the 
organization, structure, and cultural context 
of schools and the study of techniques used 
to guide, motivate, delegate, build consensus, 
and lead others in the achievement of goals. 

505 Curriculum, Instruction and 
Assessment (3) 

Study of alternative designs for school 
curriculum, delivery and evaluation of 
instructional programs, current trends in 
supervision and assessment of student 
progress. Exploration of the works of major 
educational theorists and reviews of research. 
Study of the dynamics of curriculum change. 

510 Research Design (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to Preliminary 
Credential and/or master’s program and 
a grade of “C” or better in Ed Admin 505. 
Introduces students to the major forms of 
both quantitative and qualitative research used 
in education. Students will leam how to select 
an appropriate research method and the char- 
acteristics of sound research. Stress will be 
placed on making reasoned judgments as 
consumers of research as well as selecting 
appropriate information collection strategies 
as school leaders. 


537T Advanced Issues in School 
Leadership (1) 

Prerequisite: Ed Admin 501 A. This is 
a variable topic course for students in the 
professional Administrative Credential 
Program which deals with advanced issues 
emerging in the field of educational leader- 
ship. Course may be repeated for credit. 

546 Leadership Through 
Communication (3) 

Leam to identify key internal and external 
constituent groups, and optimal means of 
communication with them. Develop leadership 
skills in facilitating these groups’ contributions 
to organizational success. 

561 Policy, Governance, Community 
Relations (3) 

Prerequisite: Ed Admin 503. In this 
course students study the factors which 
determine public policy with regard to edu- 
cation, the roles of the various levels of 
government in controlling public education, 
how to identify various interest group, and 
how to communicate effectively about school 
programs. 

563 Human Resource Administration (2) 

Prerequisite: Ed Admin 503. This course 
focuses on the importance and dimensions of 
human resource administration and the need 
to attract, retain, develop, and motivate 
school personnel in ways that enhance learn- 
ing and professional development and that 
lead to positive and productive school set- 
tings. Includes study of collective bargaining 
and employee evaluation in public schools. 

564 School Law' and Regulatory 
Process (3) 

Prerequisite: Ed Admin 503. This course 
reviews the federal, state and local educa- 
tional laws, regulations and other policies 
that govern schools and the requirements 
that administrators act in accordance with 
these laws and regulations in ways that are 
ethically and legally defensible. 


150 


565 School Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Ed Admin 503. Course 

reviews effective management of fiscal 
resources and business services. The course 
covers the sources of income to public 
schools: federal, state, local, and private 
(including grants and foundations). It also 
reviews sound budgetary and business 
procedures for schools. 

566 Leadership in Public Schools (3) 

The course focuses on the leadership roles 
of principals, co-administrators, and supervi- 
sors in public schools. Content includes lead- 
ership, reflective practice, human relations, 
the administrator’s role in group process, site 
based decision-making, school climate 
change agent roles, and planning models. 
Violence and school safety issues such as 
gangs will be studied. 

567 A,B,C Fieldwork (1,1,1) 

Prerequisite: admission to credential 
and/or master’s program; and 567A is a pre- 
requisite for 567B, 567B is a prerequisite to 
567C. Directed fieldwork in administrative 
areas in school. 

593 Meeting the Needs of Diverse 
Populations (2) 

Prerequisite: Ed Admin 503. The course 
examines effective administrative practices 
and leadership in working with teachers and 
students of differing gender or ethnicity or 
with disabilities so as to promote equal learn- 
ing opportunities. The course includes study 
of diverse cultural patterns among families 
and appropriate mechanisms for involving 
all families in school programs. 

597 Project (1-2) 

Prerequisites: Ed Admin 510. Individual 
research on a graduate project, with confer- 
ences with a faculty adviser, culminating in 
a project. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Independent inquiry for qualified students. 


EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 


j 



SCHOOL OF EDUCATION DIRECTOR 

L.Y. (Mickey) Hollis (Acting) 

DEPARTMENT OF ELEMENTARY, 

BILINGUAL, AND READING 

EDUCATION 

DEPARTMENT CHAIRS 

Andrea Guillaume 

Ruth Yopp-Edwards 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Education Classroom Building 379 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Master of Science in Education 

Concentrations: 

Bilingual/Bicultural (Spanish-English) 

Elementary Curriculum and 
Instruction 

Reading 

Basic Teacher Credential Programs 

Multiple Subject Credential with 
Cross Cultural and Academic 
Development (CLAD) Emphasis. 

Multiple Subject Credential with 
Bilingual Cross Cultural and 
Academic Development 
(BCLAD) Emphasis. 


FACULTY 

Carol Barnes, Ashley Bishop, JoAnn Carter- Wells, Amy Cox-Petersen, Teresa Crawford, 

Mildred Donoghue, S. Ana Garza, Tim Green, Andrea Guillaume, Karen Ivers, Gale Kahn, 

Patricia Keig, Lisa Kirtman, Judy Kraft, Patrick Manyak, Lani Martin, Norma Molina, Kimberly 
Norman, Nawang Phuntsog, Chris Renne, Beth Schipper, Hallie Yopp Slowik, Kathy Murphy- 
Strickland, Evelyn Weisman Ruth Yopp-Edwards, Patricia Young, Carmen Zuniga Dunlap 

AWARDS IN EDUCATION 

Outstanding Graduate Student 
Emma H. Holmes Mathematics Award 
Bernard Kravitz Multicultural Project Award 
Outstanding Curriculum Project 
Edwin Carr Fellowship 

MULTIPLE SUBJECT (ELEMENTARY) CREDENTIAL PROGRAM 

The Multiple Subject Credential enables individuals to teach in self-contained classrooms 
such as those in some preschools and in elementary or middle school classrooms where multiple 
subjects are taught. CSUF offers the Multiple Subject Credential Program through a variety of 
formats. Most often, teacher education is pursued though a two-semester credential program 
sequence or a three-semester sequence that can include an internship. These programs are taken 
during the fourth and/or fifth year of study at the University, and each leads to a Multiple Subject 
Credential with a Cross Cultural Academic Development (CLAD) or Bilingual Cross Cultural 
Academic Development (BCLAD) emphasis. The CLAD and BCLAD credential emphases prepare 
teachers to teach in contemporary, diverse classrooms. 

Another option is for candidates to simultaneously pursue an undergraduate major and a 
teaching credential through the Blended Teacher Education Program, which leads to a Multiple 
Subject Credential with CLAD emphasis or to a basic Special Education Credential. The section 
on Credentials tn this catalog contains more information on the Blended Teacher Education 
Program. 

California law requires an academic major; there is no major in education. Students who opt 
for the Blended Teacher Education Program select a Liberal Studies or Child and Adolescent 
Studies major. Students who opt for the fifth-year Multiple Subject Credential Program devote 
their first three or four years of work to completing requirements for the baccalaureate degree 
with an academic major, and, possibly requirements for the Multiple Subject Matter Preparation 
Program (discussed later). These students should select their academic major carefully. Majors in 
the social sciences, humanities, or natural sciences provide excellent background for careers in 
elementary school teaching. Individuals interested in working as bilingual teachers may consider 
majoring in a foreign language. 

Two-Semester Program Sequence 

The Multiple Subject Credential Program two-semester sequence is as follows: 

First Semester 

Ed El 430A Foundations in Elementary School Teaching (3) 

Ed El 430B Curriculum and Instruction in Elementary School Teaching (Math, Science, 

Social Studies) (1) 


151 


ELEMENTARY, BILINGUAL AND READING EDUCATION 


A 


Ed El 430C Supervised Fieldwork in 
Elementary Teacher Education (2) 

Ed El 431 Curriculum and Instruction for 
Diverse Populations in Elementary 
Schools I (1) 

Ed El 433 Language Arts and Reading 
Instruction in the Public Schools (3) 

Ed El 439A Student Teaching in the 
Elementary School (5) 

Ed El 439B Seminar in Elementary Student 
Teaching (1) 

Second Semester 

Ed El 429 Integrated Curriculum and 
Instruction in the Elementary School (3) 

Ed El 430B Curriculum and Instruction in 
Elementary School Teaching (Math, 
Science, Social Studies) (2) 

Ed El 432 Curriculum and Instruction for 
Diverse Populations in Elementary 
Schools II (2) 

Ed El 439A Student Teaching in the 
Elementary School (10) 

Ed El 439B Seminar in Elementary' Student 
Teaching (2) 

Three-Semester Credential 
Program Sequence 

A three-semester program is also available. 
This sequence is designed for individuals 
who wish to take classes during evenings and 
Saturdays, with limited though required 
daytime involvement in elementary schools 
during the first two semesters. 

First Semester 

Ed El 430A Foundations in Elementary 
School Teaching (3) 

Ed El 430B Curriculum and Instruction in 
Elementary School Teaching (Math, 
Science, Social Studies) (1) 

Ed El 430C Supervised Fieldwork in 
Elementary Teacher Education (1) 

Ed El 43 1 Curriculum and Instruction for 
Diverse Populations in Elementary 
Schools 1(1) 

Ed El 433 Language Arts and Reading 
Instruction in the Public Schools (3) 

Second Semester 

Ed El 429 Integrated Curriculum and 

Instruction in the Elementary School (3) 

Ed El 430B Curriculum and Instruction in 
Elementary' School Teaching (Math, 
Science, Social Studies) (2) 


Ed El 432 Curriculum and Instruction for 
Diverse Populations in 

Elementary Schools II (2) 

Ed El 430C Supervised Fieldwork in 
Elementary Teacher Education (1) 

Third Semester 

Ed El 439A Student Teaching in the 
Elementary School (15) 

Ed El 439B Seminar in 

Elementary Student Teaching (3) 

Three-Semester Internship Program 

The three-semester Intern Credential 
Programs for Multiple Subject CLAD and 
Multiple Subject BCLAD credentials are 
three-semester programs to which candidates 
may apply while completing the first semester 
of the regular credential preparation program. 
Admission is contingent on approved 
employment with a participating district, 
superior standing in first-semester course- 
work and student teaching, and recommen- 
dations from University and district personnel. 
The remaining two semesters involve paid 
teaching internship positions and University 
coursework. Additionally, some opportunities 
may also arise for candidates in the three- 
semester non-internship program to pursue 
internship status. Questions may be directed 
to the Intern Coordinator. Information about 
these programs is available in the Office of 
Admission to Teacher Education. 

Both the two-and three-semester credential 
programs require substantial time commit- 
ments, which may require evening course- 
work. Three-semester credential program will 
require evening coursework and may require 
Saturday coursework during the first and 
second semesters. 

Admission Procedures and Criteria 

Admission to the University does not 
include admission to the Multiple Subject 
Credential Program. Students must apply for 
admission to the Multiple Subject Credential 
Program the semester prior to anticipated 
enrollment in the program. Filing deadlines 
are February 28 (to begin the program the 
following fall) and September 30 (to begin 
the program the following spring). 

Applicants for admission into the Multiple 
Subject Credential Program are evaluated 
according to many criteria (scholarship, 
breadth of understanding, professional apti- 
tude, physical and mental fitness, fundamental 
skills, and personality and character). Evidence 


152 


ELEMENTARY, BILINGUAL AND READING EDUCATION 


related to these criteria is submitted at time 
of application and include the following: 

1 . Overall grade point average of greater 
than 2.67, or a grade point average of 
2.75 for the last 60 units. 

2. Prior to student teaching: completion 

of at least 80% of an approved subject 
matter program (Multiple Subject Matter 
Preparation Program) or passage of the 
PRAXIS Multiple Subject Assessment for 
Teachers (MSAT). Information regarding 
the Multiple Subject Matter Preparation 
Program is available from the Center for 
Careers in Teaching (714-278-7130). 

3. Completion of the California Basic 
Education Skills Test (CBEST) and 
passage of the written portion of this test. 

4. Satisfactory completion of prerequisite 
courses: 

a. Child/Adolescent Studies 325 Middle 
Childhood (3), 

OR Child/Adolescent Studies 312 
Human Growth and Development (3) 

OR Psych 361 Developmental 
Psychology (3). 

b. Ed El 315A (2) and Ed El 315B (1) 
Introduction to Elementary Classroom 
Teaching: Lecture and Fieldwork 

c. Ed El 425 (3) Cultural Pluralism in 
Elementary Schools. 

d. Foreign Language course work (two 
semesters or equivalent) required 
for all applicants. There is some flexi 
bility as to the completion date of the 
foreign language requirement. 

5. Recommendations from academic faculty, 
school personnel, and/or other appropri- 
ate persons. 

6. Autobiography. 

Program faculty and staff also perform 
informal assessments of applicants’ suitability 
for teaching throughout prerequisite courses 
and the application process. 

Further evidence is provided subsequent 
to application when opportunity is provided 
for the following: interview with program 
faculty; tuberculosis screening; and certificate 
of clearance, w hich verifies the absence of 
a criminal record. 

Details concerning admission procedures 
and criteria are available in the Office of 
Admissions to Teacher Education. 


Admission to the subsequent semesters 
of the program is based on continuous and 
satisfactory progress in the prior semester(s). 
CBEST must be passed prior to student 
teaching or intern teaching. 

Bilingual Cross Cultural Language and 
Academic Development Emphasis (BCLAD) 

A Multiple Subject Credential with 
a bilingual-bicultural (Spanish-English) 
emphasis or with an Asian language emphasis 
is available. Information about these programs 
is available in the Office of Admissions to 
Teacher Education. 



Application for Teaching Credentials 

Upon completion of a multiple subject 
credential program the credential candidate 
must submit an application to the Com- 
mission on Teacher Credentialing through 
the CSUF credential analyst and verify 
passage of the Reading Instruction Compe- 
tence Assessment (RICA). In addition, the 
candidate must complete a Fifth-Year Study 
Plan and submit it to the credential analyst 
for approval. The credential analyst is located 
in the Credential Preparation Center. 
Additional information on the credential 
application process is available in the 
Credential Preparation Center. 

master of science in education 

Bilingual/Bicultural Education 
(Spanish-English) 

The program is designed to develop quali- 
fied bilingual/bicultural instructors who can 
work as classroom or resource teachers and 
teacher trainers. It will help individuals teach 
others how to provide experiences in the 
cultural heritage of the target population and 
develop specific teaching techniques and 


methods in teaching reading and English as 
a second language. The program will also 
help individuals to interpret and implement 
research related to bilingua^icultural chil- 
dren. Individuals will become skilled in their 
abilities to diagnose learning needs for such 
students and to develop and implement 
sound educational strategies. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 

University requirements include: a bac- 
calaureate from an accredited institution and 
a grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 
60 semester units attempted (see “Graduate 
Regulations” section for complete statement 
and procedures). 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

A student who meets the admission 
requirements and the following requirements 
may be granted classified graduate standing: 

1) the development of an approved study 
plan; 2) a basic teaching credential or equiva- 
lent experience; 3) an approved major 
(minimum of 24 units upper division or 
graduate); 4) a 2.5 grade-point average on 
previous academic and related work; 5) 
language competence (English and Spanish) 
as determined by satisfactory interviews or 
course work; 6) completion of Spanish 466. 
Credit will be given for previous postbac- 
calaureate studies when possible. Otherwise 
well-qualified students may be admitted with 
limited subject or grade deficiencies, but 
these deficiencies must be removed. Grade- 
point average deficiencies may be removed 
by a demonstration of competency in the 
graduate program. 

Study Plan 

The adviser-approved 30 units (minimum) 
on the study plan will include the following: 

Core Course Work (9 units) 

Ed El 500 Bilingual Multicultural 
Curriculum (3) 

Ed El 51 1 Survey of Educational Research (3) 

Ed El 541 Psychological and Sociological 
Foundations of Bilingual-Bicultural 

Education (3) 

Required Teacher Education Course (3 units) 

Ed El 542 Current Issues and Problems in 
Bilingual-Bicultural Education 


Course Work Outside Bilingual-Bicultural 
Education (12 units ) 

Chicano 345 History of the Chicano (3) 
Chicano 43 1 The Chicano Child (3) 

One of the following: 

For Lang 509 Advanced Principles of 
TESOL: Listening/Speaking Focus (3) 

For Lang 510 Advanced Principles of 
TESOL: Reading/Writing Focus (3) 

One of the following: 

For Lang 509 Advanced Principles of 
TESOL: Listening/Speaking Focus (3) 

For Lang 510 Advanced Principles of 
TESOL: Reading/Writing Focus (3) 

Elective (3 units) 

Elective units are chosen in consultation 
with and approved by the graduate adviser. 

Culminating Experience (3 units) 

One of the following: 

Ed El 594 Research Seminar (3) 

OR Ed El 597 Project (3) 

OR Ed El 598 Thesis (3) 

For further information consult the 
graduate program adviser. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

Elementary Curriculum and Instruction 

The program is designed to help career 
classroom teachers upgrade their skills, become 
informed about new ideas in elementary 
teaching, and prepare for curriculum and 
instructional leadership in one or more of the 
following areas: elementary classroom teaching, 
computer education, meeting the needs of 
diverse learners, early childhood education, 
and staff development in public and private 
schools. Students may follow the study plan 
outlined below for the concentration in 
Elementary Curriculum and Instruction or they 
may elect to specialize in one of five empha- 
sis areas: Computer Education, Diversity, 
Early Childhood Education, Professional 
Inquiry and Practice, and Staff Development. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 

University requirements include a bac- 
calaureate from an accredited institution and 
a grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the 
last 60 semester units attempted (see 
“Graduate Regulations” for complete statement 
and procedures). 


153 


ELEMENTARY, BILINGUAL AND READING EDUCATION 


Graduate Standing: Classified 

A student who meets the admission 
requirements and the following requirements 
may be granted classified graduate standing 
upon the development of an approved study 
plan: a basic teaching credential or equivalent 
experience, and an approved major (minimum 
of 24 units upper-division or graduate), a 2.5 
grade-point average on previous academic 
and related work. Credit will be given for 
previous post-baccalaureate studies when 
possible. Otherwise well-qualified students 
may be admitted with limited subject or 
grade deficiencies, but these deficiencies 
must be removed. Grade-point average defi- 
ciencies may be removed by a demonstration 
of competency in the graduate program. 

Study Plan 

The adviser-approved 30 units (minimum) 
on the study plan will include the following: 

Core Course Work ( 9 units) 

Ed El 51 1 Survey of Educational Research (3) 

Ed El 529 Graduate Studies: Learning 
Theory for Classroom Use (3) 

Ed El 536 Curriculum Theory and 
Development (3) 

Course Work in Concentration (12 units) 

One of the following: 

Ed El 52 1 The Study of Teaching (3) 

Ed El 527 Graduate Seminar in 

Developmental Psychology: The Human 
from Conception Through Eight Years (3) 

Ed El 528 Reading/Language Arts in the 
Early Childhood Curriculum (3) 

Ed El 538 Graduate Studies: Early 
Childhood Education (3) 

Ed El 539 Clinical Supervision: Analyzing 
Effective Teaching (3) 

Ed El 553 Models of Teaching (3) 

Three of the following: 

Ed El 530 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Second Languages (3) 

Ed El 531 Graduate Studies in 

Elementary Education: Integrated 
Language Arts (3) 

Ed El 532 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Mathematics (3) 

Ed El 533 Graduate Studies in Elementary' 
Education: Science (3) 

Ed El 534 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Social Studies (3) 


Ed El 535 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Reading in the Language Arts 

Program (3) 

Ed El 537 Graduate Studies: Current Issues 
and Problems (3) 

Ed El 571 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Science Education 
Practicum (3) 

Electives (6 units) 

Electives are chosen in consultation with 
and approved by the graduate adviser. 

Culminating Experience (3 units) 

One of the following: 

Ed Elm 594 Research Seminar (3) 

OR Ed Elm 597 Graduate Project (3) 

OR Ed Elm 598 Thesis (3) 

For further information, consult the 
graduate program adviser. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

Elementary Curriculum and Instruction 
Emphasis in Computer Education 

This emphasis has been designed to provide 
elementary' school teachers with a broad 
understanding of the applications of computers 
in the elementary school classroom. Compe- 
tencies will enable participants to become 
computer curriculum specialists who will 
guide the integration of computers into the 
elementary school curriculum, their uses in 
instruction, and their applications in instruc- 
tionally related activities. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified/Classified 

The requirements for admission to condi- 
tionally classified and classified standing are 
the same as those for the M S. in Education 
concentration in Elementary' Curriculum and 
Instruction. 

Study Plan 

The study plan consists of 30 units of 
adviser-approved course work: 

Core Course Work (9 units) 

Ed El 51 1 Survey of Educational Research (3) 

Ed El 529 Graduate Studies: Learning 
Theory for Classroom Use (3) 

Ed El 536 Curriculum Theory and 
Development (3) 


154 


Course Work in Computer Education Emphasis 
(12 units) 

Ed El 515 Problem Solving Strategies 
Including Logo (3) 

Ed El 516 Integrating Elementary School 
Software into the Curriculum (1) 

Ed El 517 Practicum: Elementary School 
Teachers and Computers (3) 

Ed El 519 Advanced Technology in 
Education (3) 

Two from the following: 

Ed El 512 Improving Elementary Students’ 
Writing with Microcomputers (1) 

Ed El 513 Teaching Utilities for Elementary 
School Teachers (1) 

Ed El 514 Strategies for Using Data Base 
Management with Elementary Children (1) 

Curriculum-Focused Course Work (6 units) 

Ed El 530 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Second Languages (3) 

Ed El 531 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Integrated Language Arts (3) 

Ed El 532 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Mathematics (3) 

Ed El 533 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Science (3) 

Ed El 534 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Social Studies (3) 

Ed El 535 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Reading in the Language Arts 
Program (3) 

Ed El 537 Graduate Studies: Current Issues 
and Problems (3) 

Ed El 571 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Science Education Practicum (3) 

Culminating Experience (3 units) 

One of the following: 

Ed El 594 Research Seminar (3) 

OR Ed El 597 Project (3) 

OR Ed El 598 Thesis (3) 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

Elementary Curriculum and Instruction 
Emphasis in Diversity 

The Diversity emphasis is designed to 
help career classroom teachers become 
informed about appropriate curriculum and 
instruction for the changing student popula- 
tion in the public schools in the state of 
California. It will help individuals to provide 


ELEMENTARY, BILINGUAL AND READING EDUCATION 


educational experiences and develop curricu- 
lum appropriate to linguistically and cultur- 
ally diverse populations. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified/Classified 

The requirements for admission to condi- 
tionally classified and classified standing are 
the same as those for the M.S. in Education 
concentration in Elementary Curriculum and 
Instruction. 

Study Plan 

Core Course Work (9 units) 

Ed El 500 Bilingual Multicultural 
Curriculum (3) 

Ed El 51 1 Survey of Educational Research (3) 

Ed El 529 Graduate Studies: Learning 
Theory for Classroom Use (3) 

Diversity Emphasis Course Work (9 units) 

Ed El 530 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Second Languages (3) 

Ed El 541 Psychological and Sociological 
Foundations of Bilingual-Bicultural 
Education (3) 

Ed El 542 Current Issues and Problems in 
Bilingual-Bicultural Education (3) 

Curriculum-Focused Course Work (15 units) 

Two of the following: 

Ed El 531 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Integrated Language Arts (3) 

Ed El 532 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Mathematics (3) 

Ed El 533 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Science (3) 

Ed El 534 Graduate Studies in Elementary' 
Education: Social Sciences (3) 

Ed El 535 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Reading in the Language Arts 
Program (3) 

Ed El 57 1 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Science Education Practicum (3) 

Elective (3 units) 

Elective units are chosen in consultation 
with and approved by the graduate adviser. 

Culminating Experience (3 units) 

Ed El 594 Research Seminar (3) 

OR Ed El 597 Project (3) 

OR Ed El 598 Thesis (3) 


MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

Elementary Curriculum and Instruction 
Emphasis in Early Childhood Education 

This emphasis is designed to meet the 
greater community and professional need for 
quality education during the critical early 
years of school. The educational demand for 
sound planning and instruction in preschool, 
kindergarten, and the primary grades has 
increased the need for effective specialists in 
Early Childhood Education. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classificd/Classified 

The requirements for admission to condi- 
tionally classified or classified standing are 
the same as for the M.S. in Education con- 
centration in Elementary Curriculum and 
Instruction. 

Study Plan 

The adviser-approved 30 units (minimum) 
on the study plan will include the following: 

Core Course Work (9 units) 

Ed El 51 1 Survey of Educational Research (3) 

Ed El 529 Graduate Studies: Learning Theory 
for Classroom Use (3) 

Ed El 536 Curriculum Theory and 
Development (3) 

Course Work in Early Childhood Emphasis 
(9 units) 

Ed El 527 Graduate Seminar in 

Developmental Psychology: The Human 
from Conception through Eight Years (3) 

Ed El 528 Reading^Language Arts in the 
Early Childhood Curriculum (3) 

Ed El 538 Graduate Studies: Early Childhood 
Education (3) 

Curriculum- Focused Course Work (6 units) 

Two of the following: 

Ed El 530 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Second Languages (3) 

Ed El 531 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Integrated Language Arts (3) 

Ed El 532 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Mathematics (3) 

Ed El 533 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Science (3) 

Ed El 534 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Social Studies (3) 


Ed El 535 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Reading in the Language Arts 
Program (3) 

Ed El 537 Graduate Studies: Current Issues 
and Problems (3) 

Ed El 571 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Science Education Practicum (3) 

Elective (3 units) 

Elective units are chosen in consultation 
with and approved by the graduate adviser. 

Culminating Experience (3 units) 

One of the following: 

Ed El 594 Research Seminar (3) 

OR Ed El 597 Project (3) 

OR Ed El 598 Thesis (3) 

For further information, consult the 
graduate program adviser. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

Elementary Curriculum and Instruction 
Emphasis in Professional Inquiry and 
Practice 

The Professional Inquiry and Practice 
emphasis is designed to help career class- 
room teachers become informed about 
appropriate curriculum and instruction for 
students in the public schools of California. 
They will develop reflective and analytical 
thinking and initiate cycles of goal setting, 
professional practice, and reflection. The base 
of skills and knowledge will support their 
growing involvement in school reform 
including systematic reforms. 

Admission to Gradate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified/Classified 

The requirements for admission to condi- 
tionally classified or classified standing are 
the same as for the M.S. in Education con- 
centration in Elementary Curriculum and 
Instruction. 

Study Plan 

Core Courses (9 units) 

Ed El 511 Survey of Educational Research (3) 
Ed El 529 Learning Theory (3) 

One of the following: 

Ed El 536 Curriculum Theory and 
Development (3) 

Ed El 500 Bilingual Multicultural 
Curriculum (3) 


155 


ELEMENTARY, BILINGUAL AND READING EDUCATION 


Emphasis Courses (9 units) 

Ed El 52 1 The Study of Teaching (3) 

Ed El 551 Assessment Across the 
Curriculum (3) 

Ed El 552 Family, Community, and 
Professional Partnerships (3) 

Curriculum Course (3 units) 

One of the following: 

Ed El 530 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Second Language (3) 

Ed El 531 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Integrated Language Arts (3) 

Ed El 532 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Mathematics (3) 

Ed El 533 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Science (3) 

Ed El 534 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Social Studies (3) 

Ed El 535 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Reading in the Language Arts 
Program. 

Electives (6 adviser-approved units) 

Culminating Experience (3 units) 

One of the following: 

Ed El 594 Research Project (3) 

OR Ed El 597 Graduate Project (3) 

OR Ed El 598 Thesis (3) 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

Elementary Curriculum and Instruction 
Emphasis in Staff Development 

This program is designed to enable educa- 
tors to assume leadership roles in staff devel- 
opment in school districts. The sequence 
of courses is also designed to help teacher 
leaders and master teachers to understand 
contemporary trends and research findings 
in elementary curriculum and instruction. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified/Classified 

The requirements for admission to condi- 
tionally classified or classified standing are 
the same as for the M.S. in Education con- 
centration in Elementary Curriculum and 
Instruction. 


Study Plan 

The adviser-approved 30 units 
(minimum) on the study plan will include 
the following: 

Core Course Work (9 units) 

Ed El 51 1 Survey of Educational Research (3) 

Ed El 529 Graduate Studies: Learning Theory 
for Classroom Use (3) 

Ed El 536 Curriculum Theory and 
Development (3) 

Course Work in Staff Development Emphasis 
(9 units) 

Ed El 52 1 The Study of Teaching (3) 

Ed El 539 Clinical Supervision: Analyzing 
Effective Teaching (3) 

Ed El 553 Models of Teaching (3) 
Curriculum-Focused Course Work (6 units) 

Two of the following: 

Ed El 530 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Second Languages (3) 

Ed El 531 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Integrated Language Arts (3) 

Ed El 532 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Mathematics (3) 

Ed El 533 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Science (3) 

Ed El 534 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Social Studies (3) 

Ed El 535 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Reading in the Language Arts 
Program (3) 

Ed El 537 Graduate Studies Current Issues 
and Problems (3) 

Ed El 571 Graduate Studies in Elementary’ 
Education: Science Education Practicum (3) 

Elective (3 units) 

Elective units are chosen in consultation 
with and approved by the graduate adviser. 

Culminating Experience (3 units) 

One of the following: 

Ed El 594 Research Seminar (3) 

OR Ed El 597 Project (3) 

OR Ed El 598 Thesis (3) 


156 


MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

Reading 

Please refer to section of this catalog titled 
“Reading Program.” 

COMPUTING CERTIFICATE FOR 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHERS 

The purpose of this certificate program is 
to provide participants with a broad under- 
standing of the applications of microcomput- 
ers in the elementary school classroom and 
the instructionally related tasks in the public 
schools. The certificate program is designed 
to provide the needed competencies for par- 
ticipants to become curriculum specialists 
who will guide the integration of computers 
into the elementary school curriculum, their 
uses in instruction, and their applications 
in instructionally related activities at the ele- 
mentary school. 

Required Courses (13 units) 

Ed El 415 Microcomputers in the 
Elementary School (3) 

Ed El 515 Problem Solving Strategies 
Including Logo (3) 

Ed El 516 Integrating Elementary School 
Software into the Curriculum (1) 

Ed El 517 Practicum: Elementary School 
Teachers and Computers (3) 

Ed El 519 Advanced Technology in 
Education (3) 

Electives (2 units) 

Selected from the following: 

Ed El 512 Improving Elementary' Students' 
Writing with Microcomputers (1) 

Ed El 513 Teaching Utilities for Elementary 
School Teachers (1) 

Ed El 514 Strategies for Using Database 
Management with Elementary Children (1) 

Total required units: 15 units (12 of which 
must be taken at California State 
University, Fullerton). 

For further information, consult the 
graduate program adviser. 


ELEMENTARY, BILINGUAL AND READING EDUCATION 


ELEMENTARY AND BILINGUAL 
EDUCATION COURSES 

Courses are designated as EDEL in the 
class schedule. 

31 5 A Introduction to Elementary 

Classroom Teaching: Lecture (2) 

An exploratory course required for students 
considering careers in elementary school 
teaching. Includes on campus seminars and 
overview of admission requirements for the 
Multiple Subject Credential Program. Must be 
taken concurrently with 315B. Must be taken 
Credit/No Credit. A “B” or better is required 
to receive a grade of credit. 

31 5B Introduction to Elementary 

Classroom Teaching: Fieldwork (1) 

An exploratory field assignment consisting 
of 60 hours as a volunteer aide in a public, 
K-6, elementary classroom where all subject 
areas are taught. Requires a journal and eval- 
uation by the classroom teacher. Must be 
taken concurrently with 315A. Must be taken 
Credit/No Credit. A “B” or better is required 
to receive a grade of credit. 

415 Microcomputers in the Elementary 
Classroom (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or candi- 
dacy for credential. Uses of microcomputers 
in elementary classroom. Development of 
computer related instructional materials for 
elementary schools. Evaluation of programs/ 
equipment suitable for elementary children. 
Examination of issues involved in microcom- 
puters in elementary' schools. If taken Credit/ 
No Credit, a “B” or higher is required. 

425 Cultural Pluralism in Elementary 
Schools (3) 

Culture and cultural pluralism in elemen- 
tary schools. Topics: Examination of one’s own 
beliefs and values, history/traditions of cul- 
tural groups, classroom practices and materials 
that promote equity, strategies for learning 
about students, and assessment of multicul- 
tural education programs. Fieldwork required. 


429 Integrated Curriculum and 
Instruction in the Elementary 
School (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to second semes- 
ter of Multiple Subject Credential Program. 
Additional study of elementary curriculum 
with emphasis on language arts, integrated 
instruction across the curriculum, and assess- 
ment of learning outcomes. Must be taken 
Credit/No Credit. A “B” or better is required 
to receive a grade of credit. 

430A Foundations in Elementary School 
Teaching (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to Multiple Subject 
Credential Program. A focus on the curricu- 
lum of the elementary school, instructional 
planning, principles of effective teaching, 
generic instructional strategies, classroom 
management, and legal issues in education. 

To be taken concurrently with Ed Elm 430B, 
C and 433. Must be taken Credit/No Credit. 
A “B” or better is required to receive a grade of 
credit. 

430B Curriculum and Instruction in 

Elementary School Teaching (Math, 
Science, Social Studies) (1-2) 

Prerequisite, admission to Multiple Subject 
Credential Program. An emphasis on instruc- 
tional materials, learning styles, inquiry, 
concept learning, problem solving, direct 
instruction applied to the teaching of math, 
science, and social studies. Must be taken 
Credit/No Credit. A “B” or better is required 
to receive a grade of credit. 

430C Supervised Fieldwork in 

Elementary Teacher Education (1-2) 

Prerequisite: admission to Multiple 
Subject Credential Program. Co-requisites: 
other credential courses such as Ed El 429, 
430A,B, and 433. Students will serve as 
teacher participants in an assigned elemen- 
tary school classroom. Must be taken 
Credit/No Credit. A “B” or better is required 
to receive a grade of credit. 

431 Curriculum and Instruction for 

Diverse Populations in Elementary 
Schools 1 (1) 

Prerequisite: admission to Multiple Subject 
Credential Program or hold a basic teaching 
credential. Effective integration of curriculum 
and instruction relating to linguistic and cul- 
tural diversity in elementary school students. 


432 Curriculum and Instruction for 
Diverse Populations in Elementary 
Schools II (2) 

Prerequisites: Ed El 431 and admission to 
Multiple Subject Credential Program or hold 
a basic teaching credential. Effective integra- 
tion of curriculum and instruction relating to 
linguistic and cultural diversity in elementary 
school students. 

433 Language Arts and Reading 
Instruction in the Public Schools (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to Multiple 
Subject Credential Program. An overview of 
principles of reading instruction, elements 
of the language arts program including litera- 
ture-based reading, content area reading, the 
role of phonics, emergent literacy, and diag- 
nosis of reading problems. Must be taken 
Credit/No Credit. A W B” or better is required 
to receive a grade of credit. 

439A Student Teaching in the Elementary 
School (5-15) 

Pre- or corequisites: Ed El 430A,B,C, 433 
and admission to student teaching. 
Corequisite: Ed Elm 439B. Participation in 
a regular elementary school teaching program 
for the full school day. Must be taken Credit/ 
No Credit. A U B" or better is required to 
receive a grade of credit. 

439B Seminar in Elementary Student 
Teaching (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Ed El 430A,B,C, 433 and 
admission to student teaching. Corequisite: 

Ed Elm 439A. Seminar in problems and pro- 
cedures of elementary school teaching. Must 
be taken Credit/No Credit. A “B” or better is 
required to receive a grade of credit. 

439C Intern Teaching in the Elementary 
School (3) 

Prerequisites: Ed El 430A,B,C, 433, and 
completion of the first two semesters of 
intern teaching program. Admission only 
with consent of instructor. Participation in 
a regular elementary school teaching program 
for the full school day, as an intern teacher. 
Must be taken credit/no credit. A W B” or 
better is required to receive a grade of credit. 


ELEMENTARY, BILINGUAL AND READING EDUCATION 


446 Methods and Inquiry for BCLAD 
Candidates (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to Multiple Subject 
Program with BCLAD Emphasis. This course 
prepares Multiple Subject candidates for 
teaching Spanish-speaking elementary stu- 
dents. Emphasis includes reading instruction 
methods, materials and assessment, equity 
issues, and elements and considerations of 
culture that promote effective instruction for 
Spanish-speaking elementary students. 

492A Gender Issues in Math and Science 
Teaching and Learning (2) 

Prerequisites: Ed El 315A,B and senior or 
graduate standing. Explores educational and 
cultural barriers and avenues to the success 
of girls in science and mathematics, develop- 
ment of curricula and instructional methods 
to address these issues. 

492B Gender Issues in Math and Science 
Education: Practicum (1) 

Prerequisite: Ed El 315A,B. Corequisite: 

Ed El 492A. Educational and cultural barri- 
ers/avenues to girls’ success in science and 
mathematics; implementation of curricula 
and instructional methods. 20 hours teaching 
required. If taken Credit/No Credit, a W B” or 
better is required for credit. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: senior or graduate standing, 
consent of instructor prior to registration. 
Individual investigation under supervision 
of a faculty member. Only students of 
demonstrated capability and maturity will 
be approved. May be repeated for credit. 

500 Bilingual Multicultural Curriculum (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent 
of instructor. Seminar: the multicultural 
school curriculum including forces operating 
on the curriculum and the participants 
involved in curriculum building. Modification 
of the curriculum to reflect multicultural 
contexts. 

511 Survey of Educational Research (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent 
of instructor. Descriptive statistics and statistical 
inferences in educational research. Representative 
research papers. Principles of research design. 
Prepare papers using research findings. 


512 Improving Elementary Students’ 
Writing with Microcomputers (1) 

Prerequisites: Ed El 415 and teaching 
credential or permission of instructor. 
Strategies for facilitating functional and 
creative writing of elementary children 
through use of microcomputer. Emphasis 
on keyboarding, word processing, and 
writing processes of children. Evaluation 
of current practices and research findings. 

513 Teaching Utilities for Elementary 
School Teachers (1) 

Prerequisites: Ed El 514 and teaching 
credential or permission of instructor. 

Strategies for improving teaching of elemen- 
tary students through use of gradebook pro- 
grams, word search generators, test 
generators, graphic programs, and instruc- 
tional management software programs on 
microcomputers. 

514 Strategies for Using Database 
Management with Elementary 
Children (1) 

Prerequisites: Ed El 415 and teaching 
credential or permission of instructor. 
Strategies for elementary school teachers 
to develop and use data base management 
with children. Fact finding, classification, 
inferences, and generalizations considered. 
Design continuum of data base competencies 
for children. 

515 Problem Solving Strategies 
Including Logo (3) 

Prerequisites: Ed El 415 and teaching 
credential or permission of instructor. 
Strategies for using logo graphics, words and 
lists, and other microcomputer problem- 
solving applications with elementary school 
children. Design and use of microworlds to 
facilitate childrens development of problem- 
solving skills. 

516 Integrating Elementary School 
Software into the Curriculum (1) 

Prerequisites: Ed El 415 and teaching 
credential or consent of instructor. Effective 
integration of elementary school software 
into the curriculum of elementary schools. 
Emphasis on integration into current goals 
of elementary school instruction. Evaluation 
of current computer instruction. 


517 Practicum: Elementary School 
Teachers and Computers (3) 

Prerequisite: Ed El 516. Strategies for 
effectively using computers with elementary 
school children to improve learning; course 
includes field work assignments in elemen- 
tary schools, and on-campus seminars. 

519 Advanced Technology' in Education (3) 

Prerequisites: Ed El 415 and teaching 
credential or permission of instructor. 
Theoretical basis and strategies for improving 
teaching of elementary students through use 
of multimedia technologies. Emphasis on 
HyperStudio, telecommunications, videodisc 
technology and other digital media. 

521 The Study of Teaching (3) 

Prerequisite: Ed El 511 and teaching 
credential or permission of instructor. 

A systematic study of the teaching process. 
Examination of the research methodology 
used to analyze teaching, the current knowl- 
edge of the association between teaching 
processes and student learning, and the 
implications of the research for the classroom. 

527 Graduate Seminar in Developmental 
Psychology: The Human from 
Conception Through Eight Years (3) 

Prerequisites: teaching credential or 
consent of instructor. The physical, social, 
cognitive-intellectual, and emotional develop- 
ment of individuals from conception to 
middle childhood. Current problems, 
theories and research. 

528 Reading^Language Arts in the Early 
Childhood Curriculum (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or 
consent of instructor. Seminar: significant 
research, curriculum developments and 
materials, and current instructional strategies 
for promoting emergent literacy in children. 

529 Graduate Studies: Learning Theory 
for Classroom Use (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or 
consent of instructor. Major theoretical posi- 
tions in planning and interpreting classroom 
practices. Educational research findings, 
implications for curriculum development and 
teaching practices. 


158 


ELEMENTARY, BILINGUAL AND READING EDUCATION 


530 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Second Languages (3) 

Prerequisites: Ed El 431 and 432 and 
teaching credential, or consent of instructor. 
Seminar: significant research, curriculum 
developments and materials, and criteria for 
planning and improving second language 
programs including those for English as 
a second language. 

531 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Integrated Language Arts (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or 
consent of instructor. Seminar: significant 
research, trends and problems in teaching 
the fundamental skills of communication; 
curriculum development and materials, 
and criteria for planning and improving 
integrated language arts programs. 

532 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Mathematics (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or 
consent of instructor. Seminar, significant 
research, curricular developments and materi- 
als, criteria for planning and improving math- 
ematics programs and instruction. 

533 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Science (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or 
consent of instructor. Seminar: research in 
elementary school science. The development 
of materials. 

534 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Social Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or 
consent of instructor. Seminar: research 
developments and materials, criteria for plan- 
ning and improving social studies programs, 
and current techniques of teaching. 

535 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Reading in the Language 
Arts Program (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or 
consent of instructor. Seminar: research 
developments and materials, criteria for 
planning and improving reading instruction 
in the integrated language arts programs, 
current instructional strategies, and the role 
of children’s literature. 


536 Curriculum Theory and 
Development (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or 
consent of instructor. Seminar: the school 
curriculum including the forces operating on 
the curriculum and the participants involved 
in curriculum building. The process of 
curriculum building. 

537 Graduate Studies: Current Issues 
and Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent 
of instructor. Problems and issues in elemen- 
tary education, their causes and possible 
solutions. 

538 Graduate Studies: Early Childhood 
Education (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent 
of instructor. Seminar: application of signifi- 
cant research in the education of young 
children. Current instructional strategies and 
criteria for planning and improving programs 
in early childhood education. 

539 Clinical Supervision: Analyzing 
Effective Teaching (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent 
of instructor. A systematic, research-based 
approach. Identifies basic components 
needed by teachers, staff developers, and 
administrators to improve their instructional 
skills. Includes principles of learning applied 
to supervision and applied practice in analyz- 
ing the instructional process. 

541 Psychological and Sociological 

Foundations of Bilingual-Bicultural 
Education (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent 
of instructor. Application of psychological 
and sociological theory and techniques to the 
design of programs of instruction for limited 
and non- English-speaking children. The use 
of these disciplines for the development of 
emotionally and socially supportive learning 
environments. 


542 Current Issues and Problems in 
Bilingual-Bicultural Education (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or 
consent of instructor. Problems and issues 
in the development and implementation 
of bilingual-bicultural education. 

551 Assessment Across the Curriculum (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent 
of instructor. Improving student performance 
through assessment, self-assessment, and 
student goals setting; establishing congruence 
between purposes, audiences, and instruments 
used. Goals of the course include: design and 
selection of instruments including perfor- 
mance assessment, portfolio, observation, 
and personal communication forms for 
standards based assessment. 

552 Family, Community and Professional 
Partnership (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent 
of instructor. Overview of successful commu- 
nity collaboration with service providers 
business leaders policy makers, and parents. 
Addresses complex diversity of families and 
teaching students. Stresses importance of 
partnerships with professional agencies 
concerned with education, youth and chil- 
dren. 

553 Models of Teaching (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent 
of instructor. Explores varied strategies of 
instruction, culminating in the identification 
and study of sixteen unique models. 

Examines relationships among theories of 
learning and instruction. Investigates various 
instructional alternatives. 

571 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Science Education 
Practicum (3) 

Prerequisite: Ed El 533 or consent of 
instructor. Strategies for effectively teaching 
and assessing science content knowledge, 
science process skills, and scientific attitudes 
in the elementary school; includes field 
assignments in elementary schools (1 unit - 
4 hours per week); seminars (2 units - 2 hours 
per week). Principles of effective staff devel- 
opment in elementary science education. 


ELEMENTARY, BILINGUAL AND READING EDUCATION 


594 Research Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The 
preparation, evaluation, development, and 
presentation of curriculum research proposals 
culminating in a graduate project. Individuals 
and groups will participate in 
critiquing proposals, curriculum projects, and 
research results. 

597 Project (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Individual research on an empirical project, 
with conferences with the instructor, culmi- 
nating in a project. 

598 Thesis (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Individual research with conferences with 
the instructor, culminating in a thesis. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: a teaching credential, one 
year of teaching experience, and consent 
of instructor. Independent inquiry. 


160 


ELEMENTARY, BILINGUAL AND READING EDUCATION 



DIVISION OF ENGINEERING 

The Division of Engineering consists of the Departments of Civil and Environmental 
Engineering, Electrical Engineering, and Mechanical Engineering. Programs offered by the 
Division lead to the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Master of Science in the above disciplines; 
the three Bachelor of Science degree programs are nationally accredited by ABET, the Engineering 
Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology. Also 
offered are programs leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Master of Science in 
Engineering with an Emphasis in Pharmaceutical Engineering or Option in Engineering Science, 
for which the student, working with an adviser, designs an appropriate interdisciplinary program. 

CSUF is located in an industrial and highly technological region of Southern California. 
Drawing upon its professional expertise in many areas of engineering, the Division of Engineering 
serves as a distinctive resource and catalyst for partnership with public and private organizations 
in our region. Our nationally accredited undergraduate engineering programs offer a broad edu- 
cation in basic sciences, mathematics, and fundamental principles and practice of engineering. 
These are coupled with studies in social sciences, arts, humanities, and behavioral sciences due 
to their importance for an engineer’s professional career. 


Jesa Kreiner 


DIVISION MISSION AND OBJECTIVES 


PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering 

Emphasis in Architectural 
Engineering 

Bachelor of Science in Electrical 
Engineering 

Bachelor of Science in Engineering 
Option in Engineering Science 
Emphasis in Pharmaceutical 
Engineering 

Bachelor of Science in Mechanical 
Engineering 

Emphasis in Manufacturing 
Engineering 

Master of Science in Civil Engineering 
Concentration in Environmental 
Engineering 

Master of Science in Electrical 
Engineering 

Option in Systems Engineering 

Master of Science in Engineering 

Option in Engineering Science 

Master of Science in Mechanical 
Engineering 


Division Mission Statement 

Consistent with the university’s mission, learning is the first priority in the Division of 
Engineering. 

To implement its mission, the engineering programs at CSUF provide the best qualities of 
teaching, scholarship and professional practice. The Division’s programs are committed to facilitate 
the education of both engineering undergraduate and graduate students for their entrance in, 
and significant contribution to the engineering profession. Our students are actively engaged and 
work in collaboration with faculty and staff to acquire and expand knowledge. The objectives for 
our mission are further elaborated under “Division Educational Objectives.” 

Division Educational Objectives 

The goals of the Division are as follows: 

1 jo provide the best of current practice, theory, research and intellectual study in the humanities 
to prepare students for challenging careers in engineering, strengthen relationships to their 
communities and contribute ethically and productively to society; 

2. To educate students who, actively engage with faculty and staff, work in collaboration to 
acquire and expand knowledge; 

3. To provide service to the profession, the state of California, the country and to the world-wide 

development of engineering. 

A critical focus of the education, research, and service programs within the Division of 
Engineering is to afford undergraduates of varying backgrounds and abilities every opportunity 
for achieving success in the engineering professions. 

To achieve these goals, the faculty and students of the Division of Engineering, with input 
from other constituents, have established the following program educational objectives: 

1 jo prepare students for successful careers and lifelong learning; 

2 To make students thoroughly proficient in methods of analysis, including the mathematical 
and computational skills appropriate for engineers to use when solving problems, and 


161 


ENGINEERING - DIVISION 


3. To develop the skills pertinent to the 
design process, including the students’ 
ability to formulate problems, to think 
creatively, to communicate effectively, 
to synthesize information, and to work 
collaboratively; 

4. To teach students to use current experi- 
mental and data analysis techniques for 
engineering application; and 

5. To instill in our students an understand- 
ing of their professional and ethical 
responsibilities. 

Actual program education objectives for 
various disciplines such as Civil and Environ- 
mental Engineering, Electrical Engineering 
and Mechanical Engineering are decided by 
the respective departments to match their 
program outcomes. 

2 + 2 Articulated Programs with 
Community Colleges 

The Division of Engineering has devel- 
oped 2+2 years articulation agreements with 
community colleges to provide students 
seamless transfer to the CSUF engineering 
program of their choice. This allows the full- 
time students, taking the courses specified 
by the engineering department each semester, 
to graduate in two years following transfer 
to CSUE 

INTRODUCTION 

The undergraduate engineering programs 
have a broad base of science, mathematics, 
social sciences, humanities and engineering 
topics (which include engineering science 
and engineering design courses). Students are 
thus prepared to enter directly into engineer- 
ing practice or to continue further education 
at the graduate level. The Bachelor of Science 
degrees in Civil, Electrical and, Mechanical 
Engineering are accredited by the Engineering 
Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation 
Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET). 

High School Preparation 

The entering high school student should 
have a preparation which includes two years 
of algebra, geometry, trigonometry, and one 
year of physics or chemistry. Students defi- 
cient in mathematics or chemistry must take 
special preparatory courses, i.e., Mathematics 
125 and Chemistry 115, which will not carry 
credit for the major. (See Mathematics 
Section for Entry Level Mathematics test 
and Math-Science Qualifying Examination 
requirements.) 


Transfer Students 

A transfer student shall complete a 
minimum of 30 units in residence of which 
at least 

1 5 units shall be taken in upper-division 
engineering courses. Work taken at another 
college or university on which a grade of D 
was earned may not be substituted for upper- 
division courses. 

BACHELOR S DEGREES 
IN ENGINEERING 

The undergraduate curricula in engineer- 
ing are comprised of four major segments. 

The first three segments are common to all 
four engineering programs, i.e.. Civil Engineering, 
Electrical Engineering, Mechanical Engineer- 
ing and the Engineering Science Option as 
well as the Architectural Engineering 
Emphasis within the Civil Engineering 
degree and the Manufacturing Engineering 
Emphasis within the Mechanical Engineering 
degree. 

The first segment consists of foundation 
courses in mathematics and the physical 
sciences (33 units for Electrical Engineering, 
32 units for Civil Engineering, and 30 units 
for Mechanical Engineering, 35 for Pharma- 
ceutical Engineering). The second segment 
consists of 24 units of engineering core 
courses. The third segment contains 33 units 
of general education courses in the arts, 
humanities, social sciences, biological sci- 
ences and other related areas. 

The fourth segment contains a sequence 
of courses in one of the four programs which 
includes a combination of required courses 
and adviser-approved technical elective 
courses. The number of units in this segment 
is not the same for each of the four engineer- 
ing programs but varies from 45 to 50 units. 
Students must meet with their academic 
adviser to prepare an approved study plan of 
technical elective courses prior to taking such 
courses. Undergraduate students are required 
to meet with their academic adviser every 
semester during the first year and at least 
once a year thereafter. Students are strongly 
encouraged to see their academic advisers 
frequently. 

All courses taken in fulfillment of the 
requirements for the bachelors degrees in 
Engineering must be taken for a letter grade, 
i.e., under grade Option 1. All mathematics 
and physical science courses required for the 
degree must be completed with at least a C 


162 


grade to count as prerequisite courses or as 
credit towards the degree. Graduate courses 
are not open to undergraduate students 
without approval of the department head. 

Mathematics and Science Courses 

Mathematics 150A Analytic Geometry and 
Calculus (4) 

Mathematics 150B Analytic Geometry and 
Calculus (4) 

Mathematics 250A Intermediate Calculus (4) 

Mathematics 250B Introduction to Linear 
Algebra & Differential Equations (4) 

Chemistry 120A General Chemistry (5) 
Physics 225, 225L Fundamental Physics: 
Mechanics & Lab (4) 

Physics 226, 226L Fundamental Physics: 
Electricity & Magnetism 6ar Lab (4) 

Physics 227, 227L Fundamental Physics: 
Waves, Optics, and Modem Physics & 
Lab (4) (required in Electrical, and 
Engineering Science) 

OR either Chemistry 125 (3) or 
Geological Sciences 376 (3) (required in 
Civil Engineering) 

OR Physics 227 (1) Fundamental Physics 
(required in Mechanical Engineering) 

OR Biology 101 (3) and Chemistry 301 A 
(3) (Pharmaceutical Engineering) 

Engineering Core Courses 

All undergraduate engineering students 
are required to complete the following 24 
units of engineering core courses regardless 
of the particular program selected by the 
student. 

EG-ME 102 Graphical Communications (3) 
EG-CE201 Statics (3) 

EG-EE 203 Electric Circuits (3) 

EG-GN 205 Digital Computation (3) 

EG-CE 302 Dynamics (3) 

EG-ME 304 Thermodynamics (3) 

EG-ME 306A Unified Laboratory (1) 

EG-GN 308 Engineering Analysis (3) 

EG-GN 314 Engineering Economy (2) 

General Education Courses 

1. Basic Subjects (9 units) 

A. Oral Communication (3 units) 
SPCOM 100 or SPCOM 102 

B. Written Communication (ENGL 101) 


ENGINEERING - DIVISION 


C. Critical Thinking (3 units) 

PHIL 105 and 106, PSYCH 110, 
READ 290 or SPCOM 235 

II. Historical and Cultural Foundations 
(9 units) 

A. Development of Civilization (3 units 
HIST 1 10A or HIST 110B 

B. American History, Institutions and 
Values 

1. American History (3 units) 
AFRO 190, AMST 201, CHIC 
190, HIST 180 or HIST 190 

2. Government (3 units) 

POLSC 100 



III. Disciplinary Core Courses (25 units) 

A. Mathematics and Natural Sciences 
(16 units) 

1. Physical Science CHEM 120A, 
PHYS 225A and PHYS 225L 

2. Biological Science (BIOL 101) 

3. Mathematics (MATH 150A) 

B. Arts and Humanities (6 units) 

1. Introduction to the Arts (3 units) 
ART 101, 201A, 201B, 311,312, 
DANCE 101, MUSIC 100, 101, 
THEAT 100 

2. Introduction to Humanities 

(3 units, see Plan B for listing of 
courses) 

C. Social Sciences (3 units from EG-GN 
314 and EG-CE 495 or EG-EE 370 or 
EG-ME 370) 


IV Implications, Explorations and Life-Long 
Learning (one course must satisfy cultural 
diversity requirement, i.e. an course) 

A. Implications and Exploration (6 units) 


1. Arts or Humanities (3 units, see 
Plan B listing, must be upper- 
division) 


2. Social Science (3 units, see Plan B 
listing, must be upper-division) 


Note: In order to meet the ABET accredi- 
tation requirement for depth in either 
Humanities or Social Sciences, at least two 
courses must be selected from the same 
department (one preferably a prerequisite to 
the other) for the selection of courses in 
sections I, II.B.2, IILB.1, 1II.B.2, IVA.l or 
IVA.2. 



INTERNSHIPS IN 
ENGINEERING 

Internships for Engineering provide 
practical work experiences which integrate 
with and supplement the student’s acade- 
mic studies. Internship jobs are coordi- 
nated through the Center for Internships 
and Cooperative Education. In order to 
participate in this program, a student must 
register for EG-GN 495 Professional Practice 
(1) for each semester of internship partici- 
pation. 


ENGINEERING SCIENCE OPTION 

The Engineering Science Option program 
is an interdisciplinary program designed for 
those students who are interested in a broad 
education in the basic concepts and princi- 
ples of engineering, rather than an in-depth 
study in one particular engineering discipline 
such as civil, electrical or mechanical engi- 
neering. The Option provides a flexible inter- 
disciplinary program in engineering with 
ample opportunity to develop a study plan 
which meets specific career goals. Courses 
can be selected from engineering, computer 
science, the physical sciences, mathematics 
and business to meet a special and specific 
engineering science objective. 

Students who wish to be considered for 
an undergraduate or graduate engineering 
science program should meet with the Chair 
of the Division of Engineering. The Division 
Chair may serve as the academic adviser to 
the student or one or more advisers from the 
engineering, computer science, physical 
sciences, mathematics or the business 
faculties may be selected if appropriate. 


Bachelor of Science in Engineering 
Option in Engineering Science 

The degree consists of 33 units of mathe- 
matics and physical science courses, 24 units 
of engineering core courses, 33 units of 
general education courses and 45 units of 
adviser-approved elective courses for a total 
of 135 units. The adviser-approved electives 
must include a component of engineering 
design courses and engineering laboratory 
courses. 

Master of Science in Engineering 
Option in Engineering Science 

The degree consists of 30 units of adviser- 
approved 400- and 500-level courses. At least 
half the units required for the degree must be 
graduate (500-level) courses. A segment of 
the 30 units must include a math-oriented 
course as well as EG-GN 403 Computer 
Methods in Numerical Analysis (3). 

PHARMACEUTICAL ENGINEERING 
EMPHASIS 

Pharmaceutical Engineering is a new and 
an emerging field that incorporates multiple 
areas of science and engineering as well as 
innovative technological advances in pharma- 
ceutical manufacturing. Students in this 
program will be introduced to the broad fun- 
damentals of pharmaceutical engineering and 
manufacturing. They will learn about the 
manufacturing technologies for different drug 
dosage forms, industrial fermentation, steril- 
ization and aseptic technology, validation and 
quality control, good manufacturing practice, 
and FDA regulations. Students choosing this 
program will learn about the emerging tech- 
nologies in pharmaceutical manufacturing in 
order to meet the growing demand of the 
industry for pharmaceutical engineers. 

Math and Science Courses (35 units) 

Engineering Core Courses (24 units) 

Required Courses (37 units) 

EGEE 203L Electric Circuits Lab (1) 

EGEE 245 Compute Logic and 
Architecture (3) 

EGEE 303 Electronics (3) 

EGEE 303L Electronics Lab (1) 

EGEE 409 Introduction to Linear Systems (3) 
EGME 306B Fluids and Thermal Lab (1) 

EGME 333 Fluid Mechanics and 
Aerodynamics (3) 


163 


ENGINEERING - DIVISION 


EGME 407 Heat Transfer (3) 

EGME 426 Design of Thermal and Fluid 
Systems (3) 

EGPH 201 Introduction to Pharmaceutical 
Engineering (3) 

EGPH 320 Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and 
Drug Delivery Systems (3) 

EGPH 420 Pharmaceutical Utilities, Safety 
and Environment (3) 

EGPH 484 Pharmaceutical Engineering 
Lab (2) 

EGGN 495 Professional Practice (1 unit each 
semester) 

EGPH 497 Design Project (3) 

Elective Courses (6 units) 

Students choose six units from the follow- 
ing list of courses. Additional elective courses 
may be available. Please contact the Division 
of Engineering. 

EGPH 401 Project Management for 
Pharmaceutical and General 
Engineering (3) 

EGME 452 Fluid Machinery (3) 

EGME 457L Intelligent Systems Lab (2) 

GENERAL ENGINEERING COURSES 

Courses are designated as EGGN in the 
class schedule. 

General engineering courses are courses 
whose academic content is not specific for 
any of the engineering disciplines. The 
courses are not administered by any one par- 
ticular department. General engineering 
courses are taught by faculty from all three 
of the engineering departments. 

Although there is no degree program in 
general engineering, new students who do 
not select a specific engineering degree will 
be classified as a general engineering major. 
The Chair of the Division of Engineering 
serves as the academic adviser to all general 
engineering students. General engineering 
students should make every effort to declare 
a major in one of the four engineering pro- 
grams after one or two semesters of course- 
work. The general engineering courses are 
listed below 


205 Digital Computation (3) 

Prerequisite: college algebra or three years 
of high school mathematics including a 
second course in algebra. Computers and 
their numerical applications. Elementary 
FORTRAN programming language, digital 
computation methods in statistics and 
solving algebraic equations. 

308 Engineering Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 226, Math 250B or 
equivalent. Fundamentals and engineering 
applications of Fourier series, Fourier trans- 
forms, Laplace transforms, complex analysis, 
vector analysis; engineering applications. 

314 Engineering Economy (2) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing in 
engineering. Development, evaluation and 
presentation of alternatives for engineering 
systems and projects using principles of engi- 
neering economy and cost benefit analysis. 

403 Computer Methods in Numerical 
Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 250B and EG-GN 205 
or equivalent. The use of numerical methods 
and digital computers in the solution of alge- 
braic, transcendental, simultaneous, ordinary 
and partial differential equations. 

495 Professional Practice (1) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing in 
engineering. Professional engineering work 
in industry or government. Written report 
required. May be repeated for credit. Applicable 
towards bachelor's degree programs. Not for 
credit in the graduate program. 

PHARMACEUTICAL ENGINEERING 
COURSES 

These courses are designated as EGPH in 
the class schedule. 

201 Introduction to Pharmaceutical 
Engineering (3) (Formerly 
EG-GN 201) 

Prerequisite: Biology 101, Chemistry 
120A., Math 250A. Survey of major areas of 
pharmaceutical engineering. Overview of 
pharmaceutical engineering technologies in 
drug manufacturing and delivery systems, 
high purity water systems, sterilization, 
medical devices, process engineering and 
packaging and industrial fermentation. 
Process validation, FDA requirements and 
good manufacturing practices. 


164 


320 Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and 
Drug Delivery Systems (3) 

(Formerly EG-GN 320) 

Prerequisites: Biology 101, Chemistry 
120A, and EG-PH 201. Dosage form design. 
Peroral solids, injections and transdermal drug 
deigns. Products of biotechnology. New drug 
delivery systems. Implantable vascular access 
devices. Closed-loop insulin delivery systems. 
Computerized drug delivery systems in cardi- 
ology and oncology. Validation of dosage 
process and equipment. GMP guidelines. 

401 Project Management for 

Pharmaceutical and General 
Engineering (3) (Formerly 
EG-GN 401) 

Prerequisite: EG-GN 314 Pharmaceutical 
and general engineering applications of 
project management. Engineering projects 
life cycle. Product and facility development 
process. Needs identification and proposal 
preparation. Planning and scheduling. 
Resource Considerations. Project implemen- 
tation. Teamwork in a multi-cultural environ- 
ment. International engineering codes 
and government regulations. Software 
applications. Case studies and term project. 

420 Pharmaceutical Utilities, Safety 
and Environment (3) 

(Formerly EG-GN 420) 

Prerequisites; EG-ME 333, EG-PH 201 
and Chemistry 301 A. Reaction kinetics and 
reactor design. Industrial fermentation and 
bioreactor systems. Sterilization techniques. 
Cleaning and passivation. Design of HVAC 
systems. Clean room design. WFI systems; 
Filtration, reverse osmosis and distillation. 
Pharmaceutical facilities, piping, mainte- 
nance, process safety, environmental impact 
and protection. 

484 Pharmaceutical Engineering Lab (2) 
(Formerly EG-GN 484) 

Prerequisites: EG-PH 320 and Chemistry 
301 A. Exploring current techniques in phar- 
maceutical manufacturing and monitoring. 
Including water purification methods and 
WFI systems, steam sterilization, calibration 
of pharmaceutical devices, validation of 
pharmaceutical devices and procedures. 

497 Design Project (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of adviser and 
instructor. Directed independent design 
project. 


ENGINEERING - DIVISION 



DEPARTMENT HEAD 

Chandra S. Putcha 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Engineering 100 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering 

Emphasis in Architectural 
Engineering 

Master of Science in Civil Engineering 

Concentration in Environmental 
Engineering 


FACULTY 

Richard Brock, Pinaki Chakrabarti, Jeff 
Kuo, George Lin, Chandrasekhar Putch, 
Dindial Ramsamooj, Mufid Samara, 
Mahadeva Venkatesan 

advisers 

Undergraduate adviser: Pinaki R. Chakrabarti 
Graduate adviser. Chandra S. Putcha 


INTRODUCTION 

The civil engineering program at CSUF includes the fields of engineering mechanics and 
structural, geotechnical, hydraulic, environmental, construction, transportation, and architectural 
engineering. Modem civil engineering practices rely heavily upon computer-aided analysis and 
design, and students at CSUF use both microcomputers and the mainframe computer. 

“Structural" engineers are designers of buildings, bridges, dams, power plants, offshore struc- 
tures and many other kinds of systems. These engineers determine, usually by computer analy- 
sis, the forces that a structure must resist, the appropriate materials, and the possible structural 
types. Structural engineers usually work with a team that includes architects, mechanical and 
electrical engineers, contractors, and the owner of the project. 

“Engineering Mechanics” courses offered in this department provide strong support for 
research, consulting and teaching in many fields of civil engineering. 

“Geotechnical" engineers analyze the properties of soils and rocks that affect the behavior of 
structures. They evaluate the potential settlements of buildings, the stability of slopes and fills, 
and the effects of earthquakes. They take part in the design and construction of foundations, 
including those of offshore platforms, tunnels and dams. 

“Hydraulic" engineers deal with all aspects of the physical control of water. They work to 
prevent floods, develop irrigation projects, design hydroelectric power systems, manage and train 
rivers, and predict water runoff. 

“Architectural” engineering is a subtle combination of the art of architecture and the science 
of engineering. The architect conceives of structures as an art form, and relies upon the struc- 
tural engineer to translate his concepts of beauty into structural reality. The architectural engineer 
has the training to interact with both architects and engineers or to work on his own in design- 
ing structures that combine both strength and beauty. 

“Construction engineering and management” is a wide ranging specialization that uses both 
technical and management skills to plan and build public and private projects and commercial 
developments. 

“Environmental” engineers are concerned with the design and control of projects related to 
environmentally-sensitive areas (primarily air pollution and hazardous waste management). 

They also regulate and enforce many federal and state laws to control damage to the environ- 
ment. 

“Transportation” engineers are concerned with the planning, design, and control of projects 
related to transportation of people and goods. They also regulate and enforce many federal and 
state laws related to transportation. 

The undergraduate engineering program is designed to impart knowledge of mathematics 
and natural sciences to students so that they learn to use the forces of nature and materials eco- 
nomically while maintaining engineering ethics and high professional standards. 

One of the major objectives of this program is to provide design experience to the 

students gradually from the very beginning years until they graduate, through a variety of 
courses. During this time, they also learn about safety, reliability, ethics and socially sensitive 
problems. 

The graduate engineering program is designed for specialization in the areas of structures, 
engineering mechanics, geotechnology, hydraulics, construction and management and environ- 
mental engineering. 


165 


ENGINEERING - CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CIVIL 
ENGINEERING 

Mathematics and Science Foundation 
Courses (32 units) 

See information under “Division of 
Engineering” section. 

Engineering Core Courses (24 units) 

See information under “Division of 
Engineering” section. 

Upper-Division Writing Requirement 

In addition to the Examination in Writing 
Proficiency which is to be taken as soon as 
60 units are completed, six units from the 
following courses are required and must be 
passed with a grade of C or better. The labo- 
ratory reports are graded on English compo- 
sition as well as content. 

EG-ME 306A Unified Laboratory (1) 

EG-CE 324L Soil Mechanics Laboratory (1) 

EG-CE 32 5L Structural Analysis 
Laboratory (1) 

EG-CE 377 Civil Engineering Materials 
Lab (1) 

EG-CE 428L Engineering Hydraulics Lab (1) 
EG-CE 43 1L Advanced Structural Lab (1) 

EG-CE 463L Precast & Prestressed Concrete 
Design Lab (1) 

EG-CE 465 Planning & Control of 

Engineering Construction Projects (3) 

EG-CE 468 Engineering Construction (3) 
EG-CE 495 Civil Engineering Professional 
Practice (1) 

Required Courses in Civil Engineering 
(38 units) 

EG-EE 203L Electric Circuits Laboratory (1) 
OR 

EG-CE 206 Computer Aided 
Architectural and Civil Engineering 
Drafting (1) 

EG-CE 214 Engineering Surveying (2) 

EG-CE 21 4L Engineering Surveying 
Laboratory (1) 

EG-CE 301 Mechanics of Materials (3) 
EG-CE 324 Soil Mechanics (3) 

EG-CE 324L Soil Mechanics Laboratory (1) 
EG-CE 325 Structural Analysis (3) 

EG-CE 32 5L Structural Analysis 
Laboratory (1) 

EG-CE 330 Computer Applications in Civil 
Engineering (3) 


EG-CE 377 Civil Engineering Materials 
Lab (1) 

EG-CE 408 Reinforced Concrete Design (3) 
EG-CE 418 Foundation Design (3) 

EG-CE 428 Engineering Hydraulics (3) 
EG-CE 428L Engineering Hydraulics Lab (1) 
EG-CE 430 Structural Steel Design (3) 

EG-CE 43 1L Advanced Structural 
Laboratory (1) 

OR EG-CE 463L Precast & Prestressed 
Concrete Design Lab (1) 

EG-CE 494 Design of Civil Engineering 
Structures (3)* 

EG-CE 494L Civil Engineering Structural 
Laboratory (1)* 

EG-CE 495 Civil Engineering Professional 
Practice (1) 

* EG-CE 494 and 494L must be taken 
together. 

Technical Electives in Civil Engineering 
(8 units minimum) 

Before enrolling in any elective course, 
approval of the adviser must be obtained. 
Technical electives must include EG-CE 441 
or 465 or 466 or 468. 

EG-CE 41 1 Structural Dynamics (3) 

EG-CE 43 1L Advanced Structural 
Laboratory (1) OR 

EG-CE 463L Precast and Prestressed 
Concrete Design Lab (1) 

EG-CE 432 Computer-Aided Design in 
Structural Engineering (3) 

EG-CE 435 Design of Hydraulic 
Structures (3) 

EG-CE 436 Engineering Hydrology (3) 
EG-CE 441 Environmental Engineering (3) 

EG-CE 463 Precast and Prestressed Concrete 
Design (3) 

EG-CE 465 Planning and Control of 
Engineering Construction Projects (3) 

EG-CE 466 Public Transit Systems Planning 
and Operations (3) 

EG-CE 468 Engineering Construction (3) 

EG-CE 493 Structural Systems for 
Buildings (3) 

EG-CE 497 Senior Projects (1-3) 

EG-CE 499 Independent Study (1-3) 


166 


ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING 
EMPHASIS 

Mathematics and Science Courses 
(32 units) 

Engineering Core Courses (24 units) 
Required Civil Engineering Core (30 units) 

EG-EE 203L Electric Circuits Laboratory (1) 
OR 

EG-CE 206 Computer-Aided 
Architectural and Civil Engineering 
Drafting (1) 

EG-CE 214 Engineering Surveying (2) 

EG-CE 214L Engineering Surveying 
Laboratory (1) 

EG-CE 301 Mechanics of Materials (3) 
EG-CE 324 Soil Mechanics (3) 

EG-CE 324L Soil Mechanics Laboratory (1) 
EG-CE 325 Structural Analysis (3) 

EG-CE 32 5L Structural Analysis 
Laboratory (1) 

EG-CE 377 Civil Engineering Materials 
Laboratory (1) 

EG-CE 408 Reinforced Concrete Design (3) 
EG-CE 418 Foundation Design (3) 
EG-CE 430 Structural Steel Design (3) 
EG-CE 494 Design of Civil Engineering 
Structures (3)* 

EG-CE 494L Civil Engineering Structural 
Laboratory (1)* 

EG-CE 495 Civil Engineering 
Professional Practice (1) 

* EG-CE 494 and 494L must be taken 
together. 

Core Courses for the Emphasis in 
Architectural Engineering (13 units) 

EG-CE 43 1L Advanced Structural 
Laboratory (1) OR 

EG-CE 463L Precast and Prestressed 
Concrete Design Lab (1) 

EG-CE 432 Computer-Aided Design in 
Structural Engineering (3) 

EG-CE 441 Environmental Engineering (3) 

EG-CE 493 Structural Systems for 
Buildings (3) 

OR EG-CE 463 Precast and Prestressed 
Concrete Design (3) 

EG-CE 496 Architectural Design (3) 


ENGINEERING - CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL 


Technical Electives for the Emphasis in 
Architectural Engineering (3 units) 

EG-CE 465 Planning and Control of 
Engineering Construction Projects (3) 

EG-CE 466 Public Transit Systems Planning 
and Operations (3) 

EG-CE 468 Engineering Construction (3) 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CIVIL 
ENGINEERING 

The Master of Science degree in Civil 
Engineering is intended to meet the needs 
of students who wish to prepare for careers 
in areas such as construction and project 
management, design and analysis of complex 
systems (including structures such as tall 
buildings and bridges), environmental engi- 
neenng, consulting, and research. This 
program also provides excellent preparation 
for doctoral studies. 



The program provides advanced study 
within the area of civil engineering and 
allows students to elect coursework, with 
adviser approval, in the areas of structural 
engineering, hydraulics/hydrology, geotechni- 
cal engineering, engineering mechanics, 
engineering and management or environ- 
mental engineering. 

Graduates from the M.S. program have 
obtained employment in various fields 
including manufacturing, construction, busi- 
ness, education and government. 


Admission Requirements 

To qualify for admission in conditionally 
classified standing, applicants must meet the 
following university and departmental 
requirements: 

1. Bachelor’s degree from a regionally 
accredited institution. 

2. Bachelor’s degree in Civil Engineering 
from an institution accredited by the 
Accreditation Board for Engineering and 
Technology (ABET). 

3. Minimum grade -point -average of 2.5 in 
the last 60 semester units. 

4. Good standing at the last institution 
attended. 

Students meeting the above requirements 
will be admitted to the graduate program in 
Civil Engineering and will be advanced to 
classified standing immediately after filing an 
adviser-approved study plan in the Civil and 
Environmental Engineering Department 
office. 

Students not meeting the above require- 
ments may be admitted at the discretion of 
the department head and will be required to 
take an additional six or more units of 
adviser-approved prerequisite coursework. 
The student must demonstrate potential for 
graduate study by earning a GPA of 3.0 or 
higher in these prerequisite courses. 

Any student entering the Master of 
Science degree program without a B.S. in 
Civil Engineering will also be required to 
complete deficiency courses prior to begin- 
ning coursework for the master’s degree. 

Graduate and postbaccalaureate students 
who do not possess a bachelor’s degree from 
a postsecondary institution where English is 
the principal language of instruction must 
receive a minimum score of 550 on the Test 
of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). 

The Civil and Environmental Engineering 
Department does not require the Graduate 
Record Exam (GRE). 

Classified Standing 

Students meeting the following additional 
requirements will be advanced to classified 
standing and are eligible to take graduate 
courses for which they are qualified. 

1 . Completion of all deficiency work speci- 
fied by the graduate adviser with a grade 
of B or better. 


2. Development of an approved study plan. 
Before completing nine units at CSUF 
toward the M.S. degree, the student must 
meet with an adviser for preparation of 

a study plan which must be approved by 
the department head and Office of 
Graduate Studies. 

3. Fulfillment of the university writing 
requirement prior to completing nine 
units at CSUF toward the M.S. degree. 
Students must demonstrate writing ability 
commensurate with the baccalaureate 
degree by successfully completing one of 
the following: 

A. An upper-division writing require- 
ment at any CSU campus. 

B. An upper-division writing course 
from another university which is 
equivalent to a course satisfying the 
CSUF Upper-Division Writing 
Requirement. Equivalency must be 
certified by the department head. 

C. Cal State Fullerton Examination in 
Writing Proficiency (EWP). 

D. A CSUF upper-division or graduate- 
level course that is certified as meet- 
ing the writing requirement and is 
approved by the department head. 
The grade received must be a C or 
better. 

Study Plan 

The study plan consists of a minimum of 
30 units of adviser-approved upper-division 
or graduate-level coursework which must be 
completed with an overall grade-point average 
of at least 3.0. At least half the units required 
for the degree must be in approved graduate 
(500-level) courses. 

Required Courses (6 units) 

EG-GN 403 Computer Methods in 
Numerical Analysis (3) and an additional 
adviser-approved math-oriented course (3) 
or six units adviser-approved electives. 

Concentration Courses (15 units) 

A student is required to select a minimum 
of 15 units in Civil Engineering. These units 
may be 400-level (subject to approval by the 
department head) and 500-level courses and 
are selected according to the student’s areas 
of interest. Coursework may focus on the fol- 
lowing areas: Engineering Mechanics, Geo- 
technical Engineering, Flydraulics/Hydrology, 
Structural Engineering, and Construction 


167 


ENGINEERING - CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL 



466 Public Transit Systems Planning 
and Operations (3) 

Prerequisite: senior standing in Civil 
Engineering. Urban passenger transportation 
modes, paratransit, special modes, vehicles 
characteristics and motion, highway transit 
mode, rail transit mode new concepts, transit 
system performance (capacity, productivity, 
efficiency and utilization, organization and 
financing). 

468 Engineering Construction (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-CE 408 or equivalent. 
Corequisite: EG-CE 418. Engineering con- 
struction planning equipment and methods. 
Construction management. Critical path 
method. Construction of buildings, bridges, 
highways, foundations and dams. Consider- 
ation for safety and reliability. 

48 1 Solid Waste Technology and 
Management (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-CE 441 or equivalent. 
Process dynamics and kinetics; thermal, 
physical, chemical and biological treatment 
operations; immobilization process; residual 
management and treatment process train 
selection. 

482 Liquid Waste Technology and 
Management (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-CE 441 or equivalent. 
Process dynamics; reactions and kinetics; 
reactor engineering and process design; pre- 
treatment operations and physical, chemical 
and biological treatment operations; residual 
management and treatment process train 
selection. 

493 Structural Systems for Buildings (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-CE 408 or 430. 
Corequisite: EG-CE 418. Building structural 
concepts and systems and their behavior 
under loads. Foundation systems. Roof, floor, 
wall systems. Construction safety and cost 
considerations. Design project to standards 
of professional practice. Use of latest building 
codes and standards and computer applica- 
tion. (2 hours lecture and 3 hours laboratory) 

494 Design of Civil Engineering 
Structures (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-CE 408 and 430. 
Corequisites: EG-CE 418 and 494L. Timber, 
reinforced masonry, reinforced concrete and 
steel design. Use of Uniform Building Code 
and standards. Design of buildings and 
bridges. Design projects to standards of 


professional practice. Reliability, safety and 
cost consideration. Computer application. 

(2 hours lecture; 3 hours laboratory) 

494 L Civil Engineering Structural 
Laboratory (1) 

Corequisite: EG-CE 494. Design of 
bridges according to AASHTO code. Design 
project to the standards of professional prac- 
tice. (3 hours laboratory) 

495 Civil Engineering Professional 
Practice (1) 

Prerequisite: senior standing. Discussion 
of civil engineering as a profession and the 
civil engineer as a professional. Career oppor- 
tunities in private sectors and government. 
Office and field practice. Professional growth 
and development. Project management. 
Business management and opportunities. 
Ethics and aesthetics. Case studies. 

496 Architectural Design (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-CE 408 or 430 or senior 
standing or consent of instructor and depart- 
ment head. History of architectural design. 
Systems based design process: aesthetic, 
functional, environmental, and behavioral 
aspects. Urban planning and design. Case 
studies. Architectural design project to the 
standards of professional practice. 

497 Senior Projects (1-3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing in engineer- 
ing and formal approval by adviser and 
department head. Independent design pro- 
jects. Formal report to be submitted after 
completion of project work. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing in engineer- 
ing and formal approval by adviser and 
department head. Special topics in civil 
engineering. Formal report to be submitted 
after completion of independent study. 

501 Analytical Methods for the Design of 
Civil Engineering Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing or equiva- 
lent. Application of linear and dynamic 
programming principles to the design of 
pipelines, irrigation systems, water-resources 
and traffic-flow control problems. Probabilistic 
network analysis. First order and advanced 
first order second moment reliability 
methods. Probabilistic design. 


170 


509 Theory of Plates and Shells (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-ME 438 or equivalent. 
Theory of thin plates subjected to transverse 
loads. Analysis of plates of circular, rectangu- 
lar and other shapes. Theory of thin shells. 
Shells of revolution. Shells of translation. 

510 The Finite Element Method (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-CE 517 and 533 or 
equivalent. Formulation of finite elements for 
analysis of plane stress and strain problems, 
axisymmetric bodies, plates and shells. 
Conforming and non-conforming shape 
functions. Computer applications to complex 
structural systems under static and dynamic 
loads. 

515 Geo-Environmental Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-CE 436 or equivalent. 
Geo-environmental properties and soil action 
related to problems encountered in waste 
management engineering, physico-chemical 
soil properties, shear strength as applied to 
landfill design and lateral earth pressures on 
braced excavation; contaminant migration 
and partitioning in unsaturated soils. 

517 Theory of Elasticity (3) 

Prerequisite. EG-ME 438 or equivalent. 
Analysis of stress and strain. Equations of 
elasticity. Extension, torsion and flexure of 
beams. Two-dimensional elastostatic prob- 
lems. Variational methods and energy 
theorems. Elementary three-dimensional 
elastostatic problems. Introduction to 
thermoelasticity and wave propagation. 

532 Earthquake Engineering (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-CE 411 and 533 or 
equivalent. Earthquake motions; response 
spectra; computational methods and com- 
puter applications for response of structural 
systems. Energy absorption capacity of 
materials and structural components. Soil 
structure interaction. Seismic design and 
evaluation of current building codes. 

533 Matrix Methods of Structural 
Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-CE 325 and EG-GN 
403. Matrix formulation of structural analysis 
using the direct stiffness approach. Comparison 
of flexibility and stiffness approaches. Com- 
puter aided analysis of complex structural 
systems under static and dynamic loads. 
Stability analysis. Introduction to the finite 
element method. 


ENGINEERING - CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL 


534 Construction Methods and 
Equipment for Buildings (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-CE 408 and 430. 
Methods and equipment for construction of 
high-rise buildings, space structures, folded 
plates, shells, and suspension systems. 
Modularization. Quality control and con- 
struction failures. 

537 Groundwater and Seepage (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-CE 436 or equivalent. 
Equations governing flow of liquid in porous 
media. Seepage through dams and under 
structures, flow in confined and unconfined 
aquifers, steady and unsteady flow, well fields, 
flow nets, computer solutions, sea water 
intrusion, recharge, groundwater pollution. 

538 Construction Methods and 
Equipment for Heavy Construction 
Engineering (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-CE 408 and 418. 
Methods and equipment for construction 
of foundations, highways, airfields, bridges, 
ports, harbors, dams, nuclear power plants 
and industrial facilities. Quality control and 
construction failures. 

539 Preconstruction Design Evaluation (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-CE 534 or equivalent. 
Cost benefit, preconstruction scheduling, and 
constructibility modifications in design, spec- 
ifications and construction methods. Value 
Engineering. 

540 New Technology & Innovations in 
Construction Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-CE 534 or 538 or equiv- 
alent. Automation and robotics in construc- 
tion. New materials, construction equipment 
and methods for construction of dams, high- 
ways, and buildings. Latest computer appli- 
cations in construction. 

546 Coastal Engineering (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-CE 418 and EG-CE 436 
or equivalent. To introduce theories and 
applications in coastal engineering, coastal 
hydrodynamics, coastal development, plan- 
ning of ports, and conceptual engineering 
design, tide, wave, wind, currents, littoral 
drift, beach erosion and sedimentation, coastal 
geomorphology. Port planning, location, design 
factors and engineering features. Preparation 
of construction, dredging, anchoring and 
dewatering. Effect of coastal engineering on 
environment. 


549 Theory of Elastic Stability (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-CE 509, 517 or equiva- 
lent. Critical buckling loads of columns, 
beam-columns, frames, plates, and shells. 
Lateral stability of beams. Torsional buckling 
of open wall sections. 

550 Major Commercial Project 
Development and Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Any 400-level Management 
course approved by the Civil and Environ- 
mental Engineering Department Head. Process 
of major commercial project development; 
macroeconomics aspects; project initiation 
and implementation, construction manage- 
ment systems, schedule, cost and quality 
control, control of long-lead equipment and 
materials, construction disputes and claims, 
case studies. 

556 Construction Cost Control, 
Scheduling and Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-CE 465 or 468 or equiv- 
alent. Systems approach for estimating, 
scheduling, cost comparison, risk analysis 
and cost control. Project feasibility studies 
and alternative approaches. Project control, 
baseline establishment, cost and claim 
management. 

557 Total Cost Management of Capital 
Projects (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-CE 465 or equivalent. 
Management and cost control of large capital 
projects. Capital cost estimation, value pre- 
diction and control, cost and schedule 
control and management of meg 3 projects. 

559 Environmental and Public 

Transportation Regulations (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-CE 441 or equivalent. 
Environmental regulations, clean air act, 
intermodal surface transportation efficiency 
act of 1991, Federal Transit Administration 
project planning guidelines, planning for 
public transit and environmental require- 
ment, development of required environ- 
mental documents; procedure for major 
investment studies, future of public trans- 
portation. Project. 


563 Advanced Prestressed and 

Reinforced Concrete Design (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-CE 408 or 463. 
Prestressed concrete theory. Continuous pre- 
stressed concrete members, flat plate systems, 
virendeel systems, application of unbonded 
postensioning-Theory and design. Yield line 
theory, limit analysis and cracking of con- 
crete. Design of prestressed dome roof, barrel 
shell and hyperbolic paraboloid shell. Design 
project to standards of professional practice. 
Computer application. 

566 Design of Tall Buildings (4) 

Prerequisite: EG-CE 408 or 430; EG-CE 
533 or equivalent. Characteristics, design 
criteria and safety provisions of tall buildings. 
Selection, optimization and analysis of 
framing systems. Design standards, con- 
structability, wind and seismic considera- 
tions. Design project to the standards of 
professional practice. Computer application. 

575 Expert Systems in Construction 
Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: any 400-level Management 
course approved by the Civil and Environ- 
mental Engineering Department Head. 
Expert systems and artificial intelligence 
techniques in construction engineering; 
expert systems for: safety evaluation of struc- 
tures during construction, site selection, 
construction decision making, and construc- 
tion schedule analysis; project monitoring; 
claims and disputes. 

597 Project (1-6) 

Prerequisites: classified graduate status 
and formal approval of Civil Engineering 
Graduate Committee, graduate adviser and 
department head. 

598 Thesis (1-6) 

Prerequisites: classified graduate status 
and formal approval of Civil Engineering 
Graduate Committee, graduate adviser, and 
department head. (Maximum of 3 units per 
semester) 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: classified graduate status 
and formal approval of Civil Engineering 
Graduate Committee, graduate adviser, and 
department head. 


171 


ENGINEERING - CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL 



DEPARTMENT HEAD 

David Cheng 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Engineering 100A 


INTRODUCTION 

The Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering is accredited by the Accreditation 
Board for Engineering and Technology. The electrical engineering program provides the students 
with the basic and advanced topics in the areas of design and analysis of VLSI and electronic 
circuits, design and analysis of computer architecture, microprocessors, communication systems, 
signal processing and control systems. This program develops an ability to apply design and 
analysis knowledge to the practice of electrical engineering in an effective and professional 
manner. This knowledge can be applied to various engineering practices in aerospace, computer, 
electrical, electronics and other applied fields. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

See “Division of Engineering" section of this catalog for requirements in mathematics and 
science foundation courses (33 units), engineering core courses (24 units) and general education 
coursework. 

In addition, EG-EE 203 and 303 must be completed. 


PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Science in Electrical 
Engineering 

Master of Science in Electrical 
Engineering 

Option in Systems Engineering 

FACULTY 

Maqsood Ahmed Chaudhry, David 
Cheng, John Clymer, George Cohn, Shahin 
Ghazanshahi, Mohinder Grewal, Karim 
Hamidian, Hassan Hamidi-Hashemi, Young 
Kwon, Chennareddy Reddy, Mostafa Shiva, 
Fleur Tehrani, Jesus Tuazon 

ADVISERS 

Undergraduate program adviser: 

David Cheng 

Graduate program coordinator: 

Jesus Tuazon 

Graduate admissions: 

David Cheng 

All department full-time faculty serve as 
advisers; see electrical engineering bulletin 
board for names, office hours and room 
numbers. 


Upper-Division Writing Requirement 

In addition to the Examination in Writing Proficiency (EWP), all of the following courses are 
required to fulfill the upper-division English writing requirement: 

EG-EE 303L Electronics Laboratory (1) 

EG-ME 306A Unified Laboratory (1) 

EG-EE 310L Electronic Circuits Laboratory (2) 

EG-EE 485 Electrical Engineering Design Projects Laboratory (3) 

OR EG-EE 407L Digital Computer Design Lab (3) 

Written work for these courses must meet professional standards. All these courses must be 
passed with at least a C grade. 

Required Courses in Electrical Engineering (34 units) 

Enrollment in these courses is limited to students who meet the prerequisites. 

EG-EE 203L Electric Circuits Lab (1) 

EG-EE 245 Computer Logic & Architecture (3) 

EG-EE 24 5L Computer Logic and Architecture Lab (2) 

EG-EE 303 Electronics (3) 

EG-EE 303L Electronics Lab (1) 

EG-EE 309 Network Analysis (3) 

EG-EE 310 Electronic Circuits (3) 

EG-EE 31 0L Electronic Circuits Lab (2) 

EG-EE 311 Field Theory and Transmission Lines (3) 

EG-EE 313 Introduction to Electromechanics (3) 

EG-EE 323 Engineering Probability and Statistics (3) 

EG-EE 370 Seminar in Electrical Engineering (1) 


172 


ENGINEERING - ELECTRICAL 



EG-EE 407L Digital Computer Design 
Lab (3) 

OR EG-EE 485 Electrical Engineering Design 
Projects Lab (3) 

EG-EE 409 Introduction to Linear 
Systems (3) 

Note: EG-EE 203 and 303 must be passed 
with at least a C grade. 

Technical Electives in Electrical 
Engineering (11 units) 

Before enrolling in any elective course, 
approval of the adviser must be obtained. At 
least 3.5 units of design content must be 
included. Senior project, EG-EE 497 (1-3), 
and Independent Study, EG-EE 499 (1-3), are 
elective courses; the student must complete a 
study application form and submit it for 
approval to the supervising faculty member 
and the department head prior to the semes- 
ter in which the course work is to begin. 


VLSI and Electronic Circuits 

EG-EE 404 Intro to Microprocessors and 
Microcomputers (3) 

EG-EE 404L Microprocessor Laboratory (1) 
EG-EE 410 Electro-Optical Systems (3) 
EG-EE 442 Electronic Circuits (3) 

EG-EE 445 Digital Electronics (3) 

EG-EE 448 Digital Systems Design and 
VHDL (3) 

EG-EE 455 Solid State Electronics (3) 
EG-EE 465 Introduction to VLSI Design (3) 


Communication Systems and Signal Processing 

EG-EE 404 Introduction to Microprocessors 
and Microcomputers (3) 

EG-EE 410 Electro-Optical Systems (3) 

EG-EE 420 Introduction to Digital 
Filtering (3) 

EG-EE 442 Electronic Circuits (3) 

EG-EE 443 Electronic Communication 
Systems (3) 

EG-EE 448 Digital Systems Design and 
VHDL (3) 

EG-EE 480 Engineering Optics (3) 

EG-EE 483 Introduction to Global 
Positioning Systems (GPS) (3) 

EG-EE 483L Global Positioning Systems 
Lab (2) 

Control Systems 

EG-EE 31 3L Power Laboratory (1) 

EG-EE 404 Introduction to 
Microprocessors and 
Microcomputers (3) 

EG-EE 416 Feedback Control 
Systems (3) 

EG-EE 420 Introduction to 
Digital Filtering (3) 

EG-EE 424 Computer Simulation 
of Continuous Systems (3) 

EG-EE 425 Introduction to 
Systems Engineering (3) 

EG-EE 483 Introduction to 
Global Positioning Systems 
(GPS) (3) 

Computer Engineering 

EG-EE 307 Digital Computer 
Architecture & Design I (3) 

EG-GN 403 Computer Methods in 
Numerical Analysis (3) 

EG-EE 404 Introduction to Microprocessors 
and Microcomputers (3) 

EG-EE 404L Microprocessor Lab (1) 

EG-EE 405 Firmware Engineering (3) 

EG-EE 407L Digital Computer Design 
Lab (3) 

EG-EE 412 Digital Computer Architecture 
and Design II (3) 

EG-EE 414 Introduction to Parallel 
Processing (3) 


EG-EE 425 Introduction to Systems 
Engineering (3) 

EG-EE 445 Digital Electronics (3) 

EG-EE 448 Digital Systems Design with 
VHDL (3) 

EG-EE 455 Solid State Electronics (3) 

EG-EE 465 Introduction to VLSI Design (3) 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN 
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

To qualify for admission in conditionally 
classified standing, applicants must meet the 
following university and departmental 
requirements: 

1 . Bachelor’s degree from a regionally 
accredited institution. 

2. Bachelor’s degree in an engineering 
program which is accredited by the 
Accreditation Board for Engineering and 
Technology (ABET). 

3. Good standing at the last institution 
attended. 

4. Minimum GPA of 2.75 in the last 60 
semester units and 3.0 in the last 15 units 
of electrical engineering courses 
attempted. 

Students with grade deficiencies, degrees 
from non-ABET accredited universities, or 
undergraduate majors other than Electrical 
Engineering may be considered for condi- 
tional admission. However, any deficiencies 
must be made up prior to advancing to classi- 
fied standing and prior to beginning course 
work for the master’s degree. Requirements 
for fulfilling deficiencies include a minimum 
of six units of adviser-approved course work. 
Deficiencies must be completed with 
minimum 2.5 GPA and with at least 2.75 
GPA in the last nine deficiency units. 

Each applicant file will be reviewed by 
the department graduate admissions adviser. 
Upon admission, the applicant is urged to 
make an appointment wdth the graduate 
program coordinator. The program coordina- 
tor will assign a faculty adviser based on the 
student’s areas of interest and career objectives. 

Classified Standing 

A student who meets the above require- 
ments for admission to conditionally classi- 
fied standing may be granted classified 
standing contingent upon: 



173 


ENGINEERING - ELECTRICAL 


1. Completion of all required deficiency 
course work. 

2. Fulfillment of the university writing 
requirement. Students with degrees from 
American universities must show proof 
of meeting an upper-division writing 
requirement, pass the EWP, or complete 
ENGLISH 301 or 360. Students who 
have degrees from foreign universities 
must pass the Examination in Writing 
Proficiency (EWP) or complete ENGLISH 
301 or 360 with a grade of C or better. 

3. Development and approval of a study 
plan prior to completing nine units 
toward the 30-unit degree requirement. 

Students must meet with a faculty adviser 
to set up a study plan. Classification is not 
granted until the study plan is approved by 
the faculty adviser, the department head, and 
the Office of Graduate Studies. Any subse- 
quent changes to the study plan must have 
prior written approval by the faculty adviser 
and department head. 

Study Plan 

The study plan consists of a minimum of 
30 units adviser-approved upper-division and 
graduate-level course work which must be 
completed with an overall grade-point average 
of at least 3.0. At least half the units required 
for the degree must be in approved graduate 
(500-level) courses. 

Required Courses (6 units) 

EG-GN 403 Computer Methods in 
Numerical Analysis (3) 

Additional adviser-approved math-oriented 
course (3) 

Concentration Courses (15 units) 

A student is required to select a minimum 
of 1 5 units in Electrical Engineering. These 
units may be 400-level and 500-level courses 
and are selected according to the student’s 
area of interest. Course work may focus on 
the following areas: Communications Systems/ 
Signal Processing, Computer Engineering, 
Control Systems, Microelectronics and 
Circuit Theory, Electromagnetic Field Theory 
and Optics and Systems Engineering. 
Graduate Project, EG-EE 597 (1-3), and 
Thesis, EG-EE 598 (6), are considered 
concentration courses. 


Other Courses (9 units) 

Elective units should be taken in 
Electrical Engineering or a related engineer- 
ing field and are subject to adviser approval. 

Exam/Thesis/Project Option 

Subject to approval by the faculty adviser, 
students may select one of the following 
options for final review by the department 
graduate committee: 

1. Satisfactory completion of a final oral 
comprehensive examination on course- 
work OR 

2. Satisfactory completion of a formal 
project EG-EE 597 (3 units) and a final 
oral comprehensive examination on 
coursework OR 

3. Satisfactory completion and oral defense 
of a thesis EG-EE 598 (6 units). 

A typed draft of the thesis or project report 
must be submitted to the student’s thesis or 
project committee no later than four weeks 
prior to the last day of the semester in which 
the oral defense of the thesis or project report 
is scheduled. 

The thesis or project committee consists 
of a minimum of three members of the 
Electrical Engineering faculty. The thesis 
should cover original research and be pre- 
pared according to the university guidelines. 
Committee questions will be directed in part 
toward defense of the project report and in 
part toward an oral examination related to 
coursework. Guidelines for the preparation 
of theses and formal reports are available in 
the Electrical Engineering Department office 
and the university Graduate Studies office. 

Students requesting Graduate Project (EG- 
EE 597), Thesis (EG-EE 598) or Independent 
Study (EG-EE 599) must complete a study 
application form and submit it for approval 
to the supervising faculty member and 
department head prior to the semester in 
which the course work is to begin. 

Advancement to Candidacy 

Advancement to candidacy requires that • 
the student file a graduation check prior to 
the beginning of the final semester (see class 
schedule for deadlines). Completion of require- 
ments for the degree include a minimum GPA 
of 3.0 on all study plan course work, success- 
ful completion of a comprehensive examina- 
tion or oral defense of a thesis or project, and 
recommendation by the Electrical Engineering 
faculty and Office of Graduate Studies. 


174 


MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ELECTRICAL 
ENGINEERING OPTION IN SYSTEMS 
ENGINEERING 

Students seeking this option must meet 
the same requirements as the program in 
Electrical Engineering. In addition students 
selecting the systems engineering option will 
be required to include the following five 
courses in their study plans: 

EG-EE 580 Analysis of Random Signals (3) 
EG-EE 581 Theory of Linear Systems (3) 
EG-EE 582 Linear Estimation Theory (3) 

EG-EE 585 Optimization Techniques in 
Systems Engineering (3) 

EG-EE 587 Operational Analysis Techniques 
in Systems Engineering (3) 

The remainder of the systems engineering 
study plan will include other engineering 
courses with an emphasis in a particular field 
such as information systems, control theory, 
computer systems, civil or mechanical engi- 
neering applications. Students possessing 
a Bachelor of Science in Engineering may 
elect to include up to nine units from 
approved subjects offered by the College of 
Business Administration and Economics as 
a part of their study plan. 

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING COURSES 

Courses are designated as EGEE in the 
class schedule. 

203 Electric Circuits (3) 

Prerequisites. Physics 226; Math 250A; 
Prerequisite or corequisite: EG-GN 205. 
Units; Ohm’s and Kirchhoff’s laws; mesh and 
nodal analysis, superposition; Thevenin and 
Norton theorems; RL and RC transients; 
phasors and steady state sinusoidal analysis; 
response as a function of frequency; current, 
voltage, and power relationships; polyphase 
circuits. (203=CAN ENGR 12; 
203+203L=CAN ENGR 6) 

203L Electric Circuits Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: EG-EE 203. 
Electrical measurement techniques; verifica- 
tion of basic circuit laws for resistive, RL, 
and RC circuits. (3 hours laboratory) 
(203+203L=CAN ENGR 6) 

241 Low-Level Language Systems (3) 

(Same as Computer Science 241) 


ENGINEERING - ELECTRICAL 


245 Computer Logic and Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-GN 205 or equivalent. 
Logic design and organization of the major 
components of computer, analysis and syn- 
thesis of combinational and sequential logics, 
analysis of the arithmetic, memory control 
and I/O units, concepts in computer control. 

245L Computer Logic and Architecture 
Lab (2) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: EG-EE 245. 
Digital logic circuits; decoders, counters, 
serial and parallel adders, control circuits 
(1 hour lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

303 Electronics (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 227 and EG-EE 203. 
Corequisite: EG-EE 203L. Characteristics and 
elementary applications of semiconductor 
diodes, field-effect transistors and bipolar- 
junction transistors, and operational ampli- 
fiers; mid-frequency small-signal analysis 
and design of transistors. 

303L Electronics Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 203L, 323 and 
English 101. Corequisite: EG-EE 303. 
Experimental study of semiconductor 
diodes, transistors, and analysis and design 
of elementary electronic circuits. (3 hours 
laboratory) 

309 Network Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 203 and EG-GN 
308. Prerequisite or corequisite: EG-EE 203L. 
Performance of RLC circuits; complex fre- 
quency and the s-plane; frequency response 
and resonance; network topology; two-port 
network characterization; classical filter 
theory. 

310 Electronic Circuits (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 303 and 309. 
Continuation of 303, analysis and design of 
multistage and feedback amplifiers; frequency 
characteristics of amplifiers, frequency char- 
acteristics and stability of feedback amplifiers, 
differential amplifiers, design of IC circuit 
biasing, operational amplifiers and their 
applications. 

310L Electronic Circuits Lab (2) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 303L. Prerequisite or 
corequisite: EG-EE 310. Single, multistage 
and feedback amplifiers; linear and digital 
integrated circuits, ADC and DAC design 
project. (3 hours laboratory, 1 hour lecture) 


311 Field Theory and Transmission 
Lines (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 203, Physics 226 
and Math 250B. Electrostatics and magneto- 
statics; boundary value problems; magnetic 
materials and the magnetic circuit; magnetic 
induction; Maxwell’s equations and the for- 
mulation of circuit concepts; transmission 
lines. 

313 Introduction to Electromechanics (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 309 and 311. 
Electromagnetic fields and circuits; trans- 
formers, saturation effects. Simple electro- 
mechanical systems. Circuit models, terminal 
characteristics and applications of DC and 
AC machines. 

313L Power Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 303L. Prerequisite 
or corequisite: EG-EE 313. Experiments in 
electromagnetic fields and circuits, transform- 
ers, and electromechanical systems such as 
AC and DC machines (3 hours laboratory) 

323 Engineering Probability and 
Statistics (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 250A. Set theory: 
axiomatic foundation of probability; random 
variables; probability distribution and density 
functions; joint, conditional, and marginal 
distributions; expected values; distribution 
of functions of random variables; central limit 
theorem; estimation. 

370 Seminar in Electrical Engineering (1) 

Prerequisite: senior standing in engineer- 
ing. The engineering profession, professional 
ethics, and related topics. 

404 Introduction to Microprocessors and 
Microcomputers (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 245L. Hardware and 
software concepts in microprocessors, 
processor family chips, system architecture, 
CPU, input/output devices, interrupts and 
DMA, memory (ROM, RAM), electrical and 
timing characteristics, assembly language 
programming. 

404L Microprocessor Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 245L. Prerequisite or 
corequisite: EG-EE 404. I/O interfacing with 
a microprocessor system; familiarization with 
the operating system, assembler, debugger 
and emulator; design of keyboard, LCO 
display, RS 232, D/A converter, A/D converter 
and floppy disk interfaces. (3 hours laboratory) 


406 Design Applications with 
Microcontroller and FPGA (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 245 and 245L. Digital 
system application design using microcon- 
trollers, FPGAs and CPLDs including pro- 
gramming hardware interfacing, A/D 
conversion, CLB, logic arrays, interconnec- 
tions, testing and simulations 

407 Digital Computer Architecture and 
Design I (3) (Formerly 307) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 245L. Organization 
and design of major components of a digital 
computer including arithmetic, memory, 
input, output and control units. Integration 
of units into a system and simulation by 
a computer design language. 

407L Digital Computer Design 

Laboratory (3) (Formerly 307L) 

Prerequisites: EGEE 303L, 245L, and 307. 
Design and implementation of a small digital 
computer; adders, arithmetic unit, control 
unit, memory control unit, memory unit and 
program unit. May be taken in lieu of EGEE 
485. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory). 

409 Introduction to Linear Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 309. Development 
of time and frequency domain models for 
physical systems. The linearization process 
and representation with block diagrams and 
signal flow graphs; discrete-time systems and 
digital signals including use of Z-transforms; 
stability theory of continuous and discrete 
time systems. 

410 Electro-Optical Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 311. Introduction to 

electro-optics; optical radiation characteristics 
and sources; geometrical and physical optics; 
lasers and electro-optical modulation; 
quantum and thermal optical radiation detec- 
tors; detector performance analysis; electro- 
optical systems modeling and analysis; 
application examples. 

412 Digital Computer Architecture and 
Design II (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 307. Modem archi- 
tectures of computer systems, their CPU 
structure, memory hierarchies and I/O 
processors; conventional and micropro- 
grammed control; high-speed and pipelined 
ALU; cache, virtual and interleaved memo- 
ries, DMA, interrupts and priority. 


ENGINEERING - ELECTRICAL 


414 Introduction to Parallel Processing (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 307. Parallel process- 
ing concepts; architectures and interconnec- 
tion networks for parallel processing, memory 
organization, input/output considerations, 
and hardware issues in parallel processing; 
parallel processing system design and appli- 
cations; comparison of representative parallel 
processing systems. 

416 Feedback Control Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 409. Feedback 
control system characteristics; stability in the 
frequency domain; analysis and design of 
continuous-time systems using root-locus, 
Bode and Nyquist plots and Nichols chart. 

420 Introduction to Digital Filtering (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 409. Discrete-time 
signals and systems; solution of difference 
equations; Fourier transform for a sequence; 
Z-transform; discrete Fourier transform; FIR 
and HR realizations; design of digital filters. 

424 Computer Simulation of Continuous 
Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-GN 205 and 308. Use 
the digital computer for simulation of physi- 
cal systems modeled by ordinary differential 
equations; problem formulation, in-depth 
analysis of two integration methods, and the 
use of a general purpose system simulation 
program such as CSSL. 

425 Introduction to Systems 
Engineering (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 245, EG-EE 323 or 
Computer Science 240 and Math 338 for 
Computer Science majors. Introduction to 
systems engineering analysis and the systems 
approach; introduction to modeling, opti- 
mization, design and control; systems require- 
ments analysis; analytical and computational 
solution methods; information processing; 
integrated systems. 

430 Fuzzy Logic and Control (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 409. Fuzzy logic and 
systems; comparison of classical sets, rela- 
tions, and operators with fuzzy sets, relations 
and operators; fuzzy arithmetic and transfor- 
mations; classical predicate logic and reason- 
ing versus fuzzy logic and approximate 
reasoning. Applications to rule-based systems 
and control systems. 


442 Electronic Circuits (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 310. Power amplifiers 
and tuned amplifiers; RF amplifiers; modula- 
tion and detection circuits; oscillators; and 
operational amplifier applications. 

443 Electronic Communication 
Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 310 and 323 or 
equivalent. Pnnciples of amplitude, angular 
and pulse modulation, representative com- 
munication systems, the effects of noise on 
system performance. 

445 Digital Electronics (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 303 and 245. RC 
circuits, attenuators, compensation and scope 
probe. Logic circuits: DTL, TTL, STTL, 

LSTTL and ECL. Fanout, noise-immunity, 
switching speed, power consumption, input- 
output characteristics. Design and analysis 
of MOS logic circuits. PMOS, NMOS and 
CMOS gates, flip-flops, shift registers and 
memory circuits. 

448 Digital Systems Design and VHDL (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 303 and 245. Basic 
concepts and characteristics of digital 
systems, traditional logic design, LSI/VLSI 
logic design, combinational and sequential 
logic, and their applications; timing and 
control, race conditions and noise, micro- 
computers, computer-aided programming, 
development systems, microcomputer system 
hardware design, input/output devices. 

455 Solid State Electronics (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 303 and 311. 
Quantum mechanical principles, atomic 
structure, crystal structure, crystal defect 
and diffusion, lattice vibration and phonons, 
energy band theory, charge transport phe- 
nomena, free electron theory of metal, 
intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, 
p-n junction theory, transistor theory. 

460 Introduction to Cellular Mobile 
Communications Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 443. Introduction to 
wireless mobile telecommunications, descrip- 
tion and analysis or cellular radio systems, 
co-channel interference reduction, channel 
capacity 7 and digital cellular systems. 


465 Introduction to VLSI Design (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 245 and 303. 
Computer aided design of VLSI circuits. 

MOS device structure, design rules, layout 
examples, CMOS standard cells. Speed power 
trade off, scaling, device and circuit simula- 
tion. VLSI design software tools. Routing 
method system design, Design Project. Chip 
fabrication through MOS1S service, testing. 

480 Engineering Optics (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 311 or Physics 227. 
Engineering aspects of the optics of planar 
interfaces; geometrical optics of devices; 
interference of beams at parallel interfaces; 
linear system transforms; diffraction, polariza- 
tion, coherence; practical optical elements; 
laboratory demonstrations and significant 
coverage of engineering applications. 

483 Introduction to Global Positioning 
Systems (GPS) (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 409, 232, 308. 
Description of Global Positioning System 
(GPS) and Differential Global Positioning 
Systems (DGPS), GPS navigation, errors. 
Satellite signals and co-ordinate transform 
math. Modeling for position and velocity. 
Application to navigation. 

483L Global Positioning System Lab 2 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 483. Use and descrip- 
tion of Novatel, Magelon, Ahstek, Collins and 
Tribel receivers. Computation of GPS and 
GEO stationary satellite positions from 
ephemeris data available on almanac. Errors 
such as selective availability, ionospheric, 
tropospheric, satellite ad receiver will be 
calculated and compensated in the data. 

485 Electrical Engineering Design 

Projects Laboratory (3) (Formerly 385) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 310L. Learn the practi- 
cal aspects of design and project construction. 
Select an instructor approved design project 
in electrical engineering. Use CAD program 
for schematic capture and simulation. Construct 
the final hardware according to the design 
specification. Complete a performance evalu- 
ation and demonstrate the final product. 

(1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory). 


ENGINEERING - ELECTRICAL 


497 Senior Project (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of adviser and 
instructor. Directed independent design 
project. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: approval of study plan by 
adviser. Specialized topics in engineering 
selected in consultation with and completed 
under the supervision of the instructor. May 
be repeated for credit. 

503 Information Theory and Coding (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 323. Information 
measures, probabilistic studies of the trans- 
mission and encoding of information, 
Shannon’s fundamental theorems, coding 
for noisy channels. 

504A Linear Network Synthesis (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 310. Synthesis of 
passive element driving-point and transfer- 
functions with emphasis on RC networks. 
Basic operational amplifier RC circuits and 
their performance limitations, introduction 
to second-order RC active filters. Parameter 
sensitivity analysis. 

507 Detection Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 580. Formulation of 
decision rules for the detection of signals in 
a noisy environment, optimum receivers. 
Estimation of parameters of detected signals. 
Estimation theory. 

510 Optics & Electromagnetics in 
Communications (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 480. Plane-wave 
propagation and reflection from multiple 
layers; two- and three-dimensional boundary 
value problems; waveguides and resonant 
cavities; radiation from apertures and anten- 
nas; electromagnetic properties of materials, 
gases, and plasmas; significant coverage of 
engineering applications. 

518 Digital Signal Processing I (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 420. Discrete Fourier 
transform; fast Fourier transform; Chirp Z- 
transform; discrete time random signals; 
floating-point arithmetic; quantization, finite 
word length effect in digital filters; spectral 
analysis and power spectrum estimation. 


519A Hypercube Multiprocessing and 
Applications (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 412. The system 
architecture and application of hypercubes; 
the node processor, floating point accelerator, 
communication circuits, synchronization, 
routing and message-passing algorithms, 
process decomposition and load balancing, 
a hands-on parallel programming experience 
on Hypercube Parallel Processing System. 

519B Multiprocessing and Computer 
Networks (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 519A. Advanced 
topics in computer architecture design to 
increase computing through-put and effi- 
ciency through multiprocessing, distributed 
processing, array and pipeline processors, 
and computer networks. 

522 Spread Spectrum Communications (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 443 and 580. 
Introduction to Spread Spectrum (SS) 
Systems. Performance analysis of coherent 
digital signaling schemes. Synchronization. 
Direct sequence, frequency hopping, time 
hopping, and Hybrid Spread Spectrum 
Modulations. Binary shift register sequences. 
Code tracking loops. Performance of SS 
systems in a jamming environment, with 
forward error correction. 

523A VLSI Technology and Integrated 
Circuits (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 465 or equivalent. 
Solid-state physics of silicon crystal, oxide 
and interface physics. Wafer fabrication tech- 
nologies: oxidation, diffusion, ion implanta- 
tion, epilaxy, thin film process, photolitho- 
graphy, layout design principles for integrated 
circuits. Bipolar technology and design rules. 

523B Very Large-Scale Integrated 
Circuits (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 465 or equivalent 
and EG-EE 445. Design and analysis of VLSI 
circuits. MOS device physics. Short channel 
effect, LDD device. PMOS, NMOS, and 
CMOS circuits. Fabrication process and 
design rules. Latch-up problem. CMOS static 
and dynamic circuit. CAD design. 

526 Digital Control Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 416. Analysis, design 
and implementation of digital control systems; 
Z-transform methods; frequency domain and 
state-space approach for discrete-time systems. 


527 Fault Diagnosis and Fault-Tolerant 
Design (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 307. Fault diagnosis 
and fault-tolerant design of digital systems; 
fault diagnosis test for combinational and 
sequential circuits, reliability calculations, 
multiple hardware redundancy, error detec- 
tion and correcting codes, software redun- 
dancy and fault-tolerant computing. 

529 Principles of Neural Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 310 and 409. 
Principles of neural systems and their hard- 
ware implementation. Basic properties, 
discrete and continuous bidirectional 
associative memories. Temporal associative 
memories. Neural nets classifiers, percep- 
trons, supervised and unsupervised learning. 
Forward and backward propagation. 

Electrical models of neural networks using 
op-amp., analog VLSI. 

531 Phase-Locked and Frequency 
Feedback Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 580 or consent of 
instructor. Theory of noise and linear systems, 
FM feedback principles. Theory and design 
of phase-locked loops and their applications 
in communication and control. 

537 Satellite Communications (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 443. Satellite lsys- 
tems, link analysis, propagation effects, 
SNR/CNR calculations, modulation schemes, 
TDMA, FDMA, CDMA techniques. 

557 Microprogramming and Emulation (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 307. An introduction 
to microprogramming concepts and applica- 
tions to the control unit of a computer, 
digital control systems, interpretations, 
translation and emulations. (Same as 
Computer Science 557) 

5 58 A Microprocessors and System 
Applications I (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 404 and 404L. 
Microprocessors and microcomputers, their 
related software systems, system design with 
microprocessors, applicants in peripheral 
controllers, communication devices and 
multiprocessing systems. 


ENGINEERING - ELECTRICAL 


558B Microprocessors and Systems 
Applications II (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 558A. Advanced 
microprocessor architecture and their applica- 
tions to microcomputer networking; RISC VS 
CISC architectures, communication protocol, 
distributed-operating system, and local area 
networks. 

559 Introduction to Robotics (3) 
Prerequisite: EG-EE 416 or consent of 
instructor. The science of robotics from an 
electrical engineering standpoint, including 
modeling, task planning, control, sensing 
and robot intelligence. 

580 Analysis of Random Signals (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 409 and 323 or 
equivalent. Random processes pertinent to 
communications, controls and other physical 
applications, Markov sequences and 
processes, the orthogonality principle. 

581 Theory of Linear Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-GN 403 and EG-EE 416. 
State space analysis, linear spaces, stability of 
systems; numerical methods of linear systems 
analysis and design. 

582 Linear Estimation Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 580 and 581. 
Mathematical models of continuous-time and 
discrete-time stochastic processes; the Kalman 
filter, smoothing and suboptimal filtering 
computational studies. 

585 Optimization Techniques in Systems 
Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: F.G-GN 403 or Math 340 for 
Computer Science majors. Calculus of varia- 
tions, optimization of functions of several 
variables, Lagrange multipliers, gradient tech- 
niques, linear programming, and the simplex 
method, nonlinear and dynamic programming. 

587 Operational Analysis Techniques in 
Systems Engineering (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 323 or Math 338 for 
Computer Science majors. Operational 
research models; applications of probability 
theory to reliability, quality control, waiting 
line theory, Markov chains; Monte Carlo 
methods. 


597 Project (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of adviser. Classified 
graduate students only. 

598 Thesis (1-6) 

Prerequisite: consent of adviser. Classified 
graduate students only. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of adviser. May be 
repeated for credit. 


178 


ENGINEERING - ELECTRICAL 



INTRODUCTION 

The mechanical engineering program at CSUF provides a foundation for professional engi- 
neering careers in private industry and government. Mechanical engineers are employed in a 
wide range of industries such as manufacturing, transportation, energy, food, and biomedical 
application. In general, mechanical engineers are involved with the design, research, develop- 
ment, manufacture, distribution, support, maintenance, and recycling of devices and products. 
Automobiles, airplanes, home appliances (refrigerators, washing machines, dryers, vacuum 
cleaners, etc.), robots, printers, and computer hard disk drives are some of the various products 
that have been customarily designed and developed by mechanical engineers. 

Mechanical engineers possess a firm understanding of science, mathematics and engineering 
needed to carry out these complex tasks which are so important to a modem technological 
society. 

The graduate curriculum is designed to provide a specialized education for career advance- 
ment or further work towards a doctoral degree program. 


BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 

See “Division of Engineering” for requirements in mathematics and science foundation 
courses (30 units), engineering core courses (24 units) and general education coursework. 


Upper-Division Writing Requirement 

In addition to the Examination in Writing Proficiency (EWP), the following courses are 
required by all mechanical engineering majors: EG-ME 306A, 306B, 376A and 376B. Written 
DEPARTMENT HEAD work for these courses must meet professional standards and requires completion with a grade 

Hossein Moini of C or better. 


DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Engineering 100 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Science in Mechanical 
Engineering 

Manufacturing Engineering Emphasis 

Master of Science in Mechanical 
Engineering 

FACULTY 

Andy Bazar, Jesa Kreiner, Sundaram 
Krishnamurthy, Timothy Lancey, Hossein 
Moini, Peter Othmer, James Rizza, Hasan 
Sehitoglu 

ADVISER 

Undergraduate/Graduate Program Adviser: 
Hossein Moini 


Required Courses in Mechanical Engineering (39 units) 

EG-EE303 Electronics (3) 

EG-EE 303L Electronics Laboratory (1) 

EG-ME 306B Fluids and Thermal Laboratory (1) 

EG-ME 322L Introduction to Computer-Aided Design (3) 
EG-ME 331 Mechanical Behavior of Materials (3) 

EG-ME 333 Fluid Mechanics 6z Aerodynamics (3) 

EG-ME 335 Introduction to Mechanical Design (3) 

EG-ME 370 Seminar in Engineering (1) 

EG-ME 376A Dynamic Systems and Controls Lab (2) 
EG-ME 376B Energy and Power Lab (2) 

EG-ME 407 Heat Transfer (3) 

EG-ME 414 Design Project I (3) 

EG-ME 419 Design Project II (2) 

EG-ME 421 Mechanical Design (3) 

EG-ME 426 Design of Thermal and Fluid Systems (3) 
EG-ME 431 Mechanical Vibrations (3) 


179 


ENGINEERING - MECHANICAL 





Technical Electives in Mechanical 
Engineering (1 1 units) 

Before enrolling in any elective course, 
approval of the adviser must be obtained. 

Power and Energy 

EG-GN 403 Computer Methods in 
Numerical Analysis (3) 

EG-ME 405 Computational Fluid 
Mechanics (3) 

EG-ME 417 Computational Heat Transfer (3) 

EG-ME 447 Piping Selection and Piping 
Network Design (3) 

EG-ME 45 1 Thermal Environmental 
Conditioning and Control (3) 

EG-ME 452 Fluid Machinery (3) 

EG-ME 454 Optimization of Engineering 
Design (3) 

Design and Materials for Manufacturing 

EG-ME 30 1L Advanced Auto CAD for 
Design Documentation (2) 

EG-GN 403 Computer Methods in 
Numerical Analysis (3) 

EG-ME 410 Introduction to the Finite 
Element Method and Applications (3) 
EG-ME 411 Mechanical Control Systems (3) 
EG-ME 438 Analytical Methods in 
Engineering (3) 

EG-ME 454 Optimization of Engineering 
Design (3) 

EG-ME 456 Introduction to Mechatronics 
for Engineers (3) 

EG-ME 459 Plastics and Other 
Non-Metallics (3) 

EG-ME 460 Failure of Engineering 
Materials (3) 

EG-ME 461 Fabrication Methods (3) 

EG-ME 462 Composite Materials (3) 

EG-ME 463 Introduction to Robotics (3) 
EG-ME 475 Acoustics and Noise Control (3) 

EG-ME 480 Human Factors in 
Engineering (3) 

EG-ME 483 Computer-Aided 
Manufacturing (3) 

EG-ME 486 Introduction to Electronics 
Packaging (3) 


Thermal and Fluids Engineering 
EG-ME 405 Computational Fluid 
Mechanics (3) 

EG-ME 410 Introduction to the Finite 
Element Method and Applications (3) 
EG-ME 417 Computational Heat Transfer (3) 
EG-ME 447 Piping Selection and Piping 
Network Design (3) 

EG-ME 451 Thermal Environmental 
Conditioning and Control (3) 

EG-ME 452 Fluid Machinery (3) 

EG-ME 454 Optimization of Engineering 
Design (3) 

EG-ME 486 Introduction to Electronic 
Packaging (3) 

Robotics, Contwls, and Automated Manufacturing 

EG-ME 30 1L Advanced Auto CAD for 
Design Documentation (2) 

EG-GN 403 Computer Methods in 
Numerical Analysis (3) 

EG-ME 410 Introduction to the Finite 
Element Method and Applications (3) 

EG-ME 41 1 Mechanical Control Systems (3) 
EG-ME 454 Optimization of Engineering 
Design (3) 

EG-ME 456 Introduction to Mechatronics 
for Engineers (3) 

EG-ME 457L Intelligent Systems Lab (2) 
EG-ME 461 Fabrication Methods (3) 

EG-ME 463 Introduction to Robotics (3) 

EG-ME 483 Computer-Aided 
Manufacturing (3) 

EG-ME 486 Introduction to Electronics 
Packaging (3) 

MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING 
EMPHASIS 

See “Division of Engineering” section of 
this catalog for requirements in mathematics 
and science foundation courses (30 units), 
engineering core courses (24 units) and 
general education course work. 

Required Courses (43 units) 

EG-EE 303 Electronic Instrumentation (3) 
EG-EE 303L Electronic Instrumentation 
Lab (1) 

EG-ME 306B Fluids and Thermal 
Laboratory (1) 


EG-ME 322L Introduction to Computer- 
Aided Design (3) 

EG-ME 331 Mechanical Behavior of 
Materials (3) 

EG-ME 333 Fluid Mechanics and 
Aerodynamics (3) 

EG-ME 335 Introduction to Mechanical 
Design (3) 

EG-ME 370 Seminar in Engineering (1) 

EG-ME 376A Dynamic Systems and 
Controls Lab (2) 

EG-ME 407 Heat Transfer (3) 

EG-ME 414 Design Project I (3) 

EG-ME 419 Design Project II (2) 

EG-ME 42 1 Mechanical Design (3) 

EG-ME 426 Design of Thermal and Fluid 
Systems (3) 

EG-ME 461 Fabrication Methods (3) 

EG-ME 463 Introduction to Robotics (3) 

EG-ME 483 Computer-Aided 
Manufacturing (3) 

Technical Electives (9 units) 

Before enrolling in any elective course 
approval of the adviser must be obtained. 

EG-ME 410 Introduction to the Finite 
Element Method and Applications (3) 

EG-ME 411 Mechanical Control Systems (3) 
EG-ME 454 Optimization of Engineering 
Design (3) 

EG-ME 459 Plastics and Other Non- 
Metallics (3) 

EG-ME 460 Failure of Engineering 
Materials (3) 

EG-ME 462 Composite Materials (3) 

EG-ME 480 Human Factors in 
Engineering (3) 

EG-CE 408 Reinforced Concrete Design (3) 

EG-EE 323 Engineering Probability and 
Statistics (3) 

EG-EE 404 Introduction to Microprocessors 
and Microcomputers (3) 

EG-EE 404L Introduction to Microprocessors 
and Microcomputers Lab (1) 

EG-EE 445 Digital Electronics (3) 

EG-EE 445L Digital Electronics Lab (1) 
EG-EE 465 Introduction to VLSI Design (3) 


ENGINEERING - MECHANICAL 


MASTER OF SCIENCE IN 
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 

To qualify for admission to conditionally 
classified standing, applicants must meet the 
following university and departmental 
requirements: 

1 . Bachelor’s degree from a regionally 
accredited institution, e.g.. Western 
Association of Schools and Colleges 
(WASC). 

2. Bachelor’s degree in mechanical engineer- 
ing from an institution accredited by the 
Accreditation Board for Engineering and 
Technology (ABET). 

3. Minimum GPA of 2.5 in the last 60 
semester units. 

4. Good standing at the last institution 
attended. 



Students not meeting the above require- 
ments may be admitted at the discretion of 
the department head and will be required to 
take an additional six or more units of 
adviser-approved prerequisite coursework. 
The student must demonstrate potential for 
graduate study by earning a grade point 
average of 3.0 or higher in these courses. 

Any student entering the Master of 
Science degree program without a B.S. in 
Mechanical Engineering also will be required 
to complete one or more courses in the areas 
deemed to be deficient, prior to beginning 
coursework for the master’s degree. 


Classified Standing 

Students meeting the following additional 
requirements will be advanced to classified 
standing and are eligible to take graduate 
courses for which they are qualified. 

1. Completion of all deficiency work speci- 
fied by the graduate adviser with a grade 
of B or better. 

2. Development of an approved study plan. 
Before completing nine units at CSUF 
toward the M.S. degree, the student must 
meet with an adviser for preparation of 

a study plan which must be approved 
by the department head and Office of 
Graduate Studies. 

3. Fulfillment of the university writing 
requirement prior to completing nine 
units at CSUF toward the M.S. degree. 
Students must demonstrate writing ability 
commensurate with the baccalaureate 
degree. Please refer to the “Graduate 
Regulations” section of this catalog for 
further information on how this require- 
ment can be met. 

Study Plan 

The study plan consists of a minimum of 
30 units of adviser-approved upper-division 
or graduate-level coursework which must be 
completed with an overall grade-point average 
of at least 3.0. At least half the units required 
for the degree must be in approved graduate 
(500-level) courses. 

Required Courses (6 units) 

EG-GN 403 Computer Methods in 
Numerical Analysis (3) 

Additional adviser-approved math-oriented 
course (3) 

Concentration Courses (15 units) 

A student is required to select a minimum 
of 15 units in mechanical engineering. 

These units may be 400-level and 500- 
level courses and are selected according to 
the student’s area of interest. Coursework is 
designed to meet the student’s professional 
career goals and may focus on the following 
areas: Power and Energy, Design and Materials 
for Manufacturing, Thermal and Fluids 
Engineering, Robotics, Controls, and 
Automated Manufacturing. 

Other Courses (9 units) 

Elective units should be taken in mechan- 
ical engineering or a related engineering field 
and are subject to adviser approval. 


Exam/Thesis/Project Option 

Subject to approval by the adviser, stu- 
dents may select one of the following options 
for final review by a department committee: 

Oral comprehensive examination 

OR EG-ME 598 Thesis (3-6 units) 

OR EG-ME 597 Project (3-6 units) 

Students enrolling in less than six units of 
Thesis/Project will be required to take an oral 
comprehensive exam. Students enrolling in 
six units of thesis or project may defend their 
thesis or project instead of taking an oral 
comprehensive exam. 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING COURSES 

Courses are designated as EGME in the 
class schedule. 

102 Graphical Communications (3) 

Graphics as a fundamental means of com- 
munication in design. Development of spatial 
visualization. Freehand sketching, and use 
of instruments, orthographic projection, 
pictorials. Dimensioning, tolerances, descrip- 
tive geometry, CAD principles and applications, 
AutoCAD, design procedure, cost analysis 
and freshman design project. (1 hour lecture, 
6 hours laboratory) (CAN ENGR 2) 

286 Technology-Based Graphical 
Communication (3) 

Prerequisite: Mathematics 150A or 
Mathematics 130. Introduction to the tech- 
niques used in three-dimensional graphics, 
design and visualization to conceptualize, 
apply, analyze, synthesize, evaluate and 
communicate information concepts using 
available technology. No credit for 
Engineering/Computer Science majors. 

(2 hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 

30 1L Advanced AutoCAD for Design 
Documentation (2) 

Prerequisite: EG-ME 102. Advanced 
topics in AutoCAD. Review of multi view 
drawing, pictorials and sections. Advanced 
construct and modify commands. Blocks and 
block attributes. Advanced dimension/ 
tolerance principles, variables and styles. 
Paper space commands and variables. 3-D 
viewing and display. (1 hour lecture, 3 hours 
laboratory) 


ENGINEERING - MECHANICAL 


304 Thermodynamics (3) 

Prerequisites: Chem 120A, Math 150B 
and Physics 225; Corequisite: EG-GN 205 or 
consent of instructor. Energy and its transfor- 
mation; heat and work; conservation of mass 
and energy, system properties, irreversibility 
and availability. Ideal gases, heat engines and 
refrigeration (both ideal and actual), equip- 
ment selection and sizing. 

306A Unified Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisites: EG-ME 102, Physics 225; 
Corequisite: EG-GN 205. Observations and 
measurements as an introduction to the 
experimental method. Static and dynamic 
measurements on engineering systems 
(beams, columns, pendulums, gyroscopes) 
using mechanical and electrical transducers. 
Principles of probability and statistics and 
their applications to experimental measure- 
ments. Report writing. (3 hours laboratory) 

306B Fluids and Thermal Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisites: EG-ME 306A and 333. 
Corequisite: EG-ME 407. Continuation of 
EG-ME 306A. Flow measurement techniques 
using orifice plates, venturimeters. Pitot 
probes and nozzles. Temperature and pres- 
sure measurement. Experimental studies of 
fluid friction and heat exchanger performance. 
Use of microcomputers in data acquisition, 
reduction and analysis. Technical report 
writing. (3 hours laboratory) 

322L Introduction to Computer Aided 
Design (3) 

Prerequisite: adviser-approved study plan. 
Introduction to modeling, assembly, design 
documentation and analysis using typical 
commercial CAD/CAE software such as 
Mechanical Desktop, Pro/ENGINEER and 
AN SYS. Use of online resources in the collab- 
orative design process. Design file transfer 
protocols. Design project using a technology 
based team environment. CAD/CAE system 
selection criteria. (6 hours laboratory, 1 hour 
discussion). (Same as computer Science 32 2 L) 

331 Mechanical Behavior of Materials (3) 

Prerequisites: Chem 120A, Math 250A, 
EG-CE 201; Corequisite: EG-ME 306A. 
Engineering properties of materials. 
Toughness and fatigue. Creep phenomena. 
Corrosion. Energy concepts. Beams and 
columns. Torsion. Combined stresses. 
Pressure vessels. Failure theories. Design 
of machine elements. 


333 Fluid Mechanics and Aerodynamics (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-GN 205 and EG-CE 
201; Corequisite: EG-ME 304. Principles of 
fluid mechanics and their applications; fluid 
properties; fluid statics, one-dimensional 
incompressible flow; concepts of multi- 
dimensional flows including conservation 
principles; similitude and dimensional analysis; 
internal and external viscous flow; elements 
of compressible flow; design considerations 
in fluid mechanics. 

335 Introduction to Mechanical Design (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-GN 205, EG-CE 302 
and EG-ME 102. Kinematics and dynamics of 
mechanisms; design and analysis of linkages, 
gears, and cams through the use of analytical, 
graphical and computer-aided techniques. 

370 Seminar in Engineering (1) 

Prerequisite: senior standing in engineer- 
ing. The engineering profession, professional 
ethics, and related topics. May be repeated 
once for credit with the approval of the 
department. 

376A Dynamic Systems and Controls 
Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisites: EG-CE 302, EG-ME 306A 
and EG-GN 308; Corequisite. EG-EE 303. 
Dynamic systems, vibration, acoustics and 
other mechanical components; computer 
simulation of dynamic systems; robotics, 
computer controlled machining and auto- 
matic data acquisition. (6 hours laboratory) 

376B Energy and Power Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisites: EG-ME 304 and 306B. Mass 
transfer, heat transfer, and thermodynamic 
phenomena and their interaction with 
mechanical systems. Team projects, engineer- 
ing reports. (6 hours laboratory) 

407 Fleat Transfer (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-ME 333 and Math 250B. 
Principles of heat transfer and their applica- 
tions: introduction to conductive, convective 
and radiation heat transfer; one-dimensional 
heat conduction; concepts of multi-dimen- 
sional conduction; convective heat transfer 
in conduits and external surfaces; heat 
exchangers and thermal system design. 


182 


410 Introduction to the Finite Element 
Method and Applications (3) 

Prerequisite: approved study plan. Basic 
concepts of integral and matrix formulation 
of boundary value problems. One dimen- 
sional finite element formulation of heat 
transfer, truss beam and vibration problems. 
Applications of commercial finite element 
programs. Selection criteria for code, element 
and hardware. CAD system interfaces. 

411 Mechanical Control Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-GN 205, EG-GN 308 
and EG-CE 302. Mechanical control system 
design and analysis. Pneumatic, hydraulic, 
electromechanical actuators and devices. 
Stability criteria, root locus plots, transfer 
functions, introduction to feedback control 
and microprocessor applications. 

414 Design Project 1 (3) 

Corequisites: EG-ME 426 and 42 1 . Design 
methodology, CAD/CAE philosophy, opti- 
mization, product liability, probability/statistical 
principles, ASME codes, safety, human 
factors, material selection, legal aspects of 
design, professional ethics. Design project 
to be completed in EG-ME 419, feasibility 
study, preliminary design, assembly drawings, 
interim project report. Oral presentation. 

(1 hour lecture and 6 hours laboratory) 

417 Computational Heat Transfer (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-GN 205, EG-GN 308, 
and EG-ME 407. Computer visualization 
of 2-D/3-D temperature fields. Steady and 
unsteady conduction heat transfer. Incom- 
pressible free and forced convective boundary 
layer flows. Multiple surface radiation analysis. 
Boiling and condensation. Emphasis on 
design aspects of computational heat transfer 
and use of CFD codes. 

419 Design Project II (2) 

Prerequisites: EG-ME 322L and 414. 
Completion of the design project initiated 
in EG-ME 414. Construction of prototype, 
model or components. Testing of the pro- 
posed design, and preparation of a final 
design report. Teamwork and communica- 
tions skills are emphasized. Oral presentation 
is required. (6 hours laboratory) 


ENGINEERING - MECHANICAL 


421 Mechanical Design (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-CE 301 or EG-ME 331 
and EG-ME 335. Design and application of 
machine components such as brakes, clutches, 
gears, springs, fasteners, lubrication of 
machine elements, bearings, gaskets, seals, 

“O” rings, methods for study of impact, 
dynamic loading and fatigue; comprehensive 
treatment of failure, safety and reliability. 

426 Design of Thermal and Fluid 

Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-ME 407. Integration of 
fundamental principles of thermodynamics, 
fluid mechanics, heat transfer and related 
subjects in the design of thermal and fluid 
systems. The design process is applied to 
pumps, fans, turbines, boilers, and heat 
exchangers using economics and optimization 
with case studies. 

431 Mechanical Vibrations (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-GN 205, EG-GN 308 
and EG-CE 302. Modeling and analysis of 
single and multiple degrees of freedom 
systems. Response to forcing functions. 
Vibrations of machine elements. Design 
of vibration isolation systems. Balancing of 
rotating machinery. Random excitation and 
response of mechanical structures. 

438 Analytical Methods in Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-GN 308. Ordinary and 
partial differential equations with constant 
and variable coefficients; orthogonal func- 
tions; conformal mapping; potential theory; 
engineering applications. 

447 Piping Selection and Piping Network 
Design (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-ME 333 and EG-CE 301 
or EG-ME 331. Pressure losses in piping net- 
works; selection of piping based upon fluid, 
temperature, pressure and economic consid- 
erations, piping connections, fittings and 
components; stress analysis; review of 
national piping codes. 

451 Heating, Ventilating and Air 
Conditioning Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-ME 304 and 407. The 
fundamentals of controlling heating, ventilat- 
ing, and air conditioning systems. Theory and 
analysis of fundamental thermodynamics 
relating to these systems. Laboratory demon- 
strations of actual systems. 


452 Fluid Machinery (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-ME 304 and 333. 
Thermal and hydraulic design and analysis 
of pumps, fans, turbines and compressors. 
Component selection, system design and 
performance evaluations. 

454 Optimization of Engineering 
Design (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-GN 308. Application 
of analytical and computer optimization 
techniques to engineering design problems. 
Presentation of design as an optimization 
task. One dimensional minimization. 
Unconstrained and constrained nonlinear 
programming. Approximation concepts. 
Duality. Computer applications to design 
problems using a general purpose optimiza- 
tion program 

456 Introduction to Mechatronics 
for Engineers (3) 

Prerequisites, EG-ME 306A, EG-EE 303L 
and EG-GN 308. Introduction to mecha- 
tronics. Design issues. Sensors, actuators, 
programmable controllers. Hardware 
components for control systems. System 
performance. Data acquisition and control. 
Mechatronic control in automated manufac- 
turing. Advanced applications and case 
studies. Design project. 

457L Intelligent Systems Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 303L. Design and 
assembly of microprocessor-based mecha- 
nisms. Lab experiments encompass machine 
/high level programming, and interfacing of 
microcontrollers with sensors and actuators. 
Design project. (1 hour lecture, 3 hours 
laboratory) 

459 Plastics and Other Non-Metallics (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-ME 331. Simplified 
chemistry of plastics. Applications. Manufac- 
turing processes. Methods for preventing 
deterioration of nonmetallic materials. 
Composites. Ceramics. Refractories. Wood. 
Destructive and nondestructive testing of 
nonmetallic materials. 

460 Failure of Engineering Materials (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-ME 331. Imperfections 
in solids; fracture initiation and crack propa- 
gation; dislocations; yield point phenomenon; 
fatigue; creep; ultrasonic effects; radiation 
damage; stress corrosion; hydrogen embrittle- 
ment; composite materials. 


461 Fabrication Methods (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-ME 331. Manufacturing 
processes. Metal joining processes. Casting, 
forging, powder metallurgy, machining and 
machining tools, finishing, coating, plating, 
non-metallic materials inspection and gaging, 
and tolerances. 

462 Composite Materials (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-CE 301 or EG-ME 331. 
Application, mechanical properties and fabri- 
cation studies of fiber reinforced composite 
materials, stress analysis of laminated 
anisotropic composite structures. Studies of 
special problems unique to composites. 

463 Introduction to Robotics (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-ME 335. Corequisite: 
376A. Kinematic, dynamic, control and pro- 
gramming fundamentals associated with 
industrial robots and programmable manipu- 
lators. Trajectory planning, application of 
robotics in manufacturing and integration of 
robots into flexible manufacturing systems. 

475 Acoustics and Noise Control (3) 

Prerequisite: Physics 227. Basic phenomena 
on the propagation, absorption and genera- 
tion of acoustic waves, specification and 
measurement of noise, effects of noise on 
speech and behavior, legal aspects of indus- 
trial and building noise, principles and 
application of noise control. 

480 Human Factors in Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: approved study plan. Principles 
of design for making products and systems 
faster, easier, and more effective to use. 

Design project using these principles that 
consider human capabilities and limitation 
of senses and responses to sensory stimuli. 
Physiological, psychological and work factors 
are evaluated for design of equipment, work 
methods, environments and standards. 

483 Computer-Aided Manufacturing (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-ME 376A or equivalent. 
Introduction to computer-aided manufactur- 
ing processes. CNC machines, robot and PLC 
programming. Design for CIM. Fixed and 
flexible manufacturing systems. Process 
planning and scheduling. Simulation software 
for manufacturing systems. Laboratory 
experiments. (4 hours laboratory, 1 hour 
discussion) 


183 


ENGINEERING - MECHANICAL 


486 Introduction to Electronics 
Packaging (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 303, EG-ME 306A. 
Electronic components and devices. The chip 
carrier, packaging and production of printed 
circuit boards. First, second and third level 
packaging. Introduction to thermal analysis 
and vibration of electronic equipment. 

497 Senior Project (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor, adviser 
and head. Directed independent design 
project. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: approval of study plan by 
instructor, adviser and head. Specialized 
topics in engineering, selected in consultation 
with and completed under the supervision of 
the instructor. May be repeated for credit. 

500 Nuclear Reactor Design (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-ME 473. Nuclear systems 
design, analysis and operation, including: 
nuclear fuel cycle, nuclear reactor systems, 
safety and safeguards, the regulatory process 
fusion. 

508 Advanced Inviscid Fluid Flow (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-GN 205, EG-GN 308 
and EG-ME 333. Study of two- and three- 
dimensional potential flow theory. Sources, 
sinks, vortices, Rankine bodies, free jets, 
channel flow, air foils. Introduction to com- 
putational fluid dynamics. Complex potential 
and various transformation techniques are 
used. 

511 Advanced Mechanical Vibrations (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-ME 431. Vibrations in 
rotating and reciprocating machines; noise 
and vibration in fluid machinery; continuous 
systems; random vibrations; transient and 
nonlinear vibration, computer applications. 

512 Advanced Mechanical Design (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-ME 421 or equivalent. 
Advanced modem mechanisms. Analysis and 
synthesis of mechanisms. Advanced topics 
in computer-aided design of mechanical, 
thermal and fluid systems. Methodology of 
modem design. Optimization in design. 


516 Advanced Radiation Heat Transfer (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-ME 407. Radiation heat 
transfer including the study of the geometric 
factor, black and real systems, and energy 
transfer in absorbing, scattering and emitting 
media, and radiation combined with other 
modes of energy transfer. 

520 Advanced Viscous Fluid Flow (3) 
Prerequisite: EG-ME 333. The fundamental 
equations of viscous fluid flow. Viscous drag 
estimation. Drag reduction methods. 
Introduction to instability and transition. 

524 Advanced Thermodynamics (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-ME 304. Equilibrium 
and stability criteria, third law of thermody- 
namics, multiple component systems, ioniza- 
tion, equilibrium reaction, lower core “ideal” 
gases, thermodynamic cycles. 

526 Advanced Convective Heat Transfer (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-ME 407. Convective heat 
transfer; heal transfer in external and internal 
flow fields for both laminar and turbulent 
fluid flow, applications. 

530 Advanced Strength of Materials (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-ME 421. Energy methods. 
Castigliano’s theorem. Curved beams, beams 
on elastic supports, thickwall cylinders, 
shrink fits, localized stress, column instability, 
failure theories, bearings. 

536 Advanced Conduction Heat 
Transfer (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-ME 407. Conduction 
heat transfer; Bessel and Legendre functions, 
Fourier series solutions, heat sources and 
sinks, multidimensional problems, transient 
systems and numerical methods (finite 
difference and finite element methods). 

538 Advanced Engineering Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-GN 403 and EG-ME 438. 
Partial differential equations in engineering, 
numerical techniques, integral equations, 
engineering applications. 


540 Computer Applications In 
Engineering Design (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-GN 403. Computers and 
microprocessors in engineering design. Design 
methodology, modeling and simulation. 
Geometric modeling. Design optimization. 
Expert systems in engineering design. 
Generalized programs and simulation 
languages are emphasized. 

541 Finite Element Method for 
Mechanical Engineers (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-ME 410 and EG-GN 
403. Matrix formulation of basic equations 
in steady state and transient heat conduction. 
Elements and interpolation functions. Non- 
linear problem formulation. Finite element 
computer programs in heat transfer, fluid 
dynamics and design. 

554 Applied Optimal Mechanical 
Design (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-ME 454 or equivalent. 
Formulation of design optimization problems 
in mechanical engineering. Review of mathe- 
matical programming methods. Practical 
aspects of optimization. Design of complex 
mechanical systems. Individual projects will 
be assigned to apply optimization techniques 
to an engineering system or components. 

576 Advanced Dynamics & Control of 
Mechanical Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-ME 411. Advanced study 
of the dynamics and control of mechanical 
systems including: state space modeling, 
Lyapunov stability, modem design techniques 
and case studies. 

597 Project (1-6) 

Prerequisite: consent of adviser. 

598 Thesis (1-6) 

Prerequisite: consent of adviser. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: classified graduate status. 
Open to graduate students only by consent 
of Mechanical Engineering Graduate Adviser. 
May be repeated for credit only upon 
approval by the Graduate Adviser. 


ENGINEERING - MECHANICAL 



DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Joseph Sawicki 

VICE CHAIR 

Joanne Gass 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

University Hall 323 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Comparative 
Literature 

Master of Arts in Comparative Literature 
Bachelor of Arts in English 
Minor in English 
Master of Arts in English 

FACULTY 

Marlin Blaine, Cornel Bonca, John 
Brugaletta, Mary Kay Crouch, Angela Della 
Volpe, Sheryl Fontaine, Joanne Gass, Jean 
Hall, Jane Hipolito, Susan Jacobsen, Joanne 
Jasin, Helen Jaskoski, Alan Kaye, Thomas 
Klammer, Deborah Lawrence, Geraldine 
McNenny, Mohsen Mirshafiei, Helen 
Mugambi, Franz Muller-Gotama, Keith 
Neilson, Paul Obler, Sally Romotsky, Joseph 
Sawicki, Amy-Scott-Douglass, Yichin Shen, 
Kay Stanton, Atara Stein, John White, Helen 
Yanko, Heping Zhao 


INTRODUCTION 

The discipline of English includes the study of British and American literature, the various 
kinds of writing, and the history, structure and dialects of the English language. 

The major in English is a flexible program emphasizing skill(s) in writing, familiarity with 
and appreciation of the literatures of England and America, and knowledge of the nature and 
development of the English language. 

Comparative literature is the study of world literature without specific regard for national 
or linguistic boundaries. It is comparative in that it deals with the relationships among different 
literatures. The comparatist studies not only the international literary masterpieces and historical 
periods of world literature, but also examines critical theories from a cross-cultural perspective. 
The major in comparative literature promotes the understanding of world literatures and cultures 
in various historical periods, including the present, for students with a special concern for the 
relationships among the languages and literatures of various civilizations. Comparative literature 
courses are conducted in English, and required reading is available in English. 

The study of literature and language helps students to achieve a mature understanding of 
themselves and the world and to learn to read critically and analytically, write clearly and persua- 
sively, and reason soundly. For these reasons such study is ideal preparation for professional 
training in fields such as law, medicine, and religion, or for responsible positions in business and 
industry. The major in English may be combined with preparation for elementary and secondary 
school teaching. In addition, the majors in English and comparative literature provide a founda- 
tion for students who intend to work for advanced degrees in preparation for college teaching. 

ADVISERS 

Undergraduate: All full-time faculty members serve as advisers. 

Graduate: Susan Jacobsen 
Teaching Credential: John White 

An annual conference with a faculty adviser is required. New students must confer with an 
adviser in each of the first two semesters. 

Credential Information 

The bachelors degree in English may be effectively combined with subject matter studies 
necessary for either the multiple subject teaching credential (K-8) or single subject credential 
(7-12) in English. Undergraduates are encouraged to work with the Center for Careers in 
Teaching (714-278-7130) as early as possible in their academic careers to plan efficient course 
selections for general education, the major and electives. With careful planning, it may be possible 
to enter the credential program in the senior year of the bachelor’s degree. Postgraduate 
students should contact the Admission to Teacher Education office in the School of Education 
(714-278-3411) to obtain information on attending an overview presentation. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

The Bachelor of Arts in Comparative Literature requires a minimum of 120 units which 
includes courses for the major. General Education, all University requirements, and free electives. 
For the major, students must complete a total of 42 units of upper-division courses. In selecting 
courses, students are urged to consult a faculty adviser. 

Required courses (English 300 and 18 units in comparative literature, including Comparative 
Literature 324, 325, and either English/Comparative Literature 450 or Comparative Literature 451) 


185 


ENGLISH AND COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 


British and American Literature (6 upper- 
division units listed under English) 

Breadth Requirement (6 adviser-approved 
units in other fields such as anthropology, 
history, art history, music history or philosophy) 

Electives (9 upper-division units in com- 
parative literature, or literature courses in 
English or an adviser-approved foreign 
language) 

Reading Competence in a Foreign 
Language 

This requirement can be met by examina- 
tion or by successful completion of an adviser- 
approved 400-level course offered by the 
Department of Foreign Languages and Litera- 
tures, provided it is not taught in translation. 
Information on the examination is available 
in the Department of English and Comparative 
Literature office. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN 
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

The masters degree program in compara- 
tive literature promotes the understanding 
of other literatures, peoples, and cultures in 
various historical periods, including the 
present, provides background for more 
advanced degrees, prepares teachers of world 
literature in the high schools and community 
colleges, and provides a liberal arts back- 
ground for library studies. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 

University requirements include a bache- 
lors degree from an accredited institution 
and a minimum GPA of 2.5 in the last 60 
semester units attempted. 

A writing sample will also be required 
of all applicants. The writing sample should 
demonstrate advanced skill in literary analysis 
and expository writing. A paper written for 
a course and analyzing one or more elements 
in one or more literary works is preferred; 
the submitted copy should include the 
instructor’s name and institution, and the 
grade received. Applicants who do not have 
course papers available should contact the 
department graduate adviser for advice. The 
writing sample should be approximately five 
to ten pages long, and it need not include 
secondary research. 

Applicants are strongly urged to submit 
their applications by November 1st for spring 
semester admission and by March 1st for fall 
semester admission. 


Graduate Standing: Classified 

Classified standing requires: 

1 . An undergraduate major in comparative 
literature, English or foreign language 
with a GPA of 3.0 or better in the upper- 
division major courses and a GPA of 2.5 
in all other college and/or university work. 
If the students degree is in another field, 
a total of 24 units of upper-division work 
in comparative literature, English or 
foreign language with a GPA of 3.0 will 
be required. 

If the student lacks the prerequisite 
number of courses, they must be taken 
before beginning work in the master’s 
degree program, with at least a 3.0 in 
such makeup course work. If the 
student’s GPA in these probationary 
courses is 3.0 or better, classified stand- 
ing may be granted. Courses taken to 
remove qualitative and quantitative defi- 
ciencies may not be applied to the M.A. 
program. 

2. Satisfactory completion of a written 
examination in an adviser-approved 
foreign language, or satisfactory comple- 
tion of an upper-division course taught 
in an adviser-approved foreign language. 

3. Development of an approved study plan. 

Study Plan 

A minimum of 30 units of course work 
must be completed with a minimum GPA 
of 3.0 to be distributed as follows: 

500-Level Courses (18 units) 

This requirement is met by 1 5 units at the 
500-level in comparative literature or courses 
cross-listed in English (one adviser-approved 
500-level course in English may help satisfy 
this requirement) and one 3-unit course at 
the 500-level in a related area. 

Upper-Division Courses (12 units) 

Adviser-approved courses in comparative 
literature (6 units) 

Adviser-approved courses in a related area 
(6 units) 

(At least 3 units of related course work must 
be in foreign literature, read in the origi- 
nal language.) 

At the conclusion of all course work, the 
student will take a comprehensive examina- 
tion for the master’s degree. Each section of 
the four-part comprehensive examination 


must be passed before the degree will be 
awarded. Any section(s) failed may be 
repeated once only. Notice of intention to 
take the examination must be on file with 
the graduate secretary within six weeks of the 
first class of the semester. 

Project Option 

The candidate may elect to write a project. 
For information, consult the graduate adviser. 

For further information, consult the 
Department of English and Comparative 
Literature. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ENGLISH 

The Bachelor of Arts in English requires 
a minimum of 120 units which includes 
courses for the major. General Education, 
all University requirements, and free elec- 
tives. The English major consists of 42 units. 
At least 30 units must be upper-division 
courses. In selecting courses, students are 
urged to consult a faculty member of the 
Department of English and Comparative 
Literature. English 101, a graduation require- 
ment for all students, is not part of the 
English major but is a prerequisite to further 
work in English. 

Required Courses (9 units) 

English 300 Analysis of Literary Forms (3) 
English 301 Advanced College Writing (3) 
English 316 Shakespeare (3) 

Survey Courses (at least 6 units) 

English 311 British Literature to 1760 (3) 
English 312 British Literature from 1760 (3) 

English 32 1 American Literature to 
Whitman (3) 

English 322 American Literature from Twain 
to the Modems (3) 

Comp Lit 324 World Literature to 1650 (3) 

Comp Lit 325 World Literature from 
1650 (3) 

Period, Genre and Criticism Courses 

(at least 9 units, including at least 3 units 
from courses prior to 1800, i.e., 423, 450, 
451,452,453, 454, 455, 456) 

English 423 Early American Literature (3) 
English 450 Medieval Literature (3) 

English 45 1 Elizabethan and Jacobean 
Drama (3) 

English 452 Elizabethan Poetry’ and 
Prose (3) 


186 


ENGLISH AND COMPARATIVE LITEARATURE 


English 453 17th-Century Poetry and 
Prose (3) 

English 454 The Drama of the Restoration 
and the 18th Century (3) 

English 455 Restoration and 18th Century 
Poetry and Prose (3) 

English 456 The Development of the English 
Novel Through Jane Austen (3) 

English 457 The Romantic Movement in 
English Literature (3) 

English 458 Victorian Literature (3) 

English 459 The Development of the 19th 
Century English Novel (3) 

English 462 Modem British and American 
Novels (3) 



English 463 Contemporary Novels in 
English (3) 

English 464 Modem British and American 
Drama (3) 

English 465 Contemporary Drama in 
English (3) 

English 466 Modem British and American 
Poetry (3) 

English 467 Contemporary Poetry in 
English (3) 

English 491 Traditions of English Literary 
Criticism (3) 

English 492 Modem Critical Theory (3) 


Major Author Courses (at least 3 units) 

English 315 Chaucer (3) 

English 317 Milton (3) 

Language Courses (at least 3 units) 

English 303 Structure of Modem English (3) 

English 305 The English Language in 
America (3) 

English 440 History of the English 
Language (3) 

Electives (at least 12 units) 

Chosen from English and comparative 
literature courses numbered 201 and above. 

MINOR IN ENGLISH 

Students must complete a total of 2 1 
units, including 15 units as described below 
and 6 units of electives, in selecting courses, 
students seeking a minor in English should 
consult a faculty member of the Department 
of English and Comparative Literature. 

Required Courses (9 units) 

English 300 Analysis of Literary Forms (3) 
English 301 Advanced College Writing (3) 
English 316 Shakespeare (3) 

Survey Courses (at least 6 units) 

English 311 British Literature to 1760 (3) 
English 312 British Literature from 1760 (3) 

English 321 American Literature to 
Whitman (3) 

English 322 American Literature from Twain 
to the Modems (3) 

Comp Lit 324 World Literature to 1650 (3) 

Comp Lit 325 World Literature from 
1650 (3) 

Electives (at least 6 units) 

Chosen from additional English and com- 
parative literature courses, with the exception 
of English 101 and 106. 

Students may take the approved upper- 
division writing course(s) in their majors 
instead of English 301. They must, however, 
complete 21 units in English and comparative 
literature. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN ENGLISH 

The master’s degree program in English 
offers students the opportunity to achieve 
a multifaceted understanding of literature 
and language. The degree is useful to those 
already teaching in high schools or interested 


in community college teaching, to those 
seeking careers in writing and publishing, 
and to those intending to take further graduate 
work. 

Admission to Graduate Standing 

Applicants are encouraged to make an 
appointment with the department graduate 
adviser. The adviser will review transcripts, 
advise applicants regarding prerequisites, and 
determine if any courses apply to the degree 
program. 

Admission requirements for conditionally 
classified standing are outlined below. 
Admission to the master’s degree program is 
a prerequisite to enrollment in all graduate 
courses. 

1 . University requirements include a bache- 
lor’s degree from an accredited institution 
and a minimum GPA of 2.5 in the last 60 
semester units attempted. 

2. The Department of English and Comparative 
Literature requires a bachelor’s degree 

in English or Comparative Literature from 
an accredited institution with at least a 
3.0 grade-point average in the upper- 
division major courses, provided that a 
minimum of 24 units of upper-division 
course work is included. 

If the applicant holds a bachelor’s degree 
in another major, 24 units of upper-division 
course work in English must be completed 
with at least a 3.0 grade-point average before 
beginning work in the master’s degree 
program. In the event that the applicant’s 
GPA in prerequisite English courses is less 
than 3.0, six to nine units of probationary, 
adviser-approved course work may be 
assigned. If the GPA in these probationary 
courses is 3.0 or better, the student may be 
classified. 

Some courses taken to make up qualitative 
deficiencies may be credited toward the M.A., 
if completed with a grade of B or better, and 
if applicable to the student’s particular study 
plan. Courses taken to remove quantitative 
deficiencies may not be applied to the M.A. 
program. 

3. A writing sample will also be required of 
all applicants. The writing sample should 
demonstrate advanced skill in literary 
analysis and expository writing. A paper 
written for an upper-division literature 
course and analyzing one or more ele- 
ments in one or more literary works is 


187 


ENGLISH AND COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 


preferred; the submitted copy should 
include the instructors name and institu- 
tion, the instructor’s comments, and the 
grade received. The writing sample 
should be approximately five to ten 
pages long, and it need not include sec- 
ondary research. Applicants who do not 
have course papers available should 
contact the department graduate adviser 
for advice. 

4. Applicants must submit three letters) of 
recommendation from individuals best 
qualified to judge their potential for grad- 
uate study in English. 

Foreign l anguage Requirement 

Students must satisfy a foreign language 
requirement with one of the following 
options: (1) two years of one foreign lan- 
guage at the college or university level, (2) 
one 400-level course in a foreign language or 
in literature taught in a foreign language, (3) 
Linguistics 406 Descriptive Linguistics or 
Linguistics 412 Sociolinguistics OR (4) 
another 400-level linguistics course approved 
by the graduate adviser. This requirement 
may be satisfied prior to or after admission 
to the M.A. program. 

Study Plan 

The graduate program in English com- 
prises 30 units of course credit. All courses 
must be approved by the graduate adviser. 

A study plan must be developed and 
approved for admission to classified graduate 
standing within the student’s first nine units 
of graduate coursework. Courses taken by 
a student admitted to the program with con- 
ditionally classified status do not necessarily 
apply toward the degree. No more than nine 
units of postgraduate coursework may be 
applied to the masters degree program. See 
the graduate adviser for further information. 

The study plan allows three units of 
adviser-approved coursework outside the 
department and/or three units of graduate 
independent study. No more than six units 
are allowed at the 400-level. In addition, at 
least one proseminar or seminar must be in 
Comparative Literature or cross-listed in 
Comparative Literature. A project and com- 
prehensive exam are required of all students. 
Students are encouraged to take English 500 
in their first semester. 


Core courses (6 units) 

English 500 Introduction to Graduate 
Studies (3) 

Analysis of Discourse (3 units from English 
491,492, 579) 

Proseminars (12 units) 

Students need to satisfy the proseminar 
requirements prior to taking seminars. 

Seminars (9 units) 

Students choose from adviser-approved 
seminar courses (English or Comparative 
Literature 509, 571, 572, 573, 574, 575, or 
591). 

Project (3 units) 

In addition to the written exam described 
below, students are required to complete a 
project in the project writing course (for the 
course number, title and description, please 
consult the English department office). 
Students who plan to do a creative writing 
project may take a maximum of six units of 
creative writing workshops, one of which 
must be at the 500-level. 

Project proposals are due before the end 
of the eighth week of the semester preceding 
enrollment in the project writing course and 
are reviewed by the department Graduate Studies 
Committee. Please consult the graduate adviser 
or department office for further details. 

Written Exam 

In order to complete degree requirements, 
students must pass a two-part written exam 
involving analysis and synthesis. Failed parts 
of the exam may be retaken only once. The 
deadline to file a notice of intention to take 
the examination is the end of the third week 
of the semester in which the student plans 
to take the exam. 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE COURSES 

Courses are designated as CPLT in the 
class schedule. 

110 Literature of the Western World from 
Ancient through Medieval Times (3) 

(Same as English 110) 

111 Literature of the Western World from 
the Renaissance through the 19th 
Century (3) 

(Same as English 111) 

257 Writing Haiku (1) 

(Same as English 257) 


188 


312 The Bible as Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
Literary qualities of biblical literature and the 
influence of major themes upon Western 
literary traditions. (Same as Comparative 
Religion 312) 

315 Classical Mythology in World 
Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
Greek and Roman myths which have been 
of continuing significance in Western world 
literature. 

324 World Literature to 1650 (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
Asian and Western literature from the begin- 
ning to 1650. 

325 World Literature from 1650 (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
Asian and Western literature from 1650 
to the present. 

347 The Fairy Tale (3) 

(Same as English 347) 

355T Images of Women in Literature (3) 

(Same as English 355T) 

373 Nineteenth Century Russian 
Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
Major writers such as Pushkin, Gogol, 
Dostoyevsky, Tolstoy, Chekhov, and their 
relationship to Western literature. 

374 Twentieth Century Russian 
Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
Soviet peoples’ literature from 1918 to the 
present. Basic trends in literary criticism. 
Major writers such as Gorky, Blok, 
Mayakovsky, Zamyatin, Zoshchenko, 
Akhmatova and Pasternak. 

380 Introduction to Asian Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
Selected translations of Arabic, Persian, 
Indian, Chinese and Japanese literature. 

381 African Literature (3) 

(Same as English 381 and Afro-Ethnic 
Studies 381) 


ENGLISH AND COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 


423T Topics in Asian Literature (3) 

Prerequisites: upper-division standing and 
English 200 or other appropriate course 
approved by the instructor. Specific topics 
will vary from semester to semester. May be 
repeated with different content for additional 
credit. Not applicable for graduate degree 
credit. 

450 Medieval Literature (3) 

(Same as English 450) 

451 Literature of the Renaissance (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, 

American, or world literature; an upper- 
division literature course; or equivalent. The 
Renaissance as a literary movement, from 
Erasmus to Montaigne and Cervantes. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 

57 IT Graduate Seminar: Major Writers (3) 

(Same as English 57 IT) 

572T Graduate Seminar: Literary 
Genres (3) 

(Same as English 572T) 

574T Graduate Seminar: Special Problems 
in Literature (3) 

(Same as English 574T) 

575T Graduate Seminar: Topics in 
Teaching (3) 

(Same as English 575T) 

579T Graduate Seminar: Problems in 
Criticism (3) 

(Same as English 579T) 

597 Project (3) 

(Same as English 597) 

599 Independent Study (1-3) 

ENGLISH COURSES 

Courses are designated as ENGL in the 
class schedule. 

For world literature in English translation 
see courses under Comparative Literature. 

099 Developmental Writing (3) 

An intensive course in basic writing skills. 
Designed to prepare students for English 
101. Required of, and open only to, students 
who score below minimum standard on the 
English Placement Test (EPT). Degree credit 
is not awarded for this course. Instructional 
fee. (Same as Foreign Language Education 099) 


101 Beginning College Writing (3) 

Prerequisite: English 099, a satisfactory 
score on the English Placement Test, or 
exemption from the EPT. An introductory 
course in the fundamentals of expository 
prose. Emphasizes grammatical and basic 
rhetorical concepts and practices necessary 
for successful college writing. Instructional 
fee. (CAN ENGL 2) 

105 Introduction to Creative Writing (3) 

Exploratory creative writing with the 
opportunity to write in various genres. 

No credit toward the major. 

110 Literature of the Western World from 
Ancient through Medieval Times (3) 

Representative writers and works from 
the ancient through the medieval world. 
(Same as Comp Lit 110) 

111 Literature of the Western World from 
the Renaissance through the 19th 
Century (3) 

Representative writers and works from 
the Renaissance through the 19th century. 
(Same as Comp Lit 111) 

199 Intensive Writing Review (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Restricted to students who have failed the 
EWP at least twice. Intensive review of the 
fundamentals of writing expository prose. 
Meets examination portion of baccalaureate 
writing requirement. Carries no credit 
toward graduation. 

200 Introduction to Literature (3) 

An introduction to the study of fiction, 
drama and poetry. Concentration on the 
critical understanding of literary types rather 
than on their historical development. Carries 
no credit toward the major. 

204 Intermediate Creative Writing (3) 

Prerequisite: English 105 or its equivalent, 
or a college-level literature course. A course 
providing experience in creative writing 
beyond the introductory level. Emphasis 
on poetry, the short story, and/or the one-act 
play. 

257 Writing Haiku (1) 

After a brief study of the development 
of haiku in Japan, students will write and 
revise haiku in English and share them with 
the class. With consent of instructor, may 
be repeated for no more than three units 
of credit. (Same as Comp Lit 257) 


300 Analysis of Literary Forms (3) 

The main literary forms — prose fiction, 
poetry and drama — are studied and ana- 
lyzed. English majors should schedule this 
basic course as early as possible. 

301 Advanced College Writing (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101. An advanced 
course in writing expository prose. Emphasizes 
precision in rhetoric and development of 
individual style by concentration on matters 
of diction, audience, emphasis and persua- 
sion. Required of English majors seeking 
a secondary credential. Instructional fee. 

303 The Structure of Modern English (3) 

Prerequisite: junior standing. The 
grammar of contemporary English. Modern 
English usage. Required of English majors 
seeking a secondary credential. Must be 
taken before student teaching. 

305 The English Language in America (3) 

American English, its origins, its regional 
and social dialects, and its role in American 
history and in such institutions as schools, 
corporations, government, and the media. 
(Same as Linguistics 305) 

311 British Literature to 1760 (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
Major periods and movements, major 
authors, and major forms through 1760. 

312 British Literature from 1760 (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
Major periods and movements, major 
authors and major forms from 1760 
through modem times. 

315 Chaucer (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. 
The Canterbury Tales and Chaucer’s language. 
The vocabulary, pronunciation, grammar and 
syntax of the East Midland dialect of Middle 
English. 

316 Shakespeare (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. 

A study of the major plays. 

317 Milton (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. 
The poetry and prose in the light of Miltons 
intellectual development. 


ENGLISH AND COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 


321 American Literature to Whitman (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
Major writers such as Hawthorne, Poe, 
Melville, Emerson, Thoreau, Whitman, and 
Dickinson. 

322 American Literature from Twain to 
the Moderns (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
Major writers such as Twain, James, Crane, 
Hemingway, Faulkner, O’Neill, Frost, and 
Eliot. 

323T Cultural Pluralism in American 
Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 

The role of vaned cultural groups in the USA 
as exemplified in American literature. Topics 
may include Jewish writers, images of immi- 
grants, Asian-American writers, American 
Indian literatures, and others. 

325 American Ballad and Folksong (3) 

Anglo-American balladry and folksong; 
their historical development, ethnic back- 
ground and poetical values. 

326 The American Frontier in 
Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: any courses in American 
literature, American studies or American 
history'. Thematic study of American literature 
as it reflects the changing frontier experience 
and establishes national myths and symbols. 

327 Asian American Literature (3) 

(Same as Asian American Studies 327) 

347 The Fairy Tale (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101. The development 
of the fairy tale in English. Includes early 
continental influences and covers such 
authors as the Brothers Grimm, H.C. 
Anderson, C. Rosetti, MacDonald, Barns, 
and Sendak. (Same as Comp Lit 347) 

355T Images of Women in Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 
Images of women in genres such as autobiog- 
raphy, poetry, drama, novel. Individual sec- 
tions may treat conventional literary periods 
or specific cultures. May be repeated with 
different content for additional credit. (Same 
as Comp Lit 355T) 


360 Scientific and Technical Writing (3) 

Open to science and non-science students. 
Scientific and professional writing and 
editing, with attention to outlines and 
abstracts, description, process explanation, 
instructions, and fundamentals of reports, 
feasibility studies, proposals, internal memos, 
and letters. 

365 Legal Writing (3) 

Advanced compositions stressing logic, 
reasoning, and legal analysis. 

370 Horror Fiction (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. 
Horror/occult fiction (or “dark fantasy") from 
Mary Shelley to the present, including such 
writers as E. A. Poe, J. S. LeFanu, Bram 
Stoker, H. P Lovecraft, Fritz Leiber, and 
Stephen King. 

371 Fantasy Fiction (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. 

Fantasy in literature from Ariosto to Brautigan. 

372 Detective Fiction (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. 

Detective fiction from Edgar Allan Poe to the 
present, including writers such as Sayers, 
Christie, Chandler, Hammett, and Ross 
MacDonald. 

373 Science Fiction (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. 

Science Fiction as a literary genre, including 
future-scene Fiction, the utopian novel, the 
superman/woman novel and short stories. 

374 The Gothic Novel (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101. The development 

of the Gothic Novel in England from 1750- 
1850, including such authors as Walpole, 
Smith, RadclifTe, Lewis, Mary Shelley, Austen, 
Maturin, and Emily Bronte. 

381 African Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 
African literature written in the English 
language; the Fiction, poetry’ and drama of 
the new nations. (Same as Comparative 
Literature 381 and Afro-Ethnic Studies 381) 


190 


401 Exploration of Composing 
Theories (3) 

Prerequisite: English 301 or equivalent. 
Writing processes explored through examina- 
tion of one’s own writing strategies and those 
of professional and student writers. Through 
interviews, observations, self-reflection, and 
readings in composition theory, students will 
answer the questions, What is writing? What 
is a writer? 

402 Theories of Response to Written 
Composition (2) 

Prerequisite: English 301 and 303 or 
equivalents. Corequisite: English 402S. To 
teach, tutor, and conference with writers, one 
must understand writing processes: starting, 
sustaining, and revising; composing rhythms; 
individual idiosyncracies. Through observa- 
tions, practice, and journals, students will 
learn various theories of responding to 
writers. For tutors and (prospective) teachers. 

402S Tutor Supervision (1) 

Prerequisites: English 301 and English 
303. Corequisite: English 402. Supervision 
of Writing Center tutors. 

404T Advanced Creative Writing (3) 

Prerequisite: English 204 or its equivalent. 
Instruction and practice in a workshop 
setting for the student with some experience 
in creative writing; emphasis on writing for 
professional markets. Consult the class 
schedule to determine section’s emphasis. 

May be repeated for credit. 

416 Studies in Shakespeare (3) 

Prerequisite: English 316 or consent of 
instructor. Problems of dramatic structure 
and artistic meanings. 

420 Literature of the American 
Indians (3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing and 
one course in American Indian studies or 
American literature, or consent of instructor. 
The prose and poetry of the North American 
Indian tribes. Not applicable for graduate 
degree credit. 

423 Early American Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: English 321 or consent of 
instructor. Literature of colonial and revolu- 
tionary America, including the Puritans, 18th 
century deism and rationalism, and the 
literary’ antecedents of American democratic 
thought. 


ENGLISH AND COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 


424 Introduction to Afro-American 
Literature (3) 

(Same as Afro-Ethnic 424) Not applicable 
for graduate degree credit. 

429 American Landscape in Literature (3) 

The American landscape in literature. 
Literary perception of our environment, with 
special attention to what perceptions of the 
landscape reveal about human nature. 

433 Children’s Literature (3) 

Prerequisites: one of the following: 

English 110, 111,200, 300,311,312, 321, 
322, Comp Lit 324, 325, or an equivalent 
course. World literature written primarily for 
children, including material from the oral 
tradition, realistic fiction, fantasy, and poetry. 
Not applicable for graduate degree credit. 

434 Literature for Junior and Senior 
High School (3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 

The evaluation, selection, and interpretation 
of fiction, non-fiction, drama, and poetry 
reflecting the broad range of interest of 
young people from 12 to 17 years of age. 

440 History of the English Language (3) 

Prerequisite: English 303 or equivalent. 
The historical development of English vocab- 
ulary, phonology, morphology, and syntax 
from Indo-European to modem American 
English. 

450 Medieval Literature (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American 
or world literature; an upper-division literature 
course; or equivalent. Readings in modem 
English translation from the medieval litera- 
ture of England and the continent from St. 
Augustine to Sir Thomas Malory. (Same as 
Comparative Literature 450) 

451 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American 
or world literature, an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or equivalent. The dramatic 
tradition in plays by such dramatists as 
Marlowe, Jonson, Webster, Beaumont and 
Fletcher. 

452 Elizabethan Poetry and Prose (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American 
or world literature; an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or equivalent. The nondramatic 
literature of the English Renaissance. 


453 17th-Century Poetry and Prose (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American 
or world literature; an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or equivalent. Nondramatic 
literature of the period from 1603 to 1660 
excluding Milton. 

454 The Drama of the Restoration & the 
18th Century (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American 
or world literature; an upper-division literature 
course; or equivalent. Representative plays 
of the Restoration and the 18th century. The 
development of such dramatic movements 
as the heroic play, Restoration comedy, and 
sentimental drama. 

455 Restoration and 18th Century Poetry 
and Prose (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American 
or world literature; an upper-division literature 
course; or equivalent. Major writers such as 
Butler, Rochester, Dryden, Pepys, Swift, 
Addison and Steele, Pope, Boswell, Johnson, 
and selected minor writers. 

456 The Development of the English 
Novel through Jane Austen (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American 
or world literature; an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or equivalent. The English novel 
from its beginnings to the 19th century 
including such novelists as Defoe, Richardson, 
Fielding, Sterne, and Austen. 

457 The Romantic Movement in English 
Literature (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American 
or world literature, an upper-division literature 
course; or equivalent. Major writers such as 
Bums, Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, 
Shelley, and Keats. 

458 Victorian Literature (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American 
or world literature, an upper-division literature 
course; or equivalent. Major writers such as 
Carlyle, Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, Ruskin, 
and Pater. 

459 The Development of the 19th- 
Century English Novel (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American 
or world literature; an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or equivalent. Major novelists 
such as the Brontes, Thackeray, Dickens, 
Eliot, and Hardy. 


462 Modern British and American 
Novels (3) 

Prerequisite: survey of English, American 
or world literature; an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or consent of instructor. Modem 
British and American novels from 1900 to 1950. 

463 Contemporary Novels in English (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American 
or world literature; an upper-division literature 
course, or equivalent. The novel in English 
since World War II. 

464 Modern British and American 
Drama (3) 

Prerequisite: survey of English, American 
or world literature; an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or consent of instructor. British 
and American drama from 1900 to 1950. 

465 Contemporary Drama in English (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American 
or world literature; an upper-division literature 
course; or equivalent. Drama in English from 
1950 to the present. 

466 Modern British and American 
Poetry (3) 

Prerequisite: survey of English, American 
or world literature; an upper-division literature 
course; or consent of instructor. British and 
American poetry from 1900 to 1950. 

467 Contemporary Poetry In English (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American 
or world literature; an upper-division literature 
course; or equivalent. Poetry in English from 
1950 to the present. 

491 Traditions of English Literary 
Criticism (3) 

Prerequisite: English 300 or consent of 
instructor. The major English critics, from the 
Renaissance to the beginning of the 20th 
century, in relationship to the classical theories 
of criticism. 

492 Modern Critical Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: English 300 or consent of 
instructor. The major movements in 20th- 
century British and American criticism. 

498 English Internship (3) 

Prerequisites: junior or senior status and 
consent of faculty supervisor. Experience in 
the practical application of studies in literature 
and language to work outside the university. 
Hours to be specified; enrollment limited; 
C/NC; no credit toward major. 


ENGLISH AND COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 


499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 
Open to advanced students in English with 
consent of department chair. May be repeated 
for credit. 

500 Introduction to Graduate Studies 
in Literature (3) 

Research techniques, analytical approaches 
and theories of literature. A course providing 
basic orientation in graduate literary studies. 

509 Creative Writing Workshop (3) 

An intensive graduate-level workshop in 
creative writing. Students will produce their 
own work, write critiques of others’ works, 
and discuss opportunities for publication. 
Recommended for students with an interest 
in creative writing. Workshops may focus on 
the writing of poetry or fiction or of a mix of 
fiction and drama, depending on expertise of 
instructor. May be repeated for credit with 
different topic. 

57 IT Graduate Seminar: Major 
Writers (3) 

As appropriate to the specialized research 
and publication of instructor; major figures 
such as Shakespeare, Dante, Shakespeare, 
Cervantes, Goethe, Bronte, Twain, Joyce, 
Woolf, and Morrison. May be repeated with 
different content for additional credit. (Same 
as Comp Lit 57 IT) 

572T Graduate Seminar: Literary 
Genres (3) 

As appropriate to the specialized research 
and publication of instructor, major literary 
types such as the epic, the novel, the short 
story, lyric poetry, tragedy, comedy, and his- 
torical drama. May be repeated with different 
content for additional credit. (Same as Comp 
Lit 572T) 

573T Graduate Seminar: Cultural 
Periods (3) 

As appropriate to the specialized research 
and publication of instructor, the literature 
of a cultural period from Anglo-Saxon to 
modem times. May be repeated with different 
content for additional credit. 


574T Graduate Seminar: Special 
Problems in Literature (3) 

As appropriate to the specialized research 
and publication of the instructor, special 
problems such as influences on literature, 
including philosophical, religious, scientific, 
geographic, and other ecological viewpoints. 
May be repeated with different content for 
additional credit. (Same as Comp Lit 574T) 

575T Graduate Seminar: Topics in 
Teaching (3) 

Specific topics will vary from semester to 
semester. May be repeated with different 
content for additional credit. (Same as Comp 
Lit 575T) 

579T Graduate Seminar: Problems in 
Criticism (3) 

Historical development and schools of 
criticism. Individual offerings within this 
course number may deal with only one 
aspect of critical problems. May be repeated 
with different content for additional credit. 
(Same as Comparative Literature 579T) 

590 Writing Theory and Practice for 
Teaching Associates (3) 

Prerequisite: English 402 and admission 
to the English Department Teaching 
Associate Program. Theory and practice of 
the composing process for the beginning 
college teacher of expository writing. 
Required of all English Department Teaching 
Associates during their first semester of 
teaching. 

590S Teaching Associate Supervision (1) 

Prerequisite: English 590. Supervised 
teaching of developmental writing and fresh- 
man composition. No credit toward the M.A. 
in English. This course may be repeated for 
credit. 

59 IT Seminar: Topics in Rhetoric and 
Composition (3) 

As appropriate to the specialized research 
of instructor, special topics on rhetoric and 
composition, including historical and theo- 
retical approaches. May be repeated with 
different content for additional credit. 


192 


597 Project (3) 

Prerequisite: classified graduate standing. 

A research paper, a critical study, a portfolio 
of creative writing, or the results of fieldwork 
or experiment. Supervising professor and 
English department graduate studies commit- 
tee must approve the proposal in advance of 
registration. (Same as Comparative Literature 
597) 

599 Independent Graduate Research (3) 

Research projects in areas of specialization 
beyond regularly offered course work. Oral 
and written reports. May be repeated with 
different content for additional credit. 

ENGLISH EDUCATION COURSES 

404 Microcomputers for English 
Teachers (3) 

Prerequisites: admission to the credential 
program or permission of the instructor. 

A hands-on computer course for secondary 
school English teachers. Focus is on the 
computer as a tool for English teachers and 
on classroom applications using computers 
to enhance instruction and improve writing 
and thinking skills. 

442 Teaching English in the Secondary 
School (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to teacher educa- 
tion. Principles, methods and materials of 
teaching English in the secondary school. 

449E Externship in Secondary 
Teaching (3) 

Student teaching in the secondary school 
during the first semester of the teacher prepa- 
ration program. The candidate plans and 
teaches assigned lessons during the last third 
of the semester. 

4491 Internship in Secondary 
Teaching (10) 

Student teaching in the secondary school 
during the second semester of the teacher 
preparation program. The candidate has the 
same instructional hours of responsibility as 
the master teacher. 

449S Seminar in Secondary Teaching (2) 

One afternoon a week the candidate 
participates in a seminar with the university 
supervisor. 


ENGLISH AND COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 



PROGRAM COORDINATOR 

Robert Voeks (acting) 

ASSOCIATE COORDINATOR 

Joel Weintraub 

PROGRAM OFFICE 

Humanities 407 

PROGRAM OFFERED 

Master of Science in Environmental 
Studies 

PROGRAM COUNCIL 

Michael Steiner (American Studies), 
Gordon Bakken (History), Dennis Berg 
(Sociology), Vincent Buck (Political Science), 
John Foster (Geological Science), Andrea 
Guillaume (Elementary Education), Stewart 
Long (Economics), Prem Saint (Geological 
Sciences), Lori Sheeran (Anthropology), Barry 
Thomas (Biological Science), Robert Voeks 
(Geography), Joel Weintraub (Biological 
Science), William Van Willis (Chemistry). 

advisers 

Program: Robert Voeks (acting) 
Environmental Sciences: Prem Saint 

Environmental Policy and Planning: 
Vacant 

Environmental Education & 

Communication: Barry Thomas 


INTRODUCTION 

Environmental Studies is an interdisciplinary program focusing on human interaction with 
the environment-cultural as well as natural. Courses integrate knowledge and methods from 
several disciplines, all of which independently study special aspects of the environment. The 
program treats the social and cultural aspects of human attempts to exploit, modify and achieve 
balance with the environment. Curricula include concerns for ecological change, environmental 
pollution, technological solutions, balanced land utilization, and aspects of planning. The 
program prepares students to work as professionals in the environmental field. A student’s 
thesis or project is the ultimate demonstration of his or her capacity to deal broadly with the 
environment. 

International Learning Opportunities in Environmental Studies 

Because many environmental problems are trans-boundary in nature, our curriculum 
necessarily addresses issues that are international in scope. From topical courses, such as 
Environmental Ethics and Global Environmental Issues, to region-specific courses, such as 
Endangered Primates and Tropical Rainforests, students tackle an array of internationally 
significant environmental problems. This experience is enhanced further through interaction 
with the large number of international students enrolled in the program. 

Students select a course of study consistent with one of the following three concentrations: 

Environmental Sciences 

This area deals with the application of physical and biological science principles to environ- 
mental issues. Topical concerns include environmental ecology, water and air resources, environ- 
mental oceanography and geology. Students in this emphasis should have a strong background 
in biology, chemistry, earth science, engineering, geology or physics. 

Environmental Policy and Planning 

This area deals with the concepts and methods of the social and behavioral sciences as applied 
to environmental policy and planning. Topical concerns include urban and regional planning, 
environmental aspects of administration, design, behavior, perception, law and economics. 
Students in this area may have backgrounds in the social or behavioral sciences and the humanities. 

Environmental Education and Communication 

This emphasis approaches the study of the environment through such related disciplines as 
communication, biology, earth science and geography. Students require skills of observation, analysis 
and presentation appropriate for the classroom teacher, the outdoor naturalist or communication 
specialist. Students in this emphasis area should have a background in natural science, education 
or communications. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 

Admission to Graduate Standing: Conditionally Classified 

University requirements include a baccalaureate from an accredited institution and a grade- 
point average of 3.0 in the last 60 units of course work attempted. In addition, three letters of 
recommendation are required. 

An undergraduate course in ecology and one in statistics are prerequisites for admission. 
Students without these prerequisites may be admitted provisionally but must take these courses 
prior to or concurrent with their enrollment in study plan course work. 


193 




ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 


Graduate Standing: Classified 

After completion of no more than nine 
semester units of adviser-approved course 
work and the development of an approved 
study plan, the student should apply for 
classified standing. 

Study Plan 

The M.S. in Environmental Studies 
requires the completion of 36 units of 
adviser-approved course work with a GPA 
of 3.0 or better and a thesis or project. The 
student’s thesis committee should be com- 
prised of three members, representing at least 
two different fields, with one being a member 
of the Environmental Studies Council. A 
student’s project is supervised by a single 
faculty member. 

Environmental Studies Core (9 units) 

500 Environmental Issues and Approaches (3) 

510 Environmental Evaluation and 
Protection (3) 

520 Environmental Research and Analysis (3) 

A student who can demonstrate compe- 
tency in any core course subject matter may, 
with the permission of the graduate program 
adviser, substitute a suitable three-unit course. 

Environmental Studies Electives (9-15 units) 
Choose from: 

595T Selected Topics in Environmental 
Problems (3) 

596 Internship in Environmental Studies (3) 
599 Independent Graduate Research (3) 

Cross-Disciplinary Electives Work (9-15 units) 
Courses outside Environmental Studies are 
chosen with prior approval of the faculty 
adviser and consistent with the student’s area 
of interest. 

No more than 12 units can be taken from 
the undergraduate major department. A three- 
unit planning course must be included. 

Thesis 598 or Project 597 (3 units) 

If students who have taken Environmental 
Studies 597 Project or 598 Thesis and 
received a grade of SP do not complete their 
project or thesis by the end of the second 
regular semester (one full year), they will be 
subject to probation for “lack of satisfactory 
progress towards the degree” and will be 
required to maintain continuous enrollment 
through regular (not Extended Education) 
enrollment. 


The last day of the final exam period each 
semester is the deadline for Project comple- 
tion (deadline for Thesis completion is set by 
the university) and by that date a notification 
of completion form (also to be used for 
theses) must be submitted with the faculty 
supervisor’s signature and (if applicable) with 
change of grade card(s) from the faculty 
supervisor and with a copy of the receipt 
from the thesis-binding department of the 
bookstore indicating that a bound and title- 
embossed copy of the project or thesis has 
been ordered for the Environmental Studies 
Program office. 

For further information, consult the 
graduate program adviser. 

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES COURSES 


595T Selected Topics in Environmental 
Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing in 
environ-mental studies or consent of instruc- 
tor. Various environmental topics, contempo- 
rary or historic, that focus on problems (e.g., 
law, endangered habitats, planning, global 
environmental issues, etc.) Topic chosen and 
outline will be circulated prior to registration. 
May be repeated four times (with different 
topics) for credit. 

596 Internship in Environmental Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing in envi- 
ronmental studies or consent of instructor. 
Field experience with a governmental or 
private agency. Seminars and professional 
experience. 


500 Environmental Issues and 
Approaches (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing in 
Environ- mental Studies or consent of 
instructor. Discussions of interdisciplinary 
approaches to environmental problems 
and research methods. Students prepare 
seminars and papers on research design 
for potential thesis topics. Meets graduate 
writing requirement. 



510 Environmental Evaluation and 
Protection (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing in envi- 
ronmental studies or consent of instructor. 
Environmental parameters (water, air, 
solid wastes, noise, radiation, etc.). 
Techniques 

in monitoring and measurement; effect on 
human health; environmental quality stan- 
dards and controls. Demonstrations and 
Field trips. 

520 Environmental Research and 
Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing in environ- 
mental studies or consent of instructor. Research 
methods and statistics used in the field of 
environmental studies. Research tools used 
in such areas a environmental field studies, 
environmental experiments, social environ- 
mental impacts, environmental attitudes and 
behavior and environmental trend analysis. 
Use of secondary data sources and computer 
required. 


J 

% v 


597 Project (3) 

Prerequisites: classified status in environ- 
mental studies program and consent of 
instructor and program coordinator. Planning, 
preparation and completion of an acceptable, 
interdisciplinary project. Credit on submis- 
sion of project. 

598 Thesis (3) 

Prerequisites: classified status in environ- 
mental studies program and consent of 
instructor and program coordinator. Planning, 
preparation and completion of an acceptable, 
interdisciplinary thesis. Credit on submission 
of thesis. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing in envi- 
ronmental studies and consent of instructor 
and program coordinator. May be repeated 
for credit. 


194 


ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 



DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

John Erickson 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Langsdorf Hall 556 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Business 
Administration 

Concentration in Finance 
Master of Business Administration 
Concentration in Finance 


INTRODUCTION 

In choosing their coursework, students are advised(but not required) to choose one of the 
five areas (advisory tracks) of study within the finance concentration. The corporate financial 
management area is designed to provide entry-level skills for students interested in the financial 
management of a non-financial firm. The financial institutions area may lead to employment in 
banks or savings and loan associations. The investment and financial planning area is designed 
for students interested in positions with brokerage firms, life insurance firms or financial plan- 
ning firms. The real estate area is designed for students interested in careers in commercial bro- 
kerage, property management, property development and real estate finance. The international 
finance area is designed for students who are interested in international investing and interna- 
tional corporate financial management. Students may combine courses from different advisory 
tracks to meet 

a specialized educational objective. 


FACULTY 

Albert Bueso, Su Chan, Carolyn Chang, 
Donald Crane, John Erickson, Albert J. 
Fredman, Joseph Greco, Tsong Lai, Yuming 
Li, Weili Lu, Joseph Reising, Mark Stohs, 
Charles Tu, Donald Valachi, Blaine Walgren, 
Ko Wang 

ADVISERS 

The Business Advising Center, Langsdorf 
Hall 700, provides information on admis- 
sions, curriculum and graduation require- 
ments, registration and grading procedures, 
residence and similar academic matters. In 
addition, advising on curriculum content and 
career opportunities may be obtained from 
the chair of the Finance Department or from: 

Financial Management 
Joseph Reising 

Personal Financial Planning 
Donald Crane 

Real Estate 

Donald Valachi 

Securities and Investments 
Albert Fredman 

Insurance and Financial Services 
Weili Lu 

International Finance 
Joseph Greco 


Awards in Finance 

Finance Outstanding Service Award 
Finance Outstanding Student Award 
Financial Executives Award 

Peter M. Mlynaryk- Outstanding Real Estate Student Award 

John Nichols Investment Trust Award 

9 ERZ/STARZ Target of Management Scholarships 

Edward D’Cunha 

Mercury Insurance Group 

Pacific Life 

Golden Eagle 

AAA 

Rims 

ISO 

Chen-da Su Insurance Award 
Prudential 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

See “Business Administration, Finance Concentration.” 

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

See “Business Administration, Finance Concentration.” 

FINANCE COURSES 

Courses are designated as FIN in the class schedule. 

310 Personal Financial Management (3) 

Financial problems of the household in allocating resources and planning expenditures. 
Housing, insurance, installment buying, medical care, savings and investments. Also examines 
the special financial planning problems faced by minorities and women. (May not be used to 
fulfill the concentration requirement in finance.) 


195 


FINANCE 


320 Business Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 201 A. 
Corequisite: Information Systems/Decision 
Sciences 361 A. Financing business enter- 
prises; financial planning and control; 
analysis of alternative sources and uses of 
combinations of short-, intermediate- and 
long-term debt, and equity. Cost of capital 
and capital investment decisions; capital 
budgeting analysis and valuation; working 
capital and capital structure management; 
corporate financial decisions in 
an international environment. 

331 Working Capital Management and 
Computer Applications (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Analysis of 
working capital management and policy. Use 
of available software programs and financial 
models in management of cash and short- 
term securities, management of accountants 
receivable and inventories, financial forecast- 
ing and short-term financing. 

332 Theory of Corporate Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 

Finance 320. Risk and return analysis. An 
introduction to the capital asset and arbitrage 
pricing models. Analysis of capital budgeting, 
real options, use of capital structure, dividend 
policy, leasing, mergers and divestitures. 

335 Financial Analysis for Investors 
and Lenders (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 

Finance 320. Interpretation of financial state- 
ments from the perspective of both the finan- 
cial analyst and the creditor. Emphasis on the 
economic meaning of financial statement 
data for the purpose of valuing the firms 
securities. 

340 Introduction to Investments (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 

Finance 320. Institutional characteristics of 
securities markets, security valuation and 
trading methods, fundamental and technical 
analysis, selection and management of securi- 
ties, role of the capital asset pricing model in 
investing, options and futures markets, port- 
folio analysis and mutual funds. 


342 Capital and Money Markets (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Finance 
320. Capital and money markets in the 
American and international economies; 
markets for new corporate and government 
issues; secondary markets; use of derivative 
securities for hedging; factors influencing 
yields and security prices. 

351 Introduction to Real Estate (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Real estate 
principles, practices and investment deci- 
sions. Equity investment, finance, legal 
aspects, practices, principles, property devel- 
opment, real estate administration in the 
public sector, real estate market analysis, 
valuation. 

352 Real Estate Finance (3) 

(Formerly 452) 

Prerequisite: Finance 351. Financial insti- 
tutions and real estate credit. Sources and 
uses of capital (funds) in financing real estate 
transactions. Money and capital markets and 
their effect on credit availability. Emphasis on 
secondary mortgage markets, securitization 
and derivative securities. 

353 Real Estate Valuation (3) 

(Formerly 453) 

Prerequisite: Finance 351. A comprehen- 
sive coverage of the basic concepts and prin- 
ciples of real estate valuation. Emphasis is 
placed on the use of the three approaches to 
valuation for the appraisal of both residential 
and income-producing properties. The role 
of valuation in real estate investment. 
Government regulation of appraisers. 

355 Real Estate Investment Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Alternative ana- 
lytical techniques in evaluating real estate 
investments. Tax aspects, measurement of 
investment returns, application of computer 
models to investment decisions. Lecture, dis- 
cussion and case analysis of major investment 
types - raw land, apartment houses, commer- 
cial and industrial uses. 

360 Principles of Insurance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Analysis of the 
risk management process, introduction to 
property and liability insurance, employee 
benefits and financial planning. Overview 
of the insurance industry and insurance 
problems. 


196 


370 International Business Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Analysis of risk 
management process, introduction to prop- 
erty and liability insurance, employee benefits 
and financial planning. Overview of insurance 
industry and insurance problems. 

371 Export-Import Financing (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Institutional 
arrangements, methods and techniques used 
to finance international trade. Government 
and financial institution services. Risk-return 
aspects of international sales, insurance 
needs, the use of letters of credit, interna- 
tional factoring, accounts receivable insurance 
and other financing techniques. Review of 
required export-import documentation. 

373 Asia-Pacific Financial and Security 
Markets (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Overview of 
financial markets in Japan, Korea, Taiwan, 
China, Hong Kong, Singapore and Southeast 
Asia. Historical perspectives, regulations, 
more recent liberalizations, and international- 
izations, and institutional technical aspects 
of the stock, bond, and other financial 
markets. 

410 Theory & Practice of Personal 
Financial Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Developing, 
implementing and monitoring comprehensive 
personal financial plans. Includes risk man- 
agement, investments, taxation, retirement 
and estate planning, as well as professional 
practices. 

411 Retirement and Estate Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Development 
of retirement objectives, needs and financial 
condition. Forecasting retirement income 
from employer based retirement plans, IRAs, 
insurance policies, social security, investment 
programs. Medicare, medical, group life and 
health benefits after retirement. Property 
titling, wills and transfers in contemplation 
of death. 

425 Commercial Bank and Financial 
Institution Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. The solution of 
financial institution problems. Major financial 
intermediaries and the decision-making prob- 
lems they face. Regulation and its effect on 
management operations. Group problems and 
case studies. 


FINANCE 


432 Financial Forecasting and 
Budgeting (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Forecasting in 
financial management; profit planning and 
control process: goals, technical procedures, 
and effects of budgeting: mechanics of fore- 
casting and budgeting, follow up and control. 

433 Problems in Business Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 332. Case studies. 
Group problems and case studies relating to 
estimation of funds requirements, long-term 
financial planning, evaluation of cash flows, 
financing acquisitions and mergers, capital 
budgeting and cost of capital. Team-building, 
leadership and computer-assisted presenta- 
tion skills. 



442 Advanced Investment Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 340 and Info 
Sys/Decision Sci 361 A. Securities markets 
and company analysis, security valuation 
models the CAPM and the APT option 
pricing, and portfolio models. Practical appli- 
cation of investment theory and recent litera- 
ture will be emphasized. 


444 Options and Futures (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 340. Put and call 
options, option pricing theory and models. 
Financial futures pricing, hedging strategies 
and models. Institutional characteristics of 
futures trading. Options and futures on stock 
indices. Options on futures, theoretical 
relationship between options and futures. 

446 Investment Management 

Prerequisite: Finance 340 and 3.0 grade- 
point average in all business courses taken or 
consent of department chair. Offers students 
the hands-on experience necessary to success- 
fully analyze stocks and manage an actual 
securities portfolio. Each semester begins 
with the investments left by the previous 
semester’s class. Student teams research 
companies and prepare professional reports 
on potential investments. 

454 Real Estate Market Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 351. Factors and 
influences of urban growth and development. 
Economic factors and real estate supply and 
demand. Location theory and urban growth 
patterns. Public policy as a factor in real 
estate development. Analysis of real estate 
markets. 

456 Property Development and 
Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 351. Decision 
making process in the property development 
process - from raw land to marketing and 
management of the completed product. 

Policy formulation and implementation, 
project feasibility analysis, financial analysis, 
computer assisted analysis; case studies. 

461 Business Property and Liability Risk 
Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 360. Course covers 
the duties and functions of a corporate risk 
manager, the major commercial property 
liability lines including business income, 
general liability, commercial auto workers 
compensation, business owner insurance, 
and operation of property liability insurers. 

462 Life and Flealth Insurance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 360. Course covers 
the analysis of various types of life annuity 
and health insurance contracts, major 
employee benefit plans adopted by corpora- 
tions and the organization and management 
of life and health insurance companies. 


495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 332, a concentra- 
tion in finance, consent of department 
internship adviser, junior standing, 2.5 GPA 
and one semester in residence at the univer- 
sity. Also open to international business 
majors. Planned and supervised work experi- 
ence. May be repeated for credit up to a total 
of six units. Credit/No Credit only. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 320 and consent 
of the instructor. Open to undergraduate 
students desiring to pursue directed indepen- 
dent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. Not 
open to students on academic probation. 

517 Managerial Finance (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 510 and classified 
SBAE status. The methodology of financial 
management. The primary tools for financial 
analysis, long-term investment decisions, 
valuation and working capital management. 
International applications. 

523 Seminar in Corporate Financial 
Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent 
and classified SBAE status. The analysis of 
the financial decision-making process through 
case studies and seminar presentations. 
Current financial theory and models. 
International applications. 

533 Seminar in Financial 
Administration (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 523 and classified 
SBAE status. Optimal financing and asset 
administration; advanced techniques of 
capital budgeting; application of analytical 
methods to the administration of the finance 
function of the business firm. 

540 Seminar in Financial Markets (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent 
and classified SBAE status. Structure and 
operation of major financial institutions; 
portfolio composition, price-cost problems, 
and market behavior; analysis of financial 
intermediation and interrelation of financial 
institutions and markets. 


FINANCE 


541 Seminar in Investment Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent 
and classified SBAE status. Problems of 
investment and portfolio management; con- 
cepts of risk evaluation and investment 
criteria; analysis of interest rate movements; 
investment valuation and timing; regulation 
and administrative problems of the industry. 

551 Seminar in Real Estate Investment (3) 

Prerequisites. Finance 517 or equivalent 
and classified SBAE status. Problems of real 
estate investment; concepts of evaluation and 
investment criteria; analysis of real property 
values; real estate development and financing. 
Case studies. 

570 Seminar in International Financial 
Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent 
and classified SBAE status. The financial 
problems of the multinational firm. Inter- 
national financing instruments, capital invest- 
ment decisions, and constraints on the 
profitability of multinational businesses. 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 517 or equivalent 
and classified SBAE status, consent of instruc- 
tor and approval by Department Chair. 
Directed independent inquiry. Not open to 
students on academic probation. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent 
and classified SBAE status, consent of instruc- 
tor and approval by Department Chair and 
Associate Dean. May be repeated for credit. 
Not open to students on academic probation. 


198 


FINANCE 



DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Curtis W. Swanson 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Humanities 83 5C 

DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

http://hss.fullerton.edu/fll 

LANGUAGE LABORATORY 

Humanities 325 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in French, German, 
Japanese, and Spanish 

Minor in French, German, Japanese, 
Portuguese, and Spanish 

Master of Arts in French, German, and 
Spanish 

Master of Science in Education: 
Teaching English to Speakers of 
Other Languages (TESOL) 

Certificate for Teachers of English as 
a Second Language 

Heritage Languages: Arabic, Chinese, 
Vietnamese 

Business Language Concentrations for 
Bachelor of Arts in International 
Business: Chinese, French, German, 
Japanese, Portuguese, and Spanish 

Single Subject Matter Preparation 
Program for Secondary Teaching: 
French, German, Japanese, and 
Spanish 


INTRODUCTION 

The Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures offers a wide diversity of programs 
of language, cultural studies, linguistics, and literature, aimed at meeting the varying needs of 
today’s students. 

In our changing world, we must lower barriers to understanding. Communicating effectively 
in a foreign language is not simply an exercise in the acquisition of linguistic skills. In learning 
another language, we also gain insight into the thinking of another culture (often very different 
from our own), insights which afford us the perspective necessary to examine critically our own 
cultural values. In our department, we view language, culture, linguistics and literature as inte- 
grally related facets of the complex phenomenon of human communication which help us better 
understand each other and our roles within the framework of cultural change. 

Our department has well-established baccalaureate programs in French, German, Japanese, 
and Spanish and masters programs in French, German, and Spanish. Additionally, we offer 
a post baccalaureate program leading to a Certificate in Teaching English as a Second Language 
and an M.S. in Education with a concentration in Teaching English to Speakers of Other 
Languages (TESOL). in addition to our degree and certificate programs, we offer minors in 
French, German, Japanese, Portuguese, and Spanish. Course work is also offered in Vietnamese, 
Chinese and Arabic. 

Students interested in developing language and cultural competencies find a variety of 
programs in Foreign Languages and Literatures. Programs are designed for those who wish to 
pursue more advanced studies of language and literatures, as well as for the growing number of 
individuals who will find foreign language ability and sensitivity to other cultures an important 
component in career preparation. Our programs are designed for those planning careers in 
education, government and social services, translation services, literature, and the expanding 
areas of international business. 

Our goal is to assist students in developing competence in other languages through teaching 
all courses in the target language. We strive to deepen students’ knowledge about language and 
the humanities through reading representative authors in their respective literatures and to famil- 
iarize students with the cultural traditions of the peoples whose language they study. 

FACULTY 

Linda Andersen, Nancy Baden, Modesto Diaz, Hdfcne Domon, MichHe Druon, Janet Eyring, 
Reyes Fidalgo, Juan Carlos Gallego, Leon Gilbert, Ronald Harmon, Josefina Hess, Arturo Jasso, 
Keiji Matsumoto, C. George Peale, Sandra P£rez-Linggi, Setsue Shibata, Curtis Swanson, Maijone 
Tussing, Lydia V£lez, Cheryl Zimmerman. 

CREDENTIAL INFORMATION 

The Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures offers approved Single Subject Matter 
Preparation Programs in French, German, Japanese, and Spanish for prospective secondary 
teachers seeking the Single Subject Teaching Credential in conjunction with the Department of 
Secondary Education. Information concerning admission to Teacher Education is available at the 
Center for Careers in Teaching (714-278-7130) (http://www.Jullerton.edu/cct) and in the Office of 
Admission to Teacher Education (714-278-341 1). 

Program applications are accepted March 1 for the fall semester only. Before applying to 
a credential program, prospective teachers should attend an overview session sponsored by the 
Department of Secondary Education and then see an adviser in the Department of Foreign 


199 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


Languages and Literatures. In addition, they 
must have completed or nearly completed 
the subject matter preparation requirements 
or have passed an approved national exam 
and have taken the C-BEST (California Basic 
Educational Skills Test). During the admis- 
sion process applicants will be required to 
demonstrate oral and written proficiency in 
the language. Current information is available 
in the department office and at 
http://hss.Jullerton.edu/IU. 

SPECIAL PROGRAM INFORMATION 

International Programs 

The Department of Foreign Languages 
and Literatures encourages students to partic- 
ipate in a study program abroad. Such 
programs facilitate student mastery of the 
language and offer numerous cultural 
insights. The California State University’s 
International Programs offer a wide variety 
of study opportunities at the junior, senior, 
and graduate level. Language exchange 
programs are also available with Fudan 
University (China), the University of Paris 
(France), the Autonomous University of 
Guadalajara (Mexico), and the University of 
Nanzan (Japan) Approved internships for the 
B.A. in International Business are available at 
the School of Business, Management, and 
Economics in Nurtingen (Germany). 

Language majors are required to complete 
the following minimum number of units in 
their major on campus before departure for, 
or upon return from, overseas: six units of 
upper-division coursework at CSUF, of which 
at least three units must be at the 400-level. 

Language Concentration for 
International Business 

The Department of Foreign Languages 
and Literatures offers language concentrations 
in Chinese, French, German, Japanese, 
Portuguese, and Spanish. This component 
of the B.A. in International Business consists 
of 1 5 units of upper-division language study 
(including an internship). These courses, as 
well as the prerequisites, must be completed 
with a grade of “C” or better. For description 
of the international business program, please 
see the “International Business” section of 
this catalog. 

FLAIR (Foreign Language Alliance - 
Intra-Regional Program) 

Concurrent enrollment for French and 
German M.A. Programs 


The French and German faculty at CSU 
Fullerton and CSU Long Beach have estab- 
lished a cooperative arrangement that permits 
graduate students enrolled at either campus 
to take courses concurrently at the other 
campus. 

Benefits to students are considerable. With 
prior approval by the graduate adviser, course- 
work at either campus may be applicable 
to the M.A. degree. A greater selection of 
courses and faculty enriches graduate study 
and may shorten the time required to com- 
plete the degree. Cooperative scheduling 
ensures that time conflicts and travel time 
are minimized. 

The CSU/UCLA Cooperative Program in 
Foreign Languages and Literatures 

The Cooperative Program in Foreign 
Languages and Literatures gives students the 
opportunity (without additional fees) to take 
courses in foreign languages not available on 
this campus or any neighboring CSU campus, 
but offered at UCLA. For information regard- 
ing enrollment and qualifications, interested 
students should inquire at the department 
office. 

The Language Laboratory 

Students enrolled in a variety of foreign 
language courses may be required, in addi- 
tion to the regular class periods, to complete 
assignments in the department’s language 
laboratory. The 18-station audio laboratory 
operates like a library; students may use it 
at a time most convenient to them, preferably 
daily, in sessions of 1 5 to 30 minutes. 

A 24-station computer laboratory featuring 
multimedia interactive capabilities facilitates 
both individual and group learning activities 
in conjunction with a networked instructor 
station. 

Advisers 

Undergraduate: All faculty members serve 
as advisers. Students may check at the 
department office to determine their assigned 
faculty adviser. 

Foreign Language Teacher Education: Linda 
Andersen, Nancy Baden, Janet Eyring, Reyes 
Fidalgo, Juan Carlos Gallego, Ronald 
Harmon, and Setsue Shibata. 

Graduate: Michele Druon (M.A. in 
French), Leon Gilbert (M.A. in German), 
Josefina Hess (M.A. in Spanish), and Janet 
Eyring (M.S. in Education TESOL). 


200 


M.S. TESOL and TESL Certificate: Nancy 
Baden, Janet Eyring, Juan Carlos Gallego, 
Marjorie Tussing, and Cheryl Zimmerman. 

Upper-Division Writing Requirement 

Foreign language (FLNG) 30 1 satisfies the 
course portion of the upper-division writing 
requirement for all foreign language majors. 

Academic Standards Requirement 

Each course counted to fulfill requirements 
for the major or minor must be completed 
with a grade of “C” or better. 

Advanced Placement 

Students should enroll at the point in the 
sequence of courses for which their previous 
study and/or experience has prepared them. 
Students with no language background 
should enroll in fundamental 101-level 
courses. Normally, two years of high school 
language study are considered to be equiva- 
lent to one year of college language. Students 
just completing two years of high school lan- 
guage should begin at 200-level intermediate 
courses. A minimum of four years of high 
school language, or its equivalent, is consid- 
ered a prerequisite for more advanced 300- 
level major work. 

Courses at the 101 -level are not open to 
students who have completed two or more 
years of high school study or one term of 
college study in that language unless such 
study was completed three years or more 
before entering the class. Courses at the 102- 
level are not open to students who have com- 
pleted two or more years of high school 
study or two terms of college study in that 
language unless such study was completed 
two years or more before entering the class. 
Language courses at the 100-level are not 
open to native speakers of that language. 

Due to the sequential nature of language 
instruction, consultation with an adviser in 
the Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures is essential before enrolling in 
courses. 

International Baccalaureate Program 

Students entering the university with the 
International Baccalaureate shall request an 
oral interview with two instructors of the 
target language. Subject to their recommen- 
dation, the following credit may be awarded: 

Students with the International Bacca- 
laureate Higher Level Language Exam with 
a grade of four or better will have lower- divi- 
sion requirements waived, and upon 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


recommendation will receive three to twelve 
units of upper-division language credit. 

Students with the International Bacca- 
laureate Subsidiary Level Language B Exam 
with a grade of four or better will have lower- 
division requirements waived, and upon rec- 
ommendation will receive up to six units of 
upper-division language credit. If no upper- 
division units are recommended, a minimum 
of six units of 200-level credit will be 
awarded. 



Transfer Students 

In accordance with university rules, all 
transfer students must complete 30 units in 
residence at Cal State Fullerton. Of these 30 
units, the transfer student majoring in 
French, German, Japanese or Spanish is 
required to complete 12 upper-division units, 
i e., 300- or 400-level courses, including 
9 units of 400-level classes in the major on 
the Cal State Fullerton campus. The specific 
courses will be determined in consultation 
with the students adviser. 

Unit Requirements 

Each foreign language bachelors degree 
requires a minimum of 120 units which 
includes courses for the major. General 
Education, all University requirements, and 
free electives. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN FRENCH 

The Bachelor of Arts in French consists 
of 30 units of upper-division French course 
work, plus the required 3-unit upper-division 
writing course, Foreign Language (FLNG) 
301. Prior to undertaking upper-division 
work, the French major will have completed 
the following lower-division courses or their 
equivalents: 


Basic Requirements (20 units) 

Each of the following courses or their 
equivalent: 

French 101 Fundamental French-A (5) 
French 102 Fundamental French-B (5) 
French 203 Intermediate French-A (3) 
French 204 Intermediate French-B (3) 


French 213 Intermediate Diction and 
Phonetics (2) 


French 214 Intermediate Conversation and 
Composition (2) 


IV. Civilization and Culture (6 units 
required, up to 12 units) 

French 315 Origins of Modem France (3) 

French 325 Contemporary French Civilization (3) 

French 3 1 1 French for International 
Business (3) 

French 407 French Film (3) 

French 435T Topics in French/Francophone 
Culture (3) 

V. Literature (6 units required, up to 
12 units) 

French 375 Explorations in Literature (3) 

One of the following Interdisciplinary 
Approaches to Literature: 

French 470 French Literature & Power (3) 

French 471 Literature and the Human 
Psyche (3) 

French 472 Philosophical Exploration in 
Literature (3) 


Upper-Division Requirements 

(a total of 33 upper-division units) 
Italicized classes are required. 


VI. Capstone Seminar (3 units required) 

French 485 Senior Seminar in French 
Studies (3) 


I. Upper-Division Writing Requirement 
(3 units required) 

Foreign Language 301 Writing in an Intercultural 
Context (3) 

II. Language (3 units required*, up to 
9 units) 

French 307 Advanced Composition and 
Grammar (3) 

OR French 308 Advanced Composition and 
Grammar (3) 

French 310 French in the Business World (3) 

French 409 Techniques of French-English 
Translation (3) 

III. Linguistics (3 units required*, up to 
9 units) 

French 300 Advanced Oral Expression and 
Phonetics (3) 

French 408 Advanced Writing: Syntax and 
Morphology (3) 

French 466 Introduction to French 
Linguistics (3) 


* Six (6) units are required in each of the 
areas II. and III. for the Single Subject Matter 
Preparation Program for the Secondary 
Education Teaching Credential. 


VII. Electives (9 units required) 

Plus, in consultation with your adviser, 
choose nine (9) additional units of electives 
of which a minimum of six must be at the 
400-level, from at least two of the categories 
II. - V. listed above. 


MINOR IN FRENCH 


Basic Requirements (20 units) 

Each of the following courses or their 
equivalent: 

French 101 Fundamental French-A (5) 
French 102 Fundamental French-B (5) 
French 203 Intermediate French-A (3) 
French 204 Intermediate French-B (3) 


French 213 Intermediate Diction and 
Phonetics (2) 


French 214 Intermediate Conversation and 
Composition (2) 


Upper-Division Requirements (a total of 
12 units) 

Six units required from these courses: 

French 307 Advanced Composition and 
Grammar (3) 

OR French 308 Advanced Composition 
and Grammar (3) 


201 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


French 315 Origins of Modem France (3) 

OR French 325 Contemporary French 
Civilization (3) 

Plus, in consultation with an adviser, 
choose two additional electives from the fol- 
lowing (if not taken above) - 6 units required: 

French 300 Advanced Oral Expression and 
Phonetics (3) 

French 307 Advanced Composition and 
Grammar (3) 

OR French 308 Advanced Composition 
and Grammar (3) 

French 310 French in the Business World (3) 

French 311 French for International 
Business (3) 

French 315 Origins of Modem France (3) 

OR French 325 Contemporary French 
Civilization (3) 

French 375 Explorations in Literature (3) 
French 407 French Film (3) 

French 408 Advanced Writing: Syntax and 
Morphology (3) 

French 409 Techniques of French-English 
Translation (3) 

French 4 1 5 French Classicism (3) 

French 425 French Romanticism (3) 

French 435T Topics in French/Francophone 
Culture (3) 

French 466 Introduction to French 
Linguistics (3) 

French 470 French Literature & Power (3) 
French 471 Literature and the Human 
Psyche (3) 

French 472 Philosophical Exploration in 
Literature (3) 

French 475 Seminar in 20th Century French 
Literature (3) 

French 485 Senior Seminar in French 
Studies (3) 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN GERMAN 

The Bachelor of Arts in German consists 
of 30 units of upper-division German course 
work, plus the required 3-unit upper-division 
writing course, Foreign Language FLNG 301. 
Prior to undertaking upper-division work, the 
German major will have completed the 
following lower-division courses or their 
equivalents: 


Basic Requirements (20 units) 

Each of the following courses or their 
equivalent: 

German 101 Fundamental German -A (5) 
German 102 Fundamental German-B (5) 
German 203 Intermediate German-A (3) 
German 204 Intermediate German-B (3) 
German 213 Intermediate Reading-A (2) 
German 214 Intermediate Reading-B (2) 


Upper-Division Requirements (a total 
of 33 units) 

18 units required as listed below: 

Foreign Language 301 Writing in an 
Intercultural Context (3) 

German 305 Advanced Conversation and 
Composition (3) 

German 315 Introduction to German 
Civilization (3) 

German 325 Current Trends in Culture of 
German-Speaking Peoples (3) 

German 335 Introduction to Literature (3) 
German 399 German Phonetics (3) 

Plus, in consultation with an adviser, 
choose three of the following literature 
courses (9 units required): 

German 430 German Literature and Culture 
to the Baroque (3) 

German 450 19th-Century' German 
Literature and Culture (3) 

German 460 20th-Century German 
Literature and Culture (3) 

German 482 German Literature 6z Culture 
in Film (3) 

Plus, in consultation with an adviser, 
choose two courses from the following 
(6 units required): 

German 300 German Conversation (3) 

German 310 German in the Business 
World (3) 

German 311 German for International 
Business (3) 

German 400 Advanced Conversation 
Practice and Vocabulary Expansion (3) 

German 405 Advanced Writing and 
Speaking (3) 

German 466 Introduction to German 
Linguistics (3) 

German 485T Senior Seminar in German 
Literature (3) 


202 


MINOR IN GERMAN 

Basic Requirements (20 units) 

Each of the following courses or their 
equivalent: 

German 101 Fundamental German-A (5) 
German 102 Fundamental German-B (5) 
German 203 Intermediate German-A (3) 
German 204 Intermediate German-B (3) 
German 213 Intermediate Reading-A (2) 
German 214 Intermediate Reading-B (2) 

Upper-Division Requirements (12 units) 

Six units required from this section: 

German 305 Advanced Conversation & 
Composition (3) 

German 315 Introduction to German 
Civilization (3) 

OR German 325 Current Trends in 
Culture of German-Speaking Peoples (3) 

Plus, in consultation with an adviser, 
choose two additional courses from the 
following (6 units required): 

German 300 German Conversation (3) 

German 310 German in the Business 
World (3) 

German 311 German for International 
Business (3) 

German 315 Introduction to German 
Civilization (3) 

German 325 Current Trends in Culture of 
German-Speaking Peoples (3) 

German 335 Introduction to Literature (3) 
German 399 German Phonetics (3) 

German 400 Advanced Conversation Practice 
and Vocabulary Expansion (3) 

German 405 Advanced Writing and 
Speaking (3) 

German 466 Introduction to German 
Linguistics (3) 

German 48 5T Senior Seminar in German 
Literature (3) 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN JAPANESE 

The Bachelor of Arts in Japanese consists 
of 30 units of upper-division Japanese course 
work, plus the required 3-unit upper-division 
writing course. Foreign Language FLNG 301. 
Prior to undertaking upper-division work, 
the Japanese major will have completed the 
following lower-division courses or their 
equivalents: 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


Basic Requirements (20 units) 

Each of the following courses or their 
equivalent: 

Japanese 101 Fundamental Japanese-A (5) 
Japanese 102 Fundamental Japanese-B (5) 
Japanese 203 Intermediate Japanese-A (5) 
Japanese 204 Intermediate Japanese-B (5) 

Upper-Division Core Requirements 
(18 units) 

Choose from the following courses: 

Japanese 305 Advanced Japanese-A (3) 
Japanese 306 Advanced Japanese-B (3) 
Japanese 307 Advanced Spoken Japanese (3) 
Japanese 310 Japanese for Business (3) 

Japanese 311 Japanese for International 
Business (3) 

Japanese 315 Introduction to Japanese 
Civilization (3) 

Japanese 316 Modem Japan (3) 

Upper-Division Electives (12 units) 

Choose from the following: 

Japanese 375 Introduction to Literary 
Forms (3) 

Japanese 440 Introduction to Modern 
Japanese Literature (3) 

Japanese 466 Introduction to Japanese 
Linguistics (3) 

Japanese 468 Japanese-English Contrastive 
Analysis (3) 

Japanese 485T Senior Seminar: Variable 
Topics in Japanese (3) 

Japanese 499 Independent Study (1-3) 

MINOR IN JAPANESE 

Basic Requirements (20 units) 

Each of the following courses or their 
equivalent: 

Japanese 101 Fundamental Japanese-A (5) 
Japanese 102 Fundamental Japanese-B (5) 
Japanese 203 Intermediate Japanese-A (5) 
Japanese 204 Intermediate Japanese-B (5) 

Upper-Division Requirements (12 units) 

Six units required from the following: 

Japanese 305 Advanced Japanese-A (3) 
Japanese 306 Advanced Japanese-B (3) 
Japanese 307 Advanced Spoken Japanese (3) 


Six units from the following: 

Japanese 310 Japanese for Business (3) 
Japanese 311 Japanese for International 
Business (3) 

Japanese 315 Introduction to Japanese 
Civilization (3) 

Japanese 316 Modem Japan (3) 

Japanese 375 Introduction to Literary 
Forms (3) 

Japanese 440 Introduction to Modem 
Japanese Literature (3) 

Japanese 466 Introduction to Japanese 
Linguistics (3) 

Japanese 468 Japanese-English Contmstive 
Analysis (3) 

Japanese 499 Independent Study (1-3) 

MINOR IN PORTUGUESE 

Basic Requirements (8 units) 

Each of the following courses or their 
equivalent: 

Portuguese 101 Fundamental 
Portuguese-A (4) 

Portuguese 102 Fundamental 
Portuguese-B (4) 

Upper-Division Requirements (12 units) 

Portuguese 310 Portuguese in the Business 
World (3) 

Portuguese 317 Advanced Conversation and 
Composition (3) 

Portuguese 320 Introduction to Luso- 
Brazilian Culture and Civilization (3) 

Portuguese 325 Contemporary Brazilian 
Civilization (3) 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SPANISH 

The Bachelor of Arts in Spanish consists 
of 33 units of upper-division Spanish course- 
work, plus the required 3-unit upper-division 
writing course, Foreign Language (FLNG) 
301. Prior to undertaking upper-division 
work, the Spanish major will have completed 
the following lower-division courses or their 
equivalents: 

Basic Requirements (17-22 units) 

Spanish 101/102 Fundamental Spanish (10) 

OR Spanish 105 Intensive Review of 
Fundamental Spanish (5) 

Spanish 203 Intermediate Spanish A (3) 

OR Spanish 201 Spanish for Spanish 
Speakers A (3) 


Spanish 204 Intermediate Spanish B (3) 

OR Spanish 202 Spanish for Spanish 
Speakers B (3) 

Spanish 213 Intermediate Conversation* (3) 
Spanish 214 Intermediate Composition (3) 

Upper-Division Requirements (36 units) 

I. Upper-Division Writing (3 units 
required) 

Foreign Language 301 Writing in an 
Intercultural Context (3) 

II. Language (6 units required) 

Spanish 301 Advanced Grammar and 
Composition (3) 

Spanish 400 Advanced Writing (3) 

III. Culture (6 units required) 

Spanish 315 Introduction to Spanish 
Civilization (3) 

Spanish 316 Introduction to Spanish- 
American Civilization (3) 

IV. Literature (9 units required) 

Spanish 375 Introduction to Literary 
Forms (3) 

Spanish 430 Spanish Literature to 
Neoclassicism (3) 

OR Spanish 461 Spanish Literature Since 
Neoclassicism (3) 

Spanish 441 Spanish-American Literature 
Since Modernism (3) 

V. Linguistics (6 units required) 

Spanish 466 Spanish Phonology and 
Dialectology (3) 

Spanish 467 Spanish Morphology and 
Syntax (3) 

OR Spanish 468 Spanish-English 
Bilingualism and Language Contact (3) 

VI. Seminar (3 units required) 

Spanish 47 5T Topics in Spanish Peninsular 
Literature (3) 

OR Spanish 485T Topics in Spanish 
American Literature (3) 

VII. Elective (3 units required) 

Spanish 415, 416, and any of above not 
already taken, chosen in consultation 
with an adviser; 475T and 485T may be 
repeated with a different topic. Spanish 
300*, 310 and 311 not applicable. 

* Spanish 213 and 300 not open to native 
speakers 


203 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


MINOR IN SPANISH 

Basic Requirements (17-22 units) 

Each of the following courses or their 
equivalent: 

Spanish 101/102 Fundamental Spanish (10) 

OR Spanish 105 Intensive Review of 
Fundamental Spanish (5) 

Spanish 203 Intermediate Spanish A (3) 

OR Spanish 201 Spanish for Spanish 
Speakers A (3) 

Spanish 204 Intermediate Spanish B (3) 

OR Spanish 202 Spanish for Spanish 
Speakers B (3) 

Spanish 213 Intermediate Conversation* (3) 
Spanish 214 Intermediate Composition (3) 

Upper-Division Requirements (12 units) 

Six units required from the following: 

Spanish 301 Advanced Grammar and 
Composition (3) 

Spanish 315 Introduction to Spanish 
Civilization (3) 

OR Spanish 316 Introduction to Spanish 
American Civilization (3) 

Plus, in consultation with an adviser, 
choose two additional upper-division courses 
from the following: 

Spanish 300 Spanish Conversation* (3) 

Spanish 315 Introduction to Spanish 
Civilization (3) 

Spanish 316 Introduction to Spanish 
American Civilization (3) 

Spanish 375 Introduction to Literary 
Forms (3) 

Spanish 400 Advanced Writing (3) 

Spanish 415 Contemporary Spanish 
Culture (3) 

Spanish 416 Contemporary Spanish 
American Culture (3) 

Spanish 430 Spanish Literature to 
Neoclassicism (3) 

Spanish 441 Spanish-American Literature 
Since Modemism(3) 

Spanish 466 Spanish Phonology and 
Dialectology (3) 

Spanish 467 Spanish Morphology and 
Syntax (3) 

Spanish 468 Spanish- English Bilingualism 
and Language Contact (3) 

*Not open to native speakers. 


Spanish 475T Senior Seminar: Topics in 
Spanish Peninsular Literature (3) 

Spanish 485T Senior Seminar: Topics in 
Spanish-American Literature (3) 

CERTIFICATE FOR TEACHERS OF 
ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE 

In cooperation with the Department of 
English and the program in Linguistics, the 
Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures offers a Certificate for Teachers of 
English as a Second Language (TESL). The 
program consists of 24 units. In order to 
participate in the program, students must 
declare the TESL Certificate along with their 
degree objective. 

Admission Requirements 

1. A baccalaureate degree from an accredited 
institution. 

2. A grade-point average of at least 2.5 in 
the last 60 semester units attempted and 
a 3.0 grade-point average in the major. 

3 Good standing at the last college 
attended. 

4. At least two years of one foreign language 
or one year each of two different foreign 
languages or the equivalent with an 
average 3.0 GPA. This requirement will 
normally be waived for students from 
foreign countries who have studied 
English as a foreign language. 

5. Foreign Language 301 and English 303 
with a grade of “B” or better. 

6. Oral and written proficiency in English 
to be determined at time of application. 

A minimum TOEFL score 573 (paper- 
based) or 230 (computer-based) and 

a minimum score of 50 on the Test of 
Spoken English are required for non- 
native English speaking applicants who 
completed their bachelors degrees 
outside of the U.S. 

7. Consent of the admitting committee to 

enter the program and to develop a study 
plan. 

Required Core Courses (12 units) 

Foreign Language Education 400 
Fundamentals in TESOL (3) 

Foreign Language Education 509 Advanced 
Principles of TESOL (Listening/Speaking 
Focus) (3) 


204 


Foreign Language Education 510 Advanced 
Principles of TESOL (Reading/Writing 
Focus) (3) 

Foreign Language Education 527 Second 
Language Acquisition (3) 

Language Pedagogy (3 units) 

Foreign Language Education 515 

Pedagogical Grammar and TESOL (3) 

OR Foreign Language Education 520 
Teaching Pronunciation and Oral 
Discourse in TESOL (3) 

Electives (6 units) 

Students select six units from the follow- 
ing three emphases: Language and Culture; 
Testing, Technology and Research, and 
Professional Education. Prerequisites will be 
enforced. 

Language and Culture Emphasis 

Students may select from any of the 
Culture and Literature or Language and 
Linguistics electives. Complete titles and 
descriptions of courses can be found in the 
departmental course listings of this catalog. 

Culture and Literature courses include: 
Anthropology 412, 470 
Asian American Studies 495 
Chicano Studies 431, 450, 480 
Foreign Language Education 545 
Reading 560 

Speech Communication 420, 422, 522 
400-level adviser-approved American Studies 
course 

400-500 level adviser-approved English or 
American literature course 

Language and Linguistics courses include: 
Anthropology 416 
English 440 

Foreign Language 468 and if not taken as a 
core course, 515 or 520 

French/German/Japanese/Spanish 466 
Japanese/Spanish 468 

Linguistics 406, 412, 417, 442, 505, 507, 
508 

Reading 514 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


Testing, Technology and Research Emphasis 
Anthropology 401 
Ed El 415, 511, 513, 519 
Ed Sec 404 

Foreign Language Education 446 
Linguistics 501 
Psychology 461, 465 
Reading 516 

Professional Education Emphasis 
Elementary education courses include: 

Ed El 425, 500, 521, 529, 530, 531, 542, 

553 

Foreign Language Education 446 
Reading 508 

Secondary education courses include: 

Ed Sec 540C, 540D, 440M 

Foreign Language Education 442, 446 

Adult/College education courses include: 

English 401, 402, 402S, 590 

Reading 507, 581 

Foreign Language Education 446 

Terminal Evaluation (3 units) 

Foreign Language Education 596 
Practicum (3) 

MASTER OF ARTS IN FRENCH 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 

University requirements include a bac- 
calaureate from an accredited institution and 
a grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 
60 semester units attempted. See the section 
of this catalog on admission of graduates for the 
complete statement and procedures. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

A student who meets the requirements for 
conditionally classified graduate standing, as 
well as the following requirements, may be 
granted classified graduate standing upon the 
development of an approved study plan: 
a major in French consisting of 24 units 
(or equivalent) of upper-division studies 
with above-average scholarship. (A candidate 
presenting a B.A. which has fewer than 24 
upper-division units in the language, or is 
otherwise inadequate, will be required to take 
additional courses to build a full undergraduate 
major before beginning the graduate program.) 
The student must also demonstrate profi- 
ciency in English, either by passing the 


English Writing Proficiency or equivalent 
exam or by passing Foreign Language 301 
or equivalent with a grade of “C” or better. 

Adaptations of certain admission require- 
ments may be made for promising foreign 
students. 

In addition, a candidate must complete 
an initial orientation session. 

Study Plan 

The study plan consists of 30 units of 
graduate study (at least 15 units in 500-level 
courses), distributed as follows: 

Core Course (3 units) 

French 500 Graduate Seminar: Advanced 
Structure and Style (3) 

Linguistics Seminar (3 units) 

French 520 Graduate Seminar: Old 
French (3) 

OR French 530 Graduate Seminar: 
Historical Linguistics (3) 

Literature Seminars (9 units) 

Chosen from the following: 

French 557 Graduate Seminar: French 
Poetry (3) 

French 571 Graduate Seminar: French 
Prose (3) 

French 575 Graduate Seminar: French 
Drama (3) 

French 576T Graduate Seminar: Major 
Writers (3) 

French 579 Francophone Literature (3) 

Electives (15 units) 

Additional electives are to be chosen in 
consultation with the graduate adviser 
(A maximum of six units may be taken, 
with approval of the graduate committee, in 
a related field, at the 300, 400, or 500 level.) 

French 407 French Film (3) 

French 408 Advanced Writing: Syntax and 
Morphology (3) 

French 409 Techniques of French-English 
Translation (3) 

French 435T Topics in French / 
Francophone Culture (3) 

French 466 Introduction to French 
Linguistics (3) 

French 470 French Literature & Power (3) 

French 47 1 Literature and the Human 
Psyche (3) 


French 472 Philosophical Exploration in 
Literature (3) 

French 475 Seminar in 20th Century French 
Literature (3) 

French 485 Senior Seminar in French 
Studies (3) 

French 520 Graduate Seminar: Old 
French (3) 

French 530 Graduate Seminar: Historical 
Linguistics (3) 

French 557 Graduate Seminar: French 
Poetry (3) 

French 571 Graduate Seminar: French 
Prose (3) 

French 575 Graduate Seminar: French 
Drama (3) 

French 576T Graduate Seminar: Major 
Writers (3) 

French 579 Francophone Literature (3) 
French 598 Thesis (3-6) 

French 599 Independent Graduate 
Research (1-3) 

Comprehensive Exam 

Final evaluation is by comprehensive 
written and oral examination, including 
advanced competency in the French lan- 
guage. The candidate may, with the approval 
of the graduate committee, repeat the exami- 
nation, but once only, within two years. 

For further information, consult the 
Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN GERMAN 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 

University requirements include a bac- 
calaureate from an accredited institution and 
a grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 
60 semester units attempted. See the section 
of this catalog on admission of graduates for 
the complete statement and procedures. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

A student who meets the requirements for 
conditionally classified graduate standing, as 
well as the following requirements, may be 
granted classified graduate standing upon the 
development of an approved study plan: a 
major in German consisting of 30 units (or 
equivalent) of upper-division studies with 
above-average scholarship. (A candidate pre- 
senting a B.A. which has fewer than 30 


205 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


upper-division units in the language, or 
whose background is otherwise inadequate, 
normally will be required to take additional 
courses to build a full undergraduate major 
before beginning the graduate program.) The 
student must also demonstrate proficiency in 
English, either by passing the English Writing 
Proficiency exam or equivalent exam or by 
passing Foreign Language 301 or equivalent 
with a grade of “C” or better. Adaptations of 
certain admission requirements may be made 
for promising foreign students. 

Study Plan 

The study plan requires 30 units of graduate 
study (at least 15 in 500-level courses), 
distributed as follows: 

Core Courses (6 units) 

German 500 Graduate Seminar: Advanced 
Structure and Style (3) 

German 530 Graduate Seminar: Historical 
Linguistics (3) 

Graduate Seminars in Literature 
(9-12 units) 

German 57 IT* Graduate Seminar: German 
Literature (3) 

Other Electives (if not taken as an under- 
graduate) (12-15 units) 

German 430 German Literature and Culture 
to the Baroque (3) 

German 450 19th-Century German 
Literature and Culture (3) 

German 460 20th-Century German 
Literature and Culture (3) 

German 482 German Literature and Culture 
in Film (3) 

German 485T* Senior Seminar in German 
Literature (3) 

German 499 Independent Study (1-3) 
German 598 Thesis (3-6) 

German 599 Independent Graduate 
Research (1-3) 

With the approval of the graduate com- 
mittee, a student may substitute a thesis for 
some of the units required under “Other 
Electives.” A reading list must be completed 
by all students. Final evaluation is by a com- 
prehensive written and oral examination, 
including advanced competency in the 
German language. The candidate may, with 

*Variable topic course may be taken again 
for credit. 


the approval of the graduate committee, repeat 
the examination, but once only, within two 
years. 

For further information, consult the 
Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN SPANISH 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 

University requirements include: A bac- 
calaureate from an accredited institution and 
a grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the 
last 60 semester units attempted. See the 
Graduate Admissions section of this catalog 
for complete statement and procedures. In 
addition to the university requirements for 
admission, acceptance into this program is 
contingent upon the completion of the 
Graduate Record Examination (GRE) general 
test. 

Candidates will need a B.A. with 
a minimum GPA of 3.0 in Spanish, consisting 
of at least 24 units (or equivalent) of upper- 
division studies. A candidate presenting 
a bachelor of arts that has fewer than 24 
upper-division units in the language, or 
whose background is otherwise inadequate, 
will be required to take additional courses 
with a minimum GPA of 3.0 to build a full 
undergraduate major before beginning the 
graduate program. The student must also 
demonstrate proficiency in English, either by 
passing the English Writing Proficiency exam 
or equivalent exam or by passing Foreign 
Language 301 or equivalent with a grade 
of “C" or better. 

Satisfactory evaluation of language profi- 
ciency by committee is also required. 

Adaptations of certain admission require- 
ments may be made for promising foreign 
students. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

A student who meets the requirements for 
conditionally classified graduate standing is 
eligible for classified graduate standing upon 
the development of an approved study plan, 
which should be done in consultation with 
the graduate adviser prior to the completion 
of nine graduate units. 

Study Plan 

The study plan consists of 30 units of 
graduate study (at least 18 in 500-level 
courses), distributed as follows: 


Core Courses (6 units) 

Graduate Seminars in Linguistics (6 units 
required) 

Spanish 500 Graduate Seminar: Advanced 
Structure and Style (3) 

Spanish 530 Graduate Seminar: Historical 
Linguistics (3) 

Graduate Seminars in Peninsular 

Literature (6 units required) 

Spanish 556 Grad Seminar: Spanish 
Poetry (3) 

Spanish 571 Grad Seminar: Spanish Prose 
and Narrative Fiction (3) 

Spanish 575 Grad Seminar: Spanish 
Drama (3) 

Graduate Seminars in Spanish-American 
Literature (6 units required) 

Spanish 557 Grad Seminar: Spanish- 
American Poetry (3) 

Spanish 567 Grad Seminar: Spanish- 
American Novel (3) 

Spanish 576T Grad Seminar: Hispanic 
Topics (3) 

Other Electives (12 units) 

May be chosen from either 400- or 500- 
level courses (up to 6 of the 12 units may 
be taken, with the approval of the adviser, 
in a related field): 

Spanish 415 Contemporary Spanish 
Culture (3) 

Spanish 416 Contemporary Spanish 
American Culture (3) 

Spanish 430 Spanish Literature to 
Neoclassicism (3) 

Spanish 440 Spanish-American Literature 
to 1888 (3) 

Spanish 441 Spanish-American Literature 
Since Modernism (3) 

Spanish 461 Spanish Literature Since 
Neoclassicism (3) 

Spanish 466 Spanish Phonology and 
Dialectology (3) 

Spanish 467 Spanish Morphology and 
Syntax (3) 

Spanish 468 Spanish-English bilingualism 
and Language Contact (3) 

Spanish 475T Senior Seminar: Topics in 
Spanish Peninsular Literature (3) 

Spanish 48 5T Senior Seminar: Topics in 
Spanish American Literature (3) 


206 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


Spanish 556 Graduate Seminar: Spanish 
Poetry (3) 

Spanish 557 Graduate Seminar: Spanish 
American Poetry (3) 

Spanish 567 Graduate Seminar: Spanish 
American Novel (3) 

Spanish 571 Graduate Seminar: Spanish 
Prose and Narrative Fiction (3) 

Spanish 575 Graduate Seminar: Spanish 
Drama (3) 

Spanish 576T Graduate Seminar: Hispanic 
Topics (3) 

Spanish 598 Thesis (3-6) 

Spanish 599 Independent Graduate 
Research (1-3) 

Comprehensive Exams 

All students are required to complete 
a reading list. Upon completion of all 
requirements, a final evaluation by a compre- 
hensive written and oral examination must 
be taken to demonstrate mastery of the fields. 
The examination consists of three separate 
tests: Linguistics, Peninsular Literature, and 
Spanish-American Literature. If the candidate 
does not successfully complete all parts of the 
examination, the whole process must be 
repeated. The candidate may, with the 
approval of the graduate committee, repeat 
the examination, but only once within two 
years. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION- 
CONCENTRATION IN TEACHING 
ENGLISH TO SPEAKERS OF OTHER 
LANGUAGES 

This program is multi-disciplinary, involv- 
ing study in the fields of English, linguistics, 
education, anthropology, American studies, 
speech communication, and psychology in 
order to provide the candidate with the req- 
uisite knowledge for success as an English as 
a Second Language (ESL) or English as a 
Foreign Language (EFL) teacher, resource 
specialist, or program coordinator. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 

University requirements include: a bac- 
calaureate degree from an accredited institu- 
tion with a grade-point average of at least 2.5 
in the last 60 semester units attempted, and 
good standing at the last institution attended. 
In addition, the candidate must have a 3.0 
grade-point average in the major. 


Prerequisites 

1. Two years of one foreign language, or one 
year each of two different foreign lan- 
guages or the equivalent with an average 
3.0 GPA. 

2. Foreign Language 301 and English 303 
with a grade of “B” or better. 

3. One of the following: American Studies 
301, 345; Anthropology 300, 360; 

Speech Comm 320 or an equivalent 
culture course OR English 300, 311, 

312, 321, 322 or an equivalent survey 
of English or American literature with 

a grade of B or better. 

4. Linguistics 406 with a grade of B or 
better. 

Oral and written proficiency in English 
to be determined at time of application. 

A minimum TOEFL score of 573 for paper 
based and 230 for computer based, and 
a minimum score of 50 on the Test of Spoken 
English are required for non-native English 
speaking applicants who completed their 
bachelor’s degrees outside of the U.S. 

Study Plan 

The study plan must include 33 units of 
committee-approved coursework: 18 units 
of core courses, three units of language peda- 
gogy, nine units of electives, and three units 
for the practicum which includes a compre- 
hensive examination. All TESOL students 
must obtain a minimum “B” grade in all core 
courses and a “B” average in all language 
pedagogy and elective courses combined. 

Core Courses (18 units) 

Foreign Language Education 400 
Fundamentals in TESOL (3) 

Foreign Language Education 509 Advanced 
Principles of TESOL (Listening/Speaking 
Focus) (3) 

Foreign Language Education 510 Advanced 
Principles of TESOL (Reading/Writing 
Focus) (3) 

Foreign Language Education 527 Second 
Language Acquisition (3) 

Foreign Language Education 560 Second 
Language Assessment (3) 

Foreign Language Education 595 

Curriculum and Program Design for 
TESOL (3) 


Language Pedagogy (3 units) 

Foreign Language Education 515 

Pedagogical Grammar and TESOL (3) 

OR Foreign Language Education 520 
Teaching Pronunciation and Oral 
Discourse in TESOL (3) 

Electives (9 units) 

Students select nine (9) units from one of 
the following three emphases: Language and 
Culture Testing, Technology and Research; or 
Professional Education. All electives are at the 
400- or 500- level. Prerequisites will be 
enforced. 

Language and Culture Emphasis 

Students may select from any of the 
Culture and Literature or Language and 
Linguistics electives. Complete titles and 
descriptions of courses can be found in the 
departmental course listings of this catalog. 

Culture and Literature courses include: 
Anthropology 412, 470 
Asian American Studies 495 
Chicano Studies 431, 450, 480 
Foreign Language Education 545 
Reading 560 

Speech Communication 420, 422, 522 

400-level adviser-approved American 
Studies course 

400-500 level adviser-approved English 
or American literature course 

Language and Linguistics courses include: 
Anthropology 416 
English 440 

Foreign Language 468 and if not taken as a 
core course, 515 or 520 
French/German/Japanese/Spanish 466 
Japanese/Spanish 468 
Linguistics 412, 417, 442, 505, 507, 508 
Reading 514 

Testing, Technology and Research Emphasis 
Anthropology 401 
Ed El 415, 511,513, 519 
Ed Sec 404 

Foreign Language Education 446 
Linguistics 501 
Psychology 461, 465 
Reading 516 


207 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


Professional Education Emphasis 
Elementary education courses include: 

Ed El 425, 500, 521, 529, 530, 531, 542, 

553 

Foreign Language Education 446 
Reading 508 

Secondary education courses include: 

Ed Sec 540C, 540D, 440M 
Foreign Language Education 442, 446 

Adult/College education courses include: 
English 401, 402, 402S, 590 
Reading 507, 581 
Foreign Language Education 446 

Terminal Evaluation (3 units) 

Foreign Language Education 596 
Practicum (3) This course includes a written 
and may include an oral comprehensive 
exam. 

For further information, contact the TESOL 
graduate program adviser in the Department 
of Foreign Languages and Literatures. 

FOREIGN LANGUAGE COURSES 

Courses are designated as FL-NG in the 
class schedule. 

196 Student-to-Student Tutorials (1-3) 

See index. 

301 Writing in an lntercultural 
Context (3) 

Prerequisite: Foreign Language 315, 316, 
or 325 of appropriate language major. 
Expository writing and research writing 
related to intercultural themes. This course 
meets the classroom portion of the upper- 
division writing requirement for foreign 
language majors. 

495 Internship in Foreign Languages (3) 

Prerequisites: the 310 and 311 course in 
the appropriate language and consent of 
instructor. Supervised field expenence in 
multinational businesses locally or abroad. 
Daily use of a foreign language on the job 
and concurrent enrollment in a College of 
Business internship are required. Credit/No 
Credit Course. 

496 Student-to-Student Tutorials (1-3) 

See index. 


FOREIGN LANGUAGE EDUCATION 
COURSES 

Courses are designated as FL-ED in the 
class schedule. 

099 Developmental Writing 

(Same as English 099) 

400 Fundamentals in TESOL (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of or concurrent 
enrollment in English 303 and Linguistics 
406 or consent of instructor. Course prepares 
students for coursework offered in the M.S. 
TESOL and TESL Certificate Programs and 
for careers in TESOL. Teacher trainees learn 
requisite skills for teaching ESL/EFL classes 
at all levels of instruction and to be profes- 
sionals in the field. 

442 Teaching Foreign Languages in the 
Secondary School (3) 

Prerequisites: French, German, Japanese 
or Spanish 466; and admission to teacher 
education or consent of instructor. Principles, 
methods and materials of language learning 
and teaching. Includes lectures, activities and 
fieldwork. Required before admission to 
student teaching. Credit/no credit only. 

449E Externship in Secondary 
Teaching (3) 

See description under Department of 
Secondary Education. 

4491 Internship in Secondary 
Teaching (10) 

See description under Department of 
Secondary Education. 

449S Seminar in Secondary Teaching (2) 

See description under Department of 
Secondary Education. 

468 Language Transfer and TESOL (3) 

Prerequisites: junior standing or above, 
successful completion of French, German, 
Japanese or Spanish 466 and at least one 
400-level Linguistics class. Exploration of the 
role of transfer in second language discourse, 
semantics, syntax, phonology, and writing. 
Applications of contrastive analysis and error 
analysis to language teaching. 


208 


509 Advanced Principles of TESOL: 
Listening/Speaking Focus (3) 
(Formerly 443A) 

Prerequisites: French, German, Japanese 
or Spanish 466 or Linguistics 406 and FL-Ed 
400 or consent of instructor. Overview of 
theories, methods and procedures for teach- 
ing listening and speaking skills to second 
language learners. Focus on planning and 
delivery of communicative ESL/EFL lessons. 
(Same as Linguistics 509) 

510 Advanced Principles of TESOL: 
Reading/Writing Focus (3) 

(Formerly 443B) 

Prerequisites: French, German, Japanese 
or Spanish 466 or Linguistics 406 and FL-Ed 
400 or consent of instructor. Overview of 
theories, methods, and procedures for teach- 
ing functional and academic reading and 
writing skills to second language learners. 
Emphasis on planning and delivery of 
process and content-based ESL/EFL lessons. 
(Same as Linguistics 510) 

515 Pedagogical Grammar in TESOL (3) 
(Formerly 470) 

Prerequisites: English 303, Linguistics 
406, FL-Ed 400. Systematic approach to the 
theories and practical aspects of teaching 
grammar to non-native speakers of English 
within a communicative framework. 

Emphasis on the ordering, selection, and 
preparation of appropriate materials and 
activities. Expands on concepts introduced 
in FL-Ed 400. 

520 Teaching Pronunciation and Oral 
Discourse in TESOL (3) 

(Formerly 472) 

Prerequisites: English 303, Linguistics 
406, FL-Ed 400. Course prepares teacher 
with a working knowledge of phonological 
and oral discourse terms and concepts and 
explores strategies for designing and teaching 
ESL/EFL lessons that include attention to oral 
communication and pronunciation enhance- 
ment. 

527 Second Language Acquisition (3) 

Prerequisites: Spanish, French, Japanese, 
or German 466; or Linguistics 406; and FL- 
Ed 400. Methodology for research in second 
language acquisition and development; socio- 
linguistic and psycholinguists patterns in 
bilingualism; interactions of language and 
culture in the language acquisition process. 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


545 Teaching Culture in the Language 
Classroom (3) 

Prerequisites: FL-Ed 400. Provides a 
framework for teaching culture and value 
systems in the second language classroom. 
Emphasis on teaching patterns of culture, 
methods of cultural comparison, audiovisual 
materials and textbook evaluation. 

560 Second Language Assessment (3) 
Prerequisites: FL-Ed 400 or 442, 509 and 
510 or equivalent. Theories, issues, basic 
statistical concepts in second language testing 
and techniques for second language assess- 
ment. Practice in analyzing commercial 
language tests and in constructing tests for 
classroom use. 

595 Curriculum and Program Design 
for TESOL (3) 

Prerequisites: FL-Ed 400, 509 and 510. 
Approaches for curriculum planning in 
TESOL. Instruction in needs assessment, 
goal setting, syllabus design, and program 
evaluation. Students will produce projects 
for a specific group and setting. 

596 TESOL Practicum (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of the appropriate 

program core courses (TESL Certificate or 
M.S. Education-TESOL) and consent of 
instructor or adviser. Teaching English to 
speakers of other languages at Cal State 
Fullerton or in other schools. Supervised by 
instructor and supervisors. Seminar meetings 
by arrangement. May be repeated for credit. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and 
consent of instructor. Supervised research 
projects in teaching English to speakers of 
other languages (TESOL). May be repeated 
for credit. 

CHINESE COURSES 

Courses are designated as FL-CH in the 
class schedule. 

100 Introduction to Chinese 
Conversation (3) 

Introduction to spoken Mandarin Chinese, 
with emphasis on vocabulary development, 
use of common phrases and sentences, and 
culturally appropriate language at beginning 
levels. Conducted primarily in Chinese. 


101 Fundamental Chinese-A (5) 

Chinese 101 is designed for non-native 
speakers of Chinese. Development of listen- 
ing and reading comprehension and speaking. 
Introduction of writing and development of 
cultural awareness to communicate on a basic 
level. Included is an introduction to Chinese 
customs, culture and civilization. Conducted 
primarily in Chinese. 

102 Fundamental Chinese-B (5) 

Prerequisite: Chinese 101 or equivalent. 
Chinese 102 is designed for non-native 
speakers of Chinese. Continued development 
of listening and reading comprehension, 
speaking and writing to communicate on 
a basic level. Further study of Chinese 
customs, culture and civilization. Conducted 
primarily in Chinese. 

201 Mandarin Chinese for Chinese 
Speakers-A (3) 

Prerequisites: advanced oral competency, 
able to read at least 500 characters as an 
intermediate low reader and consent of the 
instructor. Intermediate course is based on 
advanced oral competencies and will develop 
reading up to 1000 characters. Conducted in 
Chinese. 

202 Mandarin Chinese for Chinese 
Speakers-B (3) 

Prerequisites: advanced oral competency, 
able to read at least 1000 characters and to 
be intermediate in reading and writing, and 
the consent of the instructor. Intermediate 
course is based on advanced oral competen- 
cies and will develop reading up to 1 500 
characters. Conducted in Chinese. 

310 Mandarin Chinese in the Business 
World (3) 

Prerequisite: intermediate competency 
in reading, writing, and speaking Mandarin 
Chinese. (Testing may be required.) Designed 
to give students a working knowledge of oral 
and written Mandarin Chinese business lan- 
guage. Emphasis on cultural, sociological, 
and economic contexts of business proce- 
dures; business correspondence, conversation 
between business partners, and the language 
of advertising. Conducted in Chinese. 


311 Mandarin Chinese for International 
Business (3) 

Prerequisite: intermediate competency in 
reading, writing and speaking Mandarin 
Chinese. (Testing may be required.) Designed 
to expand students’ vocabulary, reading com- 
prehension and oral and written analysis of 
materials dealing with social, economic and 
political realities in the Chinese-speaking 
world. Overview of the Chinese economy, 
major trade relations and business practices. 
Conducted in Chinese. 

315 Introduction to Chinese 
Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: intermediate competency 
in reading, writing, and speaking Mandarin 
Chinese. (Testing may be required.) The 
social, intellectual and artistic heritage of 
Chinese civilization. Reading and discussion 
of characteristics of Chinese civilization while 
strengthening linguistic facility in Mandarin 
Chinese. Conducted in Chinese. 

325 Contemporary Chinese Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: intermediate competency in 
reading, writing, and speaking Mandarin 
Chinese. (Testing may be required.) Reading 
and discussion to develop understanding of 
the social, political, economic and intellectual 
problems, trends and contributions of 
present-day China while strengthening 
linguistic facility in Mandarin Chinese. 
Conducted in Chinese. 

FRENCH COURSES 

Courses are designated as FL-FR in the 
class schedule. 

101 Fundamental French -A (5) 

This first course systematically introduces 
essentials of the French language: fundamen- 
tal vocabulary and grammatical structures. 
Conversational and reading/writing skills are 
equally stressed, and relevant cultural aspects 
are considered. Practice in the language 
laboratory required. Taught in French. 

(CAN FREN 2) 


209 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


102 Fundamental French -B (5) 

Prerequisite: French 101 or equivalent. 
Continuation of systematic introduction of 
fundamental vocabulary and grammatical 
structures. Equal emphasis on speaking and 
reading/writing skills is maintained, along 
with considerations of French culture. 

Practice in the language laboratory is 
required. Taught in French. (CAN FREN 4; 
CAN FREN SEQ A = French 101 and 102) 

203 Intermediate French -A (3) 

Prerequisite: French 102 or equivalent. 
Intensive practice in conversation and com- 
position involving intermediate-level use of 
language and further exploration of French 
culture. Concurrent enrollment in French 213 
is recommended. Practice in the language 
laboratory is required. Taught in French. 

(CAN FREN 8) 

204 Intermediate French-B (3) 

Prerequisite: French 203 or equivalent. 
Intensive review of grammatical structures, 
with a view to developing mastery of conver- 
sational and compositional skills at the inter- 
mediate level. Concurrent enrollment in 
French 214 is recommended. Practice in the 
language laboratory is required. Taught in 
French. (CAN FREN 10; CAN FREN 
SEQ B = French 203 and 204) 

213 Intermediate Diction and Phonetics (2) 

Prerequisite: French 102 or equivalent. 
Analysis of particular problems in pronuncia- 
tion. Practice in accurate pronunciation of 
cultural and literary materials. Concurrent 
enrollment in French 203 is recommended. 
Taught in French. 

214 Intermediate Conversation and 
Composition (2) 

Prerequisite: French 203 or equivalent. 
Discussion and practice in written expression 
based on cultural and literary' materials. 
Concurrent enrollment in French 204 is 
recommended. Taught in French. 

300 Advanced Oral Expression and 
Phonetics (3) 

Prerequisite: French 204 or equivalent. 
Development of oral control of the language 
through discussions, oral presentations, dia- 
logues/debate, and further study of phonetics. 
Vocabulary development in areas of student 
concerns. Conducted in French. 


307 Advanced Composition and 
Grammar (3) 

Prerequisites: French 204 and 214 or 
equivalent. Help students achieve advanced 
levels of oral and written expression. Literary 
materials provide a basis for discussions, 
systematic study of complex modes of 
expression, and thoughtful compositions. 
Grammar emphasizes verbal structures, 
sequence of tenses, and moods. Conducted 
in French. 

308 Advanced Composition and 
Grammar (3) 

Prerequisites: French 204 and 214 or 
equivalent. Help students achieve advanced 
levels of oral and written expression. Literary 
materials provide a basis for discussions, 
systematic study of complex modes of 
expression, and thoughtful compositions. 
Grammar emphasizes relational aspects: 
Prepositions, conjunctions, and adjectival 
agreement. Conducted in French. 

310 French in the Business World (3) 

Prerequisites: French 204 and 214 or 
equivalent. Designed to give students a 
working knowledge of business language 
(oral and written) in the French-speaking 
world. Emphasis on cultural and sociological 
contexts of business procedures. Use of 
appropriate current periodicals and electronic 
resources. Conducted in French. 

311 French for International Business (3) 

Prerequisites: French 204 and 214 or 
equivalent. Designed to give students experi- 
ence in reading comprehension and analysis 
of materials dealing with economic and polit- 
ical realities of international trade in the 
French-speaking world. Use of appropriate 
current periodicals and electronic resources. 
Conducted in French. 

315 Origins of Modern France (3) 

Prerequisite: French 204 or equivalent. 
The social, intellectual and artistic origins of 
French civilization: the medieval world-view 
transformed by the Renaissance; feudal 
society becoming the ancient regime. Literary’ 
selections will be read in modem French. 
Conducted in French. 


325 Contemporary French Civilization (3) 

Prerequisites: French 204 and 214 or 
equivalent. Contemporary French culture 
organized along the lines of economic, geog- 
raphy, political life, social and artistic institu- 
tions. Current events are illustrated by recent 
documents (TV news, internet, videos, articles, 
films) and activities including group presenta- 
tions and debates. Conducted in French. 

375 Explorations in Literature (3) 

Prerequisites: French 204 and 214 or 
equivalent. Promotes deeper understanding 
and appreciation of French literary texts. 

Each genre (narrative, dramatic, poetic) intro- 
duces students to great writers. In-depth 
study of selected works initiates students to 
critical modes of reading and tools for literary 
analysis. Conducted in French. 

407 French Film (3) 

Prerequisite: French 307 or 308 or equiv- 
alent. The developing art of the French film, 
with special emphasis on the many roles of 
language. Subjects treated include: montage, 
visual/verbal meaning, literary/cinematic nar- 
rative, non-realistic language, read language, 
non-narrative continuity. Conducted in 
French. 

408 Advanced Writing: Syntax and 
Morphology (3) 

Prerequisite: French 307 or 308 or equiv- 
alent. Promote mastery of forms and struc- 
ture of the French language. Analysis and 
guided composition of various styles of dis- 
course. Detailed study of mood, sequence of 
tenses, voice, aspects, and nuances of 
meaning. Conducted in French. 

409 Techniques of French-English 
Translation (3) 

Prerequisite: French 307 or 308 or equiv- 
alent. An overview of theories of translation; 
examination of several types and examples 
of translation (technical to literary). Major 
emphasis on actual translation from English 
to French and French to English. 

415 French Classicism (3) 

Prerequisites: French 307 and 375. The 
decisive moment in French experience. Focus 
on literature of the Classic period (1660- 
1685), but open at both ends to include the 
formation and perenniality of French 
Classicism. Conducted in French. 


210 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


425 French Romanticism (3) 

Prerequisites: French 307 and 375. The 
revolution in feeling and intellect in 19th- 
century France. The Romantic period (1820- 
1850). May include material preceding or 
following those dates. Conducted in French. 

435T Topics in French/Francophone 
Culture (3) 

Prerequisites: French 307 or 308 and 
French 325 or equivalent. Examines different 
“texts” (cinema, the media, internet, litera- 
ture, art) centered around cultural topics 
(e g. “City and Country,” “The Outsider”). 
Provides tools to understand French-speaking 
culture(s), from recent social issues to classic 
art and literature. Course may be taken up to 
three times with a different topic. Conducted 
in French. 

466 Introduction to French Linguistics (3) 

Prerequisite: French 307 or 308. Analytical 
procedures of general linguistics applied to 
French. Structural contrasts between French 
and English. The application of linguistic 
analysis to the teaching of modem foreign 
languages. Conducted in French. 

470 French Literature & Power (3) 

Prerequisites: French 307 or 308 and 
French 375 or equivalent. An exploration of 
the socio-political dimensions of French liter- 
ature throughout its history. Expressions of 
alliance with, or resistance to, the established 
political order will be studied from the 
medieval epic through 20th century literary 
texts. Conducted in French. 

471 Literature and the Human Psyche (3) 

Prerequisites: French 307 or 308 and 
French 375 or equivalent. A study of psycho- 
logical explorations in French literature 
through texts which provide insights into the 
human psyche and shape our notion of the 
self at different moments of French cultural 
history. A variety of works will be studied, 
from the Renaissance through the 20th 
century. Conducted in French. 


472 Philosophical Exploration in 
Literature (3) 

Prerequisites: French 307 or 308 and 
French 375 or equivalent. An exploration of 
the philosophical dimensions of French liter- 
ature throughout its history. Interrogations 
about the human condition, and the role and 
place of human consciousness in the universe 
will be our guiding theme in texts ranging 
from the Renaissance through the 20th 
century. Conducted in French. 

475 Seminar in 20th-Century French 
Literature (3) 

Prerequisites: French 307, 315, and 375. 

A study of the transformation of genres in 
20th century French literature (New Theatre, 
New Novel, New Criticism) leading to the 
re-examination of the institution of literature 
itself. Conducted in French. 

485 Senior Seminar in French Studies (3) 

Prerequisites: French 307, 315, 325, 375, 
and 470, 471 or 472. Students will develop 
an individualized research project to integrate 
and expand their knowledge and skills. They 
will analyze and synthesize, debate, and eval- 
uate their own and other students’ projects 
on social, literary, linguistic, cultural, and/or 
philosophical issues related to the French- 
speaking world. May be repeated for credit 
with different topic. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised projects in French language, 
linguistics, culture, or literature. Consent of 
the instructor and department chair required. 
May be repeated for credit. 

500 Graduate Seminar: Advanced 
Structure and Style (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing. The 
course is devoted to (1) a comparative analy- 
sis of English and French linguistic structures 
systematically applied in exercises and trans- 
lations, and (2) analysis of style in French by 
distinguishing between niveaux de language 
and learning to identify specific styles in a 
variety of literary and non-literary texts. 
Conducted in French. 


520 Graduate Seminar: Old French (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing. Readings 
in the medieval literature of northern France. 
A variety of dialects and centuries. 

Conducted in French. 

530 Graduate Seminar: Historical 
Linguistics (3) 

Prerequisite: French 466 or consent of 
instructor. Some previous study of Latin rec- 
ommended. Introduction to the principles of 
historical linguistics. Primary emphasis on 
the transformation of classical Latin (phonol- 
ogy, morphology, syntax and lexicon) into 
contemporary French. Conducted in French. 

557 Graduate Seminar: French Poetry (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing. An explo- 
ration of poetry of French expression which 
will focus on specific poets or poetic move- 
ments while situating them in their historical 
context. Various critical strategies may be 
used to analyze the selected works. 
Conducted in French. 

571 Graduate Seminar: French Prose (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing. An explo- 
ration of the narrative genre in French which 
will focus on specific texts or movements 
while situating them in their historical 
context. Various critical strategies may be 
used to analyze these texts. Conducted in 
French. 

575 Graduate Seminar: French Drama (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing. A chrono- 
logical overview of French drama. This 
course also treats, in each period, relation- 
ships between society, dramatic and theatrical 
forms, typical thematic content of plays, and 
the social role of theatre. Conducted in 
French. 

576T Graduate Seminar: Major Writers (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing. May be 
repeated for credit. Conducted in French. 

579 Francophone Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing. 
Exploration of the Francophone literatures 
(Quebec, West Indies, Meghreb and black 
Africa) since the 1950s. Course will concen- 
trate on linguistic, artistic, and socio-political 
issues raised in the literature of these ex- 
colonies. Conducted in French. 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


598 Thesis (3-6) 

Prerequisite: recommendation of student’s 
graduate committee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: fluency in French, graduate 
standing, and consent of instructor. Supervised 
research projects in French language, linguistics, 
culture, or literature. May be repeated for credit. 

GERMAN COURSES 

Courses are designated as FL-GM in the 
class schedule. 

101 Fundamental German - A (5) 

Development of listening and reading 
comprehension, speaking, and cultural 
awareness to communicate on a basic level. 
Included is an introduction to customs and 
culture of German-speaking countries. 
Conducted primarily in German. 

102 Fundamental German - B (5) 

Prerequisite: German 101 or equivalent. 
Continued development of listening and 
reading comprehension, speaking, writing, 
and cultural awareness to communicate on 
a basic level. Further study of customs and 
culture of German-speaking countries. 
Conducted primarily in German. 

203 Intermediate German-A (3) 

Prerequisite: German 102 or equivalent. 
Development of listening comprehension and 
speaking. Emphasis on vocabulary building 
and developing conversational skills. Conducted 
in German. May be taken concurrently with 
German 204, 213 or 214. 

204 Intermediate German-B (3) 

Prerequisite: German 102 or equivalent. 
Development of listening and reading com- 
prehension and writing. Emphasis on 
vocabulary building and developing writing 
competency. Conducted in German. May be 
taken concurrently with German 203, 213 
or 214. 

213 Intermediate Reading-A (2) 

Prerequisite: German 102 or equivalent. 
Development of reading comprehension 
using edited and basic authentic materials. 
May be taken concurrently with German 203 
or 204. Conducted in German. 


214 Intermediate Rcading-B (2) 

Prerequisite: German 213 or equivalent. 
Continued refinement of reading comprehen- 
sion based on authentic materials. May be 
taken concurrently with German 203 or 204. 
Conducted in German. 

299 Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor and 
department chair. Supervised study projects 
in the German language. May be repeated for 
credit. 

300 German Conversation (3) 

Prerequisites. German 204 or equivalent 
and intermediate competency. Open to lower- 
division students with consent of instructor. 
Development of oral competencies in the 
context of students’ own or contemporary 
concerns. Conducted in German. 

305 Advanced Conversation and 
Composition (3) 

Prerequisites: German 204 or equivalent 
and intermediate competency. Open to lower- 
division students with consent of instructor. 
Free oral and written expression. Conducted 
in German. 

310 German in the Business World (3) 

Prerequisites: German 203, 204, 213, 214 
or equivalent and intermediate competency. 
Designed to give students a working knowl- 
edge of business language in the German - 
speaking world. Emphasis on business 
correspondence, conversation between busi- 
ness partners and the language of advertising. 
Conducted in German. 

311 German for International Business (3) 

Prerequisites: German 203, 204, 213, 214 
or equivalent and intermediate competency; 
German 310 recommended. Emphasis on 
expanding reading comprehension through 
authentic texts and on building vocabulary 
of the German business world and overview 
of the German economy and business 
practices. Conducted in German. 

315 Introduction to German Civilization (3) 

Prerequisites: German 204 or equivalent 
and intermediate competency. Readings and 
discussions in German literature, arts and 
institutions to develop insights into German 
culture. Conducted in German. 


212 


325 Current Trends in Culture of 
German-Speaking Peoples (3) 

Prerequisites: German 204 or equivalent 
and intermediate competency. Readings and 
discussion of German contributions to 
present-day civilization while strengthening 
facility with German language. Conducted 
in German. 

335 Introduction to Literature (3) 

Prerequisites: German 305 and advanced 
competency. Introduction to the an of litera- 
ture in a cultural context. Analysis and inter- 
pretation of various texts. Conducted in 
German. 

399 German Phonetics (3) 

Prerequisite: intermediate competency. 
Analysis of students’ pronunciation and 
intensive practice of phonetic patterns 
including intonation. Development of con- 
versational competency. May be repeated for 
credit; but may count only once toward 
German major. 

400 Advanced Conversation Practice and 
Vocabulary Expansion (3) 

Prerequisite: German 305 or consent of 
instructor. Intensive oral practice with 
emphasis on vocabulary expansion. 
Conducted in German. 

405 Advanced Writing and Speaking (3) 

Prerequisite: German 305 or consent of 
instructor.. Practice in writing on various 
topics in detail, in expressing hypotheses and 
presenting arguments or points of view 
accurately and effectively. Emphasis on devel- 
opment differences of formal and informal 
style. Conducted in German. 

430 German Literature and Culture 
to the Baroque (3) 

Prerequisites: German 305, 315, and 335, 
or consent of instructor. Masterpieces of 
German literature from the Flildebrandslied 
to Der Abenteuerliche Simplicissimus and 
their relationship to cultural, historical and 
intellectual developments between ca. 800- 
1670 A.D. Conducted in German. 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


450 19th-Century German Literature 
and Culture (3) 

Prerequisites: German 305, 315, and 335, 
or consent of instructor. 19th-century 
German literature from Romanticism to 
Naturalism. Decisive philosophic, political 
and economic influences. Conducted in 
German. 

460 20th-Century German Literature 
and Culture (3) 

Prerequisites: German 305, 315, and 335, 
or consent of instructor. Major German 
prose, drama and poetry of the 20th century. 
Conducted in German. 

466 Introduction to German Linguistics (3) 

Prerequisite: German 305 or consent of 
instructor. Analytical procedures of general 
linguistics as applied to German. Structural 
contrasts between German and English. 

The application of linguistic analysis to the 
teaching of modem foreign languages. 

482 German Literature and Culture in 
Film (3) 

Prerequisite: advanced standing in litera- 
ture or consent of instructor. A critical study 
of literary works and their film adaptations 
as well as a critical analysis of film as com- 
munication. May be repeated for credit with 
different film syllabus. 

485T Senior Seminar in German 
Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: senior standing in German. 
Research and discussion of a literary move- 
ment, a genre or an author. Subject varies 
and is announced in the class schedule. May 
be repeated for credit with different topic. 
Conducted in German. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised research projects in German 
language or literature to be taken with 
consent of instructor and department chair. 
May be repeated for credit. 

500 Graduate Seminar: Advanced 
Structure and Style (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The 
course concentrates on a comparative, rhetor- 
ical analysis of German and English linguistic 
structures systematically applied in exercises 
and translations. It also examines varieties of 
styles of writing by analyzing literary as well 
as non-literary texts. Conducted in German. 


530 Graduate Seminar: Historical 
Linguistics (3) 

Prerequisites: German 466 and consent of 
instructor. Introduction to the principles of 
historical linguistics. Primary emphasis on 
the development of German from Indo- 
European to contemporary’ German by exam- 
ining phonological, morphological and 
syntactical changes through the centuries. 
Conducted in German. 

57 IT Graduate Seminar: German 
Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An 
exploration of various genres in German 
which focus on specific texts or movements 
within a cultural context. May be repeated 
for credit with a different topic. Conducted 
in German. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Prerequisite: recommendation of students 
graduate committee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: advanced competency and 
consent of instructor. Supervised research 
projects in German language or literature. 
May be repeated for credit. 

JAPANESE COURSES 

Courses are designated as FL-JP in the 
class schedule. 

Note: Japanese 101 is not open to stu- 
dents who have completed two or more 
years of high school study or one term of 
college study in Japanese, unless such study 
was completed three years or more before 
entering the class. Japanese 102 is not open 
to students who have completed two or more 
years of high school study or two terms of 
college study in Japanese, unless such study 
was completed three years or more before 
entering the class. 

101 Fundamental Japanese-A (5) 

Development of listening and reading 
comprehension, speaking, writing, and cul- 
tural awareness to communicate on a basic 
level. Included is an introduction to Japanese 
customs, culture, and civilization. (CAN 
JAPN 2) 


102 Fundamental Japanese-B (5) 

Prerequisite: Japanese 101 or equivalent. 
Continued development of listening and 
reading comprehension, speaking, writing, 
and cultural awareness to communicate on 
a basic level. Further study of Japanese 
customs, culture, and civilization. (CAN 
JAPN 4; CAN JAPN SEQ A = Japanese 101 
and 102) 

203 Intermediate Japanese-A (5) 

Prerequisite: Japanese 102 or equivalent. 
Development of listening and reading com- 
prehension, and oral and written practice in 
Japanese based on cultural and literary mate- 
rials. Review of grammar. Conducted in 
Japanese. 

204 Intermediate Japanese-B (5) 

Prerequisite: Japanese 203 or equivalent. 
Instruction in reading, writing, speaking and 
listening in Japanese. Audio-lingual assign- 
ments in the language laboratory. Conducted 
mostly in Japanese. 

299 Directed Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Japanese 102 or equivalent. 
Supervised study projects in Japanese lan- 
guage or literature to be taken with consent 
of instructor and department chair. May be 
repeated for credit. 

305 Advanced Japanese-A (3) 

Prerequisite: Japanese 204 or equivalent. 
Practice in four skills of advanced Japanese 
emphasizing reading comprehension in the 
context of contemporary concerns. 
Conducted in Japanese. 

306 Advanced Japanese-B (3) 

Prerequisite: Japanese 204 or equivalent. 
Practice in four skills of advanced Japanese 
emphasizing reading comprehension in the 
context of contemporary concerns. 
Conducted in Japanese. 

307 Advanced Spoken Japanese (3) 

Prerequisite: Japanese 204 or equivalent. 
Emphasis on the spoken aspect of advanced 
Japanese through dialogues, discussions and 
oral presentations in the context of contem- 
porary concerns. Conducted in Japanese. 


213 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


310 Japanese for Business (3) 

Prerequisite: Japanese 204 or consent of 
instructor. Designed to acquaint the student 
with the practical vocabulary and structure 
of business language, as well as the cultural 
background of business procedures in the 
Japanese business world. Conducted in 
Japanese. 

311 Japanese for International Business (3) 

Prerequisite: Japanese 204 or consent of 
instructor. Acquisition of vocabulary and lan- 
guage structures for Japanese in the interna- 
tional business world and related economic 
situations. Emphasis on comprehension of 
business terminology through conversation, 
reading, and writing. Conducted in Japanese. 

315 Introduction to Japanese 
Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: Japanese 204 or equivalent 
or consent of instructor. Readings and lec- 
tures in Japanese literature, arts, and institu- 
tions from earliest history to 1868, to 
develop insights into Japanese culture while 
strengthening facility in the language. 
Conducted in Japanese. 

316 Modern Japan (3) 

Prerequisites: Japanese 204 and 315 or 
consent of instructor. Readings and lectures 
in Japanese literature, arts, and institutions 
from 1868 to the present, to develop insights 
into Japanese culture while strengthening 
facility in the language. Conducted in 
Japanese. 

375 Introduction to Literary Forms (3) 

Prerequisite: Japanese 306 or consent of 
instructor. Introduction to literary forms and 
concepts of literary techniques. Analysis and 
interpretation of various texts. Conducted in 
Japanese. 

440 Introduction to Modern Japanese 
Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: Japanese 375 or consent of 
instructor. The literary use of language, liter- 
ary creation, reading, and critical evaluation 
of literary works. Reading excerpts of modem 
Japanese literary works with lectures on dif- 
ferent trends of various schools. Conducted 
in Japanese. 


466 Introduction to Japanese 
Linguistics (3) 

Prerequisite: Japanese 306 or equivalent. 
Analytical procedures of general linguistics as 
applied to phonological, semantic, morpho- 
logical, syntactic and discourse aspects of 
Japanese. Conducted in Japanese. 

468 Japanese-English Contrastive 
Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Japanese 306 and 466 (may 
be taken concurrently) or equivalent. 
Contrastive analysis of phonological, lexical, 
syntactic and discourse aspects of Japanese 
and English. Conducted in Japanese. 

485T Senior Seminar: Variable Topics in 
Japanese (3) 

Prerequisites: Japanese 375 and at least 
one 400-level course in Japanese or consent 
of instructor. Research and discussion of a 
cultural, literary or linguistic theme. Subject 
varies and is announced in the class sched- 
ule. May be repeated for credit with a differ- 
ent topic. Conducted in Japanese. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised projects in Japanese language 
or literature to be taken with consent of 
instructor and department chair. May be 
repeated for credit. 

PORTUGUESE COURSES 

Courses are designated as FL-PR in the 
class schedule. 

101 Fundamental Portuguese-A (4) 

Prerequisite: prior successful study of 
another Romance language. Development of 
listening and reading comprehension, speak- 
ing, writing, and cultural awareness to com- 
municate on a basic level. Included is an 
introduction to customs, culture, and civiliza- 
tion of Portuguese-speaking countries. 
Conducted in Portuguese. 

102 Fundamental Portuguese-B (4) 

Prerequisite: Portuguese 101 or equiva- 
lent. Continued development of listening and 
reading comprehension, speaking, writing, 
and cultural awareness to communicate on a 
basic level. Further study of customs, culture, 
and civilization of Portuguese-speaking coun- 
tries. Conducted in Portuguese. 


214 


310 Portuguese in the Business World (3) 

Prerequisites: Portuguese 102 or consent 
of instructor. Emphasis on practical business- 
related terminology and on the cultural and 
socio-political contexts of doing business in 
Portuguese-speaking countries. Conducted in 
Portuguese. 

317 Advanced Conversation and 
Composition (3) 

Prerequisite: Portuguese 102 or equivalent 
or consent of instructor. Emphasis on free 
oral and written expression. Conducted in 
Portuguese. 

320 Introduction to Luso-Brazilian 
Culture and Civilization (3) 

Prerequisites: Portuguese 310 or 317 or 
equivalent, good reading knowledge of 
Portuguese or consent of instructor. The 
main currents of Portuguese culture and 
civilization and Brazil’s intellectual and artis- 
tic development from discovery to indepen- 
dence. Conducted in Portuguese. 

325 Contemporary Brazilian 
Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: Portuguese 310 or 317 or 
equivalent. Readings and discussion to 
develop understanding of the social and 
intellectual problems, trends, and contribu- 
tions to Brazil since independence. Present- 
day Brazil. Conducted in Portuguese. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised projects in Portuguese language 
or literature to be taken with consent of 
instructor and department chair. May be 
repeated for credit. 

SPANISH COURSES 

Note: Students with previous study of 
Spanish should seek advice from the 
Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures (H 835-C) for appropriate place- 
ment before enrolling in Spanish language 
classes. 

Courses are designated as FL-SP in the 
class schedule. 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


101 Fundamental Spanish-A (5) 

Development of listening and reading 
comprehension, speaking, writing, and cul- 
tural awareness to communicate on a basic 
level. Included is an introduction to customs, 
culture, and civilization of Spanish-speaking 
countries. Conducted primarily in Spanish. 
(CAN SPAN 2) 

102 Fundamental Spanish-B (5) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 101 or equivalent. 
Continued development of listening and 
reading comprehension, speaking, writing, 
and cultural awareness to communicate on 
a basic level. Included is an introduction to 
customs, culture, and civilization of Spanish- 
speaking countries. Conducted primarily in 
Spanish. (CAN SPAN 4; CAN SPAN SEQ A = 
Spanish 101 and 102) 

105 Intensive Review of Fundamental 
Spanish (5) 

Prerequisite: prior experience equivalent 
to Spanish 101 and 102 or three years of 
high school Spanish taken two or more years 
ago. Intensive course to develop listening and 
reading comprehension, speaking, writing, 
and cultural awareness necessary to commu- 
nicate on a basic level. Conducted primarily 
in Spanish. 

111 Fundamentals Spanish for 
Educators -A 

Prerequisite: teaching credential, admis- 
sion to credential program, or consent of 
instructor. For educators with little or no 
formal study of Spanish. Development of all 
four language skills. Methodology empha- 
sizes communicative competence. Special 
attention given to materials relevant to edu- 
cators. 

112 Fundamental Spanish for 
Educators - B 

Prerequisite: FLSP 1 1 1 or equivalent; and 
teaching credential, admission to teaching 
credential program; or consent of instructor. 
Continues development of all four language 
skills. Methodology emphasizes development 
of communicative competence. Special atten- 
tion given to material relevant to educators. 


201 Spanish for Spanish Speakers-A (3) 
(Formerly 200) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. FLSP 
200 is the first of two intermediate courses 
for students who speak Spanish at home, 
designed to improve their skills in grammar, 
reading, and writing. Students may not 
receive credit for both Spanish 202 and 204. 
Conducted in Spanish. 

202 Spanish for Spanish Speakers-B (3) 
(Formerly 201) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Intermediate course designed to strengthen 
and develop student’s existing communica- 
tive skills in Spanish. Emphasis on oral 
expression, vocabulary building, proficient 
spelling, grammar, reading and composition. 
Students may not receive credit for both 
Spanish 201 and 203. Conducted in Spanish. 

203 Intermediate Spanish-A (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 102 or equivalent. 
Development of listening and reading com- 
prehension, speaking and writing Spanish 
based on cultural and literary materials. 
Emphasis on oral expression and developing 
correct pronunciation. Concurrent enroll- 
ment in Spanish 213 is recommended. 
Conducted in Spanish. 

204 Intermediate Spanish-B (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 201 or 203 or 
equivalent. Continued development of listen- 
ing and reading comprehension, practice in 
speaking and writing Spanish based on cul- 
tural and literary materials. Emphasis on 
vocabulary building and developing gram- 
matical accuracy. Concurrent enrollment in 
Spanish 214 is recommended. Conducted 
in Spanish. 

213 Intermediate Conversation (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 102 or 105 or 
equivalent. Practice in oral expression. 
Concurrent enrollment in Spanish 203 is rec- 
ommended. Not open to students with profi- 
ciency in Spanish. Conducted in Spanish. 

214 Intermediate Composition (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 201 or 203 or 
equivalent. Practice in written expression 
based on cultural and literary materials. 
Concurrent enrollment in Spanish 202 or 
204 is recommended. Conducted in Spanish. 


299 Directed Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 102 or equivalent. 
Supervised study projects in Spanish lan- 
guage or literature to be taken with consent 
of instructor and department chair. May be 
repeated for credit. 

300 Spanish Conversation (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 204 or equivalent. 

To develop oral control of the language in the 
context of students’ own or contemporary 
concerns. Not open to those with native-like 
proficiency in Spanish. Conducted in 
Spanish. 

301 Advanced Grammar and 
Composition (3) 

Prerequisites: Spanish 204 and 214 or 
equivalent. Open to lower-division students 
with consent of instructor. Emphasis on 
grammar analysis and written expression. 
Conducted in Spanish. 

310 Spanish in the Business World (3) 

Prerequisites: Spanish 301, which may be 
taken concurrently, and Econ 201 and 202. 
Practical vocabulary and structure of business 
language, as well as the cultural background 
of business procedures in the Hispanic world. 
No credit toward Spanish major or minor. 
Conducted in Spanish. 

311 Spanish for International 
Business (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 310 or consent of 
instructor. Acquisition of vocabulary appro- 
priate to the Hispanic business world and 
study of its economic institutions. Emphasis 
on reading comprehension, conversation and 
composition. No credit toward Spanish major 
or minor. Conducted in Spanish. 

315 Introduction to Spanish 
Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 301, which may be 
taken concurrently, or equivalent. Readings 
and discussions in Spanish literature, arts and 
institutions. Strengthening of facility in the 
language. Conducted in Spanish. 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


316 Introduction to Spanish-American 
Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 301, which may be 
taken concurrently or equivalent. Readings 
and discussion in Spanish-American litera- 
ture, arts and institutions. Strengthening of 
facility in the language. Conducted in 
Spanish. 

375 Introduction to Literary Forms (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 301 or equivalent. 
Introduction to literary forms and concepts 
of literary techniques and criticism. Analysis 
and interpretation of various texts. Strengthening 
of students’ abilities in reading, language and 
literary criticism. Conducted in Spanish. 

400 Advanced Writing (3) 

Prerequisite: two of the following: Spanish 
315, 316, or 375. Exploration of a topic or 
theme to develop several language skills, 
especially writing, to broaden and deepen 
cultural awareness from a humanistic per- 
spective, and to develop and refine critical, 
analytical, and creative writing competencies. 
Conducted in Spanish. 

415 Contemporary Spanish Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 315 or consent of 
instructor. The cultural-social, economical, 
political-characteristics of contemporary 
Spanish life. Conducted in Spanish. Not 
available for graduate degree credit. 

416 Contemporary Spanish-American 
Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 316 or consent of 
instructor. The social, economic, artistic, and 
political aspects of contemporary life in 
Spanish America. Conducted in Spanish. 

Not available for graduate degree credit. 

430 Spanish Literature to 
Neoclassicism (3) 

Prerequisites: Spanish 315 and 375 or 
consent of instructor. Spanish literature from 
its beginnings to 1700. Representative works 
of each genre. Conducted in Spanish. Not 
available for graduate degree credit. 

441 Spanish-American Literature 
Since Modernism (3) 

Prerequisites: Spanish 316 and 375 or 
consent of instructor. Spanish-American 
literature from modernism to the present. 
Conducted in Spanish. 


461 Spanish Literature Since 
Neoclassicism (3) 

Prerequisites: Spanish 315 and 375 or 
consent of instructor. Representative works of 
Spanish literature from 1700 to the present. 
Conducted in Spanish. 

466 Spanish Phonology and Dialectology (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 301 or equivalent. 
Descriptive study of the phonology of 
Spanish, with specific focus on the sound 
system, suprasegmentals and connected 
speech. Description and analysis of the 
dialectal varieties of Spanish. 

467 Spanish Morphology and Syntax (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 301 or equivalent. 
The analytical procedures of general linguis- 
tics as applied to Spanish word and sentence 
structure. Conducted in Spanish. 

468 Spanish/English Bilingualism and 
Language Contact (3) 

Pre/Co-requisites: Spanish 466 and 467. 
Comprehensive study of topics related to 
Spanish-English Bilingualism and language 
contact. Analysis of the linguistic situation of 
the Hispanic groups in the United States 
within psycholinguistic, grammatical, and 
sociolinguistic theoretical frames. 

475T Senior Seminar: Topics in Spanish 
Peninsular Literature (3) 

Prerequisites: Spanish 375 or consent of 
instructor and senior standing in Spanish. 
Selected topics of the literature of Spain. 
Subject matter will change. May be repeated 
for credit. Conducted in Spanish. 

485T Senior Seminar: Topics in Spanish- 
American Literature (3) 

Prerequisites: Spanish 375 or consent of 
instructor and senior standing in Spanish. 
Selected topics of the literature of Spanish- 
America. Subject matter will change. May be 
repeated for credit. Conducted in Spanish. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised research projects in Spanish 
language, literature, culture, linguistics, or 
business to be taken with consent of instruc- 
tor and department chair. May be repeated 
for credit. 


216 


500 Graduate Seminar: Advanced 
Structure and Style (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 466 or equivalent. 
The course focuses on (1) a transformational 
analysis of Spanish syntactic structures, (2) a 
classic approach to grammar, and (3) analysis 
of style in different contemporary writers, fol- 
lowing a linguistic approach. The course is 
complemented with exercises and transla- 
tions from English to Spanish. Conducted in 
Spanish. 

530 Graduate Seminar: Historical 
Linguistics (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 466 or equivalent. 
Focus on the principles of historical linguis- 
tics as seen through the evolution of Classical 
Latin (phonology, morphology, syntax and 
lexicon) into contemporary Spanish. 
Conducted in Spanish. 

556 Graduate Seminar: Spanish Poetry (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 430 or 461 or 
equivalent. A chronological overview of 
Peninsular poetry with special attention on 
specific authors and movements. Conducted 
in Spanish. 

557 Graduate Seminar: Spanish-American 
Poetry (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 441 or equivalent. A 
chronological overview of Spanish-American 
poetry from 1888 (Latin American Modernism) 
to Vanguardist and present day poetry and 
“Anti-Poetry.” Conducted in Spanish. 

567 Graduate Seminar: Spanish-American 
Novel (3) 

Prerequisite. Spanish 441 or equivalent. 
An historical overview of the development 
of the Spanish- American novel from the 
Colonial period (picaresque) to the Modem 
Experimental Novel. Conducted in Spanish. 

571 Graduate Seminar: Spanish Prose 
and Narrative Fiction (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 430 or 461 or 
equivalent. An in-depth study of major prose 
and narrative works from various historical 
periods of Spanish literature. Conducted in 
Spanish. 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


575 Graduate Seminar: Spanish Drama (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 430 or 461 or 
equivalent. A chronological overview of 
Peninsular drama with emphasis on major 
authors and their most representative works. 
Conducted in Spanish. 

576T Graduate Seminar: Hispanic 
Topics (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 430 or 441 or 461 
or equivalent. May be repeated for credit 
with different subject matter. Topics include: 
Contemporary Spanish Culture, Contemporary 
Spanish-American Culture, El Ensayo y La 
Critica Literaria Hispano- Americana. 
Conducted in Spanish. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Prerequisite: recommendation of student’s 
graduate committee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: fluency in Spanish and 
consent of instructor. Supervised research 
projects in Spanish language or literature. 

May be repeated for credit. 

VIETNAMESE COURSES 

Courses are designated as FL-VT in the 
class schedule. 

201 Vietnamese for Vietnamese 
Speakers - A (3) 

Prerequisite: student must be able to 
sustain conversation. Consent of instructor. 
An intermediate course to develop communi- 
cation through reading and writing and to 
improve oral communication. 

202 Vietnamese for Vietnamese 
Speakers - B (3) 

Prerequisite: advanced speaking compe- 
tency. This course focuses on the develop- 
ment of reading^writing skills. A broad range 
of topics are studies and students write arti- 
cles and letters as well as essays and reports 
on cross-cultural topics. 



INTRODUCTION 

Geography is the study of the earth as the home of humanity. Geography provides a broad 
understanding of the processes that unite people, places, and environments. Geographers explore 
the diverse regions of the contemporary world in pursuit of global understanding. They tie 
together the study of human spatial organizations and cultural landscapes with an in-depth 
investigation of the earth’s landforms, climates and vegetation. Their methods range from field- 
work in foreign areas to advanced information technologies like computerized geographic infor- 
mation systems. Geography graduates find rewarding careers in environmental analysis and 
planing, business, government agencies and education. 

International Learning Opportunities in Geography 

The Department of Geography is strongly committed to providing students with an interna- 
tional perspective. Geography 100 Global Geography offers a broad overview of the major countries 
and regions of the Earth. Upper-division courses in Latin America (Geography 333), Europe 
(Geography 336), Russia (Geography 338), Asia (Geography 340) and Africa (Geography 344) 
offer an opportunity for in-depth study of specific regions. Finally, many other courses 
(Geography 120 - Global Environmental Problems and Geography 360 Geography of the 
World’s Economics, for example), include a strong international emphasis. In recent years, 
members of the geography faculty have conducted fieldwork in Asia, South America and Europe. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN GEOGRAPHY 


DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

William Lloyd 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Humanities 420A 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Geography 
Minor in Geography 
Master of Arts in Geography 

FACULTY 

John Carroll, Wayne Engstrom, Gary 
Hannes, William Lloyd, Deborah Salazar, Jon 
Taylor, Robert Voeks, Barbara Weightman, 
Robert Young 

ADVISERS 

Undergraduate: Wayne Engstrom 
Graduate: Barbara Weightman 


Credential Information 

The bachelor's degree in geography may be effectively combined with subject matter studies 
necessary for either the multiple subject teaching credential (K-8) or single subject credential 
(7-12) in social studies. Undergraduates are encouraged to work with the Center for Careers in 
Teaching (714-278-7130) as early as possible in their academic careers to plan efficient course 
selections for general education, the major and electives. With careful planning, it may be possible 
to enter the credential program in the senior year of the bachelors degree. Postgraduate students 
should contact the Admission to Teacher Education office in the School of Education (714-278-341 1) 
to obtain information on attending an overview presentation. 

The Bachelor of Arts in Geography requires a minimum of 120 units which includes courses 
for the major. General Education, all University requirements, and free electives. 

The major consists of at least 39 units of geography, of which at least 2 1 units must be in 
upper-division courses. Students may satisfy some requirements with equivalent course work 
taken at other institutions. Each course counted toward the major must be completed with 
a grade of C or higher. Students are encouraged to take additional geography courses beyond 
the minimum required for the major. 

Career Emphasis 

Geography graduates often find employment in such areas as environmental planning and 
related technical fields. For this reason, an optional upper-division emphasis in environmental 
analysis is available within the major. 

Major in Geography 

The major consists of a total of 39 units of coursework. 


218 


GEOGRAPHY 


Lower-Division Core (15 units) 

Geography 100 Global Geography 
Geography 110 Physical Geography 
Geography 160 Human Geography 
Geography 281 Map Making with GIS 

Three additional units from courses num- 
bered 280 to 289. 

Environmental Geography (3 units) 

Geography 329 Cities and Nature 
OR Geography 350 Nature and Society 

Human Geography (3 units) 

Geography 357 Spatial Behavior 

OR Geography 360 World Economies 
OR Geography 370 Cities and Suburbs 



Physical Geography (3 units) 

Geography 312 Geomorphology 

OR Geography 323 Weather and Climate 
OR Geography 325 Natural Vegetation 

Regional Geography (3 units) 

Three units from courses numbered 330 
to 349. 

Advanced Geography (6 units) 

Six units from courses numbered 400 to 
489. 

Geography Elective (3 units) 

Three units lower or upper-division 
geography not used to satisfy any other 
requirement. 


Upper-Division Writing Requirement 
0 units) 

English 301 Advanced College Writing 

OR English 360 Scientific and Technical 
Writing 


Capstone Requirement 

Prior to graduation, each student must 
demonstrate a critical understanding of the 
major processes that shape the earth’s land- 
scapes, regions and places, and that influence 
human interaction with the earth’s cultural 
and physical environments. This requirement 
will be met through satisfactory completion 
of one of the following capstone courses: 


Geography 422 
Geography 425 
Geography 426 

Geography 475 
Landscapes 

Geography 478 
Geography 488 


Regional Climatology 
Tropical Rainforests 
The Coastal Environment 
Interpretation of Urban 

Urban Planning Principles 
Land Use Analysis 


Units earned from the capstone course 
can be used to satisfy the Advanced Geography 
or Geography Elective requirements of the 
Geography Major. 


Emphasis in Environmental Analysis 

The emphasis consists of a total of 39 
units of course work. 


Regional Geography (3 units) 

Three units from geography courses 
numbered 330 to 347. 

Advanced Geography (6 units) 

Six units from Geography 422, Geography 
425, Geography 426, Geography 482, or 
Geography 488. 

Upper- Division Writing Requirement (3 units) 
English 301 Advanced College Writing 

OR English 360 Scientific and Technical 
Writing 

Capstone Requirement 

Prior to graduation, each student must 
demonstrate a critical understanding of the 
major processes that shape the earth’s land- 
scapes, regions and place, and that influence 
human interaction with the earth’s cultural 
and physical environments. This requirement 
will be met through satisfactory completion 
of one of the following capstone courses: 

Geography 422 Regional Climatology 
Geography 425 Tropical Rainforests 
Geography 426 The Coastal Environment 
Geography 488 Land Use Analysis 

Units earned from the capstone course 
can be used to satisfy the Advanced Geography 
requirement of the Emphasis in Environ- 
mental Analysis. 


Lower-Division Core (15 units) 

Geography 100 Global Geography 
Geography 1 10 Physical Geography 
Geography 160 Human Geography 
Geography 281 Map Making with GIS 

Three additional units from courses 
numbered 280 to 289. 


Environmental Geography (3 units) 

Geography 350 Nature and Society 

Human Geography (3 units) 

Geography 357 Spatial Behavior 

OR Geography 360 World Economies 
OR Geography 370 Cities and Suburbs 

Physical Geography (6 units) 

Geography 329 Cities and Nature 

OR Geography 312 Geomorphology 
OR Geography 323 Weather and Climate 
OR Geography 325 Natural Vegetation 


MINOR IN GEOGRAPHY 

The minor in geography serves students 
seeking a geographic perspective to comple- 
ment their major. Interested students should 
take at least 2 1 units of geography, including 
Geography 100 and three units from the fol- 
lowing (110, 120, 160, 170, 280 or 281) and 
a minimum of 12 units of upper-division 
work. All courses counted toward the minor 
must be completed with a grade of C or 
higher. Faculty advisers are available to help 
students structure their minor in geography. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN GEOGRAPHY 

This program provides advanced study in 
human and physical geography with an 
emphasis on theory and research. Graduates 
are prepared in the application of interpretive 
and analytical concepts and techniques to a 
broad spectrum of geographic situations. 
Such study directly serves those whose 
careers involve urban, regional, and environ- 
mental planning and geographic education. 


219 


GEOGRAPHY 


Geographic perspectives and methods are 
highly applicable to a wide range of careers 
in business, industry, and government. 

Admission and Conditional Classification 

The department requires a grade-point 
average of at least 3.0 in the last 60 semester 
units attempted and a 3.0 grade-point 
average in all geography courses. 

Students who have no, or a limited, back- 
ground in geography will be expected to 
make up the deficit by taking appropriate 
course work in consultation with the depart- 
mental graduate adviser. 

All students are required to demonstrate 
competency in each of geography’s four main 
subfields: human, physical, regional, and 
technical. Competency is normally demon- 
strated by completion of at least 18 units at 
the upper-division or graduate level with 
a 3.0 grade-point average. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

After completion of all prerequisites and 
removal of deficiencies, the student must 
develop an approved study plan in consulta- 
tion with a personal faculty adviser and the 
graduate program adviser in order to be 
classified. 

All students must complete six units of 
upper-division technical courses. Three units 
are prerequisite to classified standing. If the 
remaining three units were not taken as 
undergraduate work, they may be included 
in the study plan. 

Study Plan 

The study plan consists of 30 units of 
course work distributed as follows: 

Required Courses 

Geography 500 Seminar in Geographic 
Research (3) 

Geography 520 Seminar in Physical 
Geography (3) 

Geography 550 Seminar in Human 
Geography (3) 

Geography 500-level course (3) 

Geography 599 Independent Graduate 
Research (3) 

Electives (12-15 units) 

Senior-level or graduate course work in 
geography (15 units unless approved for 
thesis; may include additional Geography 
500-level courses; up to six units from related 
fields). (12-15) 


Thesis or Comprehensive Exam (0-3 units) 

Geography 598 Thesis (3) (department 

approval required) 

Students must follow one of two plans: 
Plan A requiring a comprehensive examina- 
tion or Plan B requiring a thesis. 

Plan A requires the development of a spe- 
cific field of interest and a written, three-part 
comprehensive exam testing knowledge in 
human geography, physical geography, and 
the student’s specified area of interest. The 
examination may be repeated only once. Plan 
B requires the development of a specific field 
of interest, a written thesis, and a subsequent 
oral defense. 

All students will follow Plan A unless 
approval for the thesis option is granted. In 
order to follow Plan B, the thesis option, stu- 
dents must have the written consent of their 
thesis supervisor and all members of a thesis 
committee. Permission to write a thesis may 
be granted only to students who have (1) 
achieved a 3.25 grade-point average after 15 
units of upper-division and graduate course 
work and (2) demonstrated proficiency in 
research and writing skills. 

For further details or advisement commu- 
nicate with the graduate program adviser, 
Department of Geography. 

GEOGRAPHY COURSES 

100 Global Geography (3) 

Introduction to world’s geographical 
regions. Cultural patterns and their evolution 
in diverse physical environments. 

110 Physical Geography (3) 

Introduction to the major components of 
the physical environment including land- 
forms, climate, natural vegetation and soils. 
(CAN GEOG 2) 

120 Global Environmental Problems (3) 

A geographical analysis of the Earth’s 
principal environmental problems. Subjects 
include population growth, agriculture and 
pesticides, climate change, forestry and 
fishing, energy, endangered species, and 
appropriate development. 


220 


160 Human Geography (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education Category II1.C1. An Introduction 
to Human Geography. Understanding the 
regional distribution of language, religion, 
population, migration and settlement pat- 
terns, political organization, technology, 
methods of livelihood over the earth. (CAN 
GEOG 4) 

170 Southern California Metropolis (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education Category III.C.l. Geographic vari- 
ations across Southern California; patterns of 
urban and suburban growth; interaction 
between the region’s developed and natural 
environments; comparisons between metro- 
politan Los Angeles and other great world 
cities. 

280A-G Introduction to Geographical 
Analysis (1) 

Prerequisite: minimum of one other core 
course in geography (i.e., 110 or 160) or 
consent of instructor. The technical interpre- 
tation of physical and human features and 
activities in the landscape. 

280A Interpretation of Maps & Aerial 
Photographs (1) 

The uses of maps and aerial photographs 
in geographic research. Types of data which 
can be obtained from these sources. 
Rudimentary measurement techniques. 

280C Introduction to Quantitative 
Methods (1) 

Descriptive statistics in geography. 

Graphs, functions and equations, logarithms 
and exponents, and an overview of the linear 
regression model. 

280E Library Techniques for 
Geographers (1) 

Library research for geographic inquiry. 
How and where to find the needed informa- 
tion. 

280G Analysis of Weather Maps (1) 

The use and analysis of weather maps. 

281 Map Making with Geographic 
Information Systems (3) 

The principles and practice of effective 
map making using computerized geographic 
information systems technology. (2 hours 
lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 


GEOGRAPHY 


312 Geomorphology (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 110 or Geology 
101 or consent of instructor. Landforms and 
the processes responsible for their evolution. 

323 Weather and Climate (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 1 10 or consent 
of instructor. Atmospheric elements and 
controls, fronts, severe weather, and climatic 
classification systems. 

325 Natural Vegetation (3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 

The geography of the globe’s natural vegeta- 
tion associations. Examines the role of plate 
tectonics, climate, soils, fire and humans as 
agents of landscape-level vegetation change. 

329 Cities and Nature (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 110 or consent of 
instructor. Overview of the impact of urban- 
ization on land forms, climate, vegetation, 
and animals. Planning implications and case 
studies. 

330 California Landscapes (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. The 
landscapes of California, their environmental 
characteristics, development patterns and 
current problems. 

332 United States and Canada (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education Category HI.C 1 . The United States 
and Canada. The interrelated physical and 
cultural features that give geographic person- 
ality to the regions. 

333 Latin America (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education Category IILC.l. Mexico, Central 
America, the Caribbean and South America. 
Explores the region’s physical and cultural 
landscapes. Emphasis on nature-society prob- 
lems. 

336 Europe (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. The 
basic physical and human lineaments of 
Europe. The elements that distinguish and 
give character to its major regional divisions. 

338 Russia and Its Environs (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 

A physical, political and economic geography 
of Russia and the fourteen other states that 
have succeeded the Soviet Union. 


340 Asia (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing and 
completion of the General Education 
Category III.C.l Introduction to the Social 
Sciences.. The physical, human and regional 
geography of Asia from Pakistan and India 
through Southeast Asia and the Malay 
Archipelago to China, Japan and Korea. 

344 Africa (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. The 
physical, human and regional geography of 
Africa. Saharan borderlands, East Africa and 
Southern Africa. 

350 Nature and Society (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education Category III.C.l. Junior or senior 
standing. An exploration of the interface 
between human systems and natural systems. 
The course covers a variety of factors affecting 
human interaction with the earth, including 
environmental ethics, public policy and 
technology. 

352 The National Parks (3) 

The park system and its evolution as 
related to conservation, preservation, and 
recreational land use. Cultural heritage and 
physical environment. 

357 Spatial Behavior (3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 

A geographic approach to perception an 
behavior in local and global spatial settings. 

360 Geography of the Worlds 
Economies (3) 

Geographic perspectives on the global 
production of goods and services and their 
distribution to consumers. An exploration 
of key geographic issues in uneven develop- 
ment, international trade, investment 
patterns, and the spatial integration of local 
and regional economies. 

370 Cities and Suburbs (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
American metropolitan systems and city- 
region linkages. Theories and spatial models 
of social and economic patterns within cities 
and suburbs; planning implications of these 
locational patterns. 


385 Quantitative Geography (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography core or consent 
of instructor. Spatial analysis and geographic 
application of descriptive and inferential 
statistics. Use of the electronic computer. 

(2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

422 Regional Climatology (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 323 or consent 
of instructor. Major climatic regions of the 
world; the physical factors that produce 
climatic patterns. 

425 Tropical Rainforests (3) 

Prerequisites: Geography 110 and 
Geography 325 or equivalent. Discussion/ 
seminar examining the geography, ecology, 
and human use of tropical rainforests. Focus 
on the causes and consequences of 
deforestation, sustainable development, and 
preservation. 

426 The Coastal Environment (3) 

Prerequisites: Geography 110 and one 
upper-division physical geography course. An 
overview of coastal geomorphology, climatol- 
ogy, and plant geography with an emphasis 
on Southern California. Human interaction, 
modification, and management of those 
systems. 

452 Ecotourism (3) 

Prerequisites: senior or graduate standing. 
Evolution and distribution of nature -based 
tourism. The role of ecotourism in regional 
development and environmental conserva- 
tion. Focus on sociocultural impacts in less 
developed countries. 

475 Interpretation of Urban 
Landscapes (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 357 or 370. In 
addition, consent of instructor. A geographic 
view of the city as a landscape composite of 
structure, space, place and experience. 
Emphasis is on the European and North 
American city. 


GEOGRAPHY 


478 Urban Planning Principles (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 370 or Poli Sci 
320 or consent of instructor. Seminar/discus- 
sion on the conceptual themes and legal 
foundations of American urban planning. 
Policy areas associated with urbanization and 
suburbanization processes: land use, eco- 
nomic development, redevelopment, housing 
systems, neighborhood dynamics and growth 
management. (Same as Poli Sci 478) 

481 Geographic Information Systems: 
Introduction (3) 

Prerequisite: senior or graduate standing. 
Methods and applications of computer- 
assisted mapping and geographic information 
systems. Instructional fee. (2 hours discus- 
sion, 3 hours lab) 

482 Environmental Impact Assessment (3) 

Prerequisites: Geography 350, 431, 478, 
or equivalent. Techniques relevant to envi- 
ronmental impact assessment in accord with 
CEQA (state) and NEPA (federal) regulations. 
Systematic evaluation of major environmental 
impact topics. Individual and small team 
activities. 

484 Urban Planning Methods (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 478 or Poli Sci 
478. Seminar and Practicum on methods in 
urban planning. Analytical techniques and 
basic data sources. Population forecasting, 
housing surveys, economic development, 
fiscal impacts and area revitalization. 
Individual and team projects. (Same as 
Political Science 484) 

485 Geographic Information Systems: 
Principles and Applications (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 481 or equiva- 
lent. Integrated computer-assisted methods 
for handling spatial data, including database 
design, data conversion and updating, infor- 
mation retrieval, analysis, modeling and 
mapping. Instructional fee. 

488 Land Use Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: upper-division standing and 
consent of instructor. Urban and rural land 
use and settlement; geographic field prob- 
lems. Application of geographic techniques 
and tools to local field studies. 


495 Internship in Applied 
Geography (1-3) 

Prerequisite: senior standing and consent 
of instructor. Students work specified 
number of hours in appropriate public or 
private organizations under the supervision 
of their staff and as coordinated by depart- 
mental faculty. Interns meet with instructor 
by arrangement. May be repeated for a 
maximum of three units of credit. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: senior standing. Consent of 
instructor under whom study will be taken 
required before enrolling. May be repeated 
for a maximum of six units of credit. 

500 Seminar in Geographic Research (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and 
consent of instructor. A required seminar to 
be taken prior to the development of a thesis. 

520 Seminar in Physical Geography (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing or consent 
of instructor. Research in physical geography: 
methods and contemporary themes. Case 
studies in climatology, geomorphology, and 
plant geography. 

530T Seminar: Selected Topics in 
Geography (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing or consent 
of instructor. Various topics selected from any 
of the subfields of geography. The topic 
chosen and a general outline of the seminar 
are circulated prior to registration. May be 
repeated for credit. 

550 Seminar in Human Geography (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing or consent 
of instructor. Survey of methodology and 
case studies including: experiential environ- 
ments; rural landscapes; urban, social, and 
economic structure; Geography and public 
policy; and Third World development. 


222 


570 Metropolitan Los Angeles (3) 

Prerequisites: Geography 370, 475, or 
478 or equivalent. Seminar focusing on the 
changing spatial structure of metropolitan 
Los Angeles. Specific topics include eco- 
nomic restructuring, local economic develop- 
ment, the social mosaic, political 
fragmentation, growth management. 

575 Landscape Interpretation (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 357 or 475 or 
equivalent. A humanistic approach to the 
nature and meaning of landscape. 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisites: Geography 500 and consent 
of adviser. 

598 Thesis (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of Geography 
500, advancement to candidacy and consent 
of instructor. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Open to graduate students by consent of 
instructor. May be repeated for credit. 


GEOGRAPHY 



DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

John H. Foster 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

McCarthy Hall, 263 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Science in Geology 
Minor in Geology 
Master of Science in Geology 
Emphasis in Geochemistry under 
Master of Science in Chemistry 

FACULTY 

Philip Armstrong, David Bowman, Gerald 
Brem, Gaylen R. Carlson, Diane Clemens-Knott, 
Richard Laton, John Cooper, John Foster, 
Brady Rhodes, Prem Saint 

ADVISERS 

Geology students must be advised before 
or immediately upon entering the major in 
order to design an efficient course progression 
that will meet their objectives. While enrolled, 
students must meet with an adviser each 
semester prior to registration for the following 
semester. The adviser will assist in scheduling 
of courses, selection of courses, and solving 
problems should any arise. To be advised, 
students should contact the department office 
for available advisers. Special advisers are 
available for: Geochemistry Emphasis, M.S. 
in Chemistry (Gene Hiegel, Department of 
Chemistry; Gerald Brem, Department of 
Geological Sciences); Earth Science Education 
(Gaylen Carlson, Department of Geological 
Sciences). 


INTRODUCTION 

Geological sciences is the study of Earth through time, including its physical nature, chemical 
composition and dynamics, as well as its origin and evolution. In addition to the quest for under- 
standing the way Earth works and its relation to the solar system, geological scientists are 
involved in the search for energy, mineral and water resources, the evaluation and remediation 
of environmental hazards, and the prevention and/or prediction of natural disasters such as 
earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, landslides, coastal erosion, and floods. About 60% of all 
geological scientists are employed by private industry, primarily by engineering, environmental, 
petroleum and mining companies. Others are employed by government agencies, educational 
institutions and research centers. 

The department has six major areas of study within the general fields of geological sciences: 
geology, geochemistry (the integration of geology and chemistry), geophysics (the integration of 
geology and physics), hydrogeology (the integration of geology with fresh water systems), engi- 
neering geology (the integration of geology and engineering) and environmental geology. All are 
designed to develop an appreciation and understanding of Earth, as well as to prepare students 
for (1) graduate studies in the geological sciences, (2) employment in industry or government, 
and (3) teaching. 

Evening Program 

The department offers an evening and weekend program of courses that satisfies requirements 
for the major with the exception of the field camps. Consult the department for details. 

Internships 

The department offers an internship program through Geological Sciences 495. This allows 
the student to obtain on-the-job experience in the geological sciences. Three units maximum 
are permitted toward the degree. 

Recommended Program in General Education 

The department maintains a list of preferred general education courses. A copy can be 
obtained by contacting the department office. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN GEOLOGY 

Of the 132 units required for graduation, a minimum of 48 are in geological sciences, 34 to 
37 in related fields, 39 in general education courses (other than related fields); and the remaining 
8 to 1 1 undesignated units are selected to meet particular needs of each student. To qualify for 
the B.S. degree, students must have a C or better in all geological sciences courses applied towards 
the 48 unit requirement; in addition, students must have a C average in required courses in 
related fields. A proficiency in a modem foreign language, or a computer language, is recom- 
mended for students who plan to continue in graduate school. Proficiency in English composition 
is required. 

Minimum Course Requirements for the Major 

Geol Sciences 101, 10 1L Physical Geology (3,1) 

Geol Sciences 201 Earth History (4) 

Geol Sciences 303A Mineralogy' and Introduction to Petrology (4) 

Geol Sciences 303B Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology (4) 

Geol Sciences 32 1 Sedimentation and Stratigraphy (4) 


223 


GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES 


Geol Sciences 360 Structural Geology (4) 

Geol Sciences 380 Geologic Field 
Techniques (4) 

Geol Sciences 401 Writing in the 
Geosciences (3) 

Geol Sciences 456 Introduction to Applied 
Geophysics (3) 

OR Geol Sciences 406 Geochemistry (3) 
Geol Sciences 481 A Geology Field 
Camp I (4) 

Geol Sciences 498 Senior Thesis (1-2) 

Adviser-approved Upper-Division 
Geological Sciences Electives (8-9 units) 

No more than 3 units from any combina- 
tion of Geol Sciences 493, 495, 496L and 
499L can be counted toward meeting this 
8-9 unit requirement. 

(Note: Geol Sciences 310T, 376 and 420 
are not accepted as credit toward meeting 
requirements for the major.) 

Minimum Requirements in Related Fields 
(nine courses required, 34-37 units) 

Biological Science 101 Elements of Biology (3) 
OR 131 Principles of Biology (3) 

OR a life science course from another 
institution that is acceptable to CSUF and 
that demonstrates treatment of whole- 
organism biology and concepts of evolution 

and ecology. 

Chemistry 120A and 120B General 
Chemistry (5,5) 

Computer Sci 103 Introduction to Personal 
Computer Applications (3) 

OR Computer Sci 121 Programming 
Concepts (4) 

OR Engineering 205 Digital 
Computation (3) 

OR Geography 48 1 Automated 
Cartography (3) 

Mathematics 150Aand 1 50B Analytical 
Geometry and Calculus (4,4). 

Physics 225, 225L Fundamental Physics - 
Mechanics (3,1) 
and either 

226, 226L Fundamental Physics - 
Electricity & Magnetism (3,1) 

OR 227, 227L Fundamental Physics - 
Waves, Optics &r Modem Physics (3,1). 

Alternatively, 211, 21 1L, 212, 212L 
Elementary Physics (3, 1,3,1), with 
consent of adviser. 


One additional semester course selected 
with approval of adviser from courses such 
as the following: 

Biology. 316, 401, 406, 419, 461 
Chemistry: 301A, 315, 325, 361A 
Computer Science: 203, 241 
Engineering: 102, 202, 301, 324, 436, 441 
Geography: 312, 481, 485 
Mathematics: 250A, 250B, 338 
Physics: 226, 226L, 227, 227L, 310, 320, 330 

Science - or Engineering-based transfer- 
able extension certificate courses from other 
universities. 

Undesignated Units (8-11 units required) 

These are to be taken in geological sciences, 
related fields and/or career-supporting fields, 
with adviser approval. 

General Education 

(39 units required, other than related fields) 

See University catalog and consult your 
adviser for proper course selection. 

MINOR IN GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES 

A minimum of 20 units in geological sci- 
ences courses, of which at least 12 must be 
upper-division and at least 6 of these 12 must 
be taken in residence, is required for a minor. 
The courses shall be selected by the student 
in consultation with an adviser. Prospective 
teachers should include courses in physical 
geology, earth history, meteorology, oceanog- 
raphy, mineralogy and petrology. Geological 
Sciences 140, 310 and 376 are not acceptable 
as part of the 20 units. 

CREDENTIAL PROGRAM 

The bachelor’s degree in Geology may 
be effectively combined with subject matter 
studies necessary for the single subject teach- 
ing credential in science. Undergraduates are 
encouraged to work with the department 
adviser and/or the Center for Careers in 
Teaching (714-278-7130) as early as possible 
in their academic careers to plan efficient 
course selections for general education, the 
major and electives. Postbaccalaureate stu- 
dents need to contact the Admission to 
Teacher Education office in the School of 
Education (714-278-3411) to obtain infor- 
mation on attending an overview presenta- 
tion and orientation and then contact the 
department credential adviser. 


224 


EMPHASIS IN GEOCHEMISTRY 

Offered jointly by the Departments of 
Chemistry and Biochemistry and Geological 
Sciences. Contact the graduate program 
adviser in the Department of Chemistry and 
Biochemistry for further information. 

GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES COURSES 

For all courses, prerequisites may be 
waived if the instructor is satisfied that the 
student is qualified to take the course. 

All lower-division (100-200 level) courses 
are offered each semester. The department 
offers Geological Sciences 303B, 321, and 
380 each fall, and Geological Sciences 303A, 
360, 335, 401 and 481 A each spring, and the 
remaining courses on a three- to four-semester 
rotation. A schedule of projected class offer- 
ings is available from the department. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN GEOLOGY 

The program is based on the assumption 
that every geologist must have a thorough 
knowledge of fundamental geologic principles 
and that this knowledge must be rooted in 
field- and laboratory-based experiences. No 
matter how graduating students may choose 
to apply this knowledge, the sound geologic 
basis provided by the master of science 
degree will enable them to meet new intellec- 
tual challenges in their future professional or 
academic careers. The program is sufficiently 
flexible to meet a student’s interest in the 
application of geology to the solution of envi- 
ronmental, hydrogeologic or engineering 
geologic problems facing our society. 

The program is designed to prepare 
students for (a) employment in all fields 
of geology, (b) teaching at the elementary, 
secondary and community college levels, 
and/or (c) doctoral study in the geosciences 
or related fields. 

Admission Requirements 

An applicant must meet the university 
requirements for admission, which include 
a baccalaureate degree from an accredited 
institution, and a grade-point average of at 
least 2.5 (4.0) in the last 60 semester units 
attempted (see catalog section on Graduate 
Admissions for complete statement and pro- 
cedures). In addition, acceptance into this 
program in a classified standing is contingent 
upon the following: (1) a bachelors degree 
in geology at Cal State Fullerton or another 


GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES 


accredited institution with a grade-point 
average of 3.0 in geology courses (which 
must include a minimum of 8 semester units 
of field geology) and a 2.5 grade-point-average 
in related science and mathematics courses; 
or, in the case of a bachelor’s degree in 
a related area, a selection of science courses 
deemed as adequate preparation for further 
study in geology by the Department Graduate 
Committee; (2) satisfactory performance on 
the Graduate Record Examination Aptitude 
Test; (3) two letters of recommendation; (4) 
completion of the departmental application; 
and (5) availability of faculty and resources 
in the students stated area of interest. 


Students with limited subject or grade 
deficiencies may be considered for condi- 
tional acceptance into the program if they 
meet all other departmental and university 
requirements. Conditionally classified gradu- 
ate standing may be removed upon comple- 
tion of nine units of adviser- and graduate - 
committee-approved postgraduate studies in 
geology, mathematics, chemistry or physics, 
with grades of u B n or better. 

Students with a degree in a related field 
and/or substantial subject deficiencies are 
encouraged to apply. Such applicants may 
be accepted to the university as unclassified 
post-baccalaureate students if they meet the 
university requirements. An unclassified 
student may later qualify for admission 
to conditionally classified standing by com- 
pleting all courses recommended by the 
Department Graduate Committee, and by 
maintaining a 3.0 grade-point-average in 


geology and a 2.5 grade-point -average in 
related science and mathematics courses. 

Classified Standing 

Students should achieve classified graduate 
standing as soon as they are eligible, since no 
more than nine units of graduate work taken 
before classification can be included on the 
study plan for the degree (see below). Students 
may apply for classified standing when they 
(1) have met all university and departmental 
admission requirements, and (2) have filed 
a study plan approved by the adviser, the 
Department Graduate Committee, and the 
Associate Vice President of Academic Programs. 

Students must meet the 
Graduate Level Writing 
Requirement as described 
in this catalog under 
“Graduate Regulations”. 
Students will meet this 
requirement by taking 
Geology 501 A, B Research 
Methods in Geology. 

Advancement Advanced 
to Candidacy 

Advancement to candi- 
dacy is attained by apply- » 
ing for graduation and 
receiving a recommenda- 
tion by the Department 
Graduate Committee. 

Study Plan 

A study plan must contain a minimum 
of 31 units and be approved by the Graduate 
Advisor. At least 21 units must be at the 
graduate level; a maximum of 9 units may 
be 400 level. A minimum grade-point average 
for courses satisfying the study plan is 3.0. 
The study plan must consist of the following: 

Required Courses (13 units) 

Geol 500 Advanced Concepts in Geology (4) 

Geol 501 A,B Research Methods in 
Geology (1,1) 

Geol 590 Graduate Seminar (1) 

Geol 598 Thesis (3) 

Geol 599L Independent Graduate 
Research (3) 

An oral defense of the thesis is required. 



Breadth Courses (3-6 units) 

400- or 500-level course offered by 
departments outside of Geological Sciences. 
Courses may be taken from departments or 
programs such as, but not restricted to, 
Biology, Chemistry and Biochemistry, Physics, 
Mathematics, Geography, Civil Engineering 
or Environmental Studies. Course selection 
will be dependent on student’s academic 
objectives and must be approved by the 
Graduate/Thesis Adviser. 

Focus Courses in Applied Geology 
(12-15 units) 

Adviser-approved 400- or 500-level 
courses offered by the department. Course 
selection will be dependent on student’s 
academic objectives. 

GEOLOGY COURSES 

101 Physical Geology (3) 

Prerequisite: high school chemistry or 
physics, or equivalent. The physical nature 
of the planet Earth, the genesis of rocks and 
minerals, erosion processes and their effects. 
(101 & 101L-CAN GEOL 2) 

101H Physical Geology (Honors) (3) 

Prerequisite: high school chemistry or 
physics, or equivalent. The physical nature 
of planet Earth, the genesis of rocks and 
minerals, erosion processes and their effects, 
(weekend field trips) 

101 L Physical Geology Laboratory (1) 

Corequisite: Geological Sciences 101. 
Laboratory on minerals, rocks, earthquakes, 
and map and aerial photographic interpreta- 
tion. (3 hours laboratory or field trip) (101 
& 101L=CAN GEOL 2) 

101 LH Physical Geology Laboratory 
(Honors) (1) 

Corequisite: Geological Sciences 101 or 
10 1H. Laboratory on minerals, rocks, earth- 
quakes, and map and aerial photographic 
interpretation. (3 hours laboratory and 
weekend field trips) 

102 Earth and Astronomical Science for 
Future Elementary Teachers (3) 

Designated especially for the prospective 
elementary school teacher, this activity-based 
course will examine fundamental Earth/ 
astronomical science concepts and the poten- 
tial impacts of natural hazards on ecosystems 
on planet Earth. 


GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES 


140 Earth’s Atmosphere (3) 

The composition, structure and circulation 
of the atmosphere; the origins of storms and 
other weather disturbances. 

201 Earth History (4) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 101, 

10 1L. Evolution of Earth as interpreted from 
rocks, fossils and geologic structures. Plate 
tectonics provides a unifying theme for con- 
sideration of mountain building, evolution 
of life and ancient environments. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory, field trips) 

(CAN GEOL 4) 

303A Mineralogy and Introduction to 
Petrology (4) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 101, 

10 1L, Chemistry 120A; Prerequisite or 
co-requisite: Geological Sciences 201. Crystal- 
lography; origin, occurrence, composition 
and identification of minerals with emphasis 
on minerals in rocks. (2 hours lecture, 

6 hours laboratory, field trips) 

303B Igneous and Metamorphic 
Petrology (4) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 120B; Geological 
Sciences 303A, 380; Computer Science 103. 
Description, classification, occurrence and 
origin of igneous and metamorphic rocks. 

(2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory, field 
trips) 

305 Earthquake Impact on Structures (3) 

(Same as EGCE 305) 

310T Topics in California-Related 
Geology (1-3) 

Directed investigations of one aspect of 
earth science. Alternating topics are: geology 
of national parks, California geology, ocean 
off California, California earthquakes, geolog- 
ical hazards of California, and California 
gems and minerals. May be repeated for 
credit with a different topic. (3 hours lecture 
for 5, 10, or 15 weeks; optional field trips) 

321 Sedimentation and Stratigraphy (4) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 201, 
303B, 380; Computer Science 103. Textural, 
mineralogic properties of sediments used in 
discrimination of depositional conditions, 
environments, classification of sedimentary 
rocks, study of stratigraphic patterns. (2 
hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory, field trips) 


322 Principles of Paleontology (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 201; 
Biology 101 or 261 or equivalent. The groups 
of organisms that have left an important fossil 
record. Taxonomy, morphology and systematics, 
biostratigraphy, paleoecology, and evolutionary 
trends. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory, 
field trips) 

333 General Oceanography (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 101, 

10 1L and upper-division standing. The chem- 
ical, physical and geological nature of the 
oceans. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory, 
field trips) 

335 General Hydrology (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 101; 
Mathematics 150A. Nature, occurrence, 
movement of surface and groundwater. 
Rainfall/runoff relation, floods, aquifer 
evaluation, and water quality investigation. 

(2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory, field trips) 

340 General Meteorology (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 101; 
Mathematics 150A; Physics 225, 225L or 
211, 21 1L. Atmospheric processes, composi- 
tion and structure. Radiation, thermodynam- 
ics of moist air, precipitation mechanisms, 
atmospheric dynamics. Map analysis and 
use of thermodynamic diagrams. 

355 Earth’s Interior (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 101; 
Mathematics 150A; Physics 225, 225L or 
211, 2 1 1L; Chemistry 120A or equivalent. 
Geophysical, geochemical properties of 
mantle and core. Data collection techniques. 
Impact of internal processes on crustal/surface 
phenomena. 

360 Structural Geology (4) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 380; 
Mathematics 125; Computer Science 103. 
Faults, folds, mechanics of rock deformation, 
and elementary tectonics; solution of prob- 
lems by geometric, trigonometric and stereo- 
graphic analysis. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours 
laboratory, field trips) 


375 Engineering Geology (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 380; 
Mathematics 150A; Physics 225, 225L or 
211, 21 1L. Engineering properties of rocks 
and soils; exploration techniques, analysis of 
geological science principles applicable to 
engineering problems; report preparation and 
professional responsibility. (2 hours lecture, 

3 hours laboratory, field trips) 

376 Applied Geology (3) 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 130, 135 or 
150A; Geological Sciences 101 and one 
semester university-level physics recom- 
mended. Geology applied to engineering 
works. Earth materials, processes; site evalua- 
tion techniques; geologic hazard analysis; 
case histories. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours 
laboratory, field trips) 

380 Geologic Field Techniques (4) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 201; 
English 101; trigonometry; Computer Science 
103 or equivalent recommended. Brunton 
compass use, measurement of stratigraphic 
sections, principles of topographic maps and 
aerial photographs and use in geologic mapping, 
geologic map preparation, columnar sections, 
cross sections and technical reports. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours field, weekends) 

401 Writing in the Geosciences (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 201 
and 380; must be taken before Geological 
Sciences 481 A. Preparation of publication- 
quality geoscience reports. Emphasis on 
writing clearly and concisely for a technical 
audience. Exercises include literature research 
using electronic databases, critical evaluation 
of published literature, original analysis of 
field data. Written and oral assignments. 

(6 hours activity; field trips) 

404A Optical Mineralogy (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 303A,B. 
Principles of optical crystallography. Optical 
identification of minerals. Examination of 
rocks in thin section. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory) 

404B Petrography (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 321 and 
404A. Composition, occurrence, and origin 
of igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphic 
rocks in microscopic study (1 hour lecture, 

6 hours laboratory) 


GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES 


406 Geochemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 303B 
and 321, Chemistry 120B, Mathematics 
150B. Basic chemical and thermodynamic 
principles applied to the origin and alteration 
of igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic 
rocks and economic mineral deposits. 

420 Earth Science for Science Teachers (4) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 101 and 
101 L plus upper-division standing or science 
teaching credential. Major concepts of the 
earth sciences with primary emphasis on 
physical and planetary geology and secondary 
emphasis on meteorology and oceanography. 
(3 hours of lecture, 3 hours of laboratory, 
field trips) 

423 Advanced Sedimentology and 
Stratigraphy (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 303A 
and 321. Case histories from literature illus- 
trate concepts, methods, and results in sedi- 
mentology/stratigraphy analysis. Field and 
lab work center around student research on 
actual problems; research to culminate in 
paper with professional format. (2 hours 
lecture, 3 hours laboratory, field trips) 

436 Hydrogeology (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 335, 

360, 456, or equivalent. Occurrence, move- 
ment and utilization of groundwater resources; 
geological, geophysical and hydrological 
methods for groundwater exploration and 
development. Well hydraulics and ground- 
water contamination. (2 hours lecture, 

3 hours laboratory, field trips) 

437 Water Quality Investigations and 
Control (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 335; 
Chemistry 120B. Methods in sampling strategy. 
Evaluation of chemical data for quantitative 
interpretation of water quality status and 
trends in surface and ground water. Techniques 
for graphic representation, water contamina- 
tion source identification and control. (2 hours 
lecture, 3 hours laboratory, field trips) 

455 Earthquake Seismology (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 101; 
Physics 225, 225L or 211, 21 1L, Mathematics 
1 50A. Seismic waves, their recording and 
measurement. Estimation of earthquake 
source strength, location and mechanism. 
Introduction to seismic risk and strong 
Motion studies. (3 hours lecture, field trips) 


456 Introduction to Applied 
Geophysics (3) 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 150B; Physics 
225, 225L or 211, 21 1L; Physics 226, 226L 
or 212, 21 2L recommended. Seismic refrac- 
tion, gravity, magnetic and electrical tech- 
niques and fundamentals as applied to 
determination of subsurface structure, ground- 
water and location of mineral resources. 

(2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory, field trips) 

460 Regional Tectonics (3) 

Prerequisite: Geological Sciences 303B, 
360; Geological Sciences 32 1 as prerequisite 
or corequisite. Discussion of recent literature 
on plate tectonics, tectonics of the world’s 
major orogenic belts, and tectonics of 
California. (3 hours lecture, Spring-recess 
field trip) 

470 Environmental Geology & Planning (4) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 101, 

10 1L or Geological Sciences 420; 401. 
Geologic processes, hazards, mineral and 
energy resources and their interaction with 
planning and environmental regulations. 

(3 hours lecture, 3 hours lab, field trips) 

481A Geology Field Camp I (4) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 303B, 
321, 360, 380, and 401. Geologic field 
mapping, operating from a field camp under 
primitive conditions in an area of varying 
geologic complexity. Field report, map and 
cross-sections completed during semester 
following field work. Instructional fee required. 
(45 hours a week for four weeks during 
January or June, 1 hour lecture during the 
semester) 

481 B Geology Field Camp II (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 481 A 
or equivalent experience and consent of 
instructor. Advanced geologic mapping tech- 
niques in a variety of geologic settings, oper- 
ating from a field camp under primitive 
conditions. Field reports, maps and cross- 
sections required one week after completion 
of field work. Instructional fee required. 

(45 hours a week for three weeks during 
summer) 


48 1C Hydrology Field Camp (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 335 
and 481 A. Geologic mapping and hydrologic 
mapping and techniques applied to inte- 
grated hydrogeologic model for selected 
areas. Field report(s), map(s), cross-sections 
required. Instructional fee required. (45 hours 
per week for three weeks during summer) 

493 Directed Studies (1-3) 

Prerequisites: upper-division standing and 
consent of instructor. Directed studies in spe- 
cialized areas of the geological sciences, such 
as petroleum geology, sedimentology, optical 
and instrumentation techniques. Library 
research and written reports required. May 
be repeated once with a different topic. 

495 Geological Sciences Internship (3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing in 
geological sciences. Geological sciences work 
experience, salaried or volunteer, with industry, 
government or private agencies. Student 
intern will be supervised by faculty adviser 
and employer. (1 hour of seminar plus a total 
of 120-150 hours of work experience) 

496L Geological Sciences Tutorial (2) 

Prerequisite: 20 units in geological sci- 
ences. Supervised experience in geological 
sciences teaching through tutoring or assist- 
ing in laboratory or field classes. 

498 Senior Thesis (1-2) 

Prerequisite: senior standing in geological 
sciences. Developed as an extension of an 
advanced course, conducted independently 
by the student under faculty supervision, 
culminating in a paper of professional quality. 
Two units maximum credit permitted. 

499L Independent Study (1-3) 

Independent study of a topic selected in 
consultation with and completed under the 
supervision of the instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 

500 Advanced Concepts in Geology (4) 

Current advances in geological concepts 
with emphasis on Southern California 
geology. Concepts include: plate tectonics; 
igneous processes; sedimentary record; 
surficial processes; water resources. (2 hours 
lecture; 3 hours lab; 2 hours activity, field trips) 


227 


GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES 


501 A Research Methods in Geology (1) 

Introduction to research planning: 
choosing a thesis topic; bibliographic search; 
research design (laboratory and field); data 
analysis techniques; research proposal prepa- 
ration. (2 hours activity) 

501 B Presentation Methods in Geology (1) 

Prerequisite : Geological Sciences 501 A. 
Presentation of research results; abstracts; 
manuscript preparation; maps, diagrams; 
data tables; citation of references. (2 hours 
activity) 

506T Topics in Geochemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 303B, 
Chemistry 120B, Computer Science 103, 
or consent of instructor. Special topics in 
geochemistry with emphasis on current 
investigations, specifically including isotope, 
organic, and contaminant geochemistry. May 
be repeated for credit with a different topic. 

510T Advanced Topics in Geology (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

Selected topics in advanced geology; recent 
developments and applications. May be 
repeated for credit with different topic 
including advanced structural mapping, 
sedimentary basin analysis, igneous petrogen- 
esis, seismotectonics of Los Angeles basin. 

(2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab, field trips) 

535T Advanced Topics in Hydrogeology (3) 

Prerequisite: Geological Sciences 436. 
Modem techniques in hydrogeology. Topics 
include: groundwater modeling; contaminant 
hydrogeology; groundwater exploration and 
development; well hydraulics. May be 
repeated for credit with a different topic. 

(2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab, field trips) 

575T Advanced Topics in Engineering 
Geology (3) 

Prerequisite: Geological Sciences 375. 
Modem techniques and new advances in 
engineering geology. Topics include: neotec- 
tonics of southern California; soil stratigraphy; 
and landslide analysis. May be repeated for 
credit with a different topic. (2 hours lecture, 
3 hours lab; field trips) 


590 Geoscience Seminar (1) 

Prerequisite: Geological Science 500 , 

501 A. Discussion of journal publications that 
represent current research. Variable seminar 
themes such as: tectonics, stratigraphy, geo- 
physics, geochemistry, engineering geology, 
hydrogeology, volcanism. May be repeated 
one time only with a different theme. 

598 Thesis (3) 

Prerequisite: approval of adviser and 
Department Graduate Committee. Design, 
analysis, and presentation of a research 
problem culminating in a thesis for the 
master’s degree. May be repeated once. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: approval of adviser and 
Department Graduate Committee. Independent 
research on an approved topic. May be 
repeated for up to 3 units maximum. 


228 


GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES 



PROGRAM COORDINATOR 

Eric Solberg 

PROGRAM OFFICE 

Ruby Gerontology Center 8 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Minor in Gerontology 
Master of Science in Gerontology 
Emphasis in Gerontology 
Professional Certificate in Gerontology 

PROGRAM COUNCIL 

Pauline Abbott (Director, Institute of 
Gerontology) 

Tony Bell (Sociology) 

Yosuke Chikamoto (Health Science) 

John Doyle (Human Services) 

Rosalie Gilford (Sociology) 

Barbara Haddad (Nursing) 

Margaret Hamilton (Extended Education) 
Arthur Hansen (Oral History) 

Jessie Jones (Kinesiology and Health 
Promotion) 

Mikyong Kim-Goh (Human Services) 
Edith Li (Speech Communication) 

Shari McMahan (Health Science) 
Elizabeth Myers (Biology) 

Kathy O’Byme (Counseling) 

Mary Read (Counseling) 

Carl Renold (Human Services) 

Roberta Rikli (Kinesiology and Health 
Promotion) 

Debra Rose (Center for Successful Aging) 
Wendy Elliott Scheinberg (Oral Writing) 
Dixie Shaw (CLE Representative) 

William Smith (Psychology) 

John Traphagan (Anthropology) 

Duana Welch (Psychology) 


INTRODUCTION 

Gerontology, the study of aging, is a multidisciplinary field that examines the biological, 
psychological, social, and health/fitness aspects of the aging process. The unprecedented growth 
of the older population has created a growing demand for professionals in a variety of fields 
who understand issues related to the aging process. 

The minor in gerontology provides students with knowledge and critical understanding 
of the processes of adult development and aging. It helps to prepare students for a variety of 
career opportunities in business, government, industry, public and private agencies, health and 
human services, research and education, and entrepreneurial endeavors. Many career options 
involve working with healthy and independent older adults, while other positions involve 
working with older adults who have health problems and other age-related limitations. 

ADVISEMENT 

Academic and career advisement is provided by the Coordinator of Gerontology Programs 
and members of the Gerontology Program Council. 

Information on job and volunteer opportunities, as well as professional events in gerontology 
are posted near the Gerontology Program office. Ruby Gerontology Center, Room 8. Students are 
urged to take advantage of programs available through the Career Development and Counseling 
Center, Langsdorf Hall 208. 

RUBY GERONTOLOGY CENTER 

The Charles L. and Rachael E. Ruby Gerontology Center serves as a forum for intellectual 
activity and creative scholarship in the area of gerontology. The center houses the activities of the 
Continuing Learning Experience, the Gerontology Research Institute, and gerontology academic 
programs, as well as being a resource center on aging for the Orange County region. 

The centers goals include: promoting educational programs concerning adult development 
and aging, developing productive intergenerational activities in education and research, fostering 
cross-disciplinary research on topics related to aging and later life, providing opportunities for 
lifelong learning, and expanding opportunities for professional growth and development for 
those interested in gerontology. 

Students are encouraged to become involved in the research, conferences, and community 
service activities of the center. 

GERONTOLOGY AWARD & SCHOLARSHIPS 

The Emeriti Memorial Scholarship in Gerontology has been established to honor a full-time 
continuing junior, senior, or graduate student with a minor or an emphasis in gerontology. 
Criteria include scholastic achievement and professional purpose. 

A Gerontology Program Council Award is given to a full-time junior or senior student with 
a minor in gerontology. Criteria include active membership in the Student Association for 
Gerontology Education (SAGE), community involvement, and financial need. 

The Beverly and Arnold Miller University Scholarship in Gerontology is open to full-time, 
continuing junior, senior, or graduate students with a declared specialization in older adult 
health/wellness. 


229 


GERONTOLOGY 


STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

Students interested in gerontology are 
encouraged to join the Student Association 
for Gerontology Education (SAGE). 
Opportunities are available to become 
involved in research, conferences, and com- 
munity service activities. Students are also 
encouraged to become active in professional 
gerontology organizations such as the 
California Council on Gerontology and 
Geriatrics (CCGG). Applications are available 
at the Gerontology Program office, 
Gerontology Center, Room 8. 

MINOR IN GERONTOLOGY 

The gerontology minor consists of 2 1 
units in the following areas: 

Lower-Division Requirements (3 units) 

Sociology 133 Introduction to 
Gerontology (3)* 

Upper-Division Requirements (9 units 
from the following) 

Sociology 333 Sociology of Aging (3) 
Psychology 362 Psychology of Aging (3)* 
Biology 306 Biology of Aging (3)* 

Kinesiology 454 Physical Activity and the 
Aging Process (3) 

Required Internship (3 units) 

One three unit internship at the 300/400 
level in a related field. An internship is a 
supervised experience working within the 
community. Internships are coordinated 
through the students major department. 

Upper-Division Electives (6 units, adviser 
approved) 

Anthropology 308 Culture and Aging: 

Anthropological Gerontology (3) 
Anthropology 408 Ethnogerontology (3) 
Anthropology 417 Life Quests (3) 

Biology 311 Nutrition and Disease (3)* 

Child Development 312 Human Growth and 
Development (3)* 

Counseling 475T Counseling Special 
Populations (3) 

English 356 The Literature of Aging (3)* 
Health Sci 342 Stress Management (3)* 
Health Sci 401 Epidemiology (3) 

Health Sci 440 Determinants of Health 
Behavior (3) 


Health Sci 450 Applied Health Promotion 
Throughout the Lifespan (3) 

Human Services 310 Case Management (3) 

Human Services 380 Theories and 
Techniques of Counseling (3)* 

Human Services 385 Program Design and 
Proposal Writing (3) 

Human Services 400 Ethical and 

Professional Issues in Human Services (3) 

Human Services 410 Crisis Intervention (3) 

Human Services 420 Human Services 
Management (3) 

Human Services 480 Case Analysis and 
Intervention Techniques (3) 

Kinesiology 353 Physical Activity and 
Lifelong Well-Being (3)* 

Kinesiology 364 Motor Development (3) 

Kinesiology 37 1 Human Motor Learning 
and Control (3) 

Kinesiology 400 Program Design in 
Kinesiology and Health Promotion (3) 

Kinesiology 455 Functional Performance 
Assess and Programming for Older 
Adults (3) 

Management 435 Service Organizations 
and Operations (3) 

Marketing 35 1 Principles of Marketing (3) 

Nursing 301 Promotion of Optimal 
Health (3)* 

Nursing 303 Women's Health and 
Healing (3)* 

Nursing 357 Health Promotion: Adult-Aged 
Nursing (3) 

Philosophy 314 Medical Ethics (3)* 

Philosophy 448 Death, Dying and 
Meaning (3) 

Psychology 302 Learning and Memory (3) 

Psychology 303 Sensation and 
Perception (3) 

Psychology' 361 Developmental 
Psychology (3) 

Psychology 364 Intelligence: A Life-span 
Perspective (3) 

Psychology 415 Cognitive Processes (3) 

Psychology' 474 Medical Psychology (3) 

Psychology 475 Psychopharmacology (3) 

Sociology 361 Population and the 
Environment (3)* 

Sociology 371 Urban Sociology (3)* 


230 


Sociology 433 Aging and Social Services (3) 
Sociology 351 Sociology of the Family (3)* 
Sociology 354 Sociology of Sex Roles (3)* 
Sociology 360 Death and Dying (3)* 

Speech Comm 320 Intercultural 
Communication (3)* 

Speech Comm 345 Communication and 
Aging (3)* 

Women’s Studies 410 Analyzing Images 
Linking Aging, Health and Gender (3) 

* Meets General Education requirement. 

Additional elective courses are available in 
selected departments across campus. Such 
additional electives are chosen in consulta- 
tion with the major department adviser and 
with the approval of the Director of Geron- 
tology Programs. Up to nine units of course- 
work may be applied to both the major and 
gerontology minor. 

Majors That Compliment the Minor In 
Gerontology 

The gerontology minor is available and 
appropriate to strengthen and otherwise 
complement the course work of students in 
many majors. Notation of the minor appears 
on the transcript and the diploma. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN 
GERONTOLOGY 

The Master of Science program combines 
training in both scientific and applied areas 
of gerontology’. Because various departments 
across the University participate in the 
program, the student is able to design 
a course of study that will meet his or her 
individual needs. In addition to course work 
in research and theory, the program provides 
preparation for work in a variety of settings. 

It can also be tailored to meet the needs of 
the student who wants to prepare for doc- 
toral programs. 

Admissions to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 

An applicant who meets the following 
requirements may be considered for condi- 
tionally classified graduate standing 

■ Baccalaureate degree from an accredited 
institution and a grade point average of 
at least 2.5 in the last 60 units attempted. 

■ The baccalaureate must be in gerontology 
or in a related field in conjunction with 
an undergraduate minor, certificate, or 


GERONTOLOGY 


emphasis in gerontology or the equiva- 
lent. In the absence of the above, the 
student should have the following 12 
units of upper-division course work in 
gerontology or their equivalent: 

Biology 306 Biology of Aging (3 units) 

Kinesiology 454 Physical Activity and 
the Aging Process (3 units) 

Psychology 362 Psychology of Aging 
(3 units) 

Sociology 333 Sociology of Aging 
(3 units) 

Completion of Psychology 201 or 
Sociology 303, or an equivalent 
statistics